Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Apparel - Footwear & Accessories / Adidas AG

Adidas AG

adddf · OTC Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker adddf
Exchange OTC
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Apparel - Footwear & Accessories
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Adidas AG
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2

0

2

3

ANNUAL REPORT

Y

O

U

G

O

T

T H I

S

ANNUAL REPORT 2023OUR PURPOSE

THROUGH
SPORT,
THE

WE HAVE

POWER
CHANGE LIVES

TO

OUR MISSION 
TO BE THE BEST SPORTS BRAND IN THE WORLD

ANNUAL REPORT 2023A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Targets – Results – Outlook 

Targets – Results – Outlook 

Currency-neutral net sales development 

Operating loss/profit 

Average operating working capital 
in % of net sales 

Capital expenditure2 

2023 Targets1 

2023 Results 

2024 Outlook 

to decline at a 
high-single-digit rate 

operating loss of 
€ 700 million 

to reach a level of 
between 25% and 26% 

to reach a level of 
around € 600 million 

0% 

operating profit of 
€ 268 million 

25.7% 

€ 504 million 

to increase at a 
mid-single-digit rate 

operating profit of 
around € 500 million 

to reach a level of 
between 23% and 24% 

to reach a level of 
around € 600 million 

1 As initially published on February 9, 2023. Updated throughout the year. For average working capital and capital expenditure as of March 8, 2023. 
2 Excluding acquisitions and leases. 

4 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Financial Highlights 2023 (IFRS) 

2023 

2022 

Change 

21,427 

10,184 

10,070 

1,358 

268 

(58) 

(75) 

47.5% 

47.0% 

1.3% 

189.2% 

(0.4%) 

25.7% 

25.4% 

3.3 

98.6% 

(1.6%) 

22,511 

10,644 

10,260 

1,874 

669 

254 

612 

47.3% 

45.6% 

3.0% 

34.5% 

2.7% 

24.0% 

24.6% 

3.2 

121.2% 

12.3% 

18,020 

20,296 

4,525 

3,819 

4,154 

4,580 

504 

2,630 

(0.67) 

(0.67) 

14.73 

0.70 

184.16 

5,973 

4,961 

5,594 

4,991 

695 

(394) 

1.25 

1.25 

(2.15) 

0.70 

127.46 

59,030 

59,258 

178,549,084 

178,537,198 

178,543,596 

183,263,629 

(5%) 

(4%) 

(2%) 

(28%) 

(60%) 

n.a. 

n.a. 

0.2pp 

1.4pp 

(1.7pp) 

154.9pp 

n.a. 

1.6pp 

0.8pp 

0.1 

(22.5pp) 

n.a. 

(11%) 

(24%) 

(23%) 

(26%) 

(8%) 

(27%) 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

0% 

44% 

0% 

0% 

(3%) 

Financial Highlights 2023 (IFRS) 

Operating Highlights (€ in millions) 

Net sales 

Gross profit 

Other operating expenses 

EBITDA 

Operating profit 

Net (loss)/income from continuing operations 

Net (lossI)/income attributable to shareholders 

Key Ratios 

Gross margin 

Other operating expenses in % of net sales 

Operating margin 

Effective tax rate 

Net (loss)/income attributable to shareholders in % of net sales 

Average operating working capital in % of net sales 

Equity ratio1 

Adjusted net borrowings/EBITDA 

Financial leverage1 

Return on equity1 

Balance Sheet and Cash Flow Data (€ in millions) 

Total assets 

Inventories 

Receivables and other current assets 

Operating working capital 

Shareholders’ equity 

Capital expenditure 

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities2 

Per Share of Common Stock (€) 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities2 

Dividend3 

Share price at year-end 

Other (at year-end) 

Number of employees 

Number of shares outstanding 

Average number of shares 

1 Based on shareholders’ equity. 
2 Prior year adjusted due to Hyperinflation accounting. 
3 Current year value subject to Annual General Meeting approval. 

5 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

About this Report 

With the Annual Report 2023, adidas communicates financial and non-financial information in a combined 
publication. The report provides a comprehensive overview of the financial, environmental, and social 
performance of adidas in the 2023 financial year. 

We publish our Annual Report exclusively in a digital format. It is available as a PDF and online version. 
The Online Report can be found on our website. ► REPORT.ADIDAS-GROUP.COM 

The reporting period is the financial year from January 1 to December 31, 2023. To enhance readability, 
registered trademarks as well as references to rounding differences, which may arise in percentages and 
totals, are omitted in this publication. In addition, we have used the masculine form partially, although all 
such references are not intended to be gender-specific. The adidas Annual Report 2023 is available in 
English and German.  

The following symbols indicate important information: 

► There is more information online or on a different page within the report.

[ ] These are parts of the non-financial statement that are covered by a separate reasonable assurance 
engagement. 

⌐ ¬ These are parts of the non-financial statement that are covered by a separate limited assurance 
engagement. 

Term underlined in blue: There is a detailed definition of this term in the glossary. 

Independent assurance 

The consolidated financial statements prepared by adidas AG, including the statement of financial position, 
income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, statement of cash 
flows, and the notes as well as the Group Management Report, have been audited by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (‘PwC’). ► SEE COPY OF THE AUDITOR’S REPORT  

In addition, this report contains a combined non-financial statement for adidas AG and the Group. The 
content of the non-financial statement is covered by a separate either reasonable or limited assurance 
engagement of PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft. The assurance was 
conducted using the International Standard on Assurance Engagements ISAE 3000 (Revised). The content 
of the non-financial statement combined with further information in this report and on our corporate 
website is prepared with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Standards. The GRI content 
index can be found in our Online Report.  

It was not part of PwC’s engagement to review the Online Report or references to external sources such as 
our corporate website. ► SEE NON-FINANCIAL STATEMENT ► SEE INDEPENDENT PRACTITIONER’S REPORT ON A LIMITED AND 
REASONABLE ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENT ON NON-FINANCIAL REPORTING ► REPORT.ADIDAS-GROUP.COM 

6 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Forward-looking statements 

Our Group Management Report contains forward-looking statements that reflect Management’s current 
view with respect to the future development of our company. The outlook is based on estimates that we 
have made on the basis of all the information available to us at the time of completion of this Annual 
Report. In addition, such forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties that are beyond the 
control of the company. In case the underlying assumptions turn out to be incorrect or described risks or 
opportunities materialize, actual results and developments may materially deviate (negatively or 
positively) from those expressed by such statements. adidas does not assume any obligation to update any 
forward-looking statements made in the Group Management Report beyond statutory disclosure 
obligations. ► SEE OUTLOOK ► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 

Alternative performance measures 

adidas uses ‘Alternative Performance Measures’ (‘APM’) in its regulatory and mandatory publications that 
may represent so called non-GAAP-measures. An overview of these alternative performance measures 
can be found on our website. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/FINANCIAL-PUBLICATIONS

7 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas Annual Report 2023

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS 

Interview with our CEO 

Executive Board 

Supervisory Board 

Supervisory Board Report 

Declaration on Corporate Governance 

Our Share 

GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT 
OUR COMPANY 

Value Creation 

Focus Areas 

Global Brands 

Global Sales 

Global Operations 

Our People 

Sustainability  

Environmental Impacts 

Social Impacts 

Sustainable Finance 

Non-Financial Statement 

GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

Internal Management System 

Business Performance 

Income Statement 

Statement of Financial Position and  
Statement of Cash Flows 

Treasury  

Financial Statements and  
Management Report of adidas AG 

010 

016 

021 

025 

034 

046 

052 

053 

055 

061 

065 

070 

079 

082 

097 

110 

118 

121 

124 

126 

133 

140 

Outlook 

Risk and Opportunity Report 

Illustration of Risks 

Illustration of Opportunities 

Management Assessment of Performance,  
Risks and Opportunities, and Outlook 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Consolidated Statement of Financial  
Position 

Consolidated Income Statement 

Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes 

Notes to the Consolidated Statement of  
Financial Position 

Notes to the Consolidated Income  
Statement 

Additional Information 

Shareholdings 

Responsibility Statement 

Copy of the Auditor’s Report 

Independent Practitioner’s Report on a 
Limited and Reasonable Assurance 
Engagement on Non-financial Reporting 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
Ten-Year Overview 

EU Taxonomy Tables 

147 

Glossary 

Disclosures Pursuant to § 315a Section 1 and  
§ 289a Section 1 of the German Commercial  
Code and Explanatory Report 

152 

Declaration of Support 

Financial Calendar 

Business Performance by Segment 

158 

163 

166 

174 

181 

185 

189 

191 

192 

193 

195 

197 

216 

266 

273 

287 

290 

291 

300 

305 

307 

312 

316 

320 

8 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  - 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  - 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

1 

TO OUR 
SHAREHOLDERS 

Interview with our CEO 

Executive Board   

Supervisory Board 

Supervisory Board Report  

Declaration on Corporate Governance 

Our Share 

9 

010 

016 

021 

025 

034 

046 

 
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Interview with our CEO 

Bjørn Gulden 

Bjørn, you have now completed your first full year at the helm of adidas. How 
do you look back on the year 2023? 

I think it was a positive year in the sense that a lot of positive things happened vis-à-vis our consumer. At 
the beginning of the year, we had little success when it comes to the sell-through of our product. But then, 
during the year, we had a couple of franchises in the Lifestyle area starting to do very well. And they 
actually continue to develop very well in 2024. First it was the Terrace trend with Samba, Gazelle, and 
Spezial, but then also Campus accelerated at the back end of the year. We have been steadily increasing 
the supply to better please the demand of the consumer and, of course, to also give our retail partners 
good sell-throughs.  

In the Performance area, the launch of the Predator was fantastic. This football franchise is probably the 
best we have ever had. In Running, our athletes continued to win a lot of races and break records. With the 
Adizero Adios Pro Evo 1 we have the shoe that set completely new standards in terms of performance. The 

10 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

halo effect of these victories in our shoes is that we are starting to build a better distribution for our entire 
running range. This will take a while, but it’s a positive start. Even in basketball, and I say even because 
that’s probably the area where we haven’t had the biggest success in the past, the Anthony Edwards 
signature shoe has been selling out every time we launch a new colorway.  

Improving the relationship with the retailers was one of your priorities for 
2023. What feedback have you been receiving from them? 

Since we have better products in the market and consumer demand is higher, more and more retailers 
would like to buy more from us now, which is positive, of course. You have to remember that we started 
the year 2023 with a lot of inventory in our own warehouses, but also in the warehouses of our retail 
partners. Sell-through was not good and discounts were high. It took a while to replace the bad inventory 
with good inventory. And it’s probably fair to say that many of the retailers were skeptical at the beginning. 
But I have the feeling that during the course of the year, they have seen that the pipeline of our products 
works. They have seen that they can make money with us. As a result, the trust in adidas has started to 
come back. I hope that the retailers see that we are a company that really wants to be a partner and that 
they see this all over the world. 

That’s a big change from being a DTC-led company, which we were twelve months ago. I would say that 
the relationship between the retailers and us is also improving in the way we talk and work with each 
other. More importantly, the results for the retailers are starting to show. When retailers sell more with a 
better margin of a brand, they like to do more. And that’s always the best argument to improve the 
business 

What changes did you make at the product level to lay the foundation for a 
better future? 

I don’t know if I changed so much. I think if you look at the different categories, then in the Lifestyle area, 
it’s obvious that we have been very classic-driven. We have been very strong on the courtside, which is 
Terrace and now also Campus. What I tried to do is to scale that at the right speed at the right time to build 
and keep the heat. We continue to do collabs and limited editions on all the franchises, but at the same 
time we also make sure that we increase production and give the retailers more of the products that work. 
And then we do takedowns of the trends that are happening on the more commercial side. We are doing 
this on the courtside, and now we have started to do the same in running lifestyle. SL72 and Country are 
two shoes coming out of our archive that we saw potential in. SL72 is also a Terrace shoe, but in an old 
running style. So far, it has done very well. And then on top of what we do on the classic side, because of 
the lack of newness in running lifestyle, we have initiated many projects when it gets to completely new 
silhouettes. Many of those are seeded into the market as we speak. The goal is that we will have new 
running silhouettes in the Lifestyle area that the market has never seen before at the back end of this year 
to be scaled in 2025 and beyond.  

How about the performance side of the business? 

Here we also looked at what kind of products do we have in the different categories that are ready to go. 
And we have accelerated quite a few of them. In running, as I said, the whole Adizero range is very, very 
successful from a performance point of view. The Adizero Adios Pro Evo 1 was initially planned for 2025 

11 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

and we accelerated that. Now the goal is to scale running also into other price points and to focus more on 
the comfort and the value side of running. With the new Supernova, which we just launched, and a 
completely new UltraBoost and Adistar later in the year, the product pipeline looks very strong. And when 
it comes to distribution, it will be about having sales reps servicing running specialty again and being more 
ingrained in the running community where the action is happening. 

In football, we have what we need from a product, a player, and a team point of view. So here we will 
continue the strategy as is. In basketball, we’ve done a lot of work. I’m very, very convinced that all our 
signature shoes for players like Anthony Edwards, James Harden, and Damian Lillard are a lot better in 
2024 than they had been before. And I mentioned it before: The first positive results are already coming in. 
I am also very happy with the initial results of Fear of God. College teams in the NCAA now even play in 
Fear of God jerseys. In outdoor, we have the right product with Terrex. We have now started to 
commercialize it, also by taking it down to more commercial price points. Also here the task is more to get 
a better distribution. 

And last but not least, Sportswear: We refocused the business unit to make sure that the entire range is 
more commercial, that we work closer with the accounts, that we become more local. I am pleased to see 
that our teams have now connected much better with the market, both with retailers and with the 
consumer. 

How have these changes in how you create product and bring them to market 
also changed how you present the brand vis-à-vis the consumer? 

When it comes to marketing, the strategy is to be visible in sports. Not only the big sports, but also the 
smaller sports, if you can even call them smaller because some of them are really meaningful in their 
region. We invested into cricket in India, we extended our partnership with the All Blacks in rugby. We are 
trying to sign partners across all sports again for the Olympics. Of course, we will not be able to sign 
everyone we want, but I think the attitude, again, is to be visible in many sports that adidas previously had 
left and to clearly show up as the best sports brand again. 

Many adidas athletes performed extremely well in 2023 and in the first months 
of 2024: Tigist Assefa, Jude Bellingham, Noah Lyles, Patrick Mahomes, Lionel 
Messi, Mikaela Shiffrin – just to mention a very few. What do these successes 
mean to the brand? 

First of all, we need athletes, teams, and federations that perform. Of course, you would like to be with 
winners. And then secondly, you would like to have people and teams and federations with the right adidas 
attitude. I think the ones you mentioned have exactly that. Seeing Mahomes leading his team in the Super 
Bowl to victory again in our product is simply great. He’s a fantastic athlete with a great attitude and he fits 
our brand extremely well. It’s the same with the fastest man in the world, Noah Lyles. Or watching Shiffrin 
skiing down the mountains and breaking records. These are all examples of great performing athletes 
who also have a great personality that fits our brand so well. I am proud that we can work with them. In my 
opinion, we have the best group of athletes and sports marketing partners that you can dream about.  

12 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Have these successes changed the way how consumers perceive the brand? 

Consumers see the changes particularly in the Lifestyle area. Here we are currently trending in a way 
adidas hasn’t done for a long time. At many retailers, we have the best sell-through in years, which means 
that more consumers are buying our products again. As a consequence, consumer sentiment towards 
adidas is turning positive in almost every market. So brand desire has clearly increased. I always repeat 
the same thing: I don’t think the consumer ever had anything against adidas. I just think we were not 
visible and maybe not commercial enough in the way that we went to market. And we’re reversing a lot of 
that as we speak.  

This year will be a year of sports, with the UEFA EURO 2024 and the Copa 
América in football, the Olympic and Paralympic Games in Paris all taking 
place this summer. How important are these events for the adidas business? 

They all play a little bit of a different role, but what they have in common is that after years of covid and 
difficult circumstances for big events with no spectators or limited access, it’s the first year again where 
everything is largely back to normal. I think both athletes and spectators are looking forward to 
participating in big events and to celebrating sports and being together again. The summer of sport starts 
with the UEFA EURO in our home market Germany, which, of course, is very special. We all remember the 
fantastic atmosphere of the football World Cup 2006 in Germany and I think we will see the same again 
this year. It will be a very important event, not only for sports, but for people's mindset in general. For us, 
both the EURO and the Copa also have a business impact, because we sell replicas of the different teams, 
licensed products and the official match ball for the EURO ‘Fussballliebe.’  

The Olympics and Paralympics are different because they are not necessarily commercial events where 
we sell a lot of products directly related to them. But the Olympics and Paralympics both create global and 
local heroes. And they make sport play a bigger role in people's life all over the world. That’s why in 
general they have a positive impact on sports companies and especially adidas which is the Olympic brand 
when you look back at our history. It is really good for us that these sports events all happen in 2024, 
because that fits perfectly with our plan to be the best sports brand again. It is also perfect timing with the 
product pipeline and the plans we have for 2024 and beyond.  

You are a big sports fan. Which sports event are you personally looking 
forward to the most?  

I look forward to all sports events. It doesn’t matter what it is. If it’s a Bundesliga game or if it’s a national 
championship, a college tournament or the Olympics, I don’t really separate between the events. I love to 
see and do sports. It’s my life and my job. There are so many good events and to be honest with you, there 

13 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

are good events almost every day in some kind of sport somewhere in the world. So there’s enough to look 
forward to and it would be kind of unfair to only pick one. 

adidas will have an extra moment to celebrate this year as it is also the 
company’s 75th anniversary. What does this heritage mean for the future?  

For me personally, the 75 as a number doesn’t mean so much because it doesn’t matter if you’re 75 or 76 
or 80. The most important thing is which legacy these 75 years have created for the company. We have 
such a great sports history, both with products and athletes. Everything you see today is built on this 
foundation. There is no company in the world that has such a heritage in sports. When you visit our archive 
and see what we have in there, then you know what I am talking about. Therefore, the 75th anniversary 
gives us an enormous knowledge and product base to build on. That’s very unique for our company.  

Putting it all together in 2023, what worked better than you expected? 

The success in Lifestyle maybe came quicker than we had expected. And the consumer reacted positively 
to our brand, quicker than I thought. I think I said it when I started at adidas last year: The product pipeline 
that everybody complained about was much better than people said it was. And adidas had already all the 
ingredients to be successful. It was just that they were not put together in a way that they were visible 
enough. In general, although we need time to also get the financial results back to former strength, there 
are so many good things happening in this company – clearly many more than any negative things. All in 
all, I think we were a little bit further at the end of 2023 than what I expected when we started. 

Talking about negative things, were there also some challenges that you didn’t 
see coming? 

Well, there’s always challenges. I think that the negativity around the company at the beginning was quite 
tough to manage. But I think we are in much better territory today and can now focus on the many positive 
things. One thing we clearly need to continue to tackle is our internal complexity. Although we increased 
our agility, it still takes us too long to make decisions. But we’re on that and I feel that the attitude and the 
adidas DNA to do stuff is starting to come through again.  

Looking forward, how will 2024 shape up from a business point of view? 

The pipeline of products that is going out to the market will continue to improve quarter by quarter. 
Therefore, the size of the poor performing inventory, not so much in terms of age, but in terms of overall 
product strength, that we still have in the trade will actually become less and less compared to good 
inventory. As a result, sales growth should accelerate quarter by quarter. The external factors are, of 
course, something nobody can control. When we started a year ago, we didn’t have a crisis in the Middle 
East, we didn’t have the Red Sea issue. We all had hoped that the war in the Ukraine would end. Now we 
know that this is unfortunately not the case. So we are still living in a very uncertain world. But I think the 
companies that are agile and flexible in a volatile world will win. And that’s part of our strategy to be agile 
and flexible.  

14 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Last year, when you started, you also laid out a plan to bring adidas back to the 
top step by step between 2023 and 2026. How confident are you that you are on 
the right track? 

One year ago, we described where we were and where we should go. By now, I think we confirmed that we 
have the ingredients to start turning things around in 2023, be a better company in 2024, be a good 
company in 2025, and then be a good and profitable company in 2026. From where we are today, 
everything else being equal in the external world, I am confident that this will happen. As a management 
team, it is our goal to do things short term that are also right long term. We are not trying to impress 
anybody short-term by doing something stupid in one quarter to look good that has a negative impact 
maybe in a year’s time. Our goal is to build adidas back again to be the best sports brand and the best 
sports company in the world, step by step. A company where people are happy to work, that retailers see 
as a partner, and where consumers like our product. With everything we know today, that means we can 
be a company that grows double digits each year and has a double-digit operating margin. It’s doable 
within the timeline that we talked about. 

What role will the adidas employees play in this plan?  

They are the reason that we can have the plan. You have to remember that adidas is the brand and the 
people. I am 100% sure that we have the talents we need. We have a very global and diverse workforce 
with people that can bring this company to the top again. I think we need to make sure that we find the 
right structure and the right processes so that our talented people are able to do their job. And that’s what 
we are in the process of doing. But, again, people are the most important factor that our company has and 
always will be. You cannot replace people with machines or computers. 

That’s good to hear. Last question to you, Bjørn: What’s the one thing you 
personally want to focus on in 2024? 

Personally: Enjoy life. 

15 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Executive Board 

Our Executive Board is composed of five members.  
Each Board Member is responsible for at least one major function  
within the company.  

More information on the adidas Executive Board  

► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/EXECUTIVE-BOARD 

16 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Bjørn Gulden 
Chief Executive Officer, Global Brands1,2 

Bjørn was born in Zurich, Switzerland, in 1965 and is a 
Norwegian national. He obtained a Bachelor of Business 
Administration from the University of Rogaland, Norway, 
as well as an MBA from the Babson Graduate School of 
Business, USA. Between 1992 and 1999, he held various 
management positions at adidas in Herzogenaurach, 
ultimately as Senior Vice President of Apparel and 
Accessories. In 1999, Bjørn became Head of Product, 
Marketing and Sourcing at Helly Hansen in Norway, and 
remained on the company’s advisory board for several 
years after his departure. From 2000, he was Managing 
Director of the Deichmann Group and President/CEO of 
Deichmann’s US-American subsidiary Rack Room Shoes. 
From 2012 to 2013, Bjørn was Chief Executive Officer and 
from 2013 to 2018 a Supervisory Board Member of the 
Danish jewelry brand Pandora. In 2013, he joined 
Puma SE in Herzogenaurach as CEO. From 2014 to 2022, 
he also was a member of the Supervisory Board of 
Borussia Dortmund GmbH & Co. KgaA. Since 
January 1, 2023, Bjørn has been a member of the 
Executive Board and CEO of adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, 
Germany and is also responsible for the business area 
Global Brands. 

Mandates: 
─  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Salling Group 

A/S, Brabrand, Denmark 

─  Member of the Supervisory Board, Tchibo GmbH, 

Hamburg, Germany 

─  Member of the Board of Directors, Essity AB, 

Stockholm, Sweden3 

1 Since January 1, 2023. 

2 From July 16, 2023, to December 31, 2023, on an interim basis also Global Human Resources, People and Culture. 

3 Until March 29, 2023. 

17 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Arthur Hoeld4 
Global Sales 

Arthur was born in Illertissen, Germany, in 1969, and is a 
German national. He holds a degree in Business 
Administration and Advertising Management from 
Pforzheim University, Germany. Arthur joined adidas in 
1998 from Bartle Bogle Hegarty, London, UK, where he 
started his professional career as an Advertising Account 
Manager. Between 1998 and 2011, he held various roles 
across Global Brands and Market EMEA at adidas in 
Herzogenaurach and Amsterdam. From 2011, he led the 
company’s Originals business as SVP/GM Originals and 
became SVP Brand Strategy & Business Development in 
2017. In July 2018, Arthur was appointed Managing 
Director Europe, and was i.a. responsible for the business 
restructuring of adidas and Reebok. Between 2020 and 
2023, he held the role of Managing Director EMEA. In 
2023, Arthur was appointed to the Executive Board and is 
responsible for Global Sales. 

Harm Ohlmeyer 
Chief Financial Officer 

Harm was born in Hoya, Germany, in 1968 and is a 
German national. He holds a degree in Business Studies 
from the University of Regensburg, Germany, as well as 
an MBA from Murray State University, USA. Harm started 
his career with adidas in 1998 and gained extensive 
experience in the areas of Finance and Sales, including 
responsibility as CFO TaylorMade-adidas Golf in 
Carlsbad, USA, and Senior Vice President Finance adidas 
Brand and Global Sales (adidas and Reebok). From 2011, 
he led the company’s e-commerce business as Senior 
Vice President Digital Brand Commerce. From 2014 to 
2016, he held additional responsibility as Senior Vice 
President Sales Strategy and Excellence. In 2017, Harm 
was appointed to the Executive Board and subsequently 
became Chief Financial Officer. From November 12, 2022, 
to December 31, 2022, he led adidas AG as Chief 
Executive Officer in the interim. In July 2023, he was 
appointed as Labor Director. 

Mandates: 
─  Member of the Supervisory Board, SV Werder Bremen 

GmbH & Co. KGaA, Bremen, Germany 

4 Since April 1, 2023. 

18 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Michelle Robertson5 
Global Human Resources, People and Culture 

Michelle was born in Aberystwyth, Wales, in 1975, and is a 
British national. She holds a Postgraduate Diploma in 
Human Resources (CIPD qualified) from the University of 
Central Lancashire, UK. Michelle started her professional 
career in the UK hospitality industry, where she worked in 
different HR positions from 1995 onward. In 2004, she 
joined Reebok as Head of HR Reebok UK & Ireland, in 
Bolton, UK, later became Head of HR EMEA in 
Amsterdam, The Netherlands, and, in 2010, went on to be 
Director HR Global Brand Marketing at the Reebok HQ in 
Boston, USA. In 2012, Michelle transitioned to adidas in 
Herzogenaurach where she held various senior 
management roles within HR with responsibility for i.a. 
Global IT, Global Operations, Global Legal, and Global 
Workplaces. In 2018, she became Senior Vice President 
Workplaces & HR Global Functions. As of 2020, Michelle 
additionally took over the global Covid-19 crisis 
management lead, and between 2022 and 2023, she also 
acted as HR Business Partner for Global Brands. From 
mid-2023, she led the company’s global Human 
Resources organization as Head of Global HR. In 2024, 
Michelle was appointed to the Executive Board and is 
responsible for Global Human Resources, People and 
Culture. 

Martin Shankland 
Global Operations 

Martin was born in Sydney, Australia, in 1971 and is an 
Australian national. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce 
degree from the University of New South Wales, Australia, 
and completed the Professional Year Program at the 
Australian Institute of Chartered Accountants. He joined 
adidas in 1997 as Finance Director for adidas Russia/CIS 
and was Managing Director from 2000 to 2017. From 2017 
to 2019, he led adidas Emerging Markets as Managing 
Director. In 2019, Martin was appointed to the Executive 
Board and is responsible for Global Operations. 

5 Since January 1, 2024. 

19 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Executive Board Members until March 31, 2023 

Roland Auschel 
Mandates: 

−  none 

Brian Grevy 
Mandates: 

−  Member of the Board of Directors, Pitzner Gruppen Holding A/S, Copenhagen, Denmark 

Executive Board Member until July 15, 2023 

Amanda Rajkumar 
Mandates: 

−  none

20 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Supervisory Board 

Thomas Rabe 
CHAIRMAN
residing in Berlin, Germany 
born on August 6, 1965 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 9, 2019 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Bertelsmann Management SE, Gütersloh, Germany 
Chief Executive Officer, RTL Group S.A., Luxembourg, Luxembourg 

Udo Müller* 
DEPUTY CHAIRMAN 
residing in Herzogenaurach, Germany 
born on April 14, 1960 
Member of the Supervisory Board since October 6, 2016 
Manager History Management, adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, Germany 

Ian Gallienne 
DEPUTY CHAIRMAN 
residing in Gerpinnes, Belgium 
born on January 23, 1971 
Member of the Supervisory Board since June 15, 2016 
Chief Executive Officer, Groupe Bruxelles Lambert, Brussels, Belgium 
Membership in comparable domestic and foreign controlling bodies of commercial enterprises: 
−  Member of the Board of Directors, Pernod Ricard SA, Paris, France 
−  Member of the Board of Directors, SGS SA, Geneva, Switzerland 

Mandates within the Groupe Bruxelles Lambert or in entities under common control with the Groupe 
Bruxelles Lambert: 
−  Member of the Board of Directors, Imerys SA, Paris, France 
−  Member of the Board of Directors, Sienna Investment Managers SA, Strassen, Luxembourg 
−  Member of the Board of Directors, Compagnie Nationale à Portefeuille SA, Loverval, Belgium  
−  Member of the Board of Directors, Château Cheval Blanc, Société Civile, Saint-Émilion, France  
−  Member of the Board of Directors, GBL Development Ltd., London, United Kingdom 
− 
−  Member of the Board of Directors, Financière De La Sambre, Loverval, Belgium 
−  Member of the Board of Directors, Carpar SA, Loverval, Belgium 

Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Marnix French ParentCo SAS (Webhelp Group), Paris, France 

Petra Auerbacher* 
residing in Emskirchen, Germany 
born on December 27, 1969 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 9, 2019 
Full-time member of the Works Council Herzogenaurach, adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, Germany

* Employee representative. 

21 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Birgit Biermann* 
residing in Bochum, Germany 
born on December 26, 1973 
Member of the Supervisory Board since September 1, 2022 
Member of the Steering Committee, IGBCE, Hannover, Germany 
Membership in other statutory supervisory boards in Germany: 
−  Member of the Supervisory Board, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany 

Jackie Joyner-Kersee 
residing in Ballwin, Missouri, USA  
born on March 3, 1962 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 12, 2021 
CEO, Jackie Joyner-Kersee Foundation, and Motivational Speaker, East St. Louis, Illinois, USA 

Christian Klein 
residing in Mühlhausen, Germany 
born on May 4, 1980 
Member of the Supervisory Board since August 11, 2020 
Chief Executive Officer, SAP SE, Walldorf, Germany 
Mandates within the SAP Group: 
−  Member of the Board of Directors, Qualtrics International, Inc., Provo, Utah, USA6 

Bastian Knobloch* 
residing in Bramsche, Germany 
born on September 12, 1982 
Member of the Supervisory Board since January 1, 2022 
Chairman of the Works Council Campus North, adidas AG, Rieste, Germany 

Kathrin Menges 
residing in Großenbrode, Germany 
born on October 16, 1964 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 8, 2014 
Self-employed entrepreneur 

Beate Rohrig* 
residing in Glashütten, Germany 
born on March 24, 1965 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 9, 2019 
Head of Participation in the Work Environment, IGBCE, Hannover, Germany7  
Membership in other statutory supervisory boards in Germany: 
−  Member of the Supervisory Board, Wacker Chemie AG, Munich, Germany8 

6 Until June 28, 2023. 

7 Since March 1, 2023, previously State District Manager of the Industrial Union IG BCE, State District Bavaria, Munich, Germany. 

8 Until September 30, 2023. 

* Employee representative. 

22 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Nassef Sawiris 
residing in London, United Kingdom 
born on January 19, 1961 
Member of the Supervisory Board since June 15, 2016 
Executive Chairman and Member of the Board of Directors, OCI N.V., Amsterdam, the Netherlands 
Membership in comparable domestic and foreign controlling bodies of commercial enterprises: 
−  CEO of Avanti Acquisition Corp., New York, USA9 

Frank Scheiderer* 
residing in Wilhelmsdorf, Germany 
born on April 16, 1977 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 9, 2019 
Director Finance – Strategy and Programs, adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, Germany 

Michael Storl* 
residing in Oberreichenbach, Germany 
born on July 3, 1959 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 9, 2019 
Deputy Chairman of the Works Council Herzogenaurach, adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, Germany 

Bodo Uebber 
residing in Munich, Germany 
born on August 18, 1959 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 9, 2019 
Independent Management Consultant 
Membership in other statutory supervisory boards in Germany: 
−  Member of the Supervisory Board, Bertelsmann SE & Co. KGaA/Bertelsmann Management SE, 

Gütersloh, Germany 

−  Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Flix SE, Munich, Germany10 
Membership in comparable domestic and foreign controlling bodies of commercial enterprises: 
−  Non-Executive Director, Levere Holding Corp., Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands11 

Jing Ulrich 
residing in Stamford, Connecticut, USA 
born on June 28, 1967 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 9, 2019 
Managing Director and Vice Chairman, Investment Banking, JPMorgan Chase & Co., New York, USA  

Günter Weigl* 
residing in Oberreichenbach, Germany 
born on April 14, 1965 
Member of the Supervisory Board since May 9, 2019 
Senior Vice President Brand Partnerships, adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, Germany

9 Until July 13, 2023. 

10 Since November 28, 2023. 

11 Until April 9, 2023. 

* Employee representative. 

23 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Standing Committees 

Steering Committee: 
Thomas Rabe (Chairman), Ian Gallienne, Udo Müller* 
General Committee: 
Thomas Rabe (Chairman), Ian Gallienne, Udo Müller*, Michael Storl* 
Audit Committee: 
Bodo Uebber (Chairman), Kathrin Menges, Frank Scheiderer*, Günter Weigl* 
Nomination Committee: 
Thomas Rabe (Chairman), Ian Gallienne, Kathrin Menges 
Mediation Committee pursuant to § 27 section 3 Co-Determination Act (MitbestG): 
Thomas Rabe (Chairman), Ian Gallienne, Petra Auerbacher*, Udo Müller*  

Biographical information on our Supervisory Board members is available online  

► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/SUPERVISORY-BOARD 

* Employee representative. 

24 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Supervisory Board Report 

Dear Shareholders, 

2023 was a transition year for adidas. The appointment of Bjørn Gulden as new CEO effective January 1 
paved the way for a successful restart of the company. The overall business environment continued to be 
characterized by geopolitical tensions, macroeconomic challenges, and elevated inventory levels. Against 
this backdrop, the company performed significantly better than initially expected as it put the focus back 
on its core: people, product, consumers, retail partners, and athletes. This started to pay off as brand 
momentum began to re-accelerate driven by the Terrace trend in Lifestyle and game-changing innovation 
in Performance. The company improved the relationship to its retailers and invested into broadening its 
portfolio of sports partners. In addition, adidas successfully reduced high inventory levels by limiting the 
sell-in to the wholesale channel and clearing excess stock. This was essential to be able to return to a 
healthier business mix going forward. In addition, adidas was able to conduct two drops of the remaining 
Yeezy products. As a result, the write-off and destruction of the products could be avoided, and the 
company made significant donations from the proceeds. Consequently, despite the challenging market 
environment, adidas was able to upgrade its full year guidance twice in the course of 2023 and ultimately 
posted top- and bottom-line results significantly above the increasing expectations. This reflects the 
operational and financial progress made during the year and provides a stronger foundation for further 
improvements in 2024 and a successful 2025 and 2026.  

Supervision and advice in dialogue with the Executive Board 
In the year under review, we performed all of our tasks laid down by law, the Articles of Association, the 
German Corporate Governance Code (‘Code’), and the Rules of Procedure carefully and conscientiously, as 
in previous years. We regularly advised the Executive Board on the management of the company, as well 
as diligently and continuously supervised its management activities. The Executive Board involved us 
directly and in a timely and comprehensive manner in all of the company’s fundamental decisions. 

The Executive Board informed us extensively and regularly through written and oral reports. This 
information covered all relevant aspects of the company’s strategic direction, business planning (including 
finance, investment, and personnel planning), the business development, and the company’s financial 
position and profitability. We were also kept up to date on matters relating to accounting processes, the 
risk situation, the adequacy and further development of the internal Control and Risk Management 
Systems, and compliance, as well as all major decisions and business transactions. Furthermore, the 
Executive Board always reported immediately and thoroughly on any deviations in business performance 
from the plans. In the year under review, such deviations were attributable, in particular, to the handling of 
the existing Yeezy inventory, the reduction of elevated inventory levels, the impact of foreign exchange 
developments, and the negative business development in North America. 

Furthermore, we received regular comprehensive written reports from the Executive Board for the 
preparation of our meetings. We thus always had the opportunity to critically analyze the Executive Board’s 
reports and resolution proposals within the committees and the entire Supervisory Board and to put 
forward suggestions before passing resolutions based on in-depth examination and thorough consultation. 
At the Supervisory Board meetings, the Executive Board was available for discussions and for answering 
our questions. In the periods between our meetings, the Executive Board also provided us with extensive 
monthly reports on the current business situation. We critically examined and scrutinized the information 
provided by the Executive Board. 

25 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Meetings of the Supervisory Board and its committees 
In the past financial year, the Supervisory Board primarily exercised its duties in plenary meetings. 
Members who were unable to participate in the meetings took part in the resolutions by submitting their 
votes in writing. In the year under review, the meetings of the Supervisory Board and its committees took 
place both as physical and virtual meetings. The latest videoconferencing technology was used to ensure 
an open and appropriate discussion between the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board within the 
virtual meetings. 

Type of meeting 

Supervisory Board 

Nomination Committee 

General Committee 

Audit Committee 

Virtual meeting 

Physical meeting 

2 

1 

3 

1 

5 

1 

3 

3 

The external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (‘PwC’), Frankfurt 
am Main, Germany, attended the meetings of the Supervisory Board, in particular as part of the Executive 
Board’s financial reporting to the Supervisory Board, insofar as no Executive Board matters or internal 
matters of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board were discussed. Furthermore, PwC attended all 
meetings of the Audit Committee. 

In the periods between meetings, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board and the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee maintained regular contact with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, 
conferring on matters such as the company’s strategic orientation, business planning and development, 
the risk situation, control and risk management, and compliance. In addition, the Chairman of the 
Supervisory Board and, as applicable, the entire Supervisory Board, were informed about events of 
fundamental importance for evaluating the situation, development, and management of the company, if 
required, also at short notice. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board regularly reported during meetings 
on discussions with the Executive Board outside the Supervisory Board meetings. 

The Supervisory Board also convened regularly without the Executive Board members, in particular to 
discuss internal affairs of the Supervisory Board as well as personnel and compensation matters relating 
to the Executive Board. The Audit Committee also followed recommendation D.10 of the Code and 
regularly consulted with the auditor in the Audit Committee meetings without the Executive Board. 

In this year under review, too, the participation rate of the Supervisory Board and its committees was 
constantly high, totaling approximately 99% (2022: approximately 96%) and thus exceeding the targeted 
minimum participation rate of 75%. 

26 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Individual meeting participation of the Supervisory Board members 

Members of the Supervisory Board as at December 31, 2023 

Thomas Rabe, Chairman 

Ian Gallienne, Deputy Chairman 

Udo Müller, Deputy Chairman 

Petra Auerbacher 

Birgit Biermann 

Jackie Joyner-Kersee 

Christian Klein 

Bastian Knobloch 

Kathrin Menges 

Beate Rohrig 

Nassef Sawiris 

Frank Scheiderer 

Michael Storl 

Bodo Uebber 

Jing Ulrich 

Günter Weigl 

Number of 
meetings 

  Participation 

Participation 
rate 

15 

15 

13 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

13 

7 

7 

11 

13 

11 

7 

11 

15 

15 

13 

7 

7 

7 

6 

7 

13 

7 

7 

11 

13 

11 

6 

11 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

86% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

86% 

100% 

Tasks and topics for the entire Supervisory Board 
In the year under review, there were seven meetings of the entire Supervisory Board (2022: nine 
meetings).  

The following subject areas were presented to us in detail by the Executive Board for regular discussion at 
meetings of the entire Supervisory Board: the development of sales, earnings, and the employment 
situation, the financial position of the company, and the development of the company’s individual 
operations, brands, and markets. Focus topics in the year under review with regard to stabilizing operating 
profit were the business development in the major markets and sales channels, the order book 
development and the sell-through of our products, and the reduction of elevated inventory levels, as well 
as the handling of the existing Yeezy inventory and the Yeezy partnership in general. In addition, we dealt 
intensively with the major legal disputes, various brand and product topics, current marketing campaigns, 
and adidas’ key partnerships. The opportunities of artificial intelligence (‘AI’) for adidas as well as the 
associated risks were also discussed. The growing importance of ESG (Environmental, Social, Governance) 
topics and their regulation were further regular topics of discussion at the Supervisory Board meetings. 
Moreover, the Executive Board informed us about the current status and the developments of the Human 
Resources organization. As regards personnel matters, the extension of Harm Ohlmeyer’s appointment, 
the resignations of Roland Auschel, Brian Grevy, and Amanda Rajkumar, from the Executive Board and the 
appointments of Arthur Hoeld and Michelle Robertson to the Executive Board were the main subjects of 
consultation. 

Due to statutory regulations or the Rules of Procedure, certain transactions and measures of the 
Executive Board require the approval of the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board discussed 
transactions requiring its approval as they arose and gave its approval to resolution items after thorough 
reviews, in some cases based on preparations by the relevant committees. In addition, the Supervisory 
Board regularly conferred on personnel and compensation matters concerning the Executive Board as 

27 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

well as questions of corporate governance. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/COMPENSATION ► SEE DECLARATION ON CORPORATE 

GOVERNANCE 

At the Supervisory Board’s February meeting, we welcomed the new Chief Executive Officer Bjørn Gulden, 
who started by sharing his initial impressions of adidas. He addressed the current status of the operating 
business, the existing challenges, and his priorities for the first few months of his tenure. Subsequently, 
the Executive Board reported on the company’s situation, the preliminary financial results for the 2022 
financial year, and the Business Improvement Plan as well as the challenges in the Chinese market. 
Further focus topics were the Budget and Investment Plan presented by the Executive Board for the 2023 
financial year and the resulting financial guidance for 2023. In this connection, the further handling of the 
existing Yeezy inventory was also discussed at length. Following a thorough discussion, the Supervisory 
Board approved the Budget and Investment Plan as presented. Furthermore, we approved the preliminary 
extension of the Public Cloud Computing contract with AWS. Another focus topic was Executive Board 
compensation. In this respect, having determined the degree of target achievement and having discussed 
in detail the individual performance of the Executive Board members, we set the variable compensation to 
be paid to the Executive Board members for the 2022 financial year. Due to the challenges in the financial 
year, the overall degree of target achievement for the 2022 Performance Bonus and the 2022 LTI tranche 
was below 50% for all Executive Board members and no payout was made. Furthermore, following an 
internal appropriateness test, the Executive Board compensation was assessed to be appropriate. Finally, 
we approved the Declaration on Corporate Governance. 

At the balance sheet meeting in March, the Executive Board reported on the financial results for the past 
financial year as well as on the audit of the 2022 annual financial statements and consolidated financial 
statements. Before the Supervisory Board passed its resolution, the auditor reported on the material 
results of the audit, including the results of the audit of the content of the non-financial statement 
commissioned by the Supervisory Board in accordance with § 111 section 2 sentence 4 of the German 
Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG). After in-depth examination of the financial statements and 
based on the auditor’s report and the Audit Committee report on the audit results, the Supervisory Board 
approved the annual financial statements and consolidated financial statements as well as the combined 
Management Report including the non-financial statement for adidas AG and the adidas Group. The annual 
financial statements were thus adopted. Furthermore, the Executive Board reported on the humanitarian 
crisis in Turkey and Syria and on the safety of and support for adidas’ employees. The Executive Board also 
outlined the company’s current business situation and the outlook for the 2023 financial year and gave an 
update on adidas brand and product topics, current marketing campaigns, and key partnerships. Other 
topics of discussion included compliance and major legal disputes involving adidas. Moreover, we 
approved the Supervisory Board Report to the Annual General Meeting as well as the proposed resolutions 
to be submitted to the 2023 Annual General Meeting, including the proposal on the appropriation of 
retained earnings for the 2022 financial year. In addition, we determined the criteria and targets for the 
variable, performance-based compensation of the Executive Board members for the 2023 financial year 
and approved the Compensation Report for the 2022 financial year at this meeting. Furthermore, in the 
absence of Jackie Joyner-Kersee, the Supervisory Board approved the continuation of the ambassador 
agreement between adidas and Jackie Joyner-Kersee. After thorough discussions and following the 
recommendation of the General Committee, we approved the extension of Harm Ohlmeyer’s appointment 
as member of the Executive Board of adidas AG by another three years until early 2028 and the 
termination by mutual consent of Roland Auschel’s and Brian Grevy’s appointments as members of the 
Executive Board of adidas AG, each effective upon expiry of March 31, 2023. Also upon the General 
Committee’s recommendation, Arthur Hoeld was appointed as a new Executive Board member with 
responsibility for Global Sales with effect from April 1, 2023. Responsibility for Global Brands was 
allocated to Chief Executive Officer Bjørn Gulden.  

28 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The May meeting, which took place on the evening before the Annual General Meeting, centered on the 
current business performance as well as adidas brand and product topics, current marketing campaigns, 
and key partnerships. The Supervisory Board was given reports on, inter alia, the Partner Camp with key 
retail partners, the ‘Football is Home’ event, and the Sourcing Partner Summit. Furthermore, we 
thoroughly discussed the financial results for the first quarter of 2023 and the handling of the existing 
Yeezy inventory. The Executive Board reported in detail on the business situation in the markets, especially 
in China and North America. Finally, we were informed about the expected main topics and questions at 
the Annual General Meeting. 

At an extraordinary Supervisory Board meeting in June, we resolved upon the termination of Amanda 
Rajkumar’s appointment as member of the Executive Board of adidas AG by mutual consent upon expiry of 
July 15, 2023, based on the recommendation of the General Committee and after thorough deliberation. 

At the August meeting, we particularly discussed the financial results for the second quarter and for the 
first half of 2023, with the Executive Board focusing on the challenges in North America. Furthermore, the 
Executive Board outlined the most recent update of the outlook for the 2023 financial year due to the 
positive impact of the first tranche of the Yeezy products sell-off. In this regard, we also discussed with the 
Executive Board the status of the legal dispute with Kanye West. Moreover, we were given an overview of 
the situation of the Human Resources organization and of brand and product topics, current marketing 
campaigns, and key partnerships. The Executive Board reported, in particular, on the lasting positive 
development of the Terrace shoe models (above all Samba, Gazelle, and Handball Spezial). Finally, 
training opportunities for the Supervisory Board were presented. 

The Supervisory Board meeting in October focused on the discussion of the current business situation and 
the preliminary financial results for the third quarter of 2023, the outlook for the year under review, adidas 
brand and product topics, current marketing campaigns, and key partnerships. The main topics were, inter 
alia, innovations in the Running area and the associated successes in long-distance races on a global 
scale, and the ‘Fear of God’ basketball product range which was to be launched soon. Moreover, the 
Executive Board reported on Diversity and Inclusion and in this connection also on the new goals for the 
promotion of women in leadership positions and the ‘high potential’ development program. Furthermore, 
we were updated on use cases of artificial intelligence (‘AI’) at adidas as well as the strategic ESG 
orientation and the associated regulatory provisions. We also discussed the fulfillment of the statutory 
gender quota in the Supervisory Board stipulated in § 96 section 2 sentences 1, 3, and 4 AktG. In view of 
the Supervisory Board election at the 2024 Annual General Meeting, both the shareholder representatives 
and the employee representatives resolved in accordance with § 96 section 2 sentence 3 AktG that the 
minimum quota of 30% women and 30% men on the Supervisory Board has to be fulfilled separately for 
the shareholder representatives and the employee representatives. 

At the December meeting, we focused on the preliminary Budget and Investment Plan for the 2024 
financial year as presented by the Executive Board, which we approved after thorough deliberation, as well 
as on the marketing and sponsorship agreements concluded in the year under review. After a thorough 
review, we approved the final Budget and Investment Plan presented to us for resolution in February 2024. 
Moreover, the Executive Board gave a detailed report on the current business situation, the outlook for the 
year under review, as well as on adidas brand and product topics, current marketing campaigns, and key 
partnerships. In addition, we dealt with current legal disputes involving adidas, discussed the assessment 
of the Supervisory Board members’ independence, and resolved the Declaration of Compliance with the 
Code. A further agenda item was the review of the objectives of the Supervisory Board regarding its 
composition (including the competency profile). We also conferred on the upcoming Supervisory Board 
election in 2024 and thoroughly discussed the horizontal comparison of the Executive Board compensation 
conducted by an external compensation consultant. Based on this comparison, the Executive Board 
compensation was assessed to be appropriate. The Supervisory Board also discussed the current 

29 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

implementation status of the proposed measures of improvement resulting from the self-assessment 
conducted in the 2022 financial year (efficiency examination). Finally, upon the General Committee’s 
recommendation, we resolved to appoint Michelle Robertson as a member of the Executive Board, 
responsible for Global Human Resources, People and Culture, effective January 1, 2024. 

Tasks and topics for the committees 
In order to perform our tasks in an efficient manner, we have established a total of five standing 
Supervisory Board committees. The committees prepare resolutions and topics for the meetings of the 
entire Supervisory Board. Within the legally permissible framework and in appropriate cases, we have 
furthermore delegated the Supervisory Board’s authority to pass certain resolutions to individual 
committees. With the exception of the Audit Committee, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board also chairs 
all the standing committees. The respective committee chairmen report to the Supervisory Board on their 
work as well as the content and results of the committee meetings on a regular and comprehensive basis. 

The Steering Committee did not meet in the year under review. 

The General Committee held six meetings in the year under review (2022: six meetings). The main task of 
the General Committee was to prepare resolutions for the entire Supervisory Board on personnel and 
compensation matters of the Executive Board. In particular, it discussed the extension of Harm 
Ohlmeyer’s appointment and the terminations of Roland Auschel’s, Brian Grevy’s, and Amanda 
Rajkumar’s appointments by mutual consent. The General Committee also prepared Arthur Hoeld’s and 
Michelle Robertson’s appointments. Regarding Executive Board compensation, the General Committee 
mainly drafted proposals for resolutions on the targets, the target achievement, and the amount of the 
variable performance-related compensation, and pre-examined the horizontal and vertical 
appropriateness of the Executive Board compensation. Furthermore, the General Committee dealt 
intensively with the Compensation Report for the year under review and the revision of the compensation 
system for the Executive Board. The longterm succession planning for the Executive Board was also 
discussed by the General Committee. 

The Audit Committee held four meetings in the year under review (2022: four meetings). The Chief 
Financial Officer and the auditor were present at all meetings and reported to the committee members in 
detail. The Audit Committee followed the recommendation of the Code and regularly consulted with the 
auditor at Audit Committee meetings without the Executive Board being present. 

In addition to the monitoring of the accounting process, the committee’s work focused on the audit of the 
2022 annual financial statements and the consolidated financial statements, including the combined 
Management Report and the non-financial statement of adidas AG and the Group, as well as the proposal 
regarding the appropriation of retained earnings. Following a detailed presentation of the audit reports by 
the auditor, the Audit Committee decided to recommend to the Supervisory Board to approve the 
2022 annual financial statements and consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, the Audit 
Committee prepared the audit of the non-financial statement. 

In the year under review, the Audit Committee thoroughly discussed the continued development and 
monitoring of the effectiveness and adequacy of the Risk Management System, the Internal Audit System, 
the Internal Control System, and the Compliance Management System. Moreover, due to the initial 
appointment of PwC as auditor by the Annual General Meeting, the Audit Committee also dealt intensively 
with the progress of PwC’s onboarding and the preparation of the audit. Other matters discussed in detail 
were the assignment of the audit mandate to the auditor and the determination of the audit fees and key 
audit matters. In accordance with § 111 section 2 sentence 4 AktG, the Audit Committee furthermore 
commissioned the auditor with the audit of the content of the non-financial statement with limited 
assurance and with an audit with reasonable assurance of the statements on the ‘share of sustainable 

30 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

articles offered’ (‘9 out of 10’) KPI contained therein. In addition, the Audit Committee monitored the 
auditor’s independence and qualification, while also taking into account the non-audit services provided by 
the auditor. With regard to assessing the quality of the audit, the Audit Committee determined on the basis 
of, inter alia, an internal quality review, that there were no indications of insufficient quality in the 2022 
audit. Finally, the Audit Committee discussed the quarterly financial results and the half-year financial 
report. Furthermore, in the year under review, the Audit Committee thoroughly dealt with the audit plan 
and the risk management report. At each committee meeting, the Audit Committee was also informed 
about the findings and developments of the Internal Audit department and current cases and 
developments in the area of compliance. 

Moreover, topics such as data privacy and information security, business partner due diligence, and 
adidas’ Global Business Services, as well as ESG and sustainability topics at adidas were discussed during 
the Audit Committee meetings. In this regard, a particular focus was on the provisions of the Corporate 
Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the EU Taxonomy. Further topics of deliberation were the 
subsidiaries’ dividend strategy to ensure the distribution capability of adidas AG and the general 
requirements for the non-audit services rendered by the auditor. The tax strategy and the pension strategy 
at adidas were also discussed by the Audit Committee. 

The Nomination Committee held two meetings in the year under review (2022: no meetings). The focus 
topic of both meetings and of deliberations in the period between the meetings was the preparation of the 
Supervisory Board’s proposals for the election of the Supervisory Board members representing the 
shareholders at the 2024 Annual General Meeting. The Nomination Committee received support from 
external personnel consultants in this regard. Taking into account the competency and diversity profile 
defined by the Supervisory Board and the qualification matrix for the Supervisory Board members as well 
as the statutory requirements for the candidates’ suitability and independence, the Nomination Committee 
developed a qualification profile. Based on this profile, the committee members thoroughly discussed the 
proposals prepared by the personnel consultants and had personal meetings with selected candidates. 
Following a careful assessment and thorough discussion, a concrete resolution proposal for the 
Supervisory Board was eventually prepared.  

Furthermore, the Nomination Committee discussed the general succession planning for the Supervisory 
Board, in particular for the position of the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, with the discussion 
including consideration of investors’ expectations. In this connection, the committee also reviewed the 
objectives of the Supervisory Board regarding its composition and prepared resolution recommendations 
for the Supervisory Board. 

As in previous years, the Mediation Committee, established in accordance with the German Co-
Determination Act (Mitbestimmungsgesetz – MitbestG), did not have to be convened in the year under 
review. 

Election and composition of the Supervisory Board 
In the year under review, the composition of the Supervisory Board and its committees did not change. 

► SEE SUPERVISORY BOARD 

The members of the Supervisory Board are individually responsible for undertaking any necessary training 
and further education measures required for their tasks. To assist them in their role, the company offers 
new Supervisory Board members or members who assume new responsibilities an introduction to the 
work of the Supervisory Board and/or to new areas of responsibility within adidas AG. In this regard, the 
Supervisory Board members receive a detailed introduction to the business and subject areas that are 
relevant to their particular tasks. In the year under review, the Supervisory Board participated in a 
presentation on the brand’s creative direction organized by the ‘Creative Direction’ team. Moreover, 

31 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

product innovations of adidas and cooperation partners were presented to the Supervisory Board. 
Furthermore, the company informed the Supervisory Board regularly about current legislative changes, 
particularly with regard to the increasing regulation of ESG topics and non-financial reporting, and about 
opportunities for external training, and provided relevant specialist literature. 

Changes to the Executive Board  
In March 2023, the Supervisory Board resolved to extend Harm Ohlmeyer’s appointment as Chief Financial 
Officer of the company by another three years until March 2028. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board 
mutually agreed with Roland Auschel, responsible for Global Sales, and Brian Grevy, responsible for 
Global Brands, that both would resign as members of the Executive Board with effect from the end of 
March 31, 2023, and leave the company. The Supervisory Board appointed Arthur Hoeld as a new Executive 
Board member, responsible for Global Sales, with effect from April 1, 2023, and transferred responsibility 
for Global Brands to the Chief Executive Officer Bjørn Gulden. Moreover, in agreement with the 
Supervisory Board, Amanda Rajkumar, responsible for Global Human Resources, People and Culture, 
resigned as an Executive Board member with effect from the end of July 15, 2023, and left the company. 
Responsibility for Global Human Resources, People and Culture was transferred to Chief Executive Officer 
Bjørn Gulden on an interim basis. In December 2023, the Supervisory Board resolved to appoint Michelle 
Robertson as a new Executive Board member, responsible for Global Human Resources, People and 
Culture, effective January 1, 2024. ► SEE EXECUTIVE BOARD  

Corporate governance 
The Supervisory Board regularly monitors the application and further development of the corporate 
governance regulations within the company, in particular the implementation of the regulations of the 
Code. The Supervisory Board and its committees dealt with the corporate governance requirements of the 
German Stock Corporation Act and the Code at their meetings. Further detailed information on corporate 
governance within the company is set out in the Declaration on Corporate Governance. ► SEE DECLARATION ON 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Following an in-depth discussion, the current Declaration of Compliance pursuant to § 161 AktG was 
resolved upon by the Executive Board and Supervisory Board of adidas AG in December 2023 and was 
made permanently available on our website. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/CORPORATE-GOVERNANCE 

In the year under review, there were no conflicts of interest among the members of either the Supervisory 
Board or the Executive Board. In the opinion of the Supervisory Board, the brand ambassador agreement 
between adidas and the Supervisory Board member Jackie Joyner-Kersee does not constitute a conflict of 
interest with regard to her role on the Supervisory Board. 

Examination of the annual financial statements and consolidated financial statements  
Following the Supervisory Board’s proposal, which was based on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, 
the 2022 Annual General Meeting appointed PwC as auditor and Group auditor for the 2023 financial year. 
Prior to this, PwC had confirmed to both the Supervisory Board and the Audit Committee that there are no 
circumstances which could prejudice their independence as auditor or cast doubt on their independence. 
In this respect, PwC also declared the extent to which non-audit services were rendered for the company 
in the previous financial year or are contractually agreed for the following year. 

PwC audited the 2023 consolidated financial statements prepared by the Executive Board in accordance 
with § 315e of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB) in compliance with the 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as they are to be applied in the European Union, and 
issued an unqualified opinion thereon. This also applies to the 2023 annual financial statements of 
adidas AG, prepared in accordance with the requirements of the German Commercial Code, and the 
combined Management Report of adidas AG and the adidas Group. Furthermore, as commissioned by the 

32 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Supervisory Board, PwC audited the non-financial statement. The financial statements, the proposal on 
the appropriation of retained earnings, and the reports of the auditor of the annual financial statements 
and consolidated financial statements were distributed by the Executive Board to all Supervisory Board 
members in a timely manner. 

The financial statements were examined in depth, with a particular focus on legality and regularity, in the 
presence of the auditor at the Audit Committee meeting held on March 4, 2024, and at the balance sheet 
meeting of the Supervisory Board on March 12, 2024, during which the Executive Board outlined the 
financial statements in detail. At both meetings, the auditor reported on the material results of the audit, 
inter alia with regard to the audit focus points agreed and key audit matters, and was available for 
questions, providing additional information. The auditor did not report any significant weaknesses of the 
Internal Control and Risk Management Systems with regard to the accounting process. Prior to the 
resolution being passed, the auditor also reported on the results of the audit of the non-financial 
statement with limited assurance as commissioned by the Audit Committee in accordance with § 111 
section 2 sentence 4 AktG, and the audit with reasonable assurance of the statements on the ‘share of 
sustainable articles offered’ (‘9 out of 10’) KPI contained therein. In addition, the Supervisory Board 
thoroughly discussed and approved the Executive Board’s proposal concerning the appropriation of 
retained earnings for the 2023 financial year. 

Based on our own examinations of the annual financial statements and consolidated financial statements 
(including the non-financial statement), we came to the conclusion that there are no objections to be 
raised. Therefore, following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Supervisory Board agreed 
with the auditor’s audit results and approved the financial statements prepared by the Executive Board, 
including the non-financial statement, for the 2023 financial year. The annual financial statements were 
thus adopted. PwC has been acting as auditor and Group auditor for adidas AG since the year under 
review. As the responsible audit partners since the 2023 financial year, the auditors Rainer Kroker and 
Christian Landau have signed the financial statements. 

Expression of thanks 
On behalf of the entire Supervisory Board, I wish to thank the current Executive Board and all our 
employees around the world for their great personal dedication and ongoing commitment. I would also 
like to express my gratitude for the enduring trust and cooperation between the employee and 
shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board. 

Moreover, I would like to thank Roland Auschel and Brian Grevy, who resigned from the Executive Board at 
the end of March 2023, and Amanda Rajkumar, who resigned from the Executive Board in July 2023, for 
their numerous important contributions and their commitment to adidas. 

For the Supervisory Board  

THOMAS RABE 
CHAIRMAN OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD 
March 2024 

33 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Declaration on Corporate Governance  

Corporate Governance stands for responsible, transparent corporate management and control geared 
toward a long-term increase in value. We are convinced that good corporate governance is an essential 
basis for sustainable corporate success and strengthens the trust placed in our company by our 
shareholders, business partners, and employees, as well as the financial markets. 

Declaration of the adidas AG Executive Board and Supervisory Board on the 
German Corporate Governance Code pursuant to § 161 German Stock 
Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG) 

The adidas AG Executive Board and Supervisory Board issued their last Declaration of Compliance 
pursuant to § 161 AktG in December 2022 and made an intra-year change in July 2023. The following 
declaration refers to the recommendations of the ‘Government Commission on the German Corporate 
Governance Code’ in the version of April 28, 2022, published in the Federal Gazette on June 27, 2022 
(‘Code’). 

The adidas AG Executive Board and Supervisory Board declare that since the publication of their last 
complete Declaration of Compliance in December 2022, the recommendations of the Code have been and 
are met with the following exceptions: 

Recommendation C.5 Alternative 1  
One member of the Supervisory Board, Ian Gallienne, holds more than two mandates in supervisory bodies 
of non-group companies which are listed at a stock exchange or have similar requirements. Ian Gallienne 
is Chief Executive Officer of Groupe Bruxelles Lambert (‘GBL’). GBL is a holding company that is regularly 
represented in the supervisory bodies of portfolio companies as an institutional investor, inter alia, by its 
Chief Executive Officer. All companies (apart from adidas AG) in which Ian Gallienne is a member of the 
supervisory body are portfolio companies or subsidiaries of GBL or are under joint control of GBL and 
therefore belong to the same group of companies. They have to be attributed to his main occupation as 
Chief Executive Officer of GBL.  

We are of the opinion that in accordance with its rationale, recommendation C.5 alternative 1 of the Code 
is thus not applicable to Ian Gallienne. For precautionary reasons, however, a deviation is declared. The 
Supervisory Board has also assured itself that Ian Gallienne has sufficient time to duly perform his duties 
as a member of the Supervisory Board of adidas AG. 

Recommendation C.5  
As already declared in July 2023, the former mandate of Chief Executive Officer Bjørn Gulden at Essity 
Aktiebolag (publ.), a listed stock corporation under the laws of the Kingdom of Sweden, has ended in the 
meantime. Consequently, there is no longer any deviation from recommendation C.5 of the Code due to 
non-group mandates held by Bjørn Gulden. 

Recommendation C.5 Alternative 2  
The Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Thomas Rabe, is also Chief Executive Officer of the listed 
company RTL Group S.A., Luxembourg. In this respect, the company deviates from recommendation C.5 
alternative 2 of the Code. However, the Supervisory Board is convinced that Thomas Rabe’s mandate at 
RTL Group S.A. does not affect the due performance of his duties as Chairman of the Supervisory Board. In 

34 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

particular, the Supervisory Board has assured itself that Thomas Rabe has sufficient time to perform his 
duties.  

Recommendations G.9, G.10, and G.12 
In connection with Amanda Rajkumar’s departure from the Executive Board with effect upon expiry of 
July 15, 2023, deviations were made from recommendations G.9, G.10, and G.12 of the Code to the effect 
that, with regard to a final agreement on the termination of the Executive Board mandate, adidas AG paid 
out prematurely in cash the short-term and long-term variable compensation components for the 2023 
financial year at a fixed amount. Moreover, Ms. Rajkumar is not obliged to invest the amount attributable 
to the long-term variable compensation into adidas AG shares. Furthermore, the lock-up period for adidas 
AG shares from the 2021 tranche of the long-term variable compensation was terminated early. 

Herzogenaurach, December 2023 

For the Executive Board 
BJØRN GULDEN   
Chief Executive Officer 

For the Supervisory Board 
THOMAS RABE 
Chairman of the Supervisory Board 

The aforementioned Declaration of Compliance has been published on and can be downloaded from our 
website. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/CORPORATE-GOVERNANCE 

Dual board system 

As a globally operating stock corporation with its registered seat in Herzogenaurach, Germany, adidas AG 
is subject to, inter alia, the provisions of German stock corporation law. A dual board system, which 
assigns the management of the company to the Executive Board and advice and supervision of the 
Executive Board to the Supervisory Board, is one of the fundamental principles of German stock 
corporation law. These two boards are strictly separated in terms of both members and competencies. 
However, both boards cooperate closely in the interest of the company. 

Composition and working methods of the Executive Board 
The composition of our Executive Board reflects the international structure of our company.  

Due to Amanda Rajkumar’s departure upon expiry of July 15, 2023, the Executive Board temporarily 
consisted of four members. With effect from January 1, 2024, the Supervisory Board appointed Michelle 
Robertson as Executive Board member responsible for Global Human Resources, People and Culture. She 
had previously already led this area as interim Head of Global HR. Thus, the Executive Board once again 
consists of five members. 

The Executive Board is responsible for independently managing the company with the aim of sustainable 
value creation in the best interests of the company, developing the company’s strategic orientation, 
coordinating it with the Supervisory Board, and ensuring its implementation. Furthermore, it determines 
business objectives, the company’s policy, and the organization of the Group. In this respect, the Executive 
Board also systemically assesses risks and opportunities for the company linked with social and 
environmental factors as well as the environmental and social impact of its business activities. Moreover, 
the Executive Board is responsible for preparing the quarterly statements, the half-year report, and the 
annual financial statements and consolidated financial statements, as well as the combined Management 
Report of adidas AG and the Group. It also prepares a combined non-financial statement for the company 
and the Group. Additionally, the Executive Board ensures responsible management of business resources 

35 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

as well as compliance with and observance of legal provisions and internal regulations by the Group 
companies. For this purpose, the Executive Board sets up an Internal Control and Risk Management 
System adequate and effective in view of the scope of business activities and the company’s risk situation 
which comprises a Compliance Management System aligned to the company’s risk situation and also 
covers sustainability-related objectives. The Executive Board also provides employees with the opportunity 
to report, in an appropriate and protected manner, suspected legal infringements within the company. The 
Executive Board is tied to the company’s interests and obligated to strive for a sustainable increase in the 
value of the company. 

Notwithstanding the Executive Board’s joint responsibility for managing the company, the Executive Board 
members are individually responsible for managing their respective operations in accordance with the 
Business Allocation Plan for the Executive Board. There are no Executive Board committees. The Chief 
Executive Officer represents the Executive Board and the company and is in charge of the overall 
management and development of the company, including cooperation with the Supervisory Board as well 
as coordination and supervision of the Executive Board members’ work, the Executive Board areas, 
operations, brands, and markets. The Executive Board members continually report to the Chief Executive 
Officer and to each other about all significant developments in their respective business areas and 
coordinate with each other on all cross-functional measures. Collaboration within the Executive Board is 
further governed by the Rules of Procedure of the Executive Board and the Business Allocation Plan. 
These documents specifically stipulate requirements for meetings and resolutions as well as for 
cooperation with the Supervisory Board. 

The Executive Board and Supervisory Board cooperate closely and trustfully for the benefit of the 
company. The Executive Board reports to the Supervisory Board regularly, extensively, and in a timely 
manner on all matters relevant to the company’s strategy, planning, business development, financial 
position, and compliance, as well as on material business risks. Fundamental questions related to the 
corporate strategy and its implementation are thoroughly discussed and aligned with the Supervisory 
Board.   

The composition of the Executive Board is determined by the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board is 
committed to promoting a culture of diversity and inclusion at adidas. Diversity is understood in the 
broadest sense, including age, gender, cultural origin, nationality, educational background, professional 
qualifications, and experience.  

Greater diversity on the Executive Board will help secure the long-term success of adidas by taking 
diverse perspectives into account. For this reason, the Supervisory Board has adopted a diversity concept. 
In addition, an age limit of 65 years applies for Executive Board members. 

The General Committee of the Supervisory Board already takes the diversity concept into account when 
selecting candidates for Executive Board positions. Every decision by the Supervisory Board on the 
composition of the Executive Board is made in the best interests of the company and with due 
consideration of all circumstances in each individual case. In the opinion of the Supervisory Board, the 
current composition of the Executive Board meets the diversity concept mentioned above. 

As at the balance sheet date, no member of the Executive Board has accepted a Supervisory Board chair 
or more than two Supervisory Board mandates in non-group listed companies or in supervisory bodies of 
non-group companies with comparable requirements. ► SEE EXECUTIVE BOARD 

36 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Composition and working methods of the Supervisory Board 
Our Supervisory Board consists of 16 members. It comprises eight shareholder representatives and eight 
employee representatives in accordance with the German Co-Determination Act (Mitbestimmungsgesetz – 
MitbestG). The shareholder representatives are elected by the shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting and the employee representatives by the employees. ► SEE SUPERVISORY BOARD 

The last regular Supervisory Board elections were held in the 2019 financial year. In the subsequent 2020 
financial year, Christian Klein was appointed as a new member of the Supervisory Board in a by-election 
due to Igor Landau’s resignation, and Thomas Rabe was elected as the new Chairman of the Supervisory 
Board. Due to Herbert Kauffmann’s departure, Jackie Joyner-Kersee was elected to the Supervisory 
Board as a new shareholder representative in the 2021 financial year. At the end of 2021, Roswitha 
Hermann resigned from the Supervisory Board as an employee representative, and Bastian Knobloch was 
appointed by court to succeed her. Most recently, Roland Nosko resigned from the Supervisory Board with 
effect from the end of August 31, 2022. He was also an employee representative (trade union 
representative) and was succeeded by Birgit Biermann, who was appointed by court. The terms of office of 
the current members of the Supervisory Board will expire at the end of the 2024 Annual General Meeting. 
While the Supervisory Board prepares nomination proposals for the eight shareholder representatives 
who will be newly elected by the shareholders at the 2024 Annual General Meeting as scheduled, the eight 
new employee representatives are already elected prior to the 2024 Annual General Meeting. 

In order to increase the efficiency of its work and to deal with complex matters, the Supervisory Board has 
formed five permanent committees from among its members, which, inter alia, prepare its resolutions 
and, in certain cases, pass resolutions on its behalf. At present, these committees are as follows:  

Committee 

Steering Committee 

General Committee 

Audit Committee 

Nomination Committee 

Mediation Committee 
(§ 27 paragraph 3 MitBestG) 

  Members 

Thomas Rabe (Chairman) 
Ian Gallienne 
Udo Müller 

Thomas Rabe (Chairman) 
Ian Gallienne 
Udo Müller 
Michael Storl 

Bodo Uebber (Chairman) 
Kathrin Menges 
Frank Scheiderer 
Günter Weigl 

Thomas Rabe (Chairman) 
Ian Gallienne 
Kathrin Menges 

Thomas Rabe (Chairman) 
Ian Gallienne 
Petra Auerbacher 
Udo Müller 

The tasks, responsibilities, and work processes of the committees are in line with the requirements of the 
German Stock Corporation Act and the Code. The Chairmen of the committees regularly report to the 
Supervisory Board on the results of the committee work. 

Further information on the committees can be found on the company’s website.  

► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/SUPERVISORY-BOARD-COMMITTEES 

37 

 
    
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Taking into account the recommendations of the Code, the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board 
and the Rules of Procedure of the Audit Committee clarify that the Supervisory Board’s supervision and 
advising activities also include, in particular, sustainability issues. Accordingly, non-financial reporting and 
its audit are part of accounting and the annual audit which fall within the Audit Committee’s sphere of 
responsibility. Further information on the competency profile for the entire Supervisory Board and the 
expertise of the individual Supervisory Board members in sustainability issues relevant to the company are 
outlined in the qualification matrix below. 

Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board 
At its meeting in December 2023, the Supervisory Board reviewed its objectives regarding its composition 
(including the competency profile for the entire Supervisory Board), which was last updated to comply with 
the provisions of the new Code in 2022, and reflected the reduction of the term of office of the shareholder 
representatives on the Supervisory Board from five to four years. The objectives are published on our 
website. According to these objectives, the Supervisory Board should be composed in such a way that 
qualified supervision of and advice to the Executive Board are ensured. Its members as a whole are 
expected to have the knowledge, skills, and professional experience required to properly perform the 
tasks of a supervisory board in a capital market-oriented international company in the sporting goods 
industry. Therefore, it is ensured that the Supervisory Board as a whole possesses the competencies 
considered essential in view of adidas’ activities. These competencies include, in particular, in-depth 
knowledge and experience in the sporting goods and sports- and leisurewear industry, in the business of 
fast-moving consumer-oriented goods, and the areas of digital transformation and information technology 
(including IT security), production, marketing, and sales, as well as, in particular, the e-commerce and 
retail sector. Moreover, the Supervisory Board is expected to possess knowledge and experience in the 
markets relevant for adidas, in particular the Asian and US markets, and in the management of a large 
international company. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board as a whole must possess knowledge and 
experience in the areas of business strategy development and implementation, personnel planning and 
management, accounting and financial reporting, governance/compliance, and sustainability issues 
relevant to adidas, including environmental, social, and governance (‘ESG’) aspects. At least one member 
of the Supervisory Board must have expertise in the field of accounting, and at least one further member 
of the Supervisory Board must have expertise in the field of auditing. Accounting and auditing also include 
non-financial reporting and its audit and assurance. The Supervisory Board members as a whole must be 
familiar with the sporting goods industry. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/BODIES 

Regarding the independence of its members, the Supervisory Board considers the following provisions to 
be appropriate: More than half of the Supervisory Board members should be independent within the 
meaning of the Code, whereby it is assumed that the employee representatives’ independence is not 
impaired either by their role as employee representatives or by their status as adidas employees. If we 
consider shareholder representatives and employee representatives separately, more than half of the 
Supervisory Board members in each of these groups should be independent. From the company’s 
perspective and following the regulations of the Code, Supervisory Board members are to be considered 
independent if they have no personal or business relationship with the company or its Executive Board that 
may cause a substantial, and not merely temporary, conflict of interest. 

More than two thirds of the shareholder representatives should be free of any potential conflicts of 
interest. This applies, in particular, to potential conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of an 
advisory or governing body function among customers, suppliers, lenders, or other third parties. As a rule, 
members of the Supervisory Board should not have a governing body or advisory function with any key 
competitor and should not have a personal relationship with any key competitor. 

38 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Furthermore, the Supervisory Board is committed to a diverse composition in terms of age, gender, 
cultural origin, nationality, educational background, professional qualifications, and experience. An 
adequate number of the shareholder representatives should have long-standing international experience. 
In addition, each Supervisory Board member must ensure that they have sufficient time to properly 
perform the tasks associated with the mandate. In general, the age limit for the Supervisory Board 
members should be 72 years at the time of their appointment. As a rule, the length of membership of the 
Supervisory Board should not exceed twelve years or three terms of office. 

In the Supervisory Board’s assessment, the Supervisory Board as a whole fulfills the objectives stated and 
the competency profile in its current composition. With Thomas Rabe, Chairman of the Supervisory Board, 
Bodo Uebber, Chairman of the Audit Committee, Christian Klein, and Kathrin Menges, at least four 
members of the Supervisory Board have proven expertise in the fields of accounting and auditing. They 
have expert knowledge and experience both in accounting and in the application of accounting principles 
as well as in internal control systems and risk management systems and in non-financial reporting and its 
audit and assurance. 

In the opinion of the Supervisory Board, all shareholder representatives qualified as independent in the 
year under review. The names of the independent shareholder representatives are set out in the overview 
of all Supervisory Board members in this Annual Report. ► SEE SUPERVISORY BOARD 

The Supervisory Board’s proposals for the Supervisory Board elections to the Annual General Meeting are 
prepared by the Nomination Committee. The committee takes into account the objectives regarding the 
Supervisory Board’s composition resolved by the Supervisory Board and also particularly aims at fulfilling 
the competency profile developed by the Supervisory Board for the Board as a whole. Therefore, the 
Supervisory Board pays attention to a balanced composition to ensure that the know-how sought after is 
represented on as broad a scale as possible. Moreover, the Supervisory Board will ascertain that each 
proposed candidate has sufficient time to perform their mandates.  

The Supervisory Board’s diversity profile as well as the competency profile for the entire Supervisory 
Board and the expertise of the individual Supervisory Board members are outlined in the following 
overviews: 

Diversity profile of the Supervisory Board: shareholder representatives 

Diversity as at 
December 31, 2023 

Gender1 

Year of birth 

Nationality 

Educational 
background 

  Thomas Rabe 

Ian Gallienne 

m 

1965 

m 

1971 

German 

French 

Jackie 
Joyner-
Kersee 

f 

1962 

US-
American 

Christian 
Klein 

m 

1980 

  Kathrin Menges 

f 

1964 

German 

German 

Nassef 
Sawiris 

m 

1961 

Egyptian/ 
Belgian 

MBA2, 
Dr. rer. pol.3 

MBA2 

  BA (Hist.)4 

IBA5 

Certified 
Teacher 

  BA (Econ.)6 

  Bodo Uebber 

Jing Ulrich 

m 

1959 

German 

Diploma in 
Industrial 
Engineering 

f 

1967 

US-
American 

  MA (EAS)7 

1 f = female, m = male. 
2 Master of Business Administration. 
3 Doctor of Economics. 
4 Bachelor in History. 
5 International Business Administration. 
6 Bachelor in Economics. 
7 Master in East Asian Studies. 

39 

 
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Diversity profile of the Supervisory Board: employee representatives 

Diversity as at 
December 31, 2023 

Gender1 

Year of birth 

Nationality 

Udo Müller 

m 

1960 

Petra 
Auerbacher 

Birgit 
Biermann 

Bastian 
Knobloch 

Beate Rohrig 

f 

1969 

f 

1973 

m 

1982 

f 

1965 

Frank 
Scheiderer 

m 

1977 

  Michael Storl 

  Günter Weigl 

m 

1959 

m 

1965 

German 

German 

German 

German 

German 

German 

German 

German 

Educational 
background 

Retail 
Salesman 

Secondary 
School 

Lawyer 

  IT Specialist 

1 f = female, m = male. 

Industrial 
Mechanic, 
Degree 
program in 
Politics and 
Sociology 

Drafter 
Mechanical 
Engineering 

Industrial 
Clerk 

Diploma in 
Sports 
Economics 

Supervisory Board competency profile: shareholder representatives 

Qualifications and competencies 
as at December 31, 2023 

Auditing2 

Accounting3 

ESG 

International management 

Sporting goods industry 

Business with fast-moving 
consumer goods 

Main markets 

Production, marketing, sales 

Business strategy development 
and implementation 

Digital transformation,  
IT and IT security 

Personnel planning and 
management 

Thomas 
Rabe 
(2019)1 

Ian 
Gallienne 
(2016)1 

Jackie 
Joyner-
Kersee 
(2021)1 

   ✓ (S)5 

✓ 

✓ (US)6 

✓ 
✓ 
    ✓ (G)5 
✓ 

    ✓ (G)5 
✓ 
✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

Christian Klein 
(2020)1 

✓ 
✓ 
    ✓ (E, G)5 
✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

Kathrin 
Menges 
(2014)1 

Nassef 
Sawiris 
(2016)1 

Bodo 
Uebber 
(2019)1 

Jing Ulrich 
(2019)1 

  ✓ (AC)4 
  ✓ (AC)4 
  ✓ (E, S, G)5 
✓ 
✓ 

    ✓ (G)5 
✓ 
✓ 

✓ (AC)4 
✓ (AC)4 
  ✓ (E, S, G)5 
✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ (AS)6 

1 Year of appointment as Supervisory Board member. 
2 Incl. special knowledge and experience in auditing non-financial reporting. 
3 Incl. special knowledge and experience in internal control and risk management systems as well as non-financial reporting. 
4 AC = Audit Committee. 
5 E = Environment, S = Social, G = Governance (incl. Compliance). 
6 AS = Asian market, EU (EMEA) = Europe (Europe, Middle East, Africa), US = United States market. 

40 

 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Supervisory Board competency profile: employee representatives 

Qualifications and competencies 
as at December 31, 2023 

Udo Müller 
(2016)1 

Petra 
Auerbacher 
(2019)1 

Birgit 
Biermann 
(2022)1 

Bastian 
Knobloch 
(2022)1 

Beate 
Rohrig 
(2019)1 

Frank 
Scheiderer 
(2019)1 

Michael 
Storl  
(2019)1 

Günter 
Weigl 
(2019)1 

Auditing2 

Accounting3 

ESG 

International management 

Sporting goods industry 

Business with fast-moving 
consumer goods 

Main markets 

Production, marketing, sales 

Business strategy development 
and implementation 

Digital transformation,  
IT and IT security 

Personnel planning and 
management 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

    ✓ (G)4 

✓ (G)4 

  ✓ (E, S, G)4 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

 ✓ (E, S, G)4 
✓ 
✓ 

✓ 

   ✓ (EU)5 
✓ 

1 Year of appointment as Supervisory Board member. 
2 Incl. special knowledge and experience in auditing non-financial reporting. 
3 Incl. special knowledge and experience in internal control and risk management systems as well as non-financial reporting. 
4 E = Environment, S = Social, G = Governance (incl. Compliance). 
5 AS = Asian market, EU (EMEA) = Europe (Europe, Middle East, Africa), US = United States market. 

Tasks of the Supervisory Board 
The Supervisory Board supervises and advises the Executive Board on questions relating to the 
management of the company. The supervision and advice also include sustainability issues in particular. 
The Executive Board regularly, expeditiously, and comprehensively reports on strategy, planning, business 
development, the company’s risk situation, risk management, the compliance organization, as well as 
material compliance cases and litigation, and it coordinates the corporate strategy and its implementation 
with the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board examines and approves the annual financial 
statements and consolidated financial statements as well as the combined Management Report of adidas 
AG and the Group, taking into consideration the auditor’s reports, and resolves upon the proposal of the 
Executive Board on the appropriation of retained earnings. Additionally, it resolves on the Supervisory 
Board’s resolution proposals to be presented to the Annual General Meeting. Moreover, the Supervisory 
Board examines the combined non-financial statement for the company and the Group and/or any 
separate non-financial reports. Certain business transactions and measures of the Executive Board with 
fundamental significance are subject to approval by the Supervisory Board or by a Supervisory Board 
committee. The respective details are set out in § 9 of the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board of 
adidas AG. Furthermore, the requirement of prior Supervisory Board approval is stipulated in some 
resolutions by the Annual General Meeting. 

The Supervisory Board is also responsible for the appointment and dismissal of the Executive Board 
members as well as for the allocation of their areas of responsibility. The respective proposals are 
prepared by the General Committee. When appointing new Executive Board members, the Supervisory 
Board provides for the best possible, diverse, and mutually complementary Executive Board composition 
for the company and, together with the Executive Board, ensures long-term succession planning. The 
Supervisory Board takes a structural approach in its succession planning for the Executive Board. This is 
based on multiple planning horizons. Accordingly, the company has established a number of management 
groups (Core Leadership Group [CLG], Extended Leadership Group [ELG], and High Potentials). This 
ensures a sustainable approach to identifying and evaluating successor candidates for Executive Board 
positions, while also accommodating the company’s diversity concept. The Supervisory Board discusses 
succession planning on a regular basis.  

41 

 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Furthermore, the Supervisory Board determines the Executive Board compensation system, examines it 
regularly, and decides on the individual overall compensation of each Executive Board member. The 
Supervisory Board, together with the Executive Board, annually prepares a clear and comprehensible 
report on the compensation granted and due in the previous financial year in accordance with § 162 AktG. 
Further information on Executive Board compensation, the current compensation system, the 
Compensation Report, and the auditor’s report in accordance with § 162 AktG can be found on the 
company’s website. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/COMPENSATION 

Further information on corporate governance 
More information on topics covered in this report can be found on our website, including: 

−  Articles of Association 
−  Rules of Procedure of the Executive Board 
−  Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board 
−  Rules of Procedure of the Audit Committee 
−  Supervisory Board committees (composition and tasks) 
−  CVs of Executive Board members and Supervisory Board members 
−  Objectives of the Supervisory Board regarding its composition (including competency profile for the full 

Supervisory Board) 

► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/CORPORATE-GOVERNANCE 

Apart from the members’ individual skills, the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board and of the 
Audit Committee also set out the tasks and responsibilities as well as the procedure for meetings and 
passing resolutions. These Rules of Procedure are available on our website. The Supervisory Board Report 
provides information on the activities of the Supervisory Board and its committees in the year under 
review. ► SEE SUPERVISORY BOARD REPORT ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/BODIES 

The members of the Supervisory Board are individually responsible for undertaking any necessary training 
and professional development measures required for their tasks and are supported by adidas AG in this 
regard. The company informs the Supervisory Board regularly about current legislative changes as well as 
opportunities for external training and provides the Supervisory Board with relevant specialist literature. 
In this regard, the Supervisory Board has also examined the sustainability issues relevant to adidas and 
the associated reporting obligations as well as the potential of and the challenges posed by the company’s 
use of artificial intelligence (‘AI’). 

Moreover, the Supervisory Board as well as the Audit Committee, General Committee, and Nomination 
Committee regularly assess the efficiency of their work. The individual measures to further improve the 
organization of the Supervisory Board’s work resolved in the previous financial year were deemed to have 
been implemented successfully by the Supervisory Board at its meeting in December 2023, and the 
Supervisory Board agreed that another efficiency examination of its work will presumably be conducted in 
the 2025 financial year. 

The compensation of the Supervisory Board members is set out in the Compensation Report. 
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/COMPENSATION 

Commitment to the promotion of equal participation of women and men in leadership positions  
When filling leadership positions in the company, the Executive Board takes diversity into account and 
aims for an appropriate participation of women in particular. The Supervisory Board is also convinced that 
an increase in the number of women in leadership positions within the company is necessary to ensure 
that, in the future, a larger number of suitable female candidates is available for Executive Board 
positions. The Executive Board and Supervisory Board therefore recognize the enormous importance of 

42 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

the company’s initiatives to foster diversity and inclusion and to promote women in leadership positions. 
► SEE OUR PEOPLE 

With Michelle Robertson as Executive Board member for Global Human Resources, People and Culture, 
we fully meet the requirements of § 76 section 3a AktG, introduced with the Second Leadership Positions 
Act (Führungspositionengesetz – FüPoG II), which stipulates that at least one woman and at least one man 
be appointed as members of the Executive Board.  

On the first management level below the Executive Board, the percentage share of women amounted to 
35.5% at the balance sheet date. The target figure of 39% was thus not achieved. In this respect, it must be 
noted that adidas AG has only a small number of leadership positions on this management level; 
therefore, minor changes already result in considerable changes in percentage numbers. The missing of 
the defined target figure is particularly attributable to unplanned departures from the company in the year 
under review and partly also to replacements and changes that only take effect in the following year. 

On the second management level below the Executive Board, the percentage share of women amounted to 
37.4% at the balance sheet date. The target figure of 31% was thus significantly exceeded. 

Against this backdrop, the Executive Board has set the new target of 40% as the share of female 
representation for the first and the second management level below the Executive Board of adidas AG. The 
Executive Board set December 31, 2025, as the deadline for achieving these two targets. Moreover, the 
new gender balance ambition of the Executive Board is to increase the global share of women in 
leadership positions (director level and above) to 50% by 2033, after the previous target of 40% was nearly 
met at the end of 2023, with 39.6%. 

In accordance with § 96 section 2 sentence 1 AktG, at least 30% of the members of the Supervisory Board 
must be female and at least 30% must be male. As the Supervisory Board did not object to an overall 
fulfillment of the aforementioned quota pursuant to § 96 section 2 sentence 3 AktG, the minimum quota 
must be fulfilled by the Supervisory Board overall in the year under review, with the numbers of male and 
female members rounded up or down to full numbers (§ 96 section 2 sentences 2 and 4 AktG). This means 
that the Supervisory Board of adidas AG must be composed of at least five women and five men. These 
minimum quotas were achieved. As at December 31, 2023, six of the company’s 16 Supervisory Board 
mandates were held by women. In view of the Supervisory Board election at the 2024 Annual General 
Meeting, both the shareholder representatives and the employee representatives resolved in accordance 
with § 96 section 2 sentence 3 AktG that the minimum quota of 30% women and 30% men on the 
Supervisory Board has to be fulfilled separately for the shareholder representatives and the employee 
representatives. 

The company will continue to intensify its efforts for Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in order to remain an 
attractive employer in the future. There will be a particular focus on a long-term approach to equity in 
leadership positions – both through hiring and through appropriate succession planning. ► SEE OUR PEOPLE 

Avoiding conflicts of interest 
The members of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board are obligated to disclose any conflicts of 
interest to the Supervisory Board without delay. Substantial transactions between the company and 
members of the Executive Board or related parties of the Executive Board require Supervisory Board 
approval. Contracts between the company and members of the Supervisory Board also require 
Supervisory Board approval. The Supervisory Board reports any conflicts of interest, as well as the 
handling thereof, to the Annual General Meeting. In the year under review, the members of the Executive 
Board and the members of the Supervisory Board did not face any conflicts of interest. A brand 
ambassador agreement exists between adidas and Jackie Joyner-Kersee. The Supervisory Board is of the 

43 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

opinion that this does not constitute a conflict of interest. In particular, the brand ambassador agreement 
does not represent a material business relationship for either adidas or Jackie Joyner-Kersee. The 
Supervisory Board passed a unanimous resolution approving the extension of this agreement without the 
participation of Jackie Joyner-Kersee. ► SEE SUPERVISORY BOARD REPORT 

Share transactions conducted by the Executive Board and Supervisory Board 
An overview of the transactions of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board pursuant to Article 19 of 
the Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 (Market Abuse Regulation) notified to adidas AG in 2022 is published on 
our website. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/MANAGERS-TRANSACTIONS

Relevant management practices 
Our business activities are aligned with the legal systems of the various countries and markets in which 
we operate. We are also aware of our considerable social and environmental responsibility. 

We will increase our commitment to sustainability in the years ahead. For instance, we are working closely 
with our partners in the global supply chain to reduce energy consumption and increase the proportion of 
renewable energy we use. By 2025, nine out of every ten adidas articles should be made from more 
sustainable materials, the carbon footprint per product should be reduced by 15% compared to the base 
year 2017, and the absolute greenhouse gas emissions across the entire value chain should be reduced by 
30%, also compared to the base year 2017.  

Further information on company-specific practices, which are applied in addition to statutory 
requirements, such as our Code of Conduct (‘Fair Play’), on compliance with working and social standards 
within our supply chain, environmentally friendly resource management in our manufacturing processes, 
and our social commitment, is available in this Annual Report and on our website. ► SEE OUR PEOPLE  
► SEE SUSTAINABILITY ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/SUSTAINABILITY 

Compliance and risk management 
Compliance with laws and internal and external provisions, as well as responsible risk management are 
part of corporate governance at adidas. Our Compliance Management System is linked to the company’s 
Internal Control and Risk Management System. As part of our global ‘Fair Play’ concept, the Compliance 
Management System establishes the organizational framework for companywide awareness of our 
internal rules and guidelines and for the legally compliant conduct of our business. It underscores our 
strong commitment to ethical and fair behavior in our own organization and also sets the parameters for 
how we deal with others. The principles of our Compliance Management System are set out in the Risk and 
Opportunity Report. The Risk and Opportunity Management System ensures risk-aware, opportunity-
oriented, and informed actions in a dynamic business environment in order to guarantee the 
competitiveness and sustainable success of adidas. ► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 

Transparency and protection of shareholders’ interests 
It is our goal to inform all institutional investors, private shareholders, financial analysts, business 
partners, employees, and the interested public about the company’s situation, at the same time and to an 
equal extent, through regular, transparent, and up-to-date communication. We publish all essential 
information, such as ad hoc announcements, press releases, and voting rights notifications, as well as all 
presentations from roadshows and conferences, all financial reports, and the financial calendar, on our 
website. With our Investor Relations activities, we maintain close and continuous contact with our current 
and potential shareholders. ► SEE OUR SHARE ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/INVESTORS 

44 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

In addition, we provide all documents and information on our Annual General Meeting on our website. The 
shareholders of adidas AG exercise their shareholders’ and voting rights at the Annual General Meeting. 
Each share grants one vote. Through these participation rights, our shareholders can take part in all 
fundamental decisions of the Annual General Meeting. The company aims to support its shareholders in 
the best-possible manner when they exercise their rights at the Annual General Meeting. 

After three years in the virtual format, our Annual General Meeting on May 11, 2023, once again took place 
with our shareholders being present at the Stadthalle Fürth. At that event, as well as at the next Annual 
General Meeting in Fürth on May 16, 2024, we offered and will offer our shareholders a comprehensive 
service. For instance, shareholders can register electronically for the Annual General Meeting through our 
shareholder portal and cast their votes electronically by postal vote if they do not participate in person at 
the Annual General Meeting, or they can participate in the voting by granting powers of representation and 
giving instructions online to the proxies appointed by the company until the end of the general debate at 
the Annual General Meeting. Moreover, each year, a live stream of the entire Annual General Meeting is 
available via our shareholder portal for shareholders of adidas AG and via our website for the interested 
public. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/AGM 

Further information on the principles of our management 
More information on topics covered in this report can be found on our website, including: 

−  Code of Conduct 
−  Sustainability 
−  Social commitment 
−  Risk and opportunity management and compliance 
− 
−  Managers’ transactions 
−  Compensation 
−  Accounting and annual audit 
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/CORPORATE-GOVERNANCE 

Information and documents on the Annual General Meeting 

Share-based programs for senior executives 
A long-term incentive plan, which is part of the remuneration for senior executives of adidas, applies. 
Based on this plan, the plan participants receive virtual shares (Restricted Stock Units). As per their 
contracts, each Executive Board member is entitled to participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
established for Executive Board members. The adidas shares purchased are subject to a multi-year lock-
up period. ► SEE NOTE 28 ► SEE OUR PEOPLE ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/COMPENSATION 

Employees of adidas AG and its affiliated companies are able to participate in an employee stock purchase 
plan under which they can acquire adidas AG shares with a discount and benefit, on a prorated basis, from 
free matching shares. ► SEE NOTE 26 

Accounting and annual audit 
adidas AG prepares the annual financial statements in accordance with the provisions of the German 
Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB) and the AktG. The annual consolidated financial statements 
are prepared in accordance with the principles of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), 
as adopted by the European Union (EU).  

PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, was 
appointed as auditor for the 2023 annual financial statements and consolidated financial statements by the 
Annual General Meeting of May 12, 2022. The Supervisory Board had previously assured itself of the 
auditor’s independence. ► SEE COPY OF THE AUDITOR’S REPORT  

45 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Our Share 

Global stock markets developed positively in 2023 and ended the year well above prior-year levels. The 
DAX increased by 20%, the EURO STOXX 50 by 19%, and the MSCI World Textiles, Apparel and Luxury 
Goods Index by 11% as investor concerns over rising interest rates, economic resilience, and high 
inflation slowly began to subside. In this market environment, the adidas AG share significantly 
outperformed the broader stock market and ended 2023 with an increase of 44% compared to the prior 
year. 

adidas AG share rises and outperforms broader stock market in 2023 

In 2023, easing of inflationary pressures, a corresponding halt in interest rate increases by global central 
banks, and a comparatively resilient economy led to a sturdy rebound of global stock markets. At the same 
time, geopolitical tensions, the war in Ukraine as well as the conflict in the Middle East weighed on 
financial markets throughout the year. During the second half of the year, markets benefited from the 
prospect of interest rate cuts by global central banks in 2024. Against this backdrop, the DAX gained 20% 
and the EURO STOXX 50 increased by 19%, while the MSCI World Textiles, Apparel and Luxury Goods Index 
was up 11% in 2023. Meanwhile, the adidas AG share outperformed the broader stock market and ended 
2023 with a 44% increase compared to the prior year. The development reflects the operational and 
financial progress the company has made in the course of the transition year 2023. This provides a 
stronger foundation for further improvements in 2024 and a successful 2025 and 2026. 

Level 1 ADR outperforms common stock 

Our Level 1 ADR closed 2023 at US $ 101.65, representing an increase of 50% versus the prior-year level 
(2022: US $ 67.74). The more pronounced increase of the Level 1 ADR price compared to the ordinary 
share price was due to the valuation of the US dollar versus the euro in 2023. The number of Level 1 ADRs 
outstanding decreased to 8.5 million at year-end 2023 compared to 9.5 million at the end of 2022. The 
average daily trading volume decreased to around 64,000 ADRs in 2023 (2022: around 172,000). Further 
information on our ADR program can be found on our website. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/ADR

adidas AG share member of important indices 

The adidas AG share is part of a variety of high-quality indices around the world such as the DAX, the 
EURO STOXX 50 as well as the MSCI World Textiles, Apparel and Luxury Goods Index. At December 31, 
2023, our weighting in the DAX was 3% (2022: 2%) and we ranked twelfth on market capitalization 
(2022: 19th).

46 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Performance of the adidas AG share and important indices at year-end 2023 in % 

adidas AG 

DAX 

EURO STOXX 50 

MSCI World Textiles, Apparel and Luxury Goods Index 

Source: Bloomberg. 

Ten-year share price development1 

1 year 

3 years 

5 years 

10 years 

44 

20 

19 

11 

(38) 

22 

27 

3 

1 

59 

51 

70 

99 

75 

45 

97 

1 Index: December 31, 2013 = 100. Source: Bloomberg. 

adidas AG share 

Number of shares outstanding at 
year-end1 

Basic earnings per share2 

Diluted earnings per share2 

Year-end price 

Year high 

Year low 

Market capitalization3 

Dividend per share 

Dividend payout 

Dividend payout ratio2 

Dividend yield 

Shareholders’ equity per share3 

Price-earnings ratio at year-end5 

Average trading volume per trading 
day6 

2023 

2022 

 Important indices 

shares 

178,549,084 

178,537,198 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ in millions 

€ 

€ in millions 

% 

% 

€ 

x 

(0.67) 

(0.67) 

184.16 

197.40 

127.70 

32,882 

0.704 

1254 

n.a. 

0.44 

25.65 

n.a. 

1.25 

1.25 

127.46 

260.85 

93.95 

22,756 

0.70 

125 

49.2 

0.5 

27.96 

102.4 

shares 

529,294 

783,409 

— DAX 
— EURO STOXX 50 
— MSCI World Textiles, Apparel and Luxury Goods 
— MSCI World ESG Leaders Index 
— FTSE4Good Index Series 

1 All shares carry full dividend rights, excluding treasury shares. 
2 Based on net income from continuing operations. 
3 Based on number of shares outstanding at year-end, excluding treasury shares. 
4 Subject to Annual General Meeting approval. 
5 Based on basic EPS from continuing operations. 
6 Based on number of shares traded on Xetra. 

47 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Dividend proposal of € 0.70 per share  

The adidas AG Executive and Supervisory Boards will recommend paying a stable dividend of € 0.70 per 
dividend-entitled share to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on May 16, 2024 (2023: € 0.70). This 
corresponds to a total payout of € 125 million in line with the prior-year level (2023: € 125 million). The 
proposal reflects the company’s better-than-expected performance in the transition year 2023, its robust 
financial profile as well as Management’s confident outlook for the current year. Going forward, the 
company plans to return to its dividend policy of paying an annual dividend to shareholders in the range of 
30% to 50% of net income from continuing operations. ► SEE OUTLOOK 

Dividend 

€ 0.70 

(subject to Annual General Meeting approval) 

Strong international investor base 

Based on our share register, adidas AG currently has more than 158,000 shareholders (2022: more than 
169,000). The lower number of shareholders was mainly driven by a decrease in the number of German 
retail investors. In our latest ownership analysis conducted in December 2023, we identified almost 100% 
of our shares outstanding. Institutional investors represent the largest investor group, holding 81% of 
shares outstanding (2022: 80%). Retail investors and undisclosed holdings account for 19% (2022: 19%). 
Lastly, adidas AG currently holds 1% of the company’s shares as treasury shares (2022: 1%).  

Shareholder structure by investor group 1 

1 As of December 2023. 

In terms of geographical distribution, the North American market currently accounts for 34% of 
institutional shareholdings (2022: 36%), followed by the UK and Ireland with 21% (2022: 26%). Identified 
German investors hold 14% of institutional shareholdings (2022: 9%). Institutional investors from other 
continental European countries account for 27% (2022: 27%) and 4% of institutional shareholders were 
identified in other regions of the world (2022: 2%).   

48 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Shareholder structure by region1,2 

1 As of December 2023. 
2 Reflects institutional investors only. 

More than 40% of analysts recommend to buy our share 

36 analysts from investment banks and brokerage firms regularly publish research reports on adidas. As 
at December 31, 2023, 42% of analysts recommended investors to ‘buy’ our share (2022: 32%), 44% of 
analysts advised investors to ‘hold’ our share (2022: 57%), and 14% recommended to ‘sell’ our share 
(2022: 11%). 

adidas AG high and low share prices per month1 in € 

1 Based on daily Xetra closing prices. Source: Bloomberg. 

Successful Investor Relations activities 

adidas strives to maintain close contact to institutional and retail shareholders as well as financial 
analysts. We notify capital market participants about operational and financial developments of adidas in a 
timely and transparent manner. In addition, the adidas Management and Investor Relations (IR) Team 
continuously engage in a dialogue with current and potential institutional investors around a large variety 
of topics, including published financial results, operational progress and priorities, current and future 
products, marketing initiatives as well as the company’s sustainability efforts. In 2023, Management and IR 

49 

27%  Continental Europe34%  North America4%  Rest of world14%  Germany21%  United Kingdom   Ireland 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

spent almost 50 days on roadshows and national and international conferences. We also hosted investors 
and analysts on our campus, enabling them to interact with Management, experience the unique 
atmosphere on-site and get an overview of both historic product and the future line-up. In 2023, the IR 
Team once again engaged with retail shareholders at several dedicated events. In addition, the physical 
Annual General Meeting in May also allowed for many in-person interactions with the company’s retail 
shareholder base. On our IR website, interested investors find in-depth information on topics such as the 
company’s performance, our share, and financial events.  

Voting rights notifications published 

All voting rights notifications received in 2023 in accordance with §§ 33 et seq. of the German Securities 
Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz – WpHG) (§§ 21 et seq. German Securities Trading Act old version) 
are published on our corporate website. Information on reportable shareholdings that currently exceed or 
fall below a certain threshold can also be found in the Notes section of this Annual Report.  
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/VOTING_RIGHTS_NOTIFICATIONS ► SEE NOTE 25 

Managers’ transactions reported on corporate website 

Managers’ transactions involving adidas AG shares (ISIN DE000A1EWWW0) or related financial 
instruments, as defined by Article 19 of the European Market Abuse Regulation (MAR), conducted by 
members of our Executive or Supervisory Boards, or by any person in close relationship with these 
persons, are reported on our website. ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/MANAGERS-TRANSACTIONS 

50 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR  COMPAN Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

2 

GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT 
OUR COMPANY 

Value Creation 

Focus Areas 

Global Brands 

Global Sales 

Global Operations 

Our People 

Sustainability  

Non-Financial Statement   

052 

053 

055 

061 

065 

070 

079 

118 

This Group Management Report is a combined management report. It contains the Group Management 
Report of the adidas Group and the Management Report of adidas AG. 

The Declaration on Corporate Governance is part of the Annual Report.  

► SEE DECLARATION ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

51 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3    

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPA N Y 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Value Creation 

The overview below outlines the major input and output factors as well as the outcomes of our business 
activities. More detailed information on all aspects shown can be found in the respective sections of this 
Annual Report.  

An interactive version of the graphic is provided online. ► REPORT.ADIDAS-GROUP.COM 

52 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Focus Areas 

2023 was a transition year for adidas. The appointment of Bjørn Gulden as new CEO in January paved the 
way for a successful restart of the company. We used 2023 to significantly reduce our inventories, 
leverage existing franchises, work on future products, improve the way we work, build stronger 
partnerships, and lay the foundation for a better 2024 and a successful 2025 and 2026. 

To achieve this goal, we have started to optimize our business model:  

─  Speed and agility: Fast-changing trends and consumer demands require flexibility and agility. We 

empowered our people to accelerate decision-making and eliminated complicated processes to react 
quickly. The rapid scaling of our Terrace range is a standout example. We will continue to prioritize 
speed and agility to react faster to the needs of our consumers and the feedback from our retail 
partners. 

─  DTC and wholesale: We have been transitioning away from a narrow focus on our direct-to-consumer 
business to a service-oriented model toward our retail partners. By listening closely to their feedback 
and acting on it, we want to be a trusted partner for them. Improving the sell-through of our product 
will be key to regaining shelf space. And while wholesale is crucial for our future success, we will of 
course keep investing in our own retail and our e-commerce presence. It is all about maintaining a 
healthy balance between our channels to win with the consumer.  

─  Global, regional, local: We need to be where our consumers are. With more local trends emerging, the 
need for local relevance is ever increasing. Instead of a centrally defined one-size-fits-all approach, we 
are empowering our markets to create the product, storytelling and business models they need to be 
successful. Only by providing our markets with decision-making autonomy can we meet the 
expectations of our customers and the needs of the consumer. 

─  Brand heat: We are proud to produce groundbreaking innovation in sports and some of the most 

sought-after product in lifestyle. This outstanding product is amplified by brand heat – and vice versa. 
Brand heat is the sum of everything we do. It comprises athletes, teams, federations, celebrities, street 
culture and more. To drive brand desire, we need to be as close as possible to the consumer in the 
markets and ensure that we invest where we generate the most brand heat. In 2023, adidas created 
new brand narratives and will evolve these messages in 2024 and beyond. By putting the joy of sport 
and its power as a great unifier at the center, we want to counter an atmosphere of pressure and 
stress, especially for our younger consumers. 

In addition, we have been focusing on five pillars to build the foundation for a stronger adidas:   

─  People: We believe that our people are the key to the company’s success. We focus on creating a 

culture that strengthens their performance, well-being, and personal development, as this will have a 
significant impact on brand desire, consumer and customer satisfaction, and, ultimately, financial 
performance.    

─  Product: Product is king and adidas has an unrivaled archive of Performance and Lifestyle product. We 

innovate in materials, designs, and technologies to constantly bring exciting new products and 
groundbreaking innovations to the market. This allows us to create trends and quickly build on existing 
ones. As part of this, we leverage our partnerships with athletes, designers and celebrities.  

53 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  Consumers: Our consumers are at the heart of everything we do. We focus on what matters to them, 
creating the product they want, offering the service they expect, and providing the experience they 
need.  

─  Retail partners: We need to be the best service partner for retailers. Multi-branded environments 
reach consumers at scale, and we can leverage our strong product pipeline through efficient 
distribution. 

─  Athletes: We are here for our athletes, and not the other way around. For almost 75 years, we have 

been innovating for sports and striving to create only the best for the athlete. This is our DNA and our 
heritage. It is where we come from and where we need to be. Whether the crowd watching is large or 
small, we are here for all athletes. 

We used 2023 to build the foundation for a successful future. Our five pillars for 2023 are enduring and will 
continue to guide us going forward. 

54 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Global Brands 

Global Brands oversees the innovation, design, development, and marketing of the company’s sports 
and lifestyle offerings. By constantly developing desirable products and providing inspiring 
experiences, the function strives to build a strong image as well as trust and loyalty with consumers to 
capitalize on growth opportunities in the sporting goods industry.  

The adidas brand 

The adidas brand has a long history and deep-rooted connection with sport. We believe that through sport, 
we have the power to change lives. This is our purpose, and we live it every day by expanding the limits of 
human possibilities, including and uniting people in sport and creating a more sustainable world. For us to 
continue to transcend genres and to remain one of the most recognized and iconic brands in the world, on 
and off the field of play, we need to drive and maintain our credibility in sport. This means delivering 
groundbreaking innovations to continuously deliver the best for the athlete, while also enabling a broader 
culture to be born from it. Therefore, we continue to sharpen the edges of adidas ‘Performance’ and 
‘Lifestyle.’  

For almost 75 years, we have been innovating for sports. Performance therefore represents the product 
built for our athletes, helping them to perform at their best inside the lines of the playing field. 
Performance products are built from sport and worn for sport. On the ‘Lifestyle’ side, adidas Originals is 
motivated by the collective memory of sports and represents brand classics and new visionary designs. 
The Trefoil, adidas Originals’ iconic signifier, celebrates products that connect to culture, leveraging our 
archive and expanding into new premium and luxury segments. Our latest addition, ‘Sportswear’, is built 
as an expansion from playing field to courtside. It is born from sport and worn for style. Sportswear 
provides everyday products that redefine comfort, versatility, and aesthetics. The first capsule collection 
was released in 2022, followed by the launch of a full product range across footwear, apparel, and 
accessories in February 2023. 

Franchises as lighthouses for our brand  

Footwear has the potential to drive consumer desire across product categories, the key lever for growing 
market share. Our archive, which is unrivaled in the industry, as well as cutting-edge technological 
breakthroughs and access to fundamental athlete insights provide plenty of opportunities to create 
newness in footwear and push industry boundaries. We set a priority on footwear franchises, which are our 
most iconic symbols of sport and culture and act as lighthouses for our brand. They represent the very 
best of adidas, influencing not only sport but the culture born from it, reimagining the notions of 
Performance and Lifestyle footwear while contributing to building our brand equity. Through 
uncompromised functionality, iconic design, and unique stories they are clearly targeted toward the 
consumer and have the potential to be iterated over time to preserve desirability. Their lifecycles are 
diligently managed to maintain consumer relevance and commercial longevity. Our footwear franchises 
include perennial bestsellers such as the Samba, Gazelle, Campus, Superstar, and Stan Smith. On the 
apparel side, adidas manages a portfolio of franchises including the Tiro Pant, MyShelter Jacket, and the 
Z.N.E. Hoodie. Above all, 2023 was the year of our Terrace range (Gazelle, Samba, and Spezial) with the 
Samba franchise declared ‘Shoe of the Year 2023’ by ‘Footwear News,’ one of the leading global footwear 
trade magazines. The halo effect of these models and other classics such as Campus, together with our 
latest Originals brand campaign, significantly increased our brand heat globally.  

55 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Shoe of the year 2023 

Samba 

Brand desirability fueled by innovation and athlete collaborations  

Innovation is a key enabler for success in our industry and we are committed to investing in it. We are 
applying an innovative mindset to all aspects of our business in order to create tangible proof points of our 
credibility, elevate experiences, and push the boundaries in sustainability. In addition to leveraging product 
franchises, creating innovative concepts to meet the needs of athletes and consumers is a prerequisite to 
strengthening our market position and a premise to being the best sports brand in the world. We remain 
highly committed to maintaining a full and innovative concept pipeline to drive our credibility in 
performance and achieve what is best for the athlete.   

We aim to bring new groundbreaking technologies and processes to life. Our key technology platforms 
Boost, Lightstrike, and Strung are proof points for our broader innovation approach and key enablers to 
define new successful athlete stories, through best-in-class product execution. We collaborate with 
athletes and consumers, universities, and innovative companies, as well as national and international 
governments and research organizations. We invest in manufacturing techniques and new technologies 
aiming to address deeply understood athlete challenges. 

The launch of the Adizero Adios Pro Evo 1 is a testament to this approach. Throughout the development 
process, we gathered insights from elite athletes such as Peres Jepchirchir, Benson Kipruto, Tigist 
Assefa, and Amanal Petros. As a result, in September 2023, we were able to present the lightest racing 
shoe in our running footwear range to date: The Adizero Adios Pro Evo 1 is 40% lighter than any other 
adidas racing shoe. The biggest success achieved with the shoe to date was winning the 2023 Berlin 
Marathon, where Tigist Assefa beat the world record by over two minutes and Amanal Petros set a new 
German record. 

Innovative technologies and products  

We believe developing industry-leading technologies, materials, and consumer experiences is an 
important aspect of being an innovative leader. We have a long heritage of innovation and strive to provide 
athletes with the best by creating high-performance, competitive products. In 2023, we continued to serve 
consumers with innovative technologies, materials, and sustainable concepts built into our products: 

−  Adizero Adios Pro Evo 1: With a weight of 138 grams, this revolutionary road racer is 40% lighter than 
any other racing shoe adidas has ever created. Inspired by the same technology as the race-winning 
Adizero Adios Pro 3, the shoe also features a new forefoot rocker that has been lab-tested to improve 
running economy. With two major marathon victories and several new records since its launch, the 
Adizero Adios Pro Evo 1 is not only adidas’ lightest, but also fastest shoe ever. 

−  Adizero Prime x Strung: Our first ever Adizero running shoe with a ’Strung’ upper. Strung is a textile 

innovation that transforms athlete data into a dynamic material tuned to the athlete's needs. It enables 
mapping and programming of different fiber properties thread by thread. With a flexible and 
lightweight seamless cocoon feel around the foot, Strung helps optimize comfort and supports the 
athlete on long-distance runs.   

56 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

−  4DFWD 2: The shoe’s industry-first bowtie-shaped lattice midsole transforms vertical pressure into 
horizontal force. With every stride, the new adidas 4DFWD 2 midsole compresses forward, reducing 
braking forces and transforming the impact energy into forward motion. The result is a smooth ride 
with less stop-and-go pounding. With the 4DFWD 2, we have introduced a new Continental outsole that 
provides extra grip for runs in any weather condition. The shoe contains a new Primeknit+ and 
engineered mesh upper construction for an extra supportive and snug fit. Complemented by an 
integrated heel counter, Primeknit+ offers a sock-like fit, while areas of engineered mesh provide 
support exactly where runners need it most.  

−  Agravic Speed Ultra: The Agravic Speed Ultra is a testament to pushing boundaries in the fast-

growing, community-driven sport of trail running. Created alongside adidas Terrex professional trail 
runners over a two-year period, the innovation-packed silhouette is built to provide runners with 
ultimate speed in ultra-distance races. A prototype of the Agravic Speed Ultra has already proven itself 
on podiums, with the latest record being broken at the 2023 Western States 100-mile Endurance Run 
when Tom Evans won in 14 hours and 40 minutes. For consumers, the shoe will be available in spring 
2024. 

−  FIFA Women’s World Cup 2023 federation away kits: Partner to ten teams, including World Champion 
Spain, competing at the FIFA Women’s World Cup Australia   New Zealand 2023, adidas unveiled 
federation away kits inspired by nature. While the designs celebrated each country’s scenery and 
diverse natural landscape, the jerseys are made from recycled polyester and feature the latest adidas 
fabric innovations, including HEAT.RDY and AEROREADY.  

−  adidas by Stella McCartney x Arsenal Collection: adidas and Arsenal F.C. launched the next chapter of 
their collaboration with Stella McCartney with the revealing of the first away kit and travel range for 
Arsenal Women. The limited-edition range includes a gender-neutral game-day match jersey as well 
as off-pitch pieces for pre- and post-match travel. The away kit marks the first time the women’s team 
have worn a separate kit from the men’s team, while the latter competed in the gender-neutral jersey 
for their pre-match warm-up.  

−  X Crazyfast Strung: The first football shoe to feature ‘Strung,’ a technology born from running and 
redefined for football. With each thread individually selected and data-mapped for a seamless 
lightweight cocoon around the foot, the Strung upper combines with the Speedframe and Aeroplate 
inlay from X Crazyfast to enable dynamic movement and touch at top speed. 

−  Fussballliebe: Revealed in November 2023, ‘Fussballliebe’ is the name of the official match ball 

for UEFA EURO 2024. Meaning ‘love of football,’ it brings ‘Connected Ball Technology’ to 
the tournament for the first time. The ball features a 20-piece ‘Precisionshell’ panel shape, deboss 
grooves on the outer shell, as well as a ‘CTR-Core’ inside, which is designed for accuracy and supports 
fast, precise play with maximum shape and air retention.  

Beyond innovative technologies, key products and collaborations of the 2023 business year include: 

−  Fear of God Athletics: Together with Jerry Lorenzo and Fear of God, we officially launched ‘Fear of God 
Athletics’ at the end of 2023. The collection provides uncompromised inspiration authentically rooted in 
performance and the culture of sport. It offers a fresh perspective on luxury sportswear with strong 
influences from basketball culture – a modern wardrobe for the contemporary athlete. 

−  adidas x Bugatti: Bugatti and adidas have come together to create a limited-edition football boot: the 
adidas X Crazyfast Bugatti. Produced in a run of only 99 pairs, the boots are engineered for speed and 
lightness, and finished with bespoke Bugatti design flourishes. The collection draws on the 
characteristics that have come to define Bugatti: not only engineered for speed but created with a 
‘Form follows Performance’ design philosophy. 

−  adidas x Moncler: The adidas Originals x Moncler collection revolves around the notion of 

exploration: a journey where the past becomes the future and mountain peaks are taken to city streets 
in a mix of luminous colors reminiscent of traffic lights – bright yellow, green, orange, and red, 
alongside other tones. The collection was launched at London Fashion Week in February, showcasing 

57 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

pieces that share the DNA of both brands – from lacquered nylon outerwear to Moncler-ized versions 
of adidas’ iconic Campus and NMD S1 silhouettes.  

−  adidas x Wales Bonner: 2023 saw the continuation of our collaboration with British designer Grace 

Wales Bonner. Embracing a fusion of European and African influences, it seamlessly blends the rich 
heritage of adidas and Wales Bonner to create collections that celebrate the convergence of 
sportswear and tailoring. The collaboration has been especially instrumental during the incubation and 
activation phases of the Samba franchise.  

−  adidas x Les Mills: In February 2023, adidas and Les Mills, an international leader in the fitness 

content and training industry, announced their partnership. While adidas training product is featured in 
all Les Mills content and the latest adidas training apparel, footwear, and accessories are worn by the 
global Les Mills athlete network, the partnership will also connect adiClub and Les Mills by offering 
immersive and personalized solutions to adiClub members. With women making up the majority of the 
trainers and participants in the workouts around the world, the partnership is also designed to help us 
build credibility with women. 

Impactful and effective marketing investments 

Our marketing investments are an additional important building block for creating brand desirability and 
winning the consumer. adidas is focused on creating inspirational and innovative concepts that drive 
consumer advocacy, build brand equity, and drive demand for our products. The company historically 
spends almost half of its marketing investment on partners, with the remainder spent on brand marketing 
activities such as digital, advertising, point-of-sale, and grassroots activations. In addition, the company 
continues its efforts to further consolidate and focus resources to create powerful brand statements that 
capture several categories in one narrative, amplified and orchestrated via an overarching media strategy 
with clear roles for the different activation levels of story and content. The ambition is to have a fully 
connected marketing funnel, from grabbing consumer attention at the top to driving consideration in the 
middle of the funnel when consumers are in the buying phase, down to conversion at the point of sale at 
the bottom of the funnel. To holistically address the entire marketing funnel, adidas is active in four 
dimensions: 

−  Brand campaigns: the highest expression of the brand, which drives visibility, desire, and commercial 

demand by reinforcing our brand attitude with bold, relevant, and recent consumer-centric 
storytelling.  

−  Brand moments: deliver a strong brand point of view through targeted sport and culture moments to 

amplify brand attitude and reinforce our purpose.   

−  Category activation: strengthen sport and culture credibility by sharpening label and category 

propositions through product story, sport/culture moments, partner activation, hype drops, and 
commercial activation.  

−  Commercial conversion: drive conversion and consistency at the point of sale (in-store and online) to 
support cross-category commercial partnerships and ‘evergreen’ key items through delivery of 
seasonal, modular toolkits. 

58 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

From building awareness and brand heat all the way down to deliberate point-of-sale experiences, the 
2023 brand marketing plan showcased a variety of activations at all levels of the marketing funnel: 

−  Originals brand campaign: Since its introduction to the world over 50 years ago, adidas Originals’ 
Trefoil has been trading feet with everyone, from athletes to cultural pioneers. In 2023, adidas 
Originals paid homage to those that have continued to transport the brand to the forefront of culture 
with a new global campaign: ‘We Gave the World an Original. You Gave Us a Thousand Back.’ Headlined 
by three films and a selection of stills, each focusing on one of three timeless silhouettes from our 
archive – the Superstar, the Gazelle, and the Samba – the campaign tells the narrative of the Trefoil’s 
past, present, and future. The campaign was amplified globally through a major media strategy, 
representing the largest single investment for adidas Originals in 2023. 

−  FIFA Women’s World Cup campaign: Marking adidas’ most talked about Women’s World Cup 

campaign to date, the brand united its global family of football legends and advocates of the women’s 
game, such as David Beckham and Lionel Messi, to celebrate the FIFA Women’s World Cup Australia 
& New Zealand 2023. The campaign was dedicated to next-generation icons Alessia Russo, Lena 
Oberdorf, and Mary Fowler and looked to drive more global attention for the game and inspire young 
women and girls to follow in their role models’ footsteps.   

− 

−  Move for the Planet (‘MFTP’): ‘Move for the Planet’ builds on the foundation adidas created with ‘Run 
for the Oceans’ and is our most inclusive and impactful sustainability initiative to date. Its goal is to 
encourage the global sporting community to take action on sustainability by turning their sports and 
workouts into tangible impact for communities in need. As a result, over 173 million minutes of activity 
were tracked across countries in the adidas Running app, with adidas pledging to donate € 1 to its 
partner organization ‘Common Goal’ for every ten minutes of activity logged – up to € 1.5 million. 
’Running Needs Nothing But You’: The first brand campaign in 2023 celebrated how personal running 
is, showcasing that athletes run for all kinds of motivations and that they face different pressures and 
obstacles along the way. adidas wanted to remind runners that, whether they are a seasoned 
competitor or someone who needs a little encouragement to take their first step in running, it is not 
about living up to someone else’s expectations. As part of the campaign, adidas also launched ‘The 
Ridiculous Run,’ a campaign calling attention to the reality that many female runners face, such as 
safety concerns while running. It also highlighted the need for male education and allyship. 

−  adidas Sportswear: In 2023, adidas revealed ‘Sportswear.’ The new line aims to elevate the wearer’s 

everyday look with a range of fits that use the latest performance technology to bring the same comfort 
and confidence to everyday wear as the Performance collections.  

In terms of partners and athletes, while being conscious of overall marketing spend, we will continue to 
bring our products to the biggest stages in the world through: 

─  Events with global reach: FIFA World Cup (men’s and women’s) and UEFA Champions League (men’s 

and women’s). Major marathons such as Beijing, Berlin, Boston, Mexico City, and Seoul. 

─  High-profile teams: National teams of Algeria, Argentina, Belgium, Colombia, Costa Rica, Germany, 

Mexico, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Spain, and Sweden. Top clubs such as Arsenal F.C., 
F.C. Bayern Munich, Juventus Turin, Manchester United, Real Madrid, and A.S. Roma. In 2023, we also 
extended our partnership with Major League Soccer (MLS). Basketball: US-American universities such 
as Indiana University and University of Kansas. Running: Ethiopian Athletics Federation (EAF) and 
French Athletics Federation (FFA). Multi sports: India cricket team, Dutch field hockey, and the New 
Zealand All Blacks.  

59 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  High-profile individuals: Football stars Selma Bacha, Jude Bellingham, Linda Caicedo, Rachel Daly, 

Kadidiatou Diani, Paulo Dybala, Joelinton, Jürgen Klopp, Rafael Leão, Mapi León, Lionel Messi, Álvaro 
Morata, Manuel Neuer, Lena Oberdorf, Guro Reiten, Declan Rice, Trinity Rodman, Alessia Russo, Mo 
Salah, Son Heung-min, Marc-André ter Stegen, and Zinedine Zidane. Track and field athletes Anna 
Hall, Grant Holloway, Steven Gardiner, Noah Lyles, Shaunae Miller-Uibo, marathon runner Tigist 
Assefa, as well as triathlete Patrick Lange. Basketball stars Aliyah Boston, Zia Cooke, Gradey Dick, 
Anthony Edwards, James Harden, Damian Lillard, Donovan Mitchell, and Candace Parker. American 
Football players Patrick Mahomes and Brock Purdy. Tennis players Karolína Muchová, Jessica Pegula, 
Elina Svitolina-Monfils, Stefanos Tsitsipas, Xinyu Wang, Caroline Wozniacki, and Alexander Zverev. 
Alpine skier Mikaela Shiffrin. 

─  Cultural marketing partners: Anitta, Baby Monster, Bad Bunny, Grace Wales Bonner, Edison Chen, 

Caroline Daur, HoYeon Jung, Jennie Kim (Blackpink), Jerry Lorenzo, Léna Mahfouf (‘Léna Situations’), 
Deepika Padukone, Jay Park, Stormzy, Pusha T, Lena Waithe, Pharrell Williams, Sean Wotherspoon, 
and Dingyun Zhang. 

60 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Global Sales  

Our Global Sales function drives the commercial performance of the company by converting brand 
desire into profitable and sustained business growth. We aim to deliver the best service to our retail 
partners and the best shopping experience for our consumers across all touchpoints. Our goal is to 
establish scalable business solutions that deliver premium experiences, thereby meeting and 
surpassing consumer expectations with an integrated brand offering. 

⌐ In 2023, we enhanced our relationships and brand spaces with key retailers to win consumers at every 
touchpoint, sustained a strong global presence by maintaining a consistent global framework with around 
1,860 own retail stores, and amplified our own e-commerce. ¬ 

Navigating a challenging market environment 

The challenging macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions in 2023 continued to impact our business, with 
some markets affected more than others. To address these challenges, we focused on strongly reducing 
our inventory levels by significantly reducing our buying volumes and tactically repurposing existing 
inventory as well as reducing discounting activity to lay the foundation for a better 2024. In Wholesale, we 
focused on building better partnerships with our customers and executed our conservative sell-in 
strategy. In own retail, we strategically reduced our store portfolio. Aiming at improving the overall 
profitability, we have been prioritizing strategic locations to offer consumers the opportunity to experience 
the brand’s pinnacle offerings. Within our e-commerce platform, we focused on drastically reducing 
promotional activity, driving full-price sales and building brand desire through relevant storytelling around 
key products and events. We continued to provide premium, connected, and personalized shopping 
experiences through exclusive products and engaging member offerings in 67 countries. 

2023 channel mix 

⌐ Wholesale remained our largest channel, accounting for 59% of total net sales in 2023 (2022: 61%). The 
share of DTC business, consisting of own retail and e-commerce sales, was 41% in 2023 (2022: 39%). Our 
‘adiClub’ membership program is now established in around 50 countries, enabling us to build direct 
relationships with our consumers. ¬ 

Net sales by channel 

61 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Wholesale 

Our primary goal in Wholesale in 2023 was to improve our relationships with our partners and collaborate 
with them to navigate in a challenging retail environment. Through meticulous planning and strategic 
foresight, we executed transition plans with the explicit aim of regaining trust and achieving a significantly 
improved business set-up by year-end. Employing a conservative sell-in strategy, we vigilantly tracked 
customer sell-out and inventory levels. Additionally, we actively supported initiatives to reduce inventory 
levels in the market by assessing the customer’s performance and agreeing on a transition plan. We 
created specific action plans for each key account to ensure we had cleaner inventory levels, a more 
focused sell-in, and better in-store presentation.  

Our goal was to reset the marketplace and invest in future growth with our partners. Progress was made 
with our branded space initiative, which involved rolling out enhanced footwear walls globally with 
improved visual merchandising. The initiative also supports us to elevate our brand and ensure we present 
ourselves in a strong way toward our consumers. In the fourth quarter, we saw early signs that our 
approach to selling more customer-exclusive products is beginning to have a positive business impact. 
This is also attributed to our enhanced collaboration with our customers to build more relevant product 
differentiation. By sharing and scaling these programs across other markets and channels, we were able 
to start unlocking additional sales opportunities in 2023.   

As part of our sharpened focus on Wholesale, we ramped up our interaction with our major customers 
across the markets. We hosted more customers at our various campuses around the world. For example, 
we held a partner camp at our Herzogenaurach campus in 2023, which brought together our top key 
partners from markets worldwide. This event served as a platform to showcase our strategic future brand 
direction, accentuating the strength and potential of our brand. We took our digital sell-in tools ‘CLICK’ 
and ‘Digital Showroom’ to the next level by enhancing the sell-in and order placement experience for our 
accounts and sales teams. We continued to focus on our digital capability to team up with our accounts 
and win online together. This allowed us to deliver an enhanced and consistent shopping experience in 
digital wholesale by integrating our product images and descriptions into customer systems to power their 
website and app experiences. 

Own retail 

Our own retail stores allow our consumers to directly interact with our brand, product, and teams, and to 
touch and try our products, feel inspired by our stories, and experience what we stand for as a brand. 
Through premium experiences and the human connection with our teams and communities, we aim to 
build brand loyalty and increase consumer lifetime value.  

In 2023, the total number of stores decreased to 1,863 (2022: 1,990) as part of our portfolio strategy and as 
a result of the company’s decision to wind down its business in Russia. Despite the overall goal of reducing 
the number of stores in 2023, we continued to invest in creating a more profitable business. Consequently, 
Emerging Markets for example, grew their store base by taking over a number of franchise stores in Saudi 
Arabia with the goal of optimizing the fleet and increasing sales through improved operations. 

With our fleet of halo stores (including flagship stores and brand centers) focusing on premium 
experiences, core stores (including concession corners) with a more commercial focus, and factory outlet 
stores for the value-seeking consumer, we provide an environment to satisfy a wide variety of our 
consumers’ needs when shopping for our product and connecting with the essence of our brand. 

62 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Halo stores remained a priority in 2023, as they are at the top of our concept store fleet. We continued to 
elevate our presence in strategic locations through additional flagship stores and brand centers. For 
example, we opened a brand flagship store in Seoul Myeongdong, the first in Korea. It was awarded with 
the Gold LEED certification, recognizing the effort to turn this store into a sustainable space. We also 
upsized one of the existing brand centers in Bangkok, doubling its size and making it the largest brand 
center in Asia-Pacific. A new brand center in Sydney marks the first halo store in Pacific. The space 
features works by several artists who have used their creativity to pay homage to Sydney’s famous 
landscapes, giving it a local touch. The store spans two floors and covers Sportswear and Performance 
categories as well as Stella McCartney products and is home to our iconic Originals range. In addition, we 
remodeled the brand center in Hong Kong in line with the ‘Home of Sport’ store design concept, adding 
new features such as artwork by local artists, a locally designed women’s zone, an adiClub members 
space and, at 26 meters, the longest footwear wall. Moreover, we undertook a remodeling of the brand 
center in Tel Aviv and opened the first Originals flagship store in Beijing. 

Stores by concept type 

E-commerce 

Recognizing the changing dynamics of the marketplace, we redefined the role of e-commerce within the 
broader ecosystem as we leveraged our capabilities and experiences to improve profitability and focus on 
premiumization.   

In 2023, we continued to expand ‘Digital’ across all of our channels and touchpoints in 67 countries. Our 
adiClub membership program remained a cornerstone of our membership interactions. Building on its 
successful launch in 2022, we expanded the redemption feature to 19 new countries, allowing members to 
use their accumulated points across all our digital and retail touchpoints for new capabilities. These 
included points for raffles, ‘Money-can’t-buy’ products, vouchers, partner offers, so-called ‘Golden 
Tickets,’ and donations. In 2023, we introduced ‘Points x Premium Subscription’ and launched our 
partnership with Les Mills, solidifying our dedication to empowering members through unique 
experiences. This positioned adiClub as one of the only membership programs where members can level 
up through physical activity, not just purchases.  

The 2023 marathon season was a success. We trialed new ways of member engagement across all our 
touchpoints and activated major races on the adidas app, our sports app, adidas.com, and social media. 

63 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Tigist Assefa set a new women’s world record with a time of 2:11:53 hours wearing the Adizero Adios Pro 
Evo 1, a shoe that sold out within minutes in an exclusive hyper-drop online. Embracing inclusivity, we 
democratized these races by introducing immersive digital race experiences on our sports app, enabling 
members worldwide to partake in events like the Dubai Marathon, ‘Road2Records’ in Herzogenaurach, 
and the Berlin Marathon. More than 450,000 members participated in virtual races ranging from five to 21 
kilometers, allowing them to celebrate their own victories alongside our athletes. Looking ahead to 2024, 
we will elevate these experiences and extend our digital race offerings to include all major events on the 
running calendar.  

Our adidas ‘Confirmed’ app – our digital boutique and premium touchpoint for sneakerheads, streetwear, 
fashion, and style enthusiasts – continued to thrive through collaborations with high-fashion brands and 
pioneers such as Moncler, Bad Bunny, and Wales Bonner in addition to our own premium franchises. In 
2023, we refreshed the visual appearance of the app, doubled down on our approach to community, and 
started incubating new business models, such as hosting an innovative first marketplace experience – the 
‘adidas Consortium Cup,’ a sneaker design competition between our Consortium fashion influencer 
partners across the globe, which allows highly engaged communities to influence releases. The app 
continued to deliver coveted and premium products to adidas consumers, offering best-in-class 
experiences and further solidifying our status as a trendsetter in the global lifestyle world.  

64 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Global Operations

⌐ Global Operations manages the development, production planning, sourcing, and distribution of our 
company’s products. The function strives to increase efficiency throughout the company’s supply chain 
and ensures the highest standards in product quality, availability, and delivery. With the consumer in 
mind, we deliver competitively priced products that drive our sustainability ambitions and are available 
when and where the consumer wants them. ¬ 

Global Operations delivers on our mission to be the best sports brand in the world. The function aims to 
create the best products by establishing state-of-the-art infrastructure, processes, and systems that 
enable us to focus on innovative and sustainable materials and manufacturing capabilities. Moreover, 
Global Operations is focused on delivering the best services through flexible and agile distribution 
capabilities, enabling product availability through an omni-channel approach. Thereby, Global Operations 
contributes to delivering the best experience to our customers and consumers. 

Global Operations in go-to-market process 

Establishing next-level supply chain responsiveness   

To increase speed to market in Greater China and respond to the changing consumer landscape there, 
Global Operations has set up an operating model in 2023 that enables end-to-end lead time reduction for 
articles requiring higher in-season responsiveness. We improved market order efficiency, increased 
China-for-China production, and shortened manufacturing and supply lead times for the Fall/Winter 
season 2023. We continue our efforts to drive responsiveness in our supply chain as we plan to draw on 
lessons learned and roll out the concept to additional markets from 2024 onward. 

Production through independent manufacturing partners 

⌐ To keep our production costs competitive, we outsource almost 100% of our production to independent 
manufacturing partners. While we provide our manufacturing partners with detailed specifications for 
production and delivery, they possess excellent expertise in cost-efficient, high-volume production of 
footwear, apparel, and accessories and gear. Overall, our independent manufacturing partners produced 
756 million pieces of apparel, footwear, and accessories and gear in 2023 (2022: 1,018 million pieces). The 
decrease in production volume was driven by reduced market demand for new buys to manage down 
inventory levels.  

In 2023, we worked with 104 independent manufacturing partners (2022: 117) that were producing in 
237 manufacturing facilities (2022: 259). The majority (78%) of our independent manufacturing partners 
are located in Asia (2022: 71%). We value long-term relationships: 74% of our independent manufacturing 
partners have worked with adidas for at least ten years, and 38% have a tenure of more than 20 years.   

65 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Relationships with independent manufacturing partners 

Number of independent 
manufacturing partners1 

Average years as independent 
manufacturing partner 

Relationship < 10 years 

Relationship 10 – 20 years 

Relationship > 20 years 

Total 

Footwear 

Apparel 

Accessories 
and Gear 

104 

20.8 

26% 

36% 

38% 

24 

22.5 

33% 

25% 

42% 

55 

20.0 

22% 

40% 

38% 

32 

20.8 

31% 

31% 

38% 

1 Includes two independent manufacturing partners who produce both footwear and apparel, one independent manufacturing partner who produces both 
footwear and accessories and gear, and four independent manufacturing partners who produce both apparel and accessories and gear. 

Relationships > 20 years 

38% 

All our manufacturing partners are subject to specific performance criteria, which are regularly measured 
and reviewed by Global Operations. To ensure the high quality that consumers expect from our products, 
we enforce strict control and inspection procedures of our manufacturing partners and in our own 
factories. Effectiveness of product-related standards is constantly measured through quality and material 
claim procedures. In addition, we track the delivery and efficiency performance of our partners. Adherence 
to social and environmental standards is also promoted throughout our supply chain. The current list of 
our independent manufacturing partners can be found on our website. ¬ ► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/SUSTAINABILITY 

Vietnam main sourcing country for footwear 

⌐ Vietnam returned as the largest sourcing country in 2023 with 38% of the total volume (2022: 32%), 
followed by Indonesia with 32% (2022: 34%) and China with 14% (2022: 16%). Overall, 97% of our total 2023 
footwear volume was produced in Asia (2022: 97%). In 2023, our footwear manufacturing partners 
produced approximately 311 million pairs of shoes (2022: 419 million pairs). Our largest footwear factory 
produced approximately 8% of the footwear sourcing volume (2022: 7%). 

Cambodia main sourcing country for apparel 

In 2023, we sourced 91% of the total apparel volume from Asia (2022: 91%). Cambodia was the largest 
sourcing country, representing 23% of the produced volume (2022: 22%), followed by Vietnam with 20% 
(2022: 17%) and China with 15% (2022: 17%). In total, our manufacturing partners produced approximately 
328 million units of apparel in 2023 (2022: 482 million units). The largest apparel factory produced 
approximately 10% of this apparel volume (2022: 9%). Overall, apparel production remains more 
fragmented than footwear. 

66 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Turkey main sourcing country for accessories and gear 

In 2023, 71% of our accessories and gear, such as balls and bags, were produced in Asia (2022: 72%). 
Turkey became the largest sourcing country in 2023, with 26% of the sourced volume (2022: 25%), 
followed by China with 22% (2022: 28%) and Pakistan with 22% (2022: 21%). The total accessories and gear 
sourcing volume was approximately 116 million units (2022: 117 million units), with the largest factory 
accounting for 26% of production (2022: 20%). ¬ 

⌐ Worldwide production volumes by country ¬ 

⌐ Total production volumes by category1 ¬ 

1 2020 and 2019 figures including Reebok business. 

67 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Agile and efficient distribution center network 

By following a clear strategic framework, we enhanced our distribution center landscape in 2023 through 
process automation, system upgrades, and distribution center capacity-related initiatives. These 
enhancements helped us to improve e-commerce service levels and provide more delivery choices with an 
overall broader product availability. 

Overall, our global distribution network consists of 65 distribution centers, enabling us to service our 
global demand efficiently and effectively. We operate distribution centers in all our markets, with 
13 distribution centers in Europe, three in CIS, twelve in Emerging Markets, twelve in Asia-Pacific, eleven 
in Greater China, seven in North America, and seven in Latin America. Given the above-average dynamic 
economic environment, we continued across 2023 to further align the size of our network to the changing 
demands of the relevant markets.  

adidas vs. partner-owned and -operated distribution centers per region 

Of the 65 distribution centers that make up our global network, 23 are owned and operated by adidas, 
while 42 are owned and operated by logistics partners, allowing for the operational flexibility and agility to 
best service our customers and consumers. 

To enable a broader range of products to be available at the point of sale, 34 of our distribution centers are 
set up to serve all our channels. The other 31 have a channel- or service-specific set-up, in line with the 
needs and developments of the different markets. This includes a facility where adidas has established a 
proven dedicated returns concept for all channels to enhance the consumer experience and increase the 
efficiency of the overall network. This diverse combination of distribution centers allows us to be agile and 
efficient in distributing our products to our customers and consumers around the world. 

68 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Performance KPIs to track product availability and on-time in-full delivery  

Global Operations strives to develop, produce, source, and distribute ordered articles on time and in full. 
Therefore, we track two KPIs: ‘On-Time Available’ (‘OTA’) and ‘On-Time In-Full’ (‘OTIF’). OTA measures on-
time-available  products  at  the  distribution  center  for  both  our  wholesale  customers  and  our  own  retail 
stores. OTIF represents the in-full delivery of our products by the requested date to our own retail stores 
and e-commerce consumers. Continuing the journey toward the 2025 OTIF ambition of 90%, in 2023 we have 
included e-commerce together with own retail as an aligned global metric (previous years: OTIF = own retail 
only). 

In 2023, we reached an OTA level of 92% (2022: 82%), driven by all markets already performing above target 
level in the first quarter of the year, with the exception of market Europe, which, however, recovered during 
the second quarter.  

OTIF performance was 89% (2022: 83%, own retail only), reflecting our diligent focus on operational 
excellence across systems, distribution centers, and outbound transportation to ensure stable delivery 
performance against the confirmed delivery dates for both our own retail stores and our e-commerce 
consumers.  

69 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Our People  

⌐ We believe that our people are the key to the company’s success. Their performance, well-being, and 
personal development have a significant impact on brand desire, consumer satisfaction, and, ultimately, 
our financial performance. Our people strategy comprises three key pillars: Leadership, Betterment, 
and Performance, all underpinned by ‘Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion’ (‘DEI’). ¬ 

⌐ These pillars seek to focus our efforts on people and culture through: 

−  embedding DEI even further into our culture,  
−  attracting, developing, and retaining key talent, 
−  building role-model leaders who empower people, 
−  creating a premier employee experience, 
− 
−  recognizing and rewarding both individual and team performance. ¬ 
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/EMPLOYEES 

instilling a mindset of continuous learning, 

⌐ Our goal is to develop a culture that values the experience, well-being, and performance of our 
employees. To support this, we focused on implementing and embedding our six values, introduced in 
2022, across our people policies and processes, including the way we hire, promote, and evaluate 
performance. Our six values are: Courage, Ownership, and Innovation, as well as Team Play, Respect, and 
Integrity. ¬ 

Embedding Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion into our culture 

⌐ adidas has a dedicated Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) team with DEI leaders in each market, led by 
the Global Senior Vice President DEI. We strongly believe that DEI gives us a real competitive edge and we 
embrace it as we work to be the best sports brand in the world. By creating a level playing field for 
everyone, we ensure that every individual has an equal opportunity to achieve betterment, maximize their 
leadership potential and unleash high performance. By recruiting talent and developing our people to 
reflect the rich diversity of our consumers and communities, we foster a culture of inclusion where we 
value and leverage differences to engage our employees, develop leaders for our diverse markets and 
connect with our consumers.  

In 2022, we launched a new DEI strategy, ‘Creating an Equal Playing Field for All,’ which is based on three 
key pillars: People, Culture, and Accountability. The strategy was informed by adidas’ first anonymous and 
voluntary diversity dimensions survey on four key dimensions of diversity (gender, LGBTQIA+, race and 
ethnicity, and disability). In October 2023, we shared the progress and impact we have delivered against 
our strategy during our annual ‘Global Week of Inclusion’ with many activities across the regions, where 
our theme was: ’From Dialogue to Impact: Advancing the Playing Field for All.’ During this week, we also 
launched our goals for gender balance within the adidas leadership team. The achievement of these 
targets will be supported by sponsorship and other pipeline development programs for women.  
► SEE SECTION ‘WOMEN IN LEADERSHIP’    

In addition, we held multiple panel discussions sharing the impact of our yearlong ’Leading with Inclusion’ 
program to develop a collective competency among our senior leaders. We also shared the impact of our 
new ‘Employee Resource Groups (ERG) Framework’ to provide governance, recognition, and upskilling to 

70 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas ERGs. Finally, we launched a ‘Belonging’ workout and hosted multiple live webinars for all 
employees to learn how to enable belonging in teams. 

To execute on our DEI strategy ‘Creating an Equal Playing Field for All,’ we are continuing to progress on 
our aspirations and commitments: 

─  Leading with inclusion: As a key enabler of the ‘Accountability’ pillar, our Executive Board members 

and core leaders have taken a three-step development program to develop a collective competency for 
inclusive leadership within adidas. The three steps include self-assessments, confidential coaching, 
and a peer-to-peer experiential learning. The ‘Leading with Inclusion’ program is now cascaded to all 
Board-minus-one leaders and will continue to cascade to all senior management as well as middle 
management layers in 2024. 

Women in management positions 

40%  

─  Women in leadership: adidas has established a measurable, aspirational goal to help us realize our 

DEI ambitions for gender balance. We are committed to increasing female representation in 
management positions (Director level and above) globally to achieve a gender balance of 50% by 2033. 
With 40% female representation in management positions in 2023, our women-in-leadership 
aspirations reflect our commitment to gender balance and equity as well as our consumer focus, 
where women are a priority. In addition, we have reached a female representation of combined 48% in 
the middle and lower management as well as in senior professional levels. For all entry levels, total 
female representation was 52% at the end of 2023. This serves as a robust foundation to achieve our 
targets for higher management levels. Equity also plays an important role when it comes to women’s 
promotions, and we achieved 52% in 2023. Moreover, for the Executive Board and the first two levels 
below in Germany, adidas has clear statutory targets regarding female representation. In 2024, adidas 
will continue to mentor and develop females for leadership roles and will design new initiatives such 
as female sponsorship programs to focus on enhancing female representation across all leadership 
levels. ¬ ► SEE DECLARATION ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

─  ⌐ Global racial equity: Our DEI strategy aspires to global racial equity through the broadening of our 

data collection and talent initiatives to identify and support high-performing talent from 
underrepresented and marginalized groups. We commit to promoting inclusivity across all diversity 
dimensions and across different intersectionalities.  

─  ‘Employee Resource Groups’ (‘ERGs’): Throughout the company, we continued to support and grow 

our ERGs through the development of a new ERG Framework and operating model to provide 
governance, oversight, recognition, and upskilling to our ERG members. ERGs are employee-led 
networks that give employees with differing backgrounds and perspectives communities of belonging 
and togetherness. We have more than 30 ERGs around the globe, as well as diversity ambassador 
teams that focus on diversity dimensions, such as ethnicity, gender, LGBTQIA+, experienced 
generation, faith, disability, and mental health. Participation in these groups is voluntary and inclusive 
to all employees.  

─  ‘United Against Racism’: adidas implemented ‘United Against Racism’ in June 2020 to support the 

social justice movement and to promote racial equity within our US business and communities. This 
initiative involves a multi-factored level of commitment across hiring, talent development, and 

71 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

community engagement with the goal of creating lasting change. The commitments include, among 
others, an investment of US $ 120 million in the US toward ending racism and supporting Black 
communities through to 2025 as well as funding for 55 university scholarships in the US each year for 
Black and LatinX students. We also set new targets for increased representation of Black and LatinX 
people within our US workforce, aiming to fill at least 30% of all new positions in the US with Black and 
LatinX people by 2025. With 23% in 2023, we are well on track to meet our goal.  

─  DEI learning and development: In collaboration with our Global Talent team, adidas continues to offer 
DEI learning fundamentals and essentials for all levels of employees to learn about DEI terminology. 
Throughout 2024, employees will be enabled further to take a self-learning approach and create team 
workouts to help drive an inclusive culture at adidas. Our learning team also offers mandatory anti-
discrimination and anti-harassment training for all employees, including anti-sexual-harassment 
training.  

─  DEI Executive Council: Our DEI Executive Council, made up of a diverse group across the organization, 
including all members of the Executive Board and leaders from each market, continued its work in 
2023 to increase accountability for global DEI initiatives, address emerging DEI issues impacting our 
brand, and drive the execution of our DEI strategy. Within their individual functions and markets, 
Council members have committed to providing solutions to DEI challenges as well as identifying and 
removing cross-functional and market barriers. In 2023, the DEI Executive Council invited employees 
with different DEI dimensions and intersectionalities to provide feedback to senior leadership. ¬

Attracting key talent 

⌐ adidas continued to face the challenge of competing for highly sought-after talent in a changing 
business landscape. In 2023, we hired over 9% more employees than in 2022, mainly driven by Retail hires. 
adidas remains a leading company to work for, with our ‘employer of choice’ status continuing to receive 
global recognition in 2023, as we topped our category in Forbes’ ‘World’s Best Employers’ list for the third 
year in succession and placed twelfth overall (2022:16th). We also remained in Universum’s ‘World’s Most 
Attractive Employers’ rankings in 2023 for business, engineering, and IT students worldwide. In addition, 
we were ranked fifth in ‘Stern Germany’s Best Employers,’ second in ‘Germany’s Most Popular Fashion 
Employers’ (‘Beliebteste Modearbeitgeber Deutschlands’) as part of the study ’Working in Fashion’ 
published by ‘TextilWirtschaft,’ and won the Association for Talent Development’s ‘Excellence in Practice 
Award’ for leadership development. We also received the ‘Handshake 2023 Early Talent Award’ and the 
‘RippleMatch 2023 Campus Forward Award’ as winner in the category ‘Large Early Career Programs.’  

To support our talent pipeline, we executed several programmatic interventions in 2023: 

─  ‘Unlimited’ program: Unlimited provides support and opportunities for retail staff who want to pursue 
a career in our corporate structure. North America continued the program with its sixth recruitment 
cycle in 2023, while EMEA completed its second cycle with employees who started their new roles in 
September 2023. 

─  Undergraduate and MBA internship programs: In 2023, we employed 283 interns globally (2022: 305). 
Students were provided with a three- to six-month work and developmental opportunity within adidas, 
accompanied by robust internship program elements that included professional development, 
mentorship, and networking events. Our goal is to ensure we retain top-performing interns and have 
them become full-time employees.  

72 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  Candidate experience: In 2023, we rolled out a global candidate experience survey for all applicants to 
our corporate roles (internal and external). This includes the overall candidate experience throughout 
the full application process, as well as aspects such as speed and inclusiveness. The feedback will help 
us to create a positive candidate experience. In 2023, we also optimized the end-to-end hiring process 
in key locations, including decreasing our time to hire through the delivery of ‘Program Diamond.’ As 
part of this initiative, several manual tasks were automated and the onboarding experience elevated, 
setting the foundation for a globally standardized hiring framework. ¬ 

Building role-model leadership 

⌐ Our development offerings focus on developing the leadership behaviors and essential skills needed to 
ensure our continued success. Our ambition is to inspire and nurture talented and diverse leaders who 
exemplify our leadership behaviors. We undertake different initiatives to elevate and enhance our 
leadership pipeline: 

─  Leadership development experiences: Our portfolio of leadership development experiences is 

designed for every level of management across all markets and functions. They include our ‘People 
Leader Experience’ (‘PLE’), ‘Manager Development Experience’ (‘MDE’), ‘Director Development 
Experience’ (‘DDE’), and ‘Executive Development Experience’ (‘EDE’). These interactive learning 
experiences support the development of leadership skills that are directly linked to the participants’ 
current roles and responsibilities, as well as being aligned to our values. In 2023, 982 employees 
enrolled in MDE or DDE, of which 562 completed the programs through a virtual experience. 
Additionally, 1,551 people leaders and/or those who aspire to lead people enrolled in PLE, with 
1,314 completing the program through a virtual, collaborative experience. 

─  adidas 360°: After a successful pilot in 2022, adidas 360° was introduced as a tool for leadership 

development in 2023. It involves soliciting feedback from multiple sources, including managers, direct 
reports, and other stakeholders. The purpose of adidas 360° is to help senior leadership gain a better 
understanding of how their behavior is perceived. It provides valuable feedback as a critical driver for 
professional and organizational growth. 

─  Succession management: Our succession management approach aims to ensure stability and 

certainty in business continuity through the development of strong internal talent pipelines for critical 
leadership positions. We achieve this through a globally consistent succession process that identifies 
these critical leadership positions and matches our top talent as successors to these roles. We also 
drive the succession process through achievable development plans that prepare the identified 
successors for their next steps. Our leadership groups and top talent pool serve as the succession 
pipeline for the executive roles in our organization. 

─  Leadership groups: Our leadership groups consist of the ‘Core Leadership Group’ (‘CLG’) and the 
‘Extended Leadership Group’ (‘ELG’). The CLG partners with the Executive Board, while the ELG 
collaborates across markets and functions, leading the execution of our strategic initiatives. 
Furthermore, the ELG drives continuous improvement and consistency throughout the organization.  

─  Global High-Potential Program: We invest in selected high-performing and high-potential employees 
through our ‘Global High Potential’ (‘GHIPO’) program. This program enables us to identify and develop 
global high-potential leaders who have the ability to take on more complex and demanding 
responsibilities at a higher leadership level. The program is designed to strengthen the participants’ 
business acumen skills, build peer relationships and give participants cross-functional and cross-
cultural exposure. Through continuous investment into the development and growth of our GHIPOs, we 

73 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

are strengthening our global, regional, local, and functional succession pipelines. Until the end of 2023, 
a total of 94% of the GHIPO participants successfully made positive career steps through upward, 
lateral, cross-cultural, or cross-functional moves. ¬  

Creating a premier employee experience 

⌐ Ensuring a positive and impactful employee experience is a key focus of our people strategy. We do this 
through listening to feedback from our employees, offering opportunities for flexibility, and focusing on 
well-being. 

─  Employee listening: Building on our established employee listening activities, we launched another 

annual ‘Employee Listening Survey’ (‘ELS’) in March 2023, with a record participation of 73% across all 
employees in corporate offices, retail stores, and distribution centers. In addition to feedback analysis 
being undertaken within the respective teams, we identified employees globally to help leadership 
create and drive action plans. 

─  Health management: We strongly believe that physical, mental, and social well-being are of equal 

importance and are the cornerstone of sustainable performance. With this holistic approach, we aim to 
provide the best possible conditions for our employees to ensure their well-being, safety, and health. 
Focusing on prevention, education, and support, our comprehensive and inclusive portfolio caters for 
the diverse needs of our employees. Our employees have access to a wide range of sports activities, 
events, and facilities. We have corporate gyms at many locations around the world, including 
Herzogenaurach, Portland, Gurgaon, Shanghai, Dubai, and Manchester. Many of our office buildings 
have lockers and showers, allowing employees to include sports in their working day or cycle to work. 
To meet employee needs in a hybrid work set-up, programs are both local and virtual to support 
teamwork and a healthy lifestyle. Offerings range from hybrid sports classes to medical and 
psychosocial consultations (in-person and virtual), screening and vaccination programs, tools for 
digital disconnection to carefully curated sessions on life topics. Today, with a gradual extension, 
almost all adidas employees around the world have access to an employee assistance program. On the 
occasion of World Mental Health Day, many initiatives were launched across markets to proactively 
nurture, protect, and promote mental well-being. In addition, 2023 saw the implementation and 
extension of selected programs offered across Germany aimed at elevating our approach to health. 
These include a tailored three-year plan for our dual students and apprentices to support a healthy 
start to their working life, ergonomic programs for our employees, and healthy leadership training for 
our people managers in our stores and distribution centers. 

─  Health and safety: Managing the health and safety of our global workforce remains a priority for us. 
Our infrastructure, assets, and operations comply with ISO 45001 (Occupational health and safety 
management system), and we regularly conduct internal and external audits to ensure a healthy, safe, 
and secure work environment for all employees. We monitor our performance closely to measure our 
progress toward our targets and to identify areas for improvement. Our training and guidelines on 
health and safety have been successfully implemented and scaled throughout the organization. In 
2023, we recorded a ‘Lost Time Incident Rate’ (‘LTIR’) of 0.33 (2022: 0.44) as well as, unchanged to the 
previous year, a zero ‘Occupational Illness Frequency Rate’ (‘OIFR’) and zero fatalities for own 
employees.12  

12 Own employees at offices and distribution centers. Excluding employees at own retail stores. 

74 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

For external, contracted workforce at our offices and distribution centers, we ended the year 2023 with 
an improved LTIR of 0.49 (2022: 0.67). In 2023 we recorded one work-related fatal accident at an own 
retail construction site compared to one such accident at a distribution center in 2022. We initiated 
thorough investigations to understand the exact root cause enabling us to take all measures and 
actions necessary to prevent similar accidents in the future.  

─  Work-life integration: We aim to harmonize the commercial interests of the company with the 

professional, private, and family needs of our employees. Our work-life integration initiatives and 
programs include the provision of flexible working times and locations, personal development, and 
leadership competence related to work-life integration, as well as family-oriented services: 

─  Family and childcare: In addition to providing flexible working opportunities and sabbaticals, we 

maintain a family-friendly environment and infrastructure. At our headquarters in 
Herzogenaurach, we provide a bilingual childcare facility, ‘World of Kids,’ with 270 places. Well-
equipped parent-child offices on campus provide for safe spaces to bring kids to the workplace. 
We also run children’s camps to support working parents during school holidays. In 
Herzogenaurach alone, 450 children attended these camps in 2023, and 115 in Portland. Our 
Latin America market held a special day where children had the opportunity to accompany their 
parents to work to learn what they do and enjoy a fun program. 

─  Parental leave: For parental leave and re-entry, programs are in place to provide employees with 

advice early on and options for their return to work, also taking into consideration flexible 
working hours and work locations. In Germany, employees on parental leave are guaranteed their 
original positions, which are only filled temporarily. In the US, in addition to regular parental 
leave for new parents (up to ten weeks at home, 70% of their salary), adidas offers an extra two 
weeks of paid parental leave. Furthermore, our special parental bonding leave provides parents 
with the opportunity to stay home for up to six months within the first twelve months after the 
child’s birth or placement. While unpaid, it offers parents the opportunity to stay home longer and 
take care of their new arrival and new life together. Latin America provides for an extended 
parental leave approach across the market, with mothers having 24 paid weeks in total to spend 
with their children, while fathers/partners have 20 paid days in total. In addition, mothers can 
work fewer hours for one month immediately before and after their maternity leave period. 
adidas offers paid secondary parental leave subject to local market legal requirements. 

─  Flexible work: Our global flexible work approach comprises two concepts. With ‘Off-Campus-

Working,’ employees can work up to 40% of their working hours from home. In addition, our 
‘Working from Elsewhere’ concept’ enables short-term remote working from another location 
(domestic or international) for up to ten days per year. Having experienced the importance of 
social and personal interaction first-hand during the pandemic, we want to maintain flexibility to 
support employees’ unique needs and experiences while enabling personal collaboration at the 
workplace.  

─  Commitment to impact: Together with our employees and partners, we act on our purpose that 
through sport, we have the power to change lives by fostering genuine connections with the 
communities we serve and affect. To maximize this positive impact, we create volunteering programs 
and company-matched fundraisers that encourage our people to actively engage and bring our core 
belief to life. 

In 2023, adidas launched a new global employee giving platform allowing employees across all 
markets to participate in impactful volunteering activities and to contribute to global fundraising 
opportunities. Examples for volunteering opportunities – co-created with our partners and based on 

75 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

the respective communities’ needs – range from refurbishing sport fields, to serving as a running 
buddy for blind runners, to coaching children with special needs and many more. Collectively, adidas 
employees performed 2,547 hours of voluntary work13, engaged in 83 different projects, and/or 
supported 62 non-profit organizations or social ventures. On top of that, adidas employees donated 
€ 81,749 in 2023. Employee donations were matched by adidas with € 45,112. We demonstrated our 
support as one adidas team, especially when disaster struck, for example in a fundraiser for those 
affected by the earthquake in Turkey and Syria. 

─  Employee relations: We invested in our new, global employee relations function, which offers a 

dedicated, independent, and impartial resource and point of contact to resolve workplace conflicts. The 
team plays a pivotal role in enhancing our workplace culture, ensuring that interactions reflect our 
adidas values of integrity and respect. ¬ 

Instilling a mindset of continuous learning 

⌐ We continue to promote a high-performance culture by developing our employees. We offer a wide 
range of learning and development opportunities, including online learning resources and interactive 
learning experiences that provide personal and professional growth opportunities for our workforce. Our 
investments in digital learning and development opportunities, such as LinkedIn Learning, Udemy, Circus 
Street, and Arizona State University, offer equitable access to learning content and just-in-time upskilling 
and/or reskilling. Our more than 59,000 employees worldwide invested a total of 1,020,000 hours in 
trainings and workshops that were completed in 2023 – an average of 17.9 hours.  

The key pillars of our extended learning and development offerings are informal learning and mentoring. 
Our informal learning is supported by platforms where employees can network and connect across the 
organization based on shared learning goals and/or interests. When participating in our informal learning 
offerings, more than 97% of employees said it made them feel more connected to the people and culture 
at adidas and would recommend the program to others. ¬  

Rewarding individual and team performance 

⌐ The key focus of our rewards strategy is to attract, retain, and motivate individuals through 
remuneration and benefits that are inclusive, fit for purpose, and competitive in the marketplace – thus 
enabling us to achieve our strategic objectives. To promote a high-performance culture, it is essential that 
we focus on performance management to ensure fair and equitable reward and recognition.   

─  Performance management: #MYBEST continues to be our global performance development approach 
and remains a key enabler of our high-performance culture. During 2023, we embedded our values 
into the performance evaluation, focusing on development and coaching to improve our people’s 
demonstration of our values and strengthen our company culture.  

We also focused on improving quality performance conversations, enabling our people to set clear 
performance expectations, engage in continuous feedback and provide holistic, fact-based, and 
inclusive assessments.  

13 Excludes ‘ERG’ and individual hours of voluntary work.  

76 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  Total compensation management: Compensation at adidas has a dual focus of ensuring employees 
are compensated fairly and equitably for the role they perform, while also creating a culture of 
rewarding performance. The adidas total compensation management philosophy enables educated 
compensation decisions based on external market reference and internal equity. It also takes into 
account the skills, experience, and responsibility of each individual. Our variable compensation 
programs engage and motivate employees by reflecting their activities input, while driving a culture of 
high-performance. To do this, adidas offers the following variable compensation plans: 

─  Short-Term Incentive (‘STI’) program 

─  Profit participation programs,  

─  Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) for senior management. 

─  Benefits: At adidas, employee benefits take the form of monetary or non-monetary programs that 

supplement wages or salaries on a discretionary or non-discretionary basis. Programs can be offered 
globally, regionally, or locally and can be statutory or supplemental. They comply with legislation or 
local market practice and are based on benchmark data.  

─  Cross-border employment: adidas invests in international relocation to fill local skill gaps, enable 

knowledge transfer, develop talent for a more diverse workforce, and promote our learning culture. 
Our aim is to support the success of our business through a relocation of talent that will both enhance 
the employee experience and align with our business purpose.  

─  Stock Purchase Plan: Participation in the Stock Purchase Plan is open to employees in Germany, the 

US, the Netherlands, and Greater China (China mainland, Taiwan, and Hong Kong). This corresponds to 
almost half our global workforce (excluding Retail). A total of 4,714 employees participated in the 
program in 2023 (2022: 4,468). ¬ 

Global employee population  

On December 31, 2023, the company had 59,030 employees worldwide (2022: 59,258 ). Thereof, 8,312 were 
employed at adidas AG (2022: 8,556). On a full-time equivalent basis, the company had 51,561 employees 
on December 31, 2023 (2022: 51,777), thereof 7,374 at adidas AG (2022: 7,678). In 2023, personnel 
expenses increased to € 2,964 million (2022: € 2,856 million), representing 14% of sales (2022: 13%).     

► SEE TEN-YEAR OVERVIEW ► SEE NOTE 40 ► SEE NOTE 31 

Employees worldwide 

59,030 

77 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Employee statistics1 

Total number of employees2 

Total employees 

Male 

Female 

Management positions3 

Male 

Female 

Average age of employees (in years) 

Average length of service (in years) 

2023 

2022 

59,030 

59,258 

49% 

51% 

60% 

40% 

33 

5 

48% 

52% 

61% 

39% 

32 

5 

1 At year-end. 
2 Number of employees on a headcount basis. 
3 Calculated in accordance with German Act on Equal Participation of Women and Men in Leadership Positions in the Private and Public Sector in Germany. 

Employee split1 

Employees2 

Full-time equivalents 

in % 

2022 

2023 

2022 

31,477 

26,462 

25,123 

56 

5 

12 

8 

9 

1 

2 

9 

3,112 

8,254 

4,685 

5,161 

558 

1,031 

4,980 

2,761 

6,920 

4,363 

4,849 

396 

910 

4,900 

51,561 

3,022 

7,867 

4,460 

4,931 

545 

966 

4,864 

51,777 

100 

59,258 

1 At year-end. 

Number of employees by function1 

Own retail 

Sales 

Logistics 

Marketing 

Central administration 

Production 

Research and development 

IT 

Total 

1 At year-end. 
2 Number of employees on a headcount basis. 

2023 

32,893 

2,830 

7,243 

4,586 

5,056 

415 

987 

5,020 

59,030 

78 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Sustainability 

⌐ adidas’ purpose, ‘Through sport, we have the power to change lives,’ guides the way we run our 
company, how we work with our partners, create our products, and engage with our consumers. We will 
always strive to expand the limits of human possibilities, to include and unite people through sport, and 
to create a more sustainable world. We believe that acting as a responsible company will contribute to 
lasting economic success. However, achieving a truly sustainable business model is a marathon, not a 
sprint. ¬ 

Sustainability rooted in our purpose  

⌐ Our commitment to sustainability is embedded into how we have done business for over two decades. It 
is rooted in our purpose, ‘Through sport, we have the power to change lives.’ To underline this 
commitment, in 2021, we further sharpened our focus on sustainability and defined a roadmap for 2025 
and beyond that allows us to create – and drive – positive impact. As we keep pioneering in sustainability 
and join forces with the industry and peers to drive systemic change, we will continue to move to a 
comprehensive, consumer-facing sustainable article offering at scale, evolve our approach to circularity, 
and work toward achieving climate neutrality (CO2e) across our entire value chain. We will continue to 
empower our employees to become sustainability ambassadors, just as we invite our consumers globally 
to engage and connect with us on the topic of sustainability. Lastly, we also aim to uphold the highest 
standards in the area of social compliance across our supply chain. ¬ ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/SUSTAINABILITY 

 Governance  
⌐ A robust governance structure ensures timely and direct execution of programs that drive the 
achievement of our set of targets for 2025 and beyond. The head of Sustainability reports directly to the 
member of the Executive Board responsible for Global Operations, who is responsible for the 
development, coordination, and execution of our environmental sustainability strategy and leads the 
Sustainability Sponsor Board (‘SSB’). The SSB is composed of senior representatives from different 
functions across the company and ensures cross-functional alignment, transparent end-to-end 
management, and execution of agreed-upon sustainability goals. We also maintain a separate compliance 
function which is operated as the Social and Environmental Affairs (‘SEA’) Team to monitor supplier-facing 
social and environmental compliance performance and human rights impacts, reporting to the CEO 
through the General Counsel. In 2022, we set up a cross-functional ‘ESG Regulation Board’ to ensure we 
stay well on track of upcoming regulation for management of environmental, social, and governance 
(‘ESG’) topics and disclosures. The sponsor for the ESG Regulation Board is also a member of the SSB to 
ensure best possible alignment between the two bodies. Notably, in 2023, various ESG progress updates 
were given to the Executive and Supervisory Boards. Ultimately, the variable compensation of the entire 
Executive Board has been linked to the ESG criterion ’Share of sustainable articles’ since 2021.               

► SEE MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT OF PERFORMANCE, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES, AND OUTLOOK ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/COMPENSATION 

We have set up regular sustainability networking calls for all employees involved in sustainability projects 
and programs in the organization to ensure company-wide alignment on all levels. On top of this, adidas 
continued to offer the company-wide sustainability training program available to all employees, educating 
them on how to think and act sustainably, enabling them to become sustainability ambassadors, and 
encouraging everyone to make personal and professional commitments to contribute to a cleaner planet. 
We also updated the Green Ambassador training for our retail colleagues, now covering even more 
comprehensive sustainability content, and rolled it out with the objective of informing, engaging, and 
inspiring our entire team and all consumers around the globe that we interact with on a daily basis. In 

79 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

2023, around 130 training sessions were delivered, attended by more than 1,000 retail employees 
worldwide. ¬  

Materiality 
⌐ Throughout 2023, adidas monitored its non-financial topics that were identified through its 2022 full-scope 
materiality analysis. As a result of this monitoring process, the list of material topics has not changed 
compared to the previous year. The analysis in 2022 involved various internal stakeholders and was carried 
out taking two perspectives: an impact materiality perspective (inside-out) as well as a financial materiality 
perspective (outside-in), each of which was assessed both qualitatively and quantitatively.  

For a list of all material topics, please refer to the non-financial statement. ¬ ► SEE NON-FINANCIAL STATEMENT 

Stakeholder engagement  
⌐ Engaging openly with stakeholders and establishing ways to increase transparency and disclosure has 
long been central to our approach, as has been securing feedback and acting on stakeholder concerns. 
This is indeed integral to our human rights and environmental impact due diligence activities and the 
shaping of our social and environmental strategies and plans. Our stakeholders are those people or 
organizations who affect or are affected by our operations, including our employees, consumers, suppliers 
and their workers, customers, investors, media, governments, and NGOs. We have guidelines that specify 
key principles for the development of stakeholder relations and detail the different forms of stakeholder 
engagement. adidas participates in a variety of industry associations, multi-stakeholder organizations, and 
non-profit initiatives. Through these memberships, we work closely with leading companies from different 
sectors to develop sustainable business approaches and debate social and environmental topics on a 
global, regional, and local level.  

We use collaborations and partnerships to build leverage for systemic change in our industry, such as 
for efforts to mitigate the carbon footprint in our industry’s supply chain, to strengthen chemical 
management practices, and to raise social and environmental standards in the textile and footwear 
supply chain. In addition, we build awareness, capacity, and knowledge of laws and rights among factory 
management and workers by partnering with leading providers such as the International Labour 
Organization’s (‘ILO’) ‘Better Work’ program, as well as with the United Nations International 
Organization for Migration (‘IOM’) with the objective of ensuring that the labor rights of foreign and 
migrant workers are upheld in the adidas supply chain.  

Key memberships: 
−  Apparel and Footwear International RSL Management (‘AFIRM’) working group 
−  Better Cotton (‘BC’) 
−  Fair Factories Clearinghouse (‘FFC’) 
−  Fair Labor Association (‘FLA’) 
−  Fashion for Good 
−  Federation of European Sporting Goods Industry (‘FESI’) 
−  German government-led Partnership for Sustainable Textiles (‘Textilbündnis’) 
−  Leather Working Group (‘LWG’) 
−  Organic Cotton Accelerator (‘OCA’) 
−  Textile Exchange 
−  The Fashion Pact 
−  The Microfibre Consortium (‘TMC’) 
−  The International Accord for Health and Safety in the Textile and Garment Industry 
−  United Nations Fashion Industry Charter for Climate Action (‘UNFCCC’) 
−  World Federation of the Sporting Goods Industry (‘WFSGI’) 
−  Zero Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals (‘ZDHC’) Foundation ¬ 

80 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Transparency 
⌐ We believe that transparent communication with our stakeholders on our sustainability ambitions and 
progress is critical. We use global reporting standards such as the guidelines of the Global Reporting 
Initiative (‘GRI’) and the Sustainability Accountability Standards Board (‘SASB’) to inform our external non-
financial reporting. We regularly disclose additional information to public-facing social and environmental 
benchmarks, such as the Corporate Human Rights Benchmark, and reporting platforms, such as CDP, and 
publish important sustainability updates about our work throughout the year on our corporate channels, 
including our corporate website. A key element is the publication of our global supplier factory list, which 
is updated twice a year. In addition, we disclose the names of the factories of suppliers that process 
materials for our primary suppliers and subcontractors, where the majority of wet processes are carried 
out.  

Over the last few years, we have placed particular emphasis on further evolving climate-related reporting 
beyond established disclosures, including CDP submissions, and have continued to stepwise include the 
‘Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures’ (‘TCFD’) recommendations addressing the 
framework’s four thematic areas: governance, strategy, risk management, as well as metrics and targets. 
As part of our risk identification process, we monitor physical risks related to climate change as well as 
risks and opportunities resulting from the transition to a low-carbon economy. During 2023, we 
established a core team composed of experts from several business areas. Its objective is to start building 
more granularity to ensure high-quality data for more extensive external reporting for scenario analyses 
and setting up the base to support us to make informed business decisions – considering the medium- and 
long-term financial impacts of climate change across our value chain as well as the broader social and 
environmental impacts. ¬ ► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 

External recognition 
⌐ adidas continuously receives positive recognition from international institutions, rating agencies, NGOs, 
and socially responsible investment analysts for its holistic approach to managing sustainability. In 2023, 
adidas was again subject to comprehensive corporate ESG assessments and took part in focused thematic 
disclosure benchmarks for environmental or social performance. As a result, adidas was represented in a 
number of high-profile sustainability indices, ratings, and disclosure benchmark evaluations.  

External recognition 2023 

Environmental, Social, 
Governance (ESG) Performance 

MSCI ESG Rating 
(‘AAA,’ upper score: ‘AAA’) 

S&P Global ESG Evaluation 
(85/100, upper score: 100) 

Environmental 
Performance 

Social 
Performance 

CDP Climate Change 
(‘A-’ score, upper score: ‘A’) 

Corporate Human Rights Benchmark 
(among top 10 in our industry) 

CDP Water 
('B' score, upper score: ‘A‘) 

KnowTheChain Benchmark 
(among top 3 in our industry) 

World Benchmarking Alliance 
Gender Benchmark 
(among top 20 in our industry) 

Sustainalytics ESG Risk Rating 
(14.8/100, upper score: 0) 

CDP Forests1 
('CC' score, upper score: ‘A’) 

ISS Corporate Rating 
(Prime ‘B-’ Score, 
upper score: ‘A’) 

Corporate Information 
Transparency Index 
(among top 3 across industries) 

1 Accumulated separate scores for the disclosed commodities of leather (‘C’) and timber (‘C’). 

adidas maintained its leadership position for supply chain environmental performance and, in 2023, was 
awarded first place in the Corporate Information Transparency Index (‘CITI’) by the Institute of Public   
Environmental Affairs (‘IPE’), acknowledging our efforts for improving environmental management and 
transparency for our supply chain in China. ¬ 

81 

 
    
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Environmental impacts 

⌐ In 2023, decarbonization, circularity, biodiversity, and water management were confirmed as key 
environmental impact areas for us to continue to focus on in our strategy. During 2023, we continued to 
increase the number of articles we define as sustainable, aiming at 90% of our articles to be sustainable 
by 2025, and to work toward achieving climate neutrality (CO2e) across our entire value chain. We also 
assessed selected key materials potentially contributing to biodiversity risks and committed to a 
deforestation-free leather supply chain latest by 2030. We further evolved our approach to circularity to 
support the creation of an ecosystem that is necessary to scale circular solutions in our industry. This 
included focused engagement in cross-industry projects aimed at unlocking circularity, such as ‘T-REX’ 
and ‘Sorting for Circularity.’ We also continued to address water efficiency and quality in our supply chain, 
with an advanced chemical management program and ambitious targets in place.  

We empower our employees to become sustainability ambassadors, just as we invite consumers globally 
to engage and connect with us on the topic of sustainability. Our established running movement ‘Run for 
the Oceans’ has evolved into ‘Move for the Planet,’ an initiative aiming to raise consumer awareness for 
climate change by supporting selected grassroots sports organizations. adidas has partnered up with not-
for-profit organization ‘Common Goal’ to help communities in need engage in climate action through 
sport. This includes initiatives such as renewing a community’s sports field using recycled materials and 
providing training on how to reduce plastic waste at sports facilities.  

We believe that moving toward achieving the targets we have defined for 2025 and beyond will set us up for 
future success. Engaging closely with our suppliers remains critical to achieving our targets. We are 
therefore leveraging our long-term relationships with suppliers to ensure they can help us achieve our 
decarbonization targets and we are also working closely with partners to scale innovative materials, 
recycling technologies, and circular business practices across the value chain.  

82 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Targets for 2025 and beyond: Environmental impacts 

Target year 

2025 

2030 

2050 

Area 

Own operations 

Emissions 

Water 

Waste 

Supply chain 

Energy 

Water 

Chemicals (Input) 

Wastewater (Output) 

Product 

Sustainable article offering 

Decarbonization 

Entire value chain 
(from raw material production to 
own operations) 

Target 

Baseline 

Achievement of 
climate neutrality (CO2e)1 

15% water intensity reduction 
(m3/m2) 

95% waste diversion rate 

Adoption of renewable energy at 
strategic Tier 1 and Tier 2 supplier 
facilities to keep emissions flat 

40% water consumption intensity 
reduction at Tier 2 supplier 
facilities 

80% of chemical formulations used 
by our suppliers for production 
achieve the highest level of 
conformance with ZDHC MRSL 
('Level 3') 

90% of suppliers that operate on-
site effluents plants to achieve 
ZDHC 'Wastewater Foundational 
Level’ 

9 out of 10 articles will be 
sustainable, meaning that they are 
– to a significant degree – made 
with environmentally preferred 
materials2 

15% reduction of GHG emissions 
per product 

30% reduction of GHG emissions1 

Achievement of 
climate neutrality (CO2e) 

2019 

2017 

2017 

2017 

2017 

1 Targets received approval by the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi). We will re-submit these targets to SBTi for approval throughout 2024. 
2 Subject to reasonable assurance engagement of PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft.  

The table provides an overview of the targets we have set ourselves that will help us reduce our 
environmental impacts. ¬ 

83 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Decarbonization 
⌐ The climate crisis presents the most pressing long-term challenge facing civilization. For that reason, 
adidas has set targets that will help us limit emissions aligned with the 1.5°C benchmark and contribute to 
a net-zero future. adidas has committed to: 

− 
− 

− 

achieving climate neutrality (CO2e) across its own operations (Scope 1 and 2) by 2025,  
reducing absolute greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions across the entire value chain (Scope 1, 2, 3)14 
by 30% by 2030, measured against a baseline of 2017, and 
achieving climate neutrality (CO2e) across the entire value chain by 2050.  

Our emission reduction targets by 2025 and 2030 have been approved by the ‘Science Based Targets 
initiative’ (‘SBTi’).15 Within the 2025 target, we commit to reducing absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 
by 90% 16 from a baseline of 2017. This target is consistent with the reduction pathways needed to prevent 
a rise in average temperatures of more than 1.5°C – the most ambitious goal of the Paris Agreement. Our 
GHG reduction target for value chain emissions (Scope 1, 2, 3) of 30% by 2030 (baseline 2017) meets the 
SBTi’s criteria for ambitious value chain goals, meaning they are in line with current best practices.  

When it comes to decarbonization, we believe that data quality is critical. Therefore, in addition to 
developing a tool that enables us to quantify, monitor, and be transparent about our carbon footprint along 
our entire value chain, we have put considerable effort in gathering more primary data from our suppliers 
over the last few years. This has allowed us to gain more precise insights into carbon emissions, energy 
consumption, and the impact of our decarbonization initiatives.   

As both the quality and availability of data improved significantly in 2023, we were able to update our 
methodology for measuring carbon footprint across our value chain. Consequently, we recalculated the 
2022 data to ensure year-over-year comparability. This updated methodology continues to be fully aligned 
with international methodology standards, provided by e.g. the GHG Protocol and SBTi, and reduces the 
dependance on assumptions and generalizations typically presented by secondary data.    

As in the previous year, the 2023 results show that our environmental impacts are distributed unequally 
across the value chain, with the most significant impacts generated in the supply chain, particularly in raw 
materials production and processing.  

The following table shows the total annual GHG emissions across our value chain. The average Scope 1, 2, 
and 3 annual GHG emissions per product for 2023 decreased by 3% compared to the previous year. This 
reduction has been driven by the work done with our suppliers, such as continuing with the phase-out of 
coal in our manufacturing facilities and the increased use of renewable energy. Our innovation effort, that 
has also enabled us to use low-carbon manufacturing methods and materials, as well as decreased 
production volumes due to high inventory levels in the market translated into a 24% reduction in total 
absolute GHG emissions17 compared to the previous year.  

14 The target boundary includes biogenic emissions and removals from bioenergy feedstocks. 

15 We will resubmit these targets to SBTi for approval during 2024. 

16 In line with SBTi requirements, we allow ourselves, if needed, a reduction of a maximum of 10% of all emissions in the target year, to be achieved through 
offsetting. 

17 Calculation excludes emissions resulting from ‘Use of sold products’ in alignment with the guidance provided by the ‘Science Based Targets initiative’. 

84 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Breakdown of annual GHG emissions1,2,3 

Scope 1 emissions (in tons CO2e) 

Administrative offices 

Distribution centers 

Own retail stores 

Showrooms 

Scope 2 emissions, market-based (in tons CO2e) 

Administrative offices 

Distribution centers 

Own retail stores 

Showrooms 

Scope 3 emissions (in tons CO2e) 

Purchased goods and services 

Upstream transportation and distribution 

Business travel 

Use of sold products 

End-of-life treatment of sold products 

Total emissions (in tons CO2e) 

GHG emissions per product, total emissions/production volume (kg CO2e per 
product) 

2023 

2022 

21,779 

9,863 

5,831 

5,160 

925 

142,457 

16,349 

20,311 

102,003 

3,794 

21,856 

10,752 

5,128 

5,439 

537 

142,293 

13,354 

21,647 

104,480 

2,812 

5,894,811 

7,635,784 

4,503,000 

6,041,553 

247,684 

43,753 

957,429 

142,945 

343,556 

36,158 

1,057,515 

157,002 

6,059,047 

7,799,933 

6.3 

6.5 

1 Values reported cover production seasons SS23 and FW23. Within Scope 3, ‘Purchased goods and services’ considers the production and processing of raw 
materials for which impacts are estimated based on quantities of materials and life-cycle analysis data. All key production processes are considered. Primary, 
secondary, and tertiary packaging material quantities are included. The quantities are estimated based on sales volumes, using composition and weight 
assumptions from the ‘Product Environmental Footprint Category Rules’ (‘PEFCR’). Furthermore, ‘Purchased goods and services’ also considers the assembly 
phase, for which impacts are estimated by applying emission factors to reported energy consumption from Tier 1 strategic suppliers. Sourcing volume data is 
used to estimate the impact of non-strategic suppliers (<20%). ‘Upstream transportation and distribution’: Quantities of goods for specified distribution routes 
are combined with transport emissions factors. ‘Business travel’: Calculations are based on the business travel data system. ‘Use of sold products’: Emissions 
caused by washing, drying, and ironing of sold products throughout their lifetime based on data on average care cycles from PEFCR and life-cycle analysis 
datasets. ‘End-of-life treatment of old products’: Emissions caused by disposal of sold products are estimated based on sales volumes and typical waste 
disposal routes (e.g., landfill and incineration). Scope 1 and 2: Impacts are calculated based on 79% of reported environmental quantities (primary data) in the 
Health and Safety, Environment, and Energy (HSEE) own operations data collection systems and 21% by estimations. The estimations are calculated by scaling 
up the primary data collected at the facility or site level to a company-wide level on the basis of gross lease area (in square meters). 
2 Intensity factor to calculate emissions per product excludes emissions resulting from ‘Use of sold products’ to align with our GHG reduction target for 2030 as 
approved by the SBTi.   
3 Figures for Scope 3 emissions in 2022 were revised following a methodology update. Scope 3 emissions in 2022 applying the previous methodology totaled 
7,523,545 tons CO2e. 

During 2023, some of our suppliers purchased Energy Attribute Certificates (‘EACs’). The reduction of 
emissions resulting from these EACs were not factored into our footprint calculation, due to the current 
lack of consensus on concepts on the operationalization and accounting approach. Instead, we continued 
to collaborate with the industry to find more robust solutions that allow for Scope 3 interventions that 
further incentivize investments and overall long-term decarbonization of the industry. ¬ 

Reducing land-related emissions (‘FLAG’)  
⌐ adidas recognizes the importance of reducing land-related emissions. Therefore, in 2023, we started to 
quantify our emissions resulting from Forest, Land, and Agriculture (‘FLAG’) operations according to the 
SBTi FLAG Guidance. The results of our calculations (based on 2022 data) show that FLAG emissions 
represent only a minor proportion of adidas’ total GHG emissions, with the main impacts stemming from 
sourcing cow leather, cotton, and natural rubber. The result of 7% FLAG emissions18 falls below the SBTi 

18 The result of 7% FLAG emissions was not part of an assurance engagement by PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft. 

85 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

threshold for required FLAG target setting, but adidas will continue to work on reducing those 
emissions. ¬ 

Measuring our product footprint  
⌐ adidas recognizes the pivotal role of data and transparency as catalysts for increasing awareness and 
informed decision-making to mitigate the environmental impact of our products. This impact, largely 
resulting from decisions made during the design phase, underlines the importance of strategic 
interventions. In 2023, we achieved a critical milestone with the development of an in-house, state-of-the-
art tool that allows us to measure the environmental footprint of any footwear or apparel product within 
our portfolio. Aligned with international standards, the methodology adheres to ISO 14067:2018 and has 
undergone rigorous third-party verification. This tool is seamlessly integrated into our existing creation 
systems, connecting and leveraging available life cycle assessment (LCA) data, ultimately speeding up the 
calculation process and enhancing accuracy.  

This tool enables us to create higher transparency about product carbon footprints for consumers. In 
2023, we managed to disclose the carbon footprint for selected articles and will continue to do so for an 
increasing number of articles in 2024.  

Identifying ways we can make lower-impact products requires a detailed and thorough approach that 
includes not only optimizing our own operations but also the manufacturing of each of our products. As 
most of our carbon emissions occur outside our direct control, we collaborate with our suppliers located 
across the globe, helping them improve their carbon footprint during production processes. ¬ 

Supply chain 
⌐ Greenhouse gas emissions resulting from energy use during manufacturing of products at our supplier 
factories are one of the major contributors to the carbon footprint of our entire value chain. Consequently, 
working with our suppliers and helping them reduce their emissions is critical for achieving our 
decarbonization targets. As our supply chain is large and diverse, we benefit from setting and 
communicating clear ambitions and tangible goals for suppliers, while supporting them with expert know-
how and training, and ultimately also measuring and rewarding them for progress made.   

In 2022, we set clear expectations for developing a holistic approach to decarbonization in our ‘adidas 
Decarbonization Manifesto’ for our strategic suppliers at Tier 1 and Tier 2: 

−  Environmental stewardship: Suppliers should set targets that get approved by the SBTi by 2024.  
−  Materials: 100% of new material offered to adidas must be of sustainable content and produced 

using low-carbon-intensive processes.  

−  Product: Suppliers should aim for an aggressive adoption of more sustainable and low-carbon 

materials spanning from creation to manufacturing. 

−  Transparency: Suppliers should build in-house capacity to provide full transparency and 
traceability, from raw material to finished product, and connect to the adidas sustainable 
material tracing tool that is used to trace the source of origin. 

−  Energy sources: Suppliers should adopt clean energy, including rooftop solar energy, energy 
sourced through renewable energy purchase power agreements (PPAs), and other renewable 
alternatives, and also achieve a phase-out of coal by or before 2025.  

−  Manufacturing processes: Suppliers should adopt low-carbon technologies selected from the 

adidas low-carbon technology portfolio. 

During 2023, we translated the high-level direction of our Manifesto into actionable goals and revised the 
framework we use to track performance of suppliers, helping us monitor how each supplier is contributing 
to our decarbonization efforts. These goals include increasing the use of renewable or low-carbon energy 

86 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

sources, improving energy efficiency, and demonstrating progress toward targets that are aligned with the 
SBTi. We incentivize suppliers for their performance, including product allocation priority, opportunity for 
existing, high-performing partners to gain market share, entry opportunity for new, disruptive supplier 
partners, as well as first-mover advantage and sustainability leadership position.  

Key highlights of our suppliers’ progress during 2023 are as follows:  

−  Phasing out coal-fired boilers: Since 2022, we have prohibited our suppliers from installing new 

coal-fired boilers, heaters, or power generation systems, and remain committed to phasing out 
coal-fired boilers at all direct supplier facilities at Tier 1 and Tier 2 by 2025. By the end of 2023, 
more than 48 boilers have been modified or replaced (2022:18) to use 100% low-carbon fuel such 
as biomass or natural gas. Furthermore, six of our suppliers have now completely phased out the 
use of coal in their production. 
Increasing adoption of on-site renewable energy for electricity generation: We have been 
asking our suppliers to install on-site renewable energy sources, such as rooftop solar projects, 
for the last few years, and we are seeing steady progress. The total capacity of rooftop solar 
projects at our key suppliers increased by 44% compared to the previous year to 267 MWp in 
2023. 

− 

−  Preparing suppliers to purchase electricity from off-site renewable energy (RE) sources: After 
seeing first positive environmental effects from implemented PPAs and Green Tariffs at some 
supplier facilities in 2022, we expanded the coverage and scale of our renewable electricity target 
in 2023. We supported our suppliers by conducting upskilling sessions on PPAs, Green Tariffs, 
and Energy Attribute Certificates (‘EACs’) or Renewable Energy Certificates (‘RECs’) and 
connecting them with providers of these solutions. As a result, 35 supplier factories are now 
using more than 50% of their electricity from RE. Overall, our suppliers sourced more than 
447,268 MWh from off-site renewable energy projects in 2023, reflecting an increase of 38% 
compared to the previous year.   

−  Driving industry collaboration to support suppliers achieving their SBTi targets: In 2023, we 

initiated a strategic partnership with the Indonesian Chamber of Commerce and Industry and saw 
20 of our Indonesian suppliers successfully graduating from their technical training program, 
which is designed to help them achieve their SBTi-approved targets. We connected with various 
industry experts such as World Resources Institute (WRI), CDP, World Wildlife Fund (WWF), and 
Indonesia Business Council for Sustainable Development (IBCSD) to help them establish their 
SBTi targets. Through the program, our suppliers identified and quantified their Scope 1, 2, and 3 
GHG emissions and built roadmaps on how to reduce emissions. ¬ 

Own operations 
⌐ We are committed to reducing our GHG emissions in our own operations, i.e., our administrative offices, 
distribution centers, and own retail stores. In 2023, this equaled to a coverage of 3,491,966 m2 of gross 
leased area.  

We are following a clear roadmap across own operations to achieve our GHG emission-reduction targets, 
focusing on both steadily increasing environmental performance data coverage and continuing to 
implement eco-efficiency standards and processes through a holistic management system (‘Integrated 
Management System’ – ‘IMS’). We are working on measures such as improving energy efficiency, 
implementing on-site RE production, and sourcing renewable electricity. We continued to invest in our own 
operations and offered ‘Green Funds’ to subsidize local energy efficiency and on-site renewable energy 
projects. One such measure in 2023 was an on-site solar project combined with electrification of gas 
infrastructure used for heating at our distribution center in Caspe, Spain. For 2024, we plan several 

87 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

projects for implementation at our headquarter campus in Herzogenaurach, Germany, and at other own 
operation sites globally. 

We further improved our coverage of energy data collection within our own operations. During 2023, we 
managed to increase our primary data coverage for our own retail sites by a further five percentage points 
compared to the previous year to 41% globally. Data coverage for administrative offices and distribution 
centers is at 100%, while data for showrooms and smaller offices was mostly estimated.  

In 2023, our total energy consumption across own operations globally was 494,489 MWh (2022: 510,539 
MWh), equivalent to total emissions of 164,236 tCO2e (2022: 164,149 tCO2e). While we continue our 
transition toward renewable electricity in Europe, in the past few years we decided to switch our focus 
from short-term initiatives, such as the purchasing of EACs for Europe and North America, to more 
impactful measures, e.g., securing long-term renewable electricity contracts such as PPAs. As a result, 
we saw no significant change in reported Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions despite an overall decrease in 
energy consumption compared to 2022. In 2023, we signed a virtual PPA for Europe: For a period of ten 
years, adidas will be supplied with approximately 50,000 MWh of renewable electricity per year produced 
by a new solar project in Spain, starting in 2025. This will contribute to the long-term reduction of 
emissions from our European operations.  

Our IMS helps us to secure all relevant ISO management systems certifications for key locations, such as 
environmental management (ISO 14001), health and safety management (ISO 45001), and energy 
management (ISO 50001). We aim to further expand these certifications to more key sites through 
implementation of the standards as well as internal and external audits, as they support our efforts to 
achieve our energy, water, waste, and health and safety targets. As of 2023, 70 sites (2022: 64) were 
certified for ISO 14001, 140 sites (2022: 112) for ISO 45001, and 324 sites (2022: 322) for ISO 50001 (applies 
to locations with more than 50 employees or space exceeding 4,500m2). 

We continue to use certifications that require consideration of environmental aspects for interior design 
and construction of own retail stores – including ‘Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design’ 
(‘LEED’) and ‘Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method’ (‘BREEAM’) 
certifications. While we aim to obtain these external certifications for strategically relevant projects, we 
also apply a set of internal eco-efficiency standards that mirror the priorities of the LEED certification for 
all other projects. In 2023, seven of our own retail stores across the globe received LEED certification, with 
our retail store in Cape Town, South Africa, being awarded the highest level of recognition, LEED Platinum, 
for its advanced energy metering, indoor water use reduction and enhanced indoor air quality 
strategies. ¬ 

Water efficiency 
⌐ adidas has been running water reduction programs for years and has built a strong awareness of the 
importance of this topic among its Tier 1 suppliers. Since 2021, we have been using a self-governance 
model that requires suppliers to take responsibility for their reduction efforts, while adidas continues to 
track and monitor their consumption. We continued to expand and focus our water reduction efforts by 
including additional Tier 2 suppliers with high water use in our environmental program. In 2023, Tier 2 
suppliers achieved a 33% reduction in water intensity (m3/total product output value in US $), compared to 
the 2017 baseline. By 2025, we aim to achieve an overall reduction in water intensity of 40% against the 
2017 baseline. This will be accomplished with the aid of new technologies and through continued support 
for our suppliers. 

At our own operations globally, we aim to strengthen water efficiency and wastewater projects in the 
coming years. By the end of 2023, our water intensity at administrative offices and distribution centers 
totaled 0.138 m3/m2 (2022: 0.145m3/m2). In the year under review, we saw a decrease of the absolute 

88 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

volume of water withdrawal compared to 2022 due to reduced operations at some locations. Overall, we 
achieved an accumulative reduction of 28% (2022: 25%) compared to the 2019 baseline (0.193 m3/m2), and, 
with that, exceeded the target we set ourselves for 2025. ¬ 

Chemical management
⌐ We are dedicated to leading our supply chain to implement more sustainable chemical management 
practices using globally recognized guidelines throughout our production processes. We apply an end-to-
end approach that includes using safe chemicals, eliminating potentially harmful substances, and 
ensuring proper discharge of treated wastewater that meets the highest standards.  

As a founding member and signatory contributor, we maintained our strong collaboration with the Zero 
Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals (ZDHC) Foundation and supported them by actively participating in 
various task teams dedicated to the development of guidelines and trainings. In 2023, we were the only 
sportswear brand to achieve the highest of three possible performance levels ('Aspirational Level') in the 
ZDHC 'Brands to Zero' program, demonstrating effective implementation of the ZDHC guidelines and tools 
within our supply chain, improving by one level compared to the previous year. 

−  Fostering sustainable input chemistry: In our efforts to further accelerate more sustainable 

chemistry, we introduced the ‘adiFormulator’ program in 2023 to enable direct engagement with 
40 critical chemical formulators with the aim of accelerating the adoption of chemicals with the highest 
level of conformance with the Manufacturing of Restricted Substances Lists (‘MRSL’) (‘Level 3’ 
chemicals). Formulators successfully completed the transition to the revised ZDHC MRSL version and 
introduced approximately 1,000 new ‘Level 3’-certified formulations that are predominantly used in the 
footwear production and printing process in our supply chain. Through this program, in 2023, 67% of 
chemical formulation used by our suppliers achieved the highest level of conformance with ZDHC 
MRSL (‘Level 3’) (2025 target: 80%19). Going forward, we remain dedicated to further enhancing this 
program to drive exceptional performance in 2024.  

adidas is committed to being more than 99% PFAS-free. In 2023, an industry-wide supplier informed 
us that paint containing PFAS was incorrectly used for individual components of zippers in our PFAS-
free apparel range. Upon learning this, we have taken appropriate steps to ensure that we will return 
to being 99% PFAS-free as of Fall/Winter 2024.  

−  Upgrading targets for cleaner wastewater discharge: Ensuring clean wastewater discharge is of 

paramount importance to us. We consistently surpassed our 2025 targets, with 84% of our supplier 
facilities meeting the ZDHC wastewater foundational level in 2023, resulting from our proactive 
approach to evaluating effluent treatment plants and implementing corrective measures. Following a 
continuous overperformance, we increased our target from initially 80% to now aiming for 90% of 
facilities that should meet this level by 2025. We have done so despite the fact that we anticipate 
revisions of the ZDHC wastewater guideline next year, for which we do not yet have full visibility of the 
new parameters to report on. We will continue to guide our suppliers through capacity building and 
best practice sharing to ensure a smooth transition to the application of the new guidelines. ¬  

19 Target was revised for clarity in 2023. Progress toward target as previously defined was that 69% of suppliers used at least 60% ‘Level 3’ chemicals. 

89 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Waste management 
⌐ We make continuous efforts toward optimizing waste diversion across our supply chain with the aim of 
increasing the value of waste within the life cycle, e.g., through recycling or reuse. We have developed 
waste management guidelines to help our suppliers improve waste segregation in manufacturing, 
prioritizing recycling and reuse of non-hazardous waste. These guidelines specify that the non-recyclable 
waste materials should not be directly landfilled. We developed a waste diversion program to use non-
recyclable manufacturing waste in energy production in collaboration with co-processing partners in our 
major sourcing countries. Co-processing is a proven and sustainable solution that can reduce pollution, 
reduce consumption of natural resources, reduce landfill space, and ultimately contribute to a smaller 
carbon footprint. To further optimize waste diversion, we have scaled up this solution across the globe, 
especially in sourcing countries with immature co-processing infrastructure. Globally, the suppliers 
enrolled in our environmental program collectively achieved a 96% landfill diversion in 2023. 

At own operations, during 2023, we continued to focus on improving the quality of waste-related data from 
our administrative offices and distribution centers by upskilling team members on the data collection 
process of waste streams. This resulted in a higher data quality, but also a lower diversion rate. As of 
2023, 98% (2022: 89%) of our own operations by square meters are monitoring and tracking waste. By the 
end of 2023, a total of 26,382 tons (2022: 32,246 tons) of waste was generated, and we achieved an 
accumulated diversion rate of 89% (2022: 88%) for administrative offices and distribution centers. ¬ 

Transportation 
⌐ We regularly track the environmental impact related to the transport of our goods. Compared to the 
previous year, performance remained relatively stable. While the use of air freight decreased to 1% in 
2023 as part of our efforts to counterbalance covid-related supply chain challenges, the vast majority of 
our transportation continued to take place via sea freight and truck. ¬ 

Materials 
[ Our sustainable article offering has steadily increased over the last years. Our ambition is that 90% of 
our articles will be sustainable by 2025. We define articles as sustainable when they show environmental 
benefits versus conventional articles due to the materials used, meaning that they are – to a significant 
degree – made with environmentally preferred materials. The majority of the environmentally preferred 
materials currently used are recycled materials or more sustainable cotton.  

To qualify as a sustainable article, environmentally preferred materials have to exceed a certain 
predefined percentage of the article weight. The applied criteria for environmentally preferred materials 
and the percentage of the article weight are defined based on standards reflecting the latest industry 
developments, competitor benchmarks, and expert opinions: For apparel, the environmentally preferred 
material content is required to be at least 70% of the article weight, for accessories and gear at least 50%, 
and for footwear at least 20%.20 This standard has been applied since 2022.  

In 2023, almost eight out of ten of our articles were sustainable according to this definition, and 
consequently exceeded our planned annual milestone set for this year. This achievement was supported 
by progress across all categories. More than 90% of all apparel and accessories and gear articles were 
already sustainable. Our sustainable footwear offering nearly doubled compared to the previous year, 
despite the technical difficulty to develop sustainable solutions at scale. On top, we experienced 
challenges with regard to the availability of more sustainable, high-performing, and economically scalable 
materials in 2023.  

20 This standard has been applied from 2022 onward. Percentage of sustainable articles (by count) offered at the points of sale (average of Fall/Winter season 
of the current financial year and Spring/Summer season of the following financial year). When calculating the article weight, trims are excluded for apparel, 
footwear, and accessories and gear. Only articles with verified environmentally preferred material contents are included. Licensed articles are excluded.  

90 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Critical to this success was the progressive evolution of foundational capabilities to create more 
transparency and higher accuracy for material and product data. This required investments into our IT 
infrastructure and now enables automated measurement of sustainable components for each of our 
articles. Progress toward this target was successfully verified by a third party for the second consecutive 
year under the most reliable form of auditing (‘reasonable assurance’), increasing awareness across the 
entire company and supporting our system readiness for future requirements. ] 

⌐ The most commonly used materials are listed in the following table. 

Selection of key material types used for adidas products 20231 

Material 

Polyester 

Recycled polyester 

Rubber 

Recycled rubber 

Natural rubber 

Cotton 

Third-party certified cotton 

Organic cotton 

Recycled cotton 

Ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) 

Biobased EVA 

Recycled EVA 

Leather 

Third-party certified leather 

Share of total 
material 
volume in % 

Share of 
material 
group in % 

37 

17 

14 

10 

3 

99.0 

1.5 

10.0 

97.3 

2.7 

0.1 

2.0 

1.9 

99.9 

1 Figures are based on the Spring/Summer 2023 and Fall/Winter 2023 seasons, with the exception of polyester (Fall/Winter 2023 and Spring/Summer 2024 
seasons). 

−  Recycled polyester: Polyester is the most widely used material in adidas products. In 2017, we set 
ourselves the ambitious target to replace all virgin polyester with recycled polyester in all products 
where a solution exists by the end of 2024. We set clear internal milestones for our product creation 
teams and have seen progress throughout the last several seasons. In 2023, 99% (2022: 96%) of all the 
polyester we used was recycled. This includes ‘Parley Ocean Plastic,’ which is plastic waste collected 
from remote islands, beaches, coastal communities, and shorelines, preventing it from polluting the 
oceans, as a replacement for virgin polyester. With that, we are on track to use only recycled polyester 
by the end of 2024. While recycled polyester has been in use for a long time, it is still not the standard 
in the textile industry, with only 15% of polyester produced worldwide being recycled polyester. 

Share of recycled polyester in 2023 

99% 

−  More sustainable cotton: Since the end of 2018, 100% of the cotton we use has come from more 

sustainable sources, including organic, recycled, and other third-party certified cotton. During the 
2022/23 cotton season, adidas participated in the ‘Organic Cotton Accelerator’s Farm Program’ and 
sourced organic cotton from smallholder farmers in India. 

91 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

−  Responsibly sourced leather: adidas has used leather for decades due to its unique properties such as 
durability and physical performance. As a member of the Leather Working Group (‘LWG’) since 2006, 
adidas has defined standards for our leather suppliers, including LWG certification, compliance with 
our Restricted Substances List ‘A-01,’ exclusion of hides from India and China, and exclusion of all 
exotic leathers and furs. Currently, more than 99% of our leather volume is audited in accordance with 
the LWG protocol, with most of our hides being sourced from tanneries with the highest possible rating 
(‘Gold’). LWG is currently working on enhancing this audit protocol to create an industry-first 
traceability standard for leather. In 2023, adidas committed to a deforestation and conversion-free 
(‘DCF’) leather supply chain latest by 2030.  
Innovative materials: In 2023, adidas launched products with a material using new technology 
(‘LanzaTech’) that turns greenhouse gases into feedstock for polyester. Waste gases are sourced from 
industrial emissions and fermented to ethanol, which is one of the elements needed to make 
polyester. These elements substitute the conventional building blocks made with fossil fuel feedstock. 
The 2023 Australian Open tennis collection and a total of around 380,000 pieces of apparel and 
footwear, were produced with material using this technology across several business units including 
running and training. In the fall, we successfully launched a small collection of Gazelle shoes with 
‘Mylo,’ a material made on the basis of mycelium, through a collaboration drop with Sean 
Wotherspoon.  

− 

We are aware that textile products release microfibers during manufacturing processes and also during 
product use, due to washing or UV exposure. These microfibers can have a negative environmental impact 
on soil, air, and water. There still is, however, little research done to understand the root causes. We 
acknowledge that fiber fragmentation is a complex challenge for our industry, but it is one we are 
proactively addressing. adidas is a co-founder of ‘The Microfibre Consortium’ (‘TMC’), which has developed 
a test method for assessing microfiber release and, in the future, aims to advise the textile industry on 
mitigating the impact of fiber fragmentation. In 2023, TMC published position papers on microfibers in 
wastewater as well as a study on fiber fragmentation of recycled polyester in fabrics. Both contribute to 
better understanding the complexity of this topic and, as a result, will help define our approach going 
forward. ¬ 

Circularity 
⌐ adidas has been a pioneer in creating products with a circular end-of-life solution, known as ‘made to 
be remade’ (‘MTBR’). This journey began with the introduction of the Futurecraft.Loop shoe in 2019, a 
100% mono-material performance running shoe that was made according to circular design principles. 
We successfully scaled this concept from a prototype back in 2019 to a fully commercial MTBR apparel 
and footwear collection across multiple categories through 2023. The program will expire in 2024. During 
the last few years, we learned that the implementation of circular services requires tight collaboration 
with partners along the entire value chain including collection, sorting, and recycling of waste.  

In addition to circular products, adidas also carried out several pilots on circular services in previous 
years, such as sneaker cleaning in stores globally, rental, and take-back programs. In 2023, we focused on 
the topic of repair to extend the lifespan of our products. We maintained a repair service at our Terrex 
store in Munich and launched a rental program pilot in our new concept store in Berlin. 

At adidas, we define circularity as maintaining the value of products and materials at their highest level for 
as long as possible, and as such align with the UN Environmental Programme's definition as laid out in 
their report ‘Sustainability and Circularity in the Textile Value Chain.’ Establishing and expanding 
circularity on a global scale within our industry is a complex challenge that requires strong collaboration 
among multiple stakeholders. This includes direct and indirect value chain partners, ranging from 
collectors and sorters to pre-processing partners and recyclers, as well as suppliers and innovators.  

92 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

In 2023, we evolved our approach to circularity acknowledging the need for systemic change. Using 
frameworks established by industry organizations, and anticipating upcoming regulatory requirements, we 
identified actions to be implemented across our entire value chain operations. We aim to support the 
creation of an ecosystem necessary to bring closed loops to scale in our industry and we will be sharing 
our knowledge and reviewing lessons learned from past circular service pilots and the MTBR product 
design criteria. In addition, we are expanding our engagement in EU-funded cross-industry circular 
research projects such as ‘Textile Recycling Excellence’ (‘T-REX’) and the ‘New Cotton Project,’ as well as 
partnering with ‘Fashion For Good’ in the ‘Sorting For Circularity’ project series, all aimed at unlocking 
end-to-end textile circularity. 

─ 

─ 

‘Textile Recycling Excellence’ (‘T-REX’): This project brings together 13 major actors from across the 
entire value chain, under the coordination and leadership of adidas, to create a harmonized blueprint 
and business opportunities for closed-loop sorting and recycling of household textile waste in the EU. 
The key objective is to transform end-of-use textiles from waste into a desired feedstock and a 
commodity for new business models, thus proving the economic viability of a scalable circular 
economy for textiles in Europe. 

‘New Cotton Project’: adidas has been a partner in this EU-funded project which is an industry and 
multi-stakeholder effort to scale the chemical recycling technology of Infinited Fiber Company with the 
ambition to expand circularity of cotton textile waste. The project will be completed in 2024 and has 
been impactful in scaling closed-loop textile sorting and recycling.  

─  Projects with ‘Fashion for Good’: In addition to EU-funded projects, we were actively involved in 
several projects with Fashion for Good in 2023. adidas is the lead sponsor of the ‘Sorting For 
Circularity’ project in the US, an initiative of Fashion for Good and the Circle Economy. Going beyond, 
through a series of projects, adidas has continuously collaborated with other organizations to develop 
a ‘Sorting for Circularity’ framework, a comprehensive guide to mapping the garment life cycle, 
capturing textile waste, and unlocking its recycling potential. We believe that this guide can be a 
valuable tool for the fashion industry to transition toward circularity.  

─ 

‘FastFeetGrinded’: adidas also partnered with FastFeetGrinded to test shoe recycling processes with 
the aim of developing a scalable solution for the footwear industry. The pilot involves deconstructing 
shoes into macro components for repurposing and reuse.  

We actively engage with circular economy experts and organizations to stay up to date on the latest 
developments and incorporate innovative approaches into our circularity initiatives. We have launched 
initiatives in various markets to educate consumers about circularity and encourage them to wear 
products longer. We published a series of blog articles to upskill consumers on proper cleaning of shoes 
in the US, and in Germany we partnered with one of our online retailers to create trainings for consumers 
on how to best care for their shoes. These activities demonstrate our commitment to circularity and 
driving change within the fashion industry aiming to move forward on the circular journey with our value 
chain partners. ¬  

Biodiversity 
⌐ adidas is aware of the potential impacts and dependencies its business operations can have on 
ecosystem services and nature assets. In our industry, preserving and restoring biodiversity is a complex 
challenge that requires strong collaboration between multiple actors, including direct and indirect 
suppliers, certifiers, and innovators.  

93 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

In 2023, we continued to assess and better understand where exactly our impacts lie and started to 
formulate our approach to managing biodiversity challenges in our value chain. Particular focus was given 
to the potential risk of deforestation because it represents the greatest lever for reducing the loss of 
biodiversity. In our value chain, a potential risk of deforestation is linked to the sourcing of nature-derived 
commodities used in our products and packaging, such as leather, natural rubber, and timber. Following 
scientifically validated frameworks from the Science Based Targets Network (‘SBTN’) and the 
Accountability Framework, we identified first concrete actions to be taken across our entire value chain, 
such as mapping our supply chain beyond our Tier 3 suppliers and setting time-bound commitments for 
deforestation-free supply chains.  

In 2023, we prioritized leather and have already set a target. Roadmaps for natural rubber and timber-
derived materials are under development. 

─  Leather: In 2023, we committed to source all bovine leather from DCF supply chains by 2030 or earlier. 
This commitment is based on the ‘Deforestation-Free Call to Action for Leather’ by Textile Exchange 
and the LWG, which aims to catalyze change within the entire bovine leather value chain through 
collective action. To achieve the 2030 target, we will follow a two-phase roadmap. The first phase 
encompasses mapping the leather supply chain beyond the tannery to the origin of the hide at the 
slaughterhouse. This additional transparency will allow a risk assessment and, in a second phase, lead 
to articulating more specific requirements that will be set for the earlier production stages to ensure 
that the leather we source is not linked to deforestation. Consequently, in 2023, we started a 
comprehensive mapping of our entire leather supply ecosystem down to the slaughterhouse and, 
where possible, to the farm level. This assessment has been carried out with the support of an external 
party and is currently under evaluation. This mapping will form the basis for our next steps.  

In addition, we have also been working with the WWF on their ‘Deforestation Toolkit,’ a project that 
brought together relevant actors in the leather supply chain, from the slaughterhouse owners to the 
buying companies. This toolkit will provide guidance to all actors on an aligned deforestation-free 
strategy and ensure robust commitments. Finally, as part of LWG in 2023, we also focused on 
traceability, with adidas sponsoring the first phase of the LWG ‘Traceability Roadmap.’ This roadmap 
has three pillars: traceability assessment, deforestation due diligence, and chain of custody. adidas 
experts actively participated in working groups with other brands and diverse stakeholders from the 
leather supply industry. In addition, adidas piloted a traceability blueprint using blockchain technology 
with the UN Economic Commission for Europe. 

─  Natural rubber: We also initiated a supply chain mapping exercise for natural rubber to identify the 

countries of origin of this feedstock. The gaps identified in this analysis will be addressed over the next 
years to ensure we have complete visibility of our supply chain and to enable us to work with our 
suppliers toward our goal of sourcing DCF natural rubber.  

─  Timber-related commodities and alternatives: In alignment with our DCF commitment, we have 

worked with Canopy Planet to structure our commitments on timber-related materials. This includes 
supporting the conservation of forests and ecosystems, further assessing our sourcing of man-made 
cellulosic fibers and paper packaging, and working toward eliminating sourcing from ancient and 
endangered forests. We continue to prioritize recycled or DCF-certified paper packaging. Through the 
‘Fashion for Good’ innovator platform, we are collaborating with various innovators to explore 
alternatives to virgin materials, such as from agricultural waste. Our involvement in such innovation 
pilots supports the fashion industry in finding solutions to avoid increasing pressure on forest-derived 
materials. 

94 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  Animal-derived materials: We follow standards for sourcing animal-derived materials in an ethical 
and sustainable manner that respects animal welfare and species conservation. We do not source or 
process raw materials from endangered or threatened species as defined by the International Union 
for Conservation of Nature (‘IUCN’) in its Red List. All down used in our products is either virgin down 
certified by the Textile Exchange’s Responsible Down Standard (‘RDS’) or recycled down. Regarding 
the sourcing of wool, we are committed to increase the share of wool that is certified by Textile 
Exchange’s Responsible Wool Standard (‘RWS’) to 100% by the end of 2024.  

In 2023, we also assessed potential biodiversity risks connected to other commodities in our supply chain, 
and our own as well as our strategic suppliers’ operations for potential impacts on protected areas, key 
biodiversity areas, and the International Union for Conservation of Nature (‘IUCN’) Red List of Threatened 
Species.  

In 2023, we continued our work on biodiversity at our headquarters in Germany and completed a campus-
wide inventory, created a master plan, and implemented initial measures to improve biodiversity on 
campus. Results will be used to develop new plans to reflect observations and implement science-based 
biodiversity actions. We also raised employee awareness of biodiversity, regenerative agriculture, and 
deforestation and conversion through several internal upskilling sessions, collaborative workshops, and 
employee activations around the globe. ¬ 

Packaging 
⌐ We are committed to using more sustainable packaging materials and reducing the impact of 
packaging by optimizing box sizes and number of shipments, although this only accounts for a small 
proportion of total emissions, around 1%. 

Most of our paper-based packaging, such as shoe boxes and shipping boxes, is made with recycled 
content. Practically all plastic packaging (polybags) used to protect finished products during shipping is 
made from 100% recycled LDPE (low-density polyethylene). The only current exceptions are the DCs 
where e-commerce returns are repackaged, and no local vendor of recycled LDPE polybags is available 
yet (less than 1% of polybags). For many years already, all carrier bags handed out in adidas retail stores 
have been made with recycled paper. ¬

Product safety  
⌐ Product safety is an imperative. As a company we have to manage the risk of selling defective products 
that may result in injury to consumers. To mitigate this risk, we have company-wide product safety policies 
in place that ensure we consistently apply physical and chemical product safety and conformity standards. 
The creation of respective adidas standards and policies is a collaborative, cross-functional approach 
involving experts from both our Legal and Global Operations departments to ensure all aspects of a 
specific product are covered. This includes subsequent updates and training activities. Application and 
monitoring of compliance with our policies are ensured through Global Operations.  

One of these policies is the Restricted Substances Policy (‘A-01’ Policy) we pioneered in 1998. It covers the 
strictest applicable local requirements and includes best practice standards as recommended by 
consumer organizations. The policy is updated and published internally and externally at least once a year 
based on findings in our ongoing dialogue with scientific organizations and is mandatory for all business 
partners. Both our own quality laboratories and external institutes are used to constantly monitor material 
samples for compliance with our requirements. Materials that do not meet our standards and 
specifications are rejected. As a result of our ongoing efforts, we did not record any product recalls in 
2023.  

95 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Over the past few years, we have substantially contributed to the ‘Restricted Substances List’ of Apparel 
and Footwear International RSL Management (‘AFIRM’), which constitutes a harmonized restricted 
substances list across the industry. While the uptake of the list as an industry best practice matured 
further, and AFIRM membership continues to grow, various tools have been developed further in 2023, 
such as a harmonized test request form, the third-party lab evaluation questionnaire, and the offer of 
additional languages for the supplier online training videos. In addition, a PFAS phase-out guidance 
supported by an online webinar for suppliers has been published. All these tools will be issued to the 
public and made available to other companies from the textile and sporting goods industry and their 
suppliers. We also continued to participate in several major public stakeholder consultation processes 
initiated by the European Commission (e.g., European Chemicals Agency) and US state legislative 
initiatives to inform governmental entities on implications and opportunities of drafted legislation. To 
respond to the increasing legislation from US states, such as the recently enacted Federal US 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) law for PFAS, we have strengthened our status sharing for US 
retailers and our outreach to strategic suppliers, also enhancing our tracking functionality retroactively. ¬ 

96 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Social Impacts 

⌐ adidas recognizes its responsibility to respect human rights and the importance of managing the 
appropriate due diligence to fulfill this obligation as a business. We do this by striving to operate 
responsibly along the entire value chain, from raw material production to our own operations, by 
safeguarding the rights of our own employees and those of workers who manufacture our products 
through our Workplace Standards, and by using our influence to bring about positive change wherever 
adverse human rights impacts are linked to our business activities. ¬ 

Human rights 

⌐ In 2023, we took further steps to advance our Human Rights and Environmental Due Diligence 
(‘HREDD’) efforts in support of our ambition to have a system in place to identify and manage high-risk 
human rights issues across the entirety of our value chain by 2025. This included expanding the scope of 
our human rights and environmental risk management system to encompass other business areas such 
as Global Brands, Procurement, and Human Resources, in addition to our product sourcing activities. As 
part of this expanded risk management system, we have further developed our governance framework to 
assign accountability for human rights and environmental risk management at a functional level and 
established internal risk assessment and reporting procedures. Our cross-functional internal ESG 
Regulation Board oversees compliance with current and emerging regulations, and we have conducted 
upskilling training sessions on a range of topics, including the company-wide application of the German 
Act on Corporate Due Diligence Obligations in Supply Chains.  

The Act, which went into effect on January 1, 2023, regulates the responsibility of German companies to 
respect human rights in their global supply chains and calls on companies to identify, assess, and 
prioritize risks and address them by taking steps to minimize or eliminate adverse impacts. To the best of 
our knowledge and belief, we have aligned our internal due diligence processes and reporting systems to 
comply with the requirements of the Act, which seeks to strengthen human rights and environmental 
protection in the following areas: child labor, forced labor and discrimination, land grabbing, occupational 
health and safety, the right to fair wages, the right to form unions, and environmental violations. In the first 
half of 2024, adidas will submit a Human Rights and Environmental Due Diligence Report to the German 
authorities and publish it on its corporate website to fulfill its annual public reporting obligation. 

We are committed to providing for or cooperating in the remediation of adverse human rights and 
environmental impacts that we have caused or contributed to, and we seek to promote or cooperate in the 
mitigation and remediation of adverse impacts to which we are linked through our business relationships. 
In 2023, to strengthen this approach and complement our due diligence processes, we updated our ‘Third 
Party Complaint Procedure for Human Rights and Environmental Impacts’ to address both actual and 
potential adverse human rights and environmental impacts in our direct and indirect supply chain. 

In 2023, we introduced additional tools and systems to enhance our assessment of high-risk issues such 
as forced labor and child labor in upstream supply chains and other human rights risks arising from 
business activities undertaken in conflict-affected countries. This included the introduction of a US 
regulatory compliance database, which allows individual business entities and production locations to be 
screened against trade sanctions and forced labor risk data. We automated this process by linking our in-
house sustainable material traceability system to this platform, enabling us to track the risk of forced 
labor in our supply chain. We also continued to roll out an internal reporting tool to identify and evaluate 
the potential presence of ILO forced labor indicators. We started in China, where all our Tier 1 

97 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

manufacturing partners, our nominated Tier 2 material suppliers, and targeted Tier 3 spinning mills were 
assessed against these ILO indicators. None of the suppliers assessed showed evidence of forced labor. 
This tool is now being applied globally to ensure ongoing regulatory compliance across the entire supply 
chain. 

In response to the ongoing war in Ukraine and continued political instability in post-coup Myanmar, we 
continue to carry out a heightened version of human rights due diligence. In Ukraine, while physical access 
to conduct on-site audits remains restricted, we have actively engaged with our supplier to conduct 
remote worker interviews and monitor the human rights situation. In Myanmar, we continuously engage 
with international and local stakeholders to monitor the evolving human rights situation. To enhance these 
efforts, we joined the Multi-Stakeholder Alliance for Decent Employment in the Myanmar Apparel Industry 
(‘MADE’), a project that is co-funded by the European Union and aims to uphold and monitor human rights 
and social and environmental standards in Myanmar supplier factories and promote responsible business 
practices.  

An enhanced human rights due diligence was also conducted in the context of adidas’ business wind-down 
in Russia, a country that has faced a wide range of international sanctions. The assessment considered the 
impact on employees and retail staff affected by the winding down of business operations and store 
closures.   

Throughout 2023, we maintained close contact with FIFA's Human Rights and Anti-Discrimination team 
and, together with other sponsors, held monthly calls to discuss the advancement of proposals for a 
legacy fund linked to the 2022 FIFA Men's World Cup and to FIFA’s post-event evaluation of the 
effectiveness of its complaint mechanism in Qatar. This engagement also included reaching out to FIFA 
regarding their tracking of human rights impacts in the lead-up to the 2023 FIFA Women's World Cup and 
the development of a human rights framework for cities hosting the 2026 FIFA Men's World Cup in the 
Americas. 

We continue to implement responsible recruitment practices in the supply chain. In 2023, we updated our 
Responsible Recruitment Policy to reflect the renewed industry commitment to the ‘Employer Pays’ 
principle to ensure that workers receive a timely refund in the event they have paid fees and incurred costs 
to obtain and maintain their job. As part of our ongoing engagement with Tier 2 manufacturers in our 
supply chain in Asia on the responsible recruitment and employment of foreign migrant workers, we 
piloted a digital worker voice tool with ten material suppliers in Taiwan. The pilot sought to amplify worker 
feedback and monitor and remedy grievances and complaints. ¬ 

Transparency and recognition 
⌐ We continue to transparently report on the actions we have taken to identify and mitigate risks of forced 
labor and adverse human rights impacts in our global supply chain through our annual Modern Slavery 
Statements to regulators in jurisdictions such as the UK and Australia, our annual modern slavery 
progress updates, and other public disclosures on our corporate website and relevant third-party 
channels. We are also committed to maintaining our achieved 100% response rate in the Business and 
Human Rights Resource Centre (‘BHRRC’) company response mechanism, which encourages companies 
to publicly address human rights issues raised by civil society. We continue to receive external recognition 
for our transparent approach to managing human rights. For example, we are ranked among the top ten 
apparel and footwear companies in the Corporate Human Rights benchmark of the World Benchmarking 
Alliance (‘WBA’) and maintain a leadership position in third place in the KnowTheChain benchmark on 
forced labor. ¬ ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/SUSTAINABILITY 

98 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Supply chain 

Working conditions  
⌐ Our commitment to ensuring fair labor practices and safe working conditions in our manufacturing 
facilities throughout our global supply chain is fundamental to our human rights approach. Our active 
efforts are guided by the adidas Workplace Standards, which is our supply chain code of conduct that is 
aligned with the Fair Labor Association (‘FLA’) ‘Workplace Code of Conduct’ and ‘Principles of Fair Labor 
and Responsible Sourcing.’ These standards are embedded as a contractual obligation in the 
manufacturing agreements to ensure workers are employed in fair, safe, and healthy workplaces that are 
environmentally sound. In addition, they follow ILO and UN conventions relating to human rights and to 
fundamental principles and rights at work, as well as the model code of conduct of the World Federation of 
the Sporting Goods Industry (‘WFSGI’).  

We seek to extend our reach by cascading responsibilities to our contractual partners to capture and 
address potential and actual risks related to possible labor rights violations upstream and downstream of 
our supply chain. Specific reference to the code provisions of the ILO core labor conventions is provided in 
the adidas Guidelines on Employment Standards. The Social and Environmental Affairs (‘SEA’) senior 
management team reviews and approves all policies and implementation processes of the labor rights 
program.  

In addition to regular compliance monitoring, in 2023 we continued to focus on our own purchasing 
practices in accordance with our ‘Responsible Sourcing and Purchasing Policy’ to ensure that our sourcing 
activities do not negatively impact our manufacturing partners’ ability to comply with our social and 
environmental standards. To best understand potential impacts, we have sought feedback from our 
manufacturing partners, both anonymously and openly, through our subscription to the Better Buying 
Institute, an independent organization that assesses and reports on the sourcing practices of participating 
brands, and through our own engagement with our suppliers. Based on this feedback, we have continued 
our efforts to improve our purchasing practices. In addition, in partnership with Better Buying, we 
expanded the use of our e-learning training on responsible purchasing practices to more than 
4,000 employees in Global Operations. In 2023, the training was also shared with the majority of adidas 
licensee partners to further improve their understanding of effective responsible purchasing policies. ¬ 

99 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Targets for 2025 
⌐ Our social compliance program continues to evolve and is built around three core concepts with targets 
for 2025 in place.  

Targets for 2025: Social impacts 

Impact area 

Supply Chain 

Social impact (‘S-KPI’) 

Fair wages 

Gender 

Target 

90% of strategic Tier 1 suppliers 
achieve at minimum ‘4S;’ 
100% of strategic Tier 1 suppliers 
achieve ‘3S’ or better1  

Progressive improvement in compensation, 
measured by fair wage benchmarks 
across our strategic Tier 1 suppliers2 

Achieve gender wage parity 
for workers and their supervisors 
in our strategic Tier 1 suppliers3 

Entire value chain 
(from raw material production to own operations) 

Human Rights and Environmental 
Due Diligence (‘HREDD’) 

System in place to identify and manage high-risk 
human rights issues in 100% of our value chain4  

1 The S-KPI measures a set of social indicators, such as accident rates, worker satisfaction, and worker empowerment. Due to positive progress in our 
suppliers’ overall performance in 2022, we have upgraded our 2025 target for the number of suppliers expected to achieve a ‘4S’ rating. The overall target seeks 
to achieve 100% adherence to or 90% overachievement against these foundational social impact measures, with ‘3S’ being the minimum expected supplier 
performance. 
2 The fair wage benchmarks include industry wages, minimum wages, and living wages. These benchmarks are set and tracked through the ‘FLA Fair 
Compensation Tool,’ a factory self-reporting tool that has been widely adopted by the industry and is being rolled out progressively to strategic Tier 1 suppliers. 
3 The measurement of wage parity for production line workers and their immediate supervisors (i.e., line leaders) forms part of a broader gender strategy 
rollout to applicable strategic Tier 1 suppliers who complete self-assessments to identify and then close gender gaps in operating practices and procedures. 
4 In conducting due diligence we seek to identify, prevent, or mitigate potential adverse human rights or environmental impacts, with priority given to 
addressing the most severe impacts. 

Measuring supplier social impact performance 
In 2022, we launched our social impact KPI (‘S-KPI’) tool to measure suppliers’ social impact performance 
through a set of social indicators, such as accident rates, worker satisfaction, and worker empowerment. 
By 2025, we aim to have 90% of strategic Tier 1 suppliers achieve a minimum of ‘4S,’ (on a scale of 1-5, 
with 5 being the best) and 100% of strategic Tier 1 suppliers achieve ‘3S’ or better. ¬ 

Improving fair wages and gender equality at our suppliers’ factories   
⌐ We are committed to upholding responsible sourcing practices, increasing gender equality, and 
creating pay equity, with the goal of providing fair compensation to workers in our supply chain, regardless 
of their gender. By 2025, we aim to see a progressive improvement in compensation, measured by fair 
wage benchmarks, and achieve gender wage parity for workers and their supervisors at our strategic Tier 
1 suppliers. 

100 

 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  Fair compensation: We are currently conducting a multi-year wage benchmarking exercise with our 
strategic suppliers.21 Data is being gathered from three different time periods: our 2020 benchmark 
year, our 2023 mid-term year, and our 2025 final year. The data reported for the 2020 benchmark year 
data was collected from 2021-2023, the 2023 mid-term year data will be collected in 2024, and the 
2025 data will be collected in 2026. In 2023, we completed the 2020 benchmarking by collecting wage 
data in China, Thailand, and Pakistan.22 In line with the benchmarking completed in Cambodia, 
Indonesia, and Vietnam in the previous year, we compared factory wage data to external benchmarks, 
such as the applicable legal minimum wage, the FLA Country Average, which is an industry average 
based on suppliers working with FLA member companies, and the Global Living Wage Coalition 
(‘GLWC’) benchmark, where available.  

Results of our entire benchmarking period 2020 show that the wages paid by the suppliers in scope for this 
exercise (representing around 80% of all strategic suppliers) exceed all of the aforementioned 
benchmarks. In line with the FLA Fair Compensation formula, all wages reported below include regular 
wages, paid leave, applicable and eligible incentives, benefits in kind and cash benefits, and exclude all 
legally required taxes and social insurance contributions. 

─  Cambodia (ten factories): In our major sourcing country for apparel, wages paid by adidas 

suppliers surpassed the legal gross minimum wage by 56% and the applicable net FLA Country 
Average by 33%. In the case of Cambodia, 90% of the factories assessed are unionized, while 10% 
have a collective bargaining agreement (CBA) in place. 

─  China (14 factories): The factories assessed in China are located within ten different gross 

minimum wage groups. Across all minimum wage groups, factories’ net wages surpassed their 
applicable minimum wage requirement by between 13% and 159%. Currently, two of our data 
collection in-scope factories with an available and applicable GLWC benchmark surpassed their 
GLWC benchmark by 2% and 34%, respectively. In China, 79% of these factories have a state-
backed trade union, and 43% a CBA in place.  

─ 

Indonesia (13 factories): The factories assessed in Indonesia are located within ten different legal 
gross minimum wage groups, which vary widely in terms of minimum wage requirements. Across 
all minimum wage groups, wages paid surpassed the legal minimum wage by between 9% and 
66%; 92% of factories are unionized and have a CBA in place. 

─  Pakistan (two factories): The data shows that wages paid by adidas suppliers surpassed the legal 
gross minimum wage by 42% and the applicable net FLA Country Average by 16%. Currently, 
none of the factories in scope in Pakistan are unionized. 

─  Thailand (four factories): The factories assessed in Thailand are located within three different 

gross minimum wage groups. Across all minimum wage groups, wages paid surpassed the legal 
gross minimum wage by between 36% and 44%. Currently, none of the factories are unionized. 

21 Strategic suppliers as of January 2020.  

22 Data as reported in the 2022 Annual Report included 2020 benchmarking results from wage data collected in 2021 in Cambodia, Indonesia, and Vietnam 
(approximately 65% of our selected factories are located in these three countries). The reporting in this 2023 Annual Report reflects the full 2020 benchmarking 
results from all wage data collected between 2021-2023 from all of our factories in scope for this exercise located in our three initial countries (Cambodia, 
Indonesia, Vietnam), in addition to in-scope factories in China, Pakistan, and Thailand. A small number of factories in four different countries were initially 
considered for data collection and reporting. Due to the minor production volume they represent in their country and to protect their confidentiality, they have 
been subsequently removed from the scope. 

101 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  Vietnam (17 factories): Our factories are located within three legal gross minimum wage groups. 
The wages paid by factories in these zones surpass the minimum wage by between 72% and 78% 
and the GLWC benchmark by 18%, where applicable (zone 1 only). 100% of the factories have a 
state-backed trade union and a CBA in place.  

We remain on track to complete our benchmarking process and, by the end of 2024, will be able to 
compare our 2020 wage data against the 2023 results. This will allow us to assess wage progress over 
time. We will continue our efforts to support the levers we have identified as being most influential in 
driving the wage-setting process. These are: legal obligations, responsible purchasing practices, 
productivity, industrial relations, and government engagement. We will also deploy a Gender Pay Parity 
Capacity Building Program across our supply chain in collaboration with other companies. This program 
will focus on raising our suppliers’ awareness and understanding of the gender pay gap, in particular 
equal pay for equal work.   

─  Gender equality: We continue to implement measures that advance gender equality in our supply 

chain and meet our objectives to bring a gender lens to our strategic suppliers’ operations to ensure 
that all workers will have equal opportunities and rights. In 2023, such measures included the launch 
of the ‘Gender Equality Worker’ survey, data verification of supplier self-assessment responses, and 
conducting the second annual supplier self-assessment. More than 44,000 workers participated in the 
worker survey, designed to evaluate worker experience and perception on gender equality in the 
workplace, obtain worker feedback on gender equality practices in factories, and provide strategic 
suppliers with a reference point for continuous improvement. All strategic suppliers have also 
submitted initial improvement plans to address gaps identified in the gender equality self-assessment 
tool and will continue to update their roadmaps for improvement. ¬ 

Monitoring and assessing performance 
⌐ We regularly assess our manufacturing partners on their ability to provide fair, healthy, and 
environmentally sound workplace conditions by conducting announced and unannounced audits by our 
own team and by accredited external auditors. Any cases of non-compliance identified during audits are 
given a clear time frame for remediation. Potential new manufacturing facilities are assessed in a similar 
way, and orders can only be placed if approved by the SEA team. Based on the audit results, the Sourcing 
and SEA teams jointly decide on the course of action, ranging from training to enforcement actions, such 
as sending warning letters or hiring external consultants to help improve workplace systems or practices. 
We also operate several grievance channels allowing workers or third parties to submit complaints about 
violations of the adidas Workplace Standards and human rights generally. All third-party complaints 
received through our grievance channels are reviewed and investigated, and the outcome is reported on 
our corporate website. ¬ ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/SUSTAINBILITY 

⌐ In 2023, adidas began a partnership with Better Work, which is a collaboration between the ILO and the 
International Finance Corporation (‘IFC’) that provides a range of due diligence and capacity building 
programs to suppliers in the 13 countries where Better Work operates. In addition to supply chain 
engagement, Better Work actively works to promote a constructive dialogue between the invested multi-
stakeholders in those countries concerning buyer practices and workers’ rights e.g., civil society 
organizations, governments, worker representatives, and union groups. 

Manufacturing facilities’ conditions are also inspected by independent auditors through our participation in 
the FLA, demonstrating our commitment to independent manufacturing facility inspections and external 
verification of our programs. Our program has been accredited three times by the FLA and, in 2023, 
remains accredited based on FLA’s annual evaluations, in which adidas was rated as a top performer.  

102 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

At the end of 2023, adidas worked with 357 independent supplier facilities23 (2022: 424) that manufacture 
products for our company in 40 countries (2022: 44). The reduction in the number of facilities reflects the 
consolidation of sourcing operations in line with our strategy to form long-term relationships with our core 
manufacturing partners. 63% of our manufacturing partners’ facilities (2022: 63%) are located in the Asia-
Pacific region. In 2023, we worked with 37 licensees (2022: 39) manufacturing products in 251 factories 
(2022: 287) across 33 countries (2022: 34). ¬ 

Onboarding of new suppliers 
⌐ In 2023, our primary focus was on maintaining partnerships with our existing manufacturing partners 
rather than onboarding new ones. Consequently, the number of initial assessments – the first approval 
stage for a new entry into our supply chain – in prospective supplier factories remained with 66 at a similar 
level to the previous year (2022: 58). Of these, 19 factories (2022: 20) were either rejected directly after the 
initial assessment identified zero-tolerance issues or were ‘rejected with a second visit’ due to 
identification of one or more threshold issues, which means they were rejected but given the chance to 
remediate the non-compliance issues within a specific timeframe. The vast majority (64%) of all initial 
assessments were undertaken in Asia (2022: 71%), with China accounting for 20% (2022: 26%).  

Overall, at the end of 2023, the first-time rejection rate of new factories visited was 29% and thus lower 
than in the previous year (2022: 34%). Manufacturing partners with threshold issues are typically given 
three months to remediate them before being re-audited for final acceptance. Through active support and 
capacity building, all initially rejected factories successfully closed their non-compliance issues and were 
onboarded. As a result, in 2023, there were no factories subject to ‘final rejection.’  

23 Independent supplier facilities refer to individual Tier 1 facilities (factories) of our manufacturing partners that adidas has a manufacturing agreement with, 
and their Tier 1 subcontractor facilities, excluding own factories and licensee facilities. Facilities that work with our licensees are reported separately. Some of 
these facilities may produce both for adidas directly and for licensees. 

103 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Supply chain performance data 

Onboarding of new suppliers 

Total number of first-time rejections1 

First-time rejection rate 

Total number of final rejections 

Final rejection rate2 

Worker empowerment 

Implementation of 'Workers Voice' grievance platform at strategic 
manufacturing partners 

Satisfaction rate from workers who raised a grievance through ‘Workers Voice’ 

Training 

2023 

2022 

19 

29% 

0 

0% 

100% 

77% 

20 

34% 

4 

5% 

100% 

77% 

Number of training sessions (fundamental, performance, advanced) 

179 

187 

Monitoring 

Total number of audits (initial assessment, performance audits, environmental 
assessments)3 

1,224 

1,222 

Enforcement4 

Number of warning letters (first warning) 

Number of warning letters (second warning) 

Number of warning letters (third and final warning) 

Number of business relationship terminations for compliance reasons 

8 

1 

0 

0 

6 

0 

0 

0 

1 Factories that were directly rejected after the first visit, i.e., with no chance of being visited a second time, and factories that were rejected after initial 
assessments but which were given a chance for a second visit. 
2 Factories that were directly rejected after the first visit, i.e., with no chance of being visited a second time, and factories that were rejected after being visited a 
second time. 
3 Total number of audits includes audits done in licensee factories. Performance audits conducted in approved factories that have passed the initial assessment 
(this includes on-site and desktop assessments). As of 2023 this includes audits under the SLCP and Better Work programs. Environmental assessments 
include ZDHC wastewater test assessments according to the ‘ZDHC Wastewater Guidelines.’ 
4 Includes warning letters issued by licensees excluding warnings to facilities for the non-disclosure of subcontractors, which are issued either directly through 
business entities or by the adidas Legal department where there is a breach of contract obligations under a manufacturing agreement. A third and final warning 
results in a recommended termination. 

Worker empowerment 
Over the past few years, we have developed efficient feedback channels, tools to measure worker 
satisfaction, and training tailored to empower workers.  

─  Feedback options: A robust grievance mechanism is the fulcrum on which workers can raise their 

concerns and secure remedies. Since 2017, we have reduced our reliance on local worker hotlines as a 
complaint mechanism by building an application-based ‘Workers Voice’ platform: a bespoke, 
manufacturing-facility-based digital grievance channel for workers. We have progressively improved 
and expanded the use of this grievance mechanism, and in 2023, more than 359,000 workers employed 
in 108 manufacturing facilities across 16 countries had access, reflecting 100% coverage of our 
strategic manufacturing partners. Access to a digital complaint mechanism has proven invaluable 
during covid-19. Close to 42,000 human and labor rights complaints (2022: around 48,000) were filed 
through the Workers Voice platform in 2023, with 99% of these complaints being closed by the end of 
2023. The top complaints received in 2023 were related to concerns over benefits (more than 11,000), 
general facilities (more than 7,200), and internal communication (more than 7,100).  

Input received through the Workers Voice platform is tracked by adidas using KPIs and dashboard 
reviews, case satisfaction ratings, and on-site worker interviews. This allows us to evaluate the efficacy 
of the grievance channels, see major cases in real time, and undertake timely interventions, where 

104 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

necessary. It also helps us understand the main challenges and labor rights issues in a manufacturing 
facility and track how the facility’s management and their HR teams resolve cases and communicate 
their findings. Our evaluation contributes to the facility's overall social impact rating (S-KPI). adidas 
provides ongoing capacity building to enhance the facility teams’ capability to improve the effectiveness 
of the grievance mechanism. The case satisfaction rate, which allows workers to input their level of 
satisfaction with the resolution of complaints, has almost doubled from 39% in 2019 to 77% in 2023. 
The increase in satisfaction is partly related to a significant improvement in the response time of 
factory management to address workers’ grievances, which decreased from 49 hours in 2020 to less 
than twelve hours in 2023 due to improvements in communication and transparency in the workplace. 
The management teams in the manufacturing facilities have continuously engaged with the facility’s 
workers through newsletters and broadcast messages, which has improved the workers’ engagement 
and encouraged feedback. 

─  Worker satisfaction: Complementing the various grievance channels, we expanded the ‘Worker Pulse’ 
project, a digitalized short survey to capture workers’ perception and awareness of their labor rights 
on focused areas such as communication, harassment, and abuse, as well as grievance systems. It 
builds on what we learned from a previous survey process we initiated in 2016. In 2023, we undertook 
these digital surveys in 109 manufacturing facilities (2022: 133) across 16 countries (2022: 17), with 
more than 71,000 workers participating (2022: 85,000) through a mobile-phone-based application. At 
its core, the survey presented six statements against which the level of agreement or disagreement 
was assessed. Topics included the willingness to speak up, to recommend the factory to work at to 
friends, or the comfort level when raising a suggestion or complaint or when talking to supervisors. 
The results show a steady increase in the number of favorable respondents across all questions since 
2020, from roughly 78% to an average of 90% in 2023. The percentages indicate the average response 
on a five-point Likert-type scale where 100% represents ‘strong agreement’ and 0% ‘strong 
disagreement.’ This increase in overall worker satisfaction resulted in an increase in the average 
S-KPI score for our manufacturing partners’ facilities in 2023. This shows that when workers’ voices 
are being heard and acted upon by the facility’s management, it can have an impact in improving the 
overall working conditions within a manufacturing facility. Manufacturing partners are required to 
develop and track workplace improvement plans based on feedback from the Worker Pulse. 

─  Women leadership: Alongside facility-led training, we also offered tailored training under our ‘Women 
Leadership Program.’ Building on our team’s learnings, we modified the training approach in 2022, 
adopting a hybrid model of in-person and online training. We continued with this model in 2023 with 
more than 1,500 supervisors participating in factories in Cambodia, China, India, Indonesia, Myanmar, 
and Vietnam. We closely track the progress of workers graduating from this training initiative, and 
since 2016, approximately 170 female supervisors have been promoted to higher positions as a result 
of their participation in the program.     

─  Labor rights: In 2023, we also saw a continuation of our mobile-phone-based ‘Digital Training’ project, 
which had been successfully rolled out at 133 manufacturing facilities in 17 countries in 2022. The 
digital tool assesses workers’ awareness of their labor rights and remedies, e.g., fire safety, 
harassment and abuse, and use of grievance channels. More than 50,000, workers took part in 2023 
(2022: 82,000) and averaged a score higher than 92 out of 100 in the post-test questions, thereby 
demonstrating very high levels of awareness of their core rights and available remedies. ¬ 

105 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Manufacturing facility engagements and training sessions 
⌐ Throughout 2023, we combined on-site and remote (i.e., virtual) interactions to maximize the impact of 
our facility engagements and training sessions. In total, we completed 644 individual facility engagements 
in 2023 (2022: 657) and 179 training sessions for manufacturing partners, licensees, workers and adidas 
employees (2022: 187), reaching a total of around 4,222 people. The training sessions continued to cover a 
broad range of topics, from our Workplace Standards, guidelines, and supporting policies, through to 
targeted training on specific labor, health and safety, and environmental topics.  

We continued to work with our licensee partners in 2023 to ensure they are implementing adidas 
Workplace Standards into their manufacturing partners’ operations in a consistent manner. Our licensees 
continue to have access to the FLA e-learning materials, which include training courses covering topics 
such as human rights, forced labor, responsible manufacturing, and worker engagement. In 2023, we 
expanded this training by facilitating access to the Better Buying Institute’s e-learning course on 
responsible purchasing practices. In addition to the training, Better Buying worked with a selected group 
of licensees’ suppliers to complete the Better Buying Partnership Index survey, which helped evaluate the 
impact of the licensees’ purchasing practices on suppliers and their workers and identify any improvement 
areas. ¬ 

Audits 
⌐ We regularly audit our manufacturing partners against the adidas Workplace Standards, utilizing a 
range of audit tools. In 2023, in addition to our own audits, we began to incorporate assessments 
conducted by the ILO’s Better Work program, a collaboration between the United Nations’ ILO and the 
International Finance Corporation to improve working conditions within the apparel and footwear industry. 
adidas also continued to use ‘Social and Labor Convergence Program’ (SLCP) assessments (2023: 79, 
2022: 133) in its monitoring activities to avoid repetitive social audits in shared facilities.  

A total of 499 social compliance audits (initial assessments and performance audits) were conducted in 
2023 (2022: 709), six of which were conducted remotely (2022: 15). Of the 329 on-site performance audits 
conducted, 82% were carried out on an unannounced basis, whereby the manufacturing facility is not 
informed in advance of the exact date of assessment. The number of audits in factories manufacturing 
goods for licensees was reduced from 295 in 2022 to 267 in 2023, reflecting a reduction in the number of 
licensee suppliers.   

Number of audits by region and type 

Region 

Initial assessment1 

  Performance audit2 

Environmental 
assessment3 

Asia 

Americas 

EMEA 

Total4 

2023 

2022 

46 

19 

5 

70 

60 

12 

9 

81 

2023 

356 

44 

29 

429 

2022 

426 

34 

35 

495 

2023 

684 

17 

24 

725 

2022 

606 

18 

22 

646 

Total 

2023 

2022 

1,086 

1,092 

80 

58 

64 

66 

1,224 

1,222 

1 Every new manufacturing facility has to pass an initial assessment to prove compliance with the ‘adidas Workplace Standards’ before an order is placed. The 
data shown includes both initial assessments and initial assessment follow-ups, and includes on-site and desktop assessments. 
2 Audits conducted in approved factories that have passed the initial assessment (including on-site and desktop assessments). As of 2023, audits under the 
SLCP and Better Work programs are included. 
3 Includes environmental assessments and wastewater test assessments according to the ‘ZDHC Wastewater Guidelines.’ 
4 Includes audits done in licensee factories. 

To complement our broader sustainability efforts, we monitor our suppliers to ensure compliance with our 
environmental standards and guidelines and to validate their performance against annual environmental 
targets. In 2023, 325 facilities in 24 countries were assessed and evaluated for their environmental 
performance, which represented 317 of our key Tier 1 and Tier 2 manufacturing partners, and selected 

106 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Tier 3 suppliers enrolled in our sourcing sustainability program. In addition, a total of 400 wastewater test 
assessments were conducted according to the ZDHC Wastewater Guidelines.  

As we continue to increase our focus on added-value advisory services and empowerment projects, which 
go beyond our regular audit routine, the number of internally managed audits decreased to 85 in 2023 
(2022: 109), with 90% (739 assessments) of all assessments performed by third-party monitors (2022: 
860).24  

A total of 72% (2022: 65%) of all direct and licensee facilities were audited in 2023. ‘High-risk’ locations in 
Asia, which is the most significant sourcing region for adidas, were the subject of extensive monitoring in 
2023, with an audit coverage of 89% (2022: 84%). As a general principle, manufacturing facilities located in 
high-risk countries are 100% covered in our auditing scope, which means they receive audits annually, 
while low-risk countries with strong government enforcement and inspectorate systems, such as 
Germany, are considered out of scope for our audit coverage.  

We also continue our efforts to cascade HREDD processes within our supply chain by holding our key 
Tier 1 manufacturing partners accountable for implementing their own due diligence processes. This 
includes measuring our suppliers’ ability and performance in conducting their own internal compliance 
monitoring, as well as their commissioning of social compliance audits in their subcontractor facilities, 
with implementation tracked via our S-KPI tool. This is complemented by ongoing steps to extend audit 
coverage to our nominated Tier 2 material suppliers and targeted Tier 3 spinning mills in China. ¬ 

Audit results and S-KPI performance 
⌐ 2023 marks the second year of measuring our supplier performance using the S-KPI tool. The S-KPI 
assesses a factory’s performance in delivering a safe and fair workplace by measuring effective due 
diligence processes, as well as the ability to deliver positive social impact. In total, the S-KPI has 15 units 
of measures (‘UOM’). These include compliance with threshold and zero-tolerance issues, completion of 
remediation plans, accident and absenteeism rates, as well as a range of worker empowerment measures 
such as resolution and satisfaction rate of workers’ grievances, participation rate in worker satisfaction 
surveys, and the ratio of females in mid-managerial positions. The S-KPI assesses a factory’s 
performance in each of the UOMs based on the information gathered and, where applicable, validated 
during social compliance audits which are uploaded to a dashboard for each supplier. The result is a final 
score (in %) which is converted to S-rating levels from 1-5, with 5S being the best. The thresholds are set 
as follows: 1S: 0-29%, 2S: 30-59%, 3S: 60-79%, 4S: 80-89%, 5S: 90-100%. For suppliers that have achieved 
a S-KPI of 5S, we reserve the possibility to exclude them from selected S-KPI compliance measurements 
for one year due to their low risk profile.   

In 2023, almost 84% of our 108 key manufacturing facilities achieved a rating of 4S or better, which is a 
significant improvement compared to 2022 (75%). We see a positive trend, with almost all of the higher-
performing manufacturing facilities (4S or 5S in 2022) maintaining or improving their S-KPI rating in 2023. 
With this performance, we are confident that we will meet the 2025 target for the upper performance band 
for our suppliers and now expect 90% of our strategic Tier 1 suppliers to achieve a minimum of 4S or 
better by 2025.  

24 Including social and environmental assessments, excluding ZDHC wastewater assessments (400).  

107 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Social impact performance rating of strategic supplier factories by S-KPI in % 

All of our key licensees (i.e., our long-term partners and/or those with the largest business volumes) 
achieved a Licensee Compliance Rating (‘LCR’) of at least 4S in 2023, and of these, 75% received a rating of 
5S. This rating reflects that these licensees have successfully demonstrated that they have embedded 
strong governance systems, supply chain management, and purchasing practices compliance 
requirements into their business practices. Licensees are also assessed on the existence of policies and 
systems to address stakeholder engagement, as well as levels of public reporting and communication. ¬ 

Non-compliances identified in active factories 
⌐ Our manufacturing partners’ facilities are evaluated against a number of critical compliance issues. 
While threshold issues are considered serious but correctable non-compliances that can be addressed 
through remedial action within a specified timeframe, zero-tolerance issues – such as forced labor; child 
labor practices; or critical life-threatening health, safety, and environment conditions – immediately 
trigger a warning and potential disqualification of a supplier. During the course of each year, we 
continuously track non-compliances identified through manufacturing partners’ performance audits, 
collaboration audits, self-governance assessments, and, since 2020, SLCP assessments. We follow up on 
all non-compliance and require our manufacturing partners to remediate these findings within a specified 
timeframe. The identified issues in 2023 remained largely the same as those reported in 2022. 

─  Labor: Besides identifying non-compliance with the Workplace Standards, our Social Compliance team 
focuses on the use and effectiveness of the facilities’ HR management systems, including any gaps in 
policies and procedures related to specific risk areas, such as forced labor, child labor, freedom of 
association, or discrimination. As a result, the percentages shown indicate the systemic shortcomings 
of active facilities, where corrective action is required to reduce potential risks, rather than the 
confirmed presence of a specific case of non-compliance or breach, which requires remediation. 

108 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Shortcomings in the area of labor identified during audits in 2023 

1 ‘Other’ includes, for example, overtime/holiday rate and other benefits/allowances. 
2 ‘No standardized filing’ indicates a factory does not keep relevant information/documents and records that demonstrate compliance with laws and 
regulations. 

─  Health and safety: Fire, electrical, as well as machine and ladder safety are critical areas for existing 
manufacturing facilities, and together they accounted for almost 40% of the non-compliance identified 
in 2023. The way chemicals were stored and used, including the handling of hazardous chemicals, 
accounted for 5% of non-compliance findings reported. A further 9% of the findings related to 
management systems, policies, and procedures, and specifically a lack of compliance with our 
Workplace Standards and expectation for effective occupational health and safety systems, including 
the recruitment and retention of qualified safety staff.  

Shortcomings in the area of health and safety identified during audits in 2023 

1 ‘Other’ includes, for example, material storage, housekeeping, or waste management. 

Remediation of shortcomings 
We follow up on all cases of non-compliance and require our manufacturing partners to remediate open 
issues within a specified timeframe. While in many cases the actual issues will have been resolved, our 
approach is to only ‘close’ these in our systems when we have verified evidence of completion and 
established that corrective actions taken are sustainable and sufficient to avoid reoccurrence. To support 
remediation and ensure effective management systems are in place, we undertake capacity building 

109 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

especially for any identified high-risk issues. For instance, in 2023, we launched an occupational health 
and safety program to improve electrical safety for workers and factory maintenance staff, including 
written guidelines and supplier training. ¬ 

Independent FLA audits 
⌐ Each year, the FLA independently assesses the supply chain of its member brands. It does this using a 
variety of monitoring models (e.g., in-person, virtual, or a hybrid approach of both in-person/virtual) that 
result in tailored ‘Sustainable Compliance Initiative’ (‘SCI’) assessments. adidas received three such FLA 
assessments in 2023. In addition to manufacturing facility monitoring, the FLA focused its efforts on more 
areas, including enhancing virtual monitoring methodology, issuing specific country-related and topical 
guidance, supply chain mapping, grievance mechanisms, revising its third-party complaint mechanism, 
developing responsible termination guidelines, and continuing its work to measure and mitigate impacts of 
covid-19 on the industry’s supply chain. ¬  

Enforcement 
⌐ Warning letters are an essential part of our enforcement efforts and are triggered when we find 
ongoing serious non-compliance issues that need to be addressed by our manufacturing partners’ 
facilities. We work closely with our manufacturing partners to help them improve their performance. 
However, where we face situations of severe or repeated non-compliance that cannot be resolved, we 
terminate business relationships with facilities. When making such a decision, we always seek to balance 
the adverse impacts arising from the unresolved non-compliance against the wider effects that a business 
termination can have on the rights and interests of the workers, especially if this triggers layoffs. In such 
circumstances, we may extend timelines to ensure a responsible exit is achieved. 

─  Warning letters: In 2023, our close engagement with our manufacturing partners’ facilities helped 
limit the need to issue warning letters, with a total of nine (2022: six) across seven countries. 
Compared to the previous year, the overall number of active first warning letters remained at a similar 
level, from six in 2022 to eight in 2023; the total number of second warnings was one in 2023 (2022: 0). 
Manufacturing facilities that receive a second warning letter are only one step away from being notified 
of possible termination of the manufacturing agreement and are subject to focused monitoring by our 
team. No third warning letters (which result in termination of the contract) were issued to our 
manufacturing partners in 2023 (2022: 0).  

─  Advisory letter: For suppliers to whom we do not have a direct contractual relationship, we rely on 
advisory letters as an enforcement measure: In 2023, two advisory letters were issued to Tier 2 
facilities after their management failed to commit to complying with our environmental requirements.  

─  Terminations: In 2023, there were no instances in which a supplier agreement was terminated for 

social compliance reasons (2022: 0). ¬  

Sustainable Finance 

The challenges posed by the impact of climate change and social developments in our societies and 
supply chains are huge. Responding to these will require dedicated funding of sustainability initiatives. 
In this section, we provide an overview on our sustainability bond as well as on our approach to 
complying with the requirements of the EU Taxonomy, the objective of which is to channel investments 
in the direction of sustainable economic activities. We will also report about responsibility regarding 
tax. Through taxes, governments have the monetary ability to pursue their objectives and take on the 
responsibility of further developing their countries. 

110 

 
    
   
 
  
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Sustainability bond 
In 2020, adidas successfully placed its first sustainability bond. Proceeds from the offering are used in 
accordance with the Sustainability Bond Framework we created. adidas has committed to providing annual 
updates on the allocation of the proceeds and the impact KPIs driven by the proceeds until fully allocated. 
As of September 2023, adidas had realized full allocation of the net proceeds. ► SEE TREASURY 

The following summary outlines selected environmental and social impact KPIs in accordance with 
chapter 7 ‘Reporting’ of the ‘adidas Sustainability Bond Framework.’ The proceeds listed in the Allocation 
Report have contributed to these impact KPIs. 

⌐ Sustainability bond: impacts ¬ 

Eligible category: sustainable materials 

Impact of investment or expenditure into using more sustainable 
materials 

Percentage of recycled polyester used for adidas apparel and 
footwear ranges 

Percentage of more sustainable cotton sourced 

Number of pairs of shoes produced containing ‘Parley Ocean 
Plastic’ 

Eligible category: sustainable processes 

Impact of investment or expenditure into improving our 
operations by establishing more sustainable processes 

Absolute annual CO2e Scope 1 and Scope 2 net emissions (in 
tons) in own operations1 

Number of buildings2 of own operations holding certification for 
environmental management (ISO 14001)/health and safety 
management (ISO 45001)/energy management (ISO 50001) 

Eligible category: community engagement 

Impact of investment or expenditure (on a global and local level) 
from actively supporting and positively impacting communities 

Number of funded ventures for ‘Black Ambition,’ a program that 
supports Black and LatinX entrepreneurs in launching start-up 
businesses 

Number of grants for Black-owned small businesses as part of 
‘BeyGOOD,’ an initiative aimed at bringing equity to those 
disproportionately impacted by social and racial injustice 

Number of scholarships granted to students at adidas’ HBCU 
partner schools as part of adidas’ ‘United Against Racism’ 
ambition 

2023 

2022 

2021 

99 

100 

96 

100 

91 

100 

> 2m 

> 26m 

> 17m 

164,236 

164,149 

138,411 

70/140/324 

64/112/322 

64/63/327 

32 

31 

1,000 

276 

55 

55 

34 

–3 

55 

1 Own operations include administrative offices, distribution centers, production sites, and retail stores. 
2 At year-end.  
3 Grants distribution for Black-owned small businesses as part of ‘BeyGOOD,’ which is managed by a third party, postponed from 2021 to 2022. 

EU Taxonomy 
⌐ In 2020, the EU introduced Regulation (EU) 2020/852 to establish the EU Taxonomy framework 
(‘Taxonomy’). The purpose of the Taxonomy is to provide a common language and a clear definition of what 
is considered ‘sustainable’ to direct investments toward sustainable economic activities. The Taxonomy 
will thereby support the EU’s climate, energy, and ‘European Green Deal’ targets.   

111 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The Taxonomy is a classification system for environmentally sustainable economic activities. An economic 
activity is considered Taxonomy-eligible if it is described in one of the delegated acts of the Taxonomy and 
has the potential to support the achievement of at least one of the following six environmental objectives: 

1)  Climate change mitigation 
2)  Climate change adaptation 
3)  Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources 
4)  Transition to a circular economy  
5)  Pollution prevention and control 
6)  Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems.  

For an activity to be considered and reported as environmentally sustainable, i.e., Taxonomy-aligned, the 
following three prerequisites must be fulfilled: 

─  Substantial contribution: The activity makes a substantial contribution to one of the environmental 

objectives by meeting the technical screening criteria defined for this economic activity. 

─  Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’): By fulfilling further criteria, it can be demonstrated that the activity 

does not do significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives. 

─  Minimum safeguards: The company performing the activity must have implemented and adhere to 

minimum safeguards relating to human rights, including labor rights, bribery/corruption, taxation, and 
fair competition. 

Reporting scope for fiscal year 2023 
The Delegated Regulation (Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178) on Article 8 of the Taxonomy specifies 
the content, methodology, and presentation of information to be disclosed by financial and non-financial 
undertakings concerning the proportion of environmentally sustainable economic activities in their 
business, investments, or lending activities. With the introduction of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139 
in 2021 and its amendment in 2023 (Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2485), the EU clarified the conditions 
under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation 
and/or climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity does not cause any 
significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives. Furthermore, in 2023, the EU enacted the 
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2486 establishing the Taxonomy eligibility and alignment criteria of 
economic activities for the remaining four environmental objectives mentioned above. However, for the 
first year of application, for adidas the reporting on the financial year 2023, only the proportion of 
Taxonomy-eligible and non-eligible activities in their total turnover (net sales), capital expenditure 
(‘CapEx’), and operating expenditure (‘OpEx’) KPIs need to be disclosed for the remaining four 
environmental objectives. For the environmental objectives of climate change mitigation and climate 
change adaptation, as in the prior year, it is necessary to provide information on the degree to which 
Taxonomy-eligible economic activities are Taxonomy-aligned and to disclose the corresponding financial 
KPIs. Despite the expansion of the Taxonomy disclosure requirements in 2023, the adidas core business 
activities, i.e., the manufacturing of textiles and footwear as well as wholesale and retail sale thereof, 
remain unmentioned in the delegated acts and therefore non-eligible for any of the six environmental 
objectives. In addition, as per Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1214, we are required to provide specific 
disclosures on economic activities related to the fossil gas and nuclear energy sectors. We carried out 
related activities in 2023 due to the operation of a district heating plant in Germany, although, similar to 
2022, not to a material extent. Thus, the detailed disclosure requirements as per Annex XII of the 
Delegated Regulation do not apply to adidas. ¬ 

112 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Description of adidas procedure toward compliant 2023 reporting  
⌐ As in previous years, a core team within the adidas Corporate Finance area was responsible for the 
2023 reporting process. The main tasks of the team were to 

─  educate the functional and subject-matter experts – mainly from the Accounting, Controlling, HR 

Workplaces, Supply Chain, and Retail teams – on the reporting requirements, with particular focus on 
Taxonomy alignment criteria,  

─  define, orchestrate, and lead a structured process to collect all Taxonomy-relevant information from 

the subject-matter experts, 

─  analyze and verify reported information in terms of Taxonomy relevance, accuracy, and completeness, 

and 

─  ensure that all new and updated Taxonomy-relevant publications that have become available 

throughout the course of the year are adequately reflected in this report. 

Determination of Taxonomy-eligible activities 
The core team reviewed the new delegated acts to the Taxonomy Regulation as they became available and 
analyzed the impact on the disclosure requirements compared to 2022 to ensure accuracy and 
completeness of our reporting. As mentioned above, while the reporting requirement covers all six 
environmental objectives since the beginning of 2024, the main economic activities of our business model 
remain out of scope, and we consequently have no turnover-generating Taxonomy-eligible activities to 
report on. As a result, the following eligible economic activities have been identified for 2023:  

−  6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars, and light commercial vehicles (including company car 

leases)  

−  7.3 Installation, maintenance, and repair of energy-efficient equipment (e.g., LED lighting in retail 

stores) 

−  7.7 Acquisition and ownership of buildings (including building leases) ¬ 

Assessment of Taxonomy alignment of Taxonomy -eligible activities 
⌐ For Taxonomy-eligible activities at adidas, the environmental objective of climate change mitigation is 
applicable, not climate change adaptation, since these activities are intended to positively impact our 
carbon footprint. Hence, the Taxonomy-eligible activities have been assessed according to the substantial 
contribution and ‘DNSH’ criteria as laid out in Annex I to the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139. Since 
the identified Taxonomy-eligible activities relate to the purchase of output from potentially Taxonomy-
aligned activities, performing the Taxonomy assessment was dependent on the input of the relevant 
information from the respective third-party suppliers. Due to the expected time and resource investment 
necessary for assessing all individual projects and items contributing to the eligible activities, we 
prioritized the assessment of those individual activities that were most material in terms of value and/or 
were more likely to be Taxonomy-aligned due to the availability of the necessary information.   

Eligible building leases relate to warehouses/distribution centers, own retail stores, and corporate offices. 
The applicable substantial contribution and DNSH criteria as set out in section 7.7 of Annex I of the 
Delegated Regulation predominantly relate to primary energy demand and climate-related risks and 
adaptation solutions, respectively, in connection with the leased buildings. The substantial contribution 
criterion evidence which is most relevant for adidas in this regard is the existence of an Energy 
Performance Certificate (EPC) class A. Many of the eligible building leases are located outside of the EU, 
where this EU-centric energy performance certification is not common practice and other standards and 
frameworks, which are not mentioned in the Regulation, are typically used (e.g., LEED certification). In line 
with the generally low share of available non-residential buildings meeting these energy performance 
standards across our markets, only a few eligible leases in 2023 fulfill this criterion, in particular the 
eligible retail leases for which adidas has very limited ability to influence the design and/or 

113 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

(re)development, especially for mall-based stores, which is the case for many of our retail locations. In 
addition, certain eligible retail lease locations are heritage sites for which it is not possible to obtain EPC 
class A certification. However, we have certain eligible lease contracts in connection with smaller 
warehouse (Dubai), retail (Poland), and corporate office locations (Sweden and the Netherlands), that fulfill 
the substantial contribution criterion. This reflects our commitment to decarbonize our own operations as 
well as our more pronounced ability to influence the design and development of major real estate 
investments related to our operational infrastructure. ► SEE OWN OPERATIONS 

The relevant applicable ‘DNSH’ criterion for building leases relates to the environmental objective of 
climate change adaptation and refers to the performance of a robust climate risk and vulnerability 
assessment as per Appendix A to Annex I of the Delegated Regulation. In the assessment, we prioritized 
the most relevant eligible activities for this DNSH criterion. Thereby, on a case-by-case basis, we 
approached the landlords requesting the necessary information on the one hand, and, on the other, used 
existing information on climate risks and corresponding adaptation solutions that is regularly gathered as 
part of our standard business processes (e.g., for insurance purposes). As a result, for the majority of the 
assessed building leases, not all information was available for a complete and conclusive assessment 
exactly as per the methodology and scope prescribed by the Regulation. However, one of the eligible 
building leases that fulfills the substantial contribution criterion also complies with the DNSH criterion 
and is therefore reported as Taxonomy-aligned.    

Eligible company car leases relate to the car fleet at multiple adidas locations. As per the applicable 
technical screening criteria mentioned in section 6.5 of Annex I, a vehicle that emits a maximum of 50g of 
CO2e/km is considered to make a substantial contribution to climate change mitigation. For adidas, this 
applies to all leased electric vehicles and most plug-in hybrid vehicles.   

Compliance with the DNSH criteria, as laid out in Annex I of the Delegated Regulation, requires the 
performance of a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment, adherence of the vehicles to certain 
recyclability and reusability criteria, and adherence to various product-related EU regulations and 
directives concerning the limits of certain gaseous emissions and the external rolling noise and resistance 
characteristics of the vehicle tires. Assessing compliance with all these criteria requires the involvement 
and input of various suppliers. As a result, not all information was available for a complete and conclusive 
assessment as required by the Regulation. We therefore assessed the eligible car leases as not 
Taxonomy-aligned.  

For the remaining eligible activities under section 7.3, an assessment of the Taxonomy alignment against 
the respective criteria laid out in Annex I of the Delegated Regulation was conducted in a structured 
manner as far as this was possible with reasonable effort. While the eligible activities fulfill the substantial 
contribution criterion, none of them are considered to be Taxonomy-aligned as a result of the non-
compliance with the DNSH assessment.  ¬ 

Minimum safeguards 
⌐ The minimum safeguards form part of the Taxonomy alignment criteria. Their purpose is to clarify that 
eligible economic activities can only be environmentally sustainable when performed in circumstances 
which are compliant with social norms and certain minimum governance standards. In this context, 
companies must implement appropriate processes and procedures to avoid negative influences on or 
violations of the following four specific topics: human rights (incl. labor rights), taxation, corruption/ 
bribery, and fair competition. In order to assess adidas’ adherence to the minimum safeguards, we 
reviewed the Platform on Sustainable Finance’s final report to the European Commission on this matter as 
well as the European Commission’s clarifying FAQ document of June 2023. In summary, these documents 
outline the following conditions of non-compliance with minimum safeguards:   

114 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Human rights and labor rights: 
−  Lack of an adequate human rights due diligence (HRDD) process as outlined in the United Nations 

Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs) and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational 
Enterprises on Responsible Business Conduct, and/or 

−  evidenced signals of breach of law or human rights. 

Taxation: 
−  Lack of tax governance and compliance as well as adequate risk management strategies and 

processes, and/or 

−  evidence of tax law violation.  

Corruption/bribery: 
−  Lack of anti-corruption processes, and/or 
−  cases of court conviction for corruption. 

Fair competition: 
−  Lack of promotion of employee awareness of the importance of complying with all applicable 

competition laws and regulations, and/or 

−  cases of court conviction for violating competition laws. 

In 2023, similar to the previous year, our subject-matter experts from the Social and Environmental 
Affairs, Tax, and Legal areas assessed the details of the respective criteria. The key objective of this 
assessment was to determine the extent to which the mentioned governance standards and policy 
frameworks are already embedded in adidas’ existing policies (e.g., adidas Human Rights Policy), standard 
operating procedures (e.g., adidas Fair Play Code of Conduct), as well as in its Compliance Management 
System.  

As in 2022, our assessment for the fiscal year 2023 confirmed that the Taxonomy-eligible activities were 
performed in a manner that is fully compliant with the minimum safeguards. We maintain rigorous 
internal policies and oversight mechanisms to ensure ongoing adherence to these standards.   

More information on our compliance with the respective criteria can be found in this Annual Report:   

−  Human rights and labor rights ► SEE SOCIAL IMPACTS 
−  Taxation ► SEE OUR APPROACH TO TAX 
−  Corruption/bribery ► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 
−  Fair competition ► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 

Determination and reporting of Taxonomy KPIs 

─  Turnover KPI: Turnover as per the Taxonomy (denominator of the turnover KPI) is equivalent to 
our net sales disclosed in the consolidated financial statements in this report. In 2023, the 
turnover amounts to € 21,427 million (2022: € 22,511 million). The identified eligible activities at 
adidas were not turnover generating, resulting in a numerator value of ’0’ and, accordingly, a 
turnover KPI of 0% eligible and 100% non-eligible turnover. ► SEE INCOME STATEMENT 

─  CapEx KPI: In comparison to the disclosed CapEx value of € 504 million in this report, the 

Taxonomy definition of CapEx results in a total value of € 838 million (denominator of the CapEx 
KPI) at adidas (2022: € 1,587 million). The denominator contains, in accordance with the definition 
of the Taxonomy and as disclosed in this report, additions to buildings, technical equipment and 
machinery, other equipment, furniture and fixtures, right-of-use assets, and other intangible 
assets, before depreciation, amortization, and remeasurements. To calculate the numerator of 
the CapEx KPI, we analyzed the additions in relation to the identified eligible activities as 

115 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

described above. In this process, we conducted several control measures, such as plausibility 
checks and reconciliations, to avoid double-counting of additions. In total, the corresponding 
numerator of the eligible CapEx KPI amounts to € 344 million (2022: € 867 million), resulting in a 
CapEx KPI of 41% eligible and 59% non-eligible CapEx. Most of the eligible CapEx in 2023 (89%) 
relates to building leases (section 7.7), which amount to € 307 million, with € 22 million eligible 
CapEx relating to the installation of energy efficiency equipment (section 7.3), and the remaining 
€ 16 million eligible CapEx relating to car leases (section 6.5). While a total of € 44 million of 
eligible CapEx complies with the substantial contribution criteria, € 7 million of eligible CapEx are 
Taxonomy-aligned. In summary, the corresponding numerator of the aligned CapEx KPI amounts 
to € 7 million, resulting in a CapEx KPI of 1% aligned and 40% non-aligned CapEx (2022: 0% 
aligned and 55% non-aligned CapEx). ► SEE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AND STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

─  OpEx KPI: The Taxonomy definition of ‘OpEx’ refers to expenditure for research and development, 
short-term leases, maintenance and repair, as well as certain other expenditure. In 2023, this 
amounts to € 969 million (denominator of the OpEx KPI) at adidas (2022: € 862 million), which 
compares to € 21,427 million of net sales and € 10,087 million of OpEx as per the consolidated 
financial statements for adidas disclosed in this report. In the context of our business model, 
which is the design, development, production, and marketing of a broad range of performance 
and sports lifestyle products, we consider the Taxonomy OpEx KPI denominator value to be 
insignificant. Consequently, and in line with Annex I of the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178, 
we report the numerator value of our Taxonomy-eligible OpEx KPI as € 0 (2022: € 0). As a result, 
no further information on the alignment of eligible OpEx can be provided in this Annual Report.  

Full information on the Taxonomy KPIs according to Annex II of the Delegated Regulation can be found in 
this Annual Report. ► SEE EU TAXONOMY TABLES 

Our commitment to sustainability is reflected in the ambitious targets and numerous initiatives that are 
outlined in this report. We consider the EU Taxonomy to be a potentially valuable instrument that will help 
us validate and adjust our sustainability ambitions over time, assuming our core business activities 
become eligible to contribute to the Taxonomy’s environmental objectives and a common interpretation of 
all aspects relevant to adidas is established. At the time of the publication of this report, it remains unclear 
if and by when this will be the case. ¬ 

Approach to tax 

⌐ We are committed to being compliant with all tax regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. 
We consider the interests of our stakeholders in the business decisions we make in order to ensure the 
lasting success of our company.  

We do not operate through artificial structures or structure our business in ways that are intended to 
result in tax avoidance. Where we have a presence in so-called low-tax jurisdictions, this is related to our 
business activities in those jurisdictions and is not created for the purpose of minimizing our tax burden. 
While tax is among the many considerations in making business decisions, it is not the main driver in our 
decision-making process. ¬ 

Tax management and governance 
⌐ Given the range of activities and locations we operate in, adidas is subject to a wide range of taxes 
across the world, including corporate income tax, VAT/GST, employee-related taxes such as payroll and 
fringe benefit tax, withholding taxes, property taxes, stamp duties, and other taxes. The purpose of our tax 

116 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

function is to support and enable business objectives while ensuring compliance and preventing or 
minimizing tax risks. 

The approach to tax is defined by the Vice President Corporate Tax and is reflected in the tax strategy, 
objectives, policies, and internal controls. Economic and social impacts are considered in developing and 
executing our tax strategy. The Corporate Tax team reviews our tax strategy on an annual basis, with 
significant changes being approved by our Chief Financial Officer (CFO). The CFO is ultimately accountable 
for compliance with our tax strategy.  

Pursuant to our tax policies, the local Directors and Management of each legal entity are responsible for 
ensuring compliance with tax regulations. The local teams are supported by the company’s Corporate Tax 
team and tax advisers. The Corporate Tax team exercises global governance and is accountable for our 
approach to tax. Its main responsibility is to provide global tax advisory, to identify and manage 
opportunities and risks, and to ensure tax compliance worldwide. Through partnering with business 
functions, the Corporate Tax team aims to understand the needs and perspectives of various stakeholders 
internally and externally and to support business objectives while ensuring continued compliance with tax 
regulations. Inquiries from and communication with external stakeholders regarding our tax affairs are 
managed in accordance with our ‘Global Communication Guidelines.’ 

Our Executive Board is updated on tax matters periodically, including a risk review process every six 
months that also forms part of our tax governance framework. Our CFO and/or the Executive Board, 
advised by the Corporate Tax team, is ultimately responsible for decisions on topics such as entering into 
significant or one-off transactions that may give rise to an increase in tax risk (e.g., mergers and 
acquisitions). 

Our ‘Fair Play Code of Conduct’ sets out the options available to employees who detect unlawful or 
unethical behavior, including anonymous notification or whistleblowing procedures. The adidas AG audit 
includes the audit of disclosures in respect to tax in the Consolidated Financial Statement.  

Interactions with tax authorities 
We seek a cooperative relationship with tax authorities. We respond to information requests, whether 
formal or informal, and, on a case-by-case basis, decide whether to take the initiative in communicating 
business developments of particular significance to the local tax authorities. During 2023 we were not 
involved in the public policy regarding tax law or tax law changes in any of the jurisdictions in which we 
operate. 

Tax planning 
We ensure that the tax profile of our activities is aligned with the substance of the operating structures of 
our business. Accordingly, transactions have commercial and economic substance, and we do not put in 
place arrangements that are contrived or artificial. Our ‘Transfer Pricing Policy’ requires that intragroup 
transactions be carried out on an arm’s-length basis. As a result, our profits are derived and taxed in the 
jurisdictions where value is created. ¬ 

117 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Non-financial statement 

In accordance with § 315c HGB in conjunction with §§ 289c to 289e HGB, adidas publishes a combined 
non-financial statement for adidas AG and the Group in this combined Management Report. The content of 
the non-financial statement can be found throughout the combined Management Report, with relevant 
parts being indicated accordingly. This content was subject either to a separate reasonable assurance 
engagement, marked with [ ], or to a limited assurance engagement, marked with ⌐ ¬, of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft. These parts are not covered by the 
Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements and of the Group Management Report. Links and 
references are not part of the non-financial statement and have not been assessed. ► SEE  INDEPENDENT 
PRACTITIONER’S REPORT ON A LIMITED AND REASONABLE ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENT ON NON-FINANCIAL REPORTING 

The content of the non-financial statement combined with further information in this report and on our 
corporate website is prepared with reference to the GRI Standards. The GRI content index can be found 
online. ► REPORT.ADIDAS-GROUP.COM 

118 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Description of business model 
► SEE GLOBAL SALES 
► SEE GLOBAL OPERATIONS 

Environmental approach 
−  More sustainable materials and circularity  

► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

► SEE INTERNAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

► SEE MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT OF PERFORMANCE, RISKS AND 

OPPORTUNITIES, AND OUTLOOK 

−  Decarbonization 
► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

−  Water consumption (supply chain) 
► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

−  Waste diversion (supply chain) 

► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

−  Biodiversity 

► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

Product responsibility 
−  Product safety and integrity 
► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

Human rights 
−  Fair labor conditions 

► SEE OUR PEOPLE 

► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

−  Supplier relationships 
► SEE GLOBAL OPERATIONS 

Employee matters  
−  Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion 

► SEE OUR PEOPLE 

► SEE INTERNAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

► SEE MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT OF PERFORMANCE, RISKS AND 

OPPORTUNITIES, AND OUTLOOK 

−  Experience and engagement 

► SEE OUR PEOPLE 

► SEE INTERNAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

► SEE MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT OF PERFORMANCE, RISKS AND 

OPPORTUNITIES, AND OUTLOOK 

−  Learning 
► SEE OUR PEOPLE 

−  Rewards 
► SEE OUR PEOPLE 

Consumer matters 
−  Membership 

► SEE GLOBAL SALES 

Anti-bribery and corruption 
−  Ethical business practices 

► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 

Tax 
−  Approach to tax 

► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

Sustainable finance 
−  EU Taxonomy 

► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

► SEE EU TAXONOMY TABLES 

119 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

3 

GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT 

Internal Management System 

Business Performance 

Income Statement 

Statement of Financial Position and Statement of Cash Flows  

Treasury  

Financial Statements and Management Report of adidas AG 

Business Performance by Segment 

Outlook   

Risk and Opportunity Report 

Management Assessment of Performance, Risks and Opportunities, and Outlook 

121 

124 

126 

133 

140 

147 

158 

163 

166 

185 

120 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Internal Management System 

We are committed to significant value creation – for our company and all its stakeholders. We strive to 
create value by converting sales and profit growth into strong operating cash flow, while at the same 
time managing our asset base proactively. Our company’s planning and controlling system is therefore 
designed to provide a variety of tools to assess our current performance and to align future strategic 
and investment decisions to best utilize commercial and organizational opportunities. 

Internal management system designed to drive shareholder value 

In order to drive and steer value creation, the company’s Management focuses on a set of major financial 
key performance indicators (KPIs). Sales and operating profit growth, paired with a focus on management 
of operating working capital, are the main contributors to operating cash flow improvements. At the same 
time, value-enhancing capital expenditure benefits future operating profit and cash flow development. Our 
strong focus on value creation is reflected in the fact that our Management’s short- and long-term 
variable compensation is closely linked to the company’s growth in sales and profitability.  
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/COMPENSATION 

Net sales and operating profit growth 

Net sales growth is the reflection of the attractiveness of our product offering driven by innovation and our 
ability to create, identify and respond to latest consumer trends. To ensure that we have the most relevant 
information to assess our respective performance, we exclude foreign currency effects and use currency-
neutral net sales growth as one of our major KPIs.  

Operating profit as another major KPI helps to drive and improve our company’s operational performance. 
The primary drivers to enhance operating profit are as follows: 

─  Sales and gross margin development: Management focuses on identifying and exploiting growth 

opportunities that not only provide for future top-line improvements but also have potential to increase 
our gross margin. Major levers include reducing promotional activity and driving full price sales, 
optimizing our pricing, product and market mix as well as managing product and supply chain costs. 

─  Operating expense control: Management puts high emphasis on tightly controlling operating 

expenses. This requires a particular focus on ensuring flexibility in the company’s cost base, especially 
in marketing and operating overhead expenses. More broadly, marketing expenditure is one of our 
largest operating expenses, and at the same time, one of the most important mechanisms for driving 
brand desirability and top-line growth. Therefore, we are committed to both increasing investments 
into our brand and products as well as ensuring the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing 
activities. We also aim at improving our operational efficiency by actively managing our operating 
overhead expenses. In addition to leveraging our top-line growth, we regularly review our operational 
structure to simplify business processes and eliminate redundancies. 

121 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Cash flow and operating working capital management 

Actively managing our liquidity, cash flow, and operating working capital remains a key focus for us and 
continues to be monitored closely by Management. Generally, due to a comparatively low level of fixed 
assets required in our business, the efficiency of the balance sheet depends to a large degree on our 
operating working capital management. Operating working capital comprises accounts receivable plus 
inventories minus accounts payable. ► SEE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AND STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

In this context, the major KPI we use is average operating working capital as a percentage of net sales. 
Monitoring the development of this metric facilitates the measurement of our progress in improving the 
efficiency of our business cycle. 

We strive to proactively manage our inventory levels to meet market demand and ensure fast 
replenishment. Inventory aging is controlled carefully to reduce inventory obsolescence and to minimize 
clearance activities. As a result, ‘Inventory Days Lasting’ (‘IDL’) is monitored and assessed regularly as it 
measures the average number of days goods remain in inventory before being sold, highlighting the 
efficiency of capital locked up in products. To optimize capital tied up in accounts receivable and accounts 
payable, we focus on managing collection efforts and payment terms. 

Capital expenditure targeted to maximize future returns 

Improving the effectiveness of capital expenditure is another major lever to drive our cash flow generation. 
We control capital expenditure with a top-down, bottom-up approach. In a first step, Management defines 
focus areas and an overall investment budget based on investment requests from various functions within 
the organization. Then, in a second step, our operating segments align their initiatives within the scope of 
assigned priorities and available budget. We evaluate potential return on planned investments utilizing the 
net present value method. Risk is accounted for by adding a risk premium to the cost of capital, and thus 
reducing our estimated future earnings streams where appropriate. By means of scenario planning, the 
sensitivity of investment returns is tested against changes in initial assumptions. For large investment 
projects, timelines and deviations versus budget are monitored on a monthly basis throughout the course 
of the project. In addition to optimizing return on investments, we evaluate larger projects upon 
completion and document learnings for future capital expenditure decisions.

Other key performance indicators 

In addition to the major financial KPIs to assess the performance and operational success of our company, 
as outlined above, we have identified a set of KPIs that help us track our progress in areas that are 
important for our success as well. These KPIs are assessed on a regular basis and managed by the 
respective business functions. These other KPIs we are monitoring include, among others, employee 
engagement, the share of female leadership, our sustainable article offering, and our carbon emissions. 

Employee engagement and experience 
⌐ We are convinced that listening to employees plays a crucial role in our pursuit of creating a best-in-
class employee experience and continuing to attract and retain top talent. We can only tell if we are 
successful by asking our people, hence we empower them to share their feedback through our ‘Employee 
Listening Survey.’ ¬ ► SEE OUR PEOPLE

122 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Female Leadership 
⌐ Through our focus on Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion, we are committed to providing an equal starting 
line for all our people, ensuring that everyone has the same career opportunities. One of our commitments 
is to increase the share of women in management positions (Director level and above) globally to more 
than 50% by 2033. ¬ ► SEE OUR PEOPLE 

Sustainability performance 
⌐ We have a strong commitment to enhance the environmental and social performance of our company. 
By doing so, we firmly believe we will not only improve the company’s overall reputation but also increase 
its economic value. To measure our progress, we have developed and implemented the KPI ‘Sustainable 
Article Offering.’ In addition, we have already been following a comprehensive roadmap with clear targets 
for years and regularly track our progress toward these targets with regard to the environmental and 
social impact. We are measuring the environmental footprint of our entire value chain, including our own 
operations globally, as well as monitoring and rating our supplier factories for environmental and social 
compliance with our Workplace Standards. We have a long-standing commitment to sustainability 
disclosure, providing regular updates about our sustainability performance in this Annual Report as well 
as on our corporate website. ¬ ► SEE MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT OF PERFORMANCE, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES, AND OUTLOOK 
► SEE SUSTAINABILITY ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/COMPENSATION ► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/SUSTAINABILITY 

Structured performance measurement system 

We have developed an extensive performance measurement system that uses a variety of tools to 
measure the company’s performance. Key performance indicators and other important financial metrics 
are regularly monitored and compared against initial targets as well as rolling forecasts on a monthly 
basis. When negative deviations exist between actual and target numbers, we perform a detailed analysis 
to identify and address the cause. If necessary, action plans are implemented to optimize the development 
of our operating performance. To assess current sales and profitability development, Management 
continuously analyzes the performance of our operating segments. We also benchmark our financial 
results with those of our major competitors on a regular basis. 

Taking into account the year-to-date performance as well as opportunities and risks, the company’s 
expected full-year financial performance is assessed on a monthly basis. Finally, as a further early 
indicator for future performance, the results of any relevant recent market and consumer research are 
assessed as available. 

123 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Business Performance 

In its transition year 2023, adidas recorded better-than-expected results against the backdrop of 
geopolitical tensions, macroeconomic challenges, as well as industry-wide elevated inventory levels. 
Revenues were flat on a currency-neutral basis. The gross margin increased 0.2 percentage points to 
47.5%, while operating profit amounted to € 268 million in 2023.  

Economic and sector development 

Global economy shows resilience in 202325 
The global economy remained resilient in 2023 despite facing elevated, albeit slowing, inflation and rising 
geopolitical conflicts. In this context, the global gross domestic product (GDP) increased 2.6% in 2023. 
While the surge in energy and commodity prices due to the ongoing war in Ukraine has moderated 
somewhat, inflation remained elevated and continued to weigh on household incomes and consumer 
sentiment throughout the year. During the first half of the year, global central banks further tightened 
monetary policy, resulting in higher interest rates. During the second half of the year, however, most 
central banks halted interest rate increases. This challenging macroeconomic environment impacted 
global economic activity, as growth in advanced economies slowed to 1.5% in 2023. Meanwhile, developing 
economies proved relatively resilient as growth slightly accelerated to 4.0% in 2023. Nevertheless, 
restrictive monetary policy and the conflict in the Middle East, in addition to the ongoing war in Ukraine, 
left their mark on both advanced and developing economies. Globally, the risks of further escalation of 
geopolitical tensions, supply chain disruptions, climate-related disasters and financial stress amid 
elevated borrowing costs remain. 

Sporting goods industry grows moderately in 2023 
Despite facing persisting challenges, the global sporting goods industry proved its resilience in 2023. The 
overall market expanded amid continued pressure on input costs and supply chains as well as subdued 
demand due to lower discretionary spending in a high inflation environment. Additionally, the industry 
faced particularly high inventory levels globally in 2023, which were countered by increased promotional 
activity across the sector. While most markets returned to healthier inventory levels toward the end of 
2023, the marketplace in North America, in particular, continued to face excess stock. Despite these 
challenges, demand globally benefited from major sports events such as the FIFA Women’s World Cup 
Australia & New Zealand and the Rugby World Cup France. In addition, recurring tournaments such as the 
UEFA Champions League and major US sports leagues drove consumer excitement. Furthermore, the 
sporting goods industry continues to profit from a casualization trend, as well as increased participation in 
sports and healthier lifestyle choices around the world. Comfort, quality, durability, and sustainability 
continued to influence consumer purchasing decisions. At the same time, the sporting goods industry is 
also subject to risks of lower consumer demand due to pressure on discretionary spending power amid 
economic downturns, as well as further geopolitical tensions and supply chain disruptions. 

25 Source: World Bank Global Economic Prospects. 

124 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Regional GDP development1,2 in % 

1 Real change in percent versus prior year; 2022 and 2021 figures restated compared to prior year. 
2 Source: World Bank as of January 9, 2024.  
3 Includes Emerging Europe and Central Asia. 
4 Includes East Asia and Pacific. 

125 

786543210202120222023GlobalEuro areaUSAEastern Europe3Asia4Latin America3.01.22.73.41.92.57.53.45.10.42.63.92.26.27.15.95.87.2 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Income Statement 

adidas revenues on prior-year level in 2023 

On a currency-neutral basis, revenues in 2023 were flat compared to the prior year. In euro terms, 
revenues declined 5% to € 21,427 million from € 22,511 million in 2022. Reported revenues incorporate 
negative translation impacts of more than € 1,000 million from unfavorable currency movements.  

The top-line development in 2023 was impacted by significantly reduced sell-in to the wholesale channel 
as part of the company’s successful initiatives to reduce high inventory levels. In addition, the 
discontinuation of the Yeezy business represented a drag of around € 500 million on the year-over-year 
comparison during 2023. The sale of remaining Yeezy product in the second and third quarter positively 
impacted net sales in the amount of around € 750 million. This compared to a total of more than 
€ 1,200 million of Yeezy revenues in 2022.  

From a market perspective, currency-neutral sales increased strong double-digits in Latin America. 
Revenues in both Greater China and Asia-Pacific grew high-single-digits. Currency-neutral sales in EMEA 
were flat. North America recorded a double-digit decline as this market was particularly impacted by the 
company’s conservative sell-in strategy to reduce high inventory levels. ► SEE BUSINESS PERFORMANCE BY SEGMENT 

Net sales 

0% c.n. 

€ 21,427 million 

Revenue development driven by growth in Performance 

From a category perspective, currency-neutral revenues in Performance grew at a mid-single-digit rate. 
This growth was mainly driven by high-single-digit increases in Football, Outdoor, and Specialist Sports. 
Currency-neutral net sales declined in Lifestyle overall due to the Yeezy impact. However, revenues in 
Originals increased at a mid-single-digit rate, while sales in Basketball and Skateboarding grew at 
double-digit rates.  

Net sales1 € in millions 

1 2019 including Reebok business. 

126 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Net sales by segment1 € in millions 

EMEA 

North America 

Greater China 

Asia-Pacific 

Latin America 

Other Businesses 

Total 

2023 

2022 

Change 

8,235 

5,219 

3,190 

2,254 

2,291 

155 

8,550 

6,404 

3,179 

2,241 

2,104 

150 

(4%) 

(19%) 

0% 

1% 

9% 

3% 

21,427 

22,511 

(5%) 

Change 
(currency-
neutral) 

0% 

(16%) 

8% 

7% 

22% 

4% 

0% 

1 Includes HQ/consolidation not directly attributable to one of the segments. See Note 36. 

Net sales by segment1 in %  

1 As a percentage of total segments. 

Footwear drives sales growth in 2023 

Despite the significant Yeezy impact, currency-neutral footwear sales were up 4% in 2023, mainly driven 
by double-digit growth in Football and high-single-digit growth in Originals. Apparel revenues were down 
6% on a currency-neutral basis, as this product category was particularly impacted by the high inventory 
levels in the marketplace and the company’s disciplined sell-in to the wholesale channel in response to it. 
Nevertheless, apparel revenues in Outdoor and Basketball grew at double-digit rates and Golf posted 
high-single-digit growth. Currency-neutral accessories and gear sales were up 3%, mainly reflecting a 
double-digit increase in Football.   

Net sales by product category1 € in millions 

Footwear 

Apparel 

Accessories and Gear 

Total 

1 Prior year figures restated due to HQ/consolidation. See Note 36. 

127 

2023 

2022 

Change 

12,139 

7,806 

1,483 

21,427 

12,287 

8,731 

1,493 

22,511 

(1%) 

(11%) 

(1%) 

(5%) 

Change 
(currency-
neutral) 

4% 

(6%) 

3% 

0% 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Net sales by product category in % 

Cost of sales decreases in line with net sales development 

Cost of sales is defined as the amount we pay to third parties for expenses associated with producing and 
delivering our products. In addition, own-production expenses are also included in the cost of sales. 
However, these expenses represent only a very small portion of total cost of sales. In 2023, cost of sales 
was € 11,244 million, representing a decrease of 5% compared to the prior year level of € 11,867 million. 
This decline mainly reflects lower supply chain costs in line with the company’s revenue development. 

Gross margin at 47.5%  

In 2023, gross profit decreased 4% to € 10,184 million from € 10,644 million in 2022, while gross margin 
increased 0.2 percentage points to 47.5% (2022: 47.3%). The improvement was mainly driven by price 
increases, a more favorable business mix and lower freight costs. This was largely offset by significant 
negative currency effects and increased product costs. In addition, while improving throughout the year, 
elevated discounting levels weighed on the gross margin development in 2023.  

Gross margin1,2 in % 

1 Gross margin = (gross profit / net sales) × 100. 
2 2019 including Reebok business. 

128 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Royalty and commission income and other operating income decrease 

In 2023, royalty and commission income decreased 26% to € 83 million (2022: € 112 million) due to a 
decline in royalty payments. Other operating income was down 59% to € 71 million from € 173 million in 
2022, reflecting lower income from post-closing agreements with Authentic Brands Group related to the 
Reebok divestiture. 

Other operating expenses as a percentage of sales up 1.4 percentage points 

Other operating expenses, including depreciation and amortization, mainly consist of marketing and point-
of-sale, distribution and selling, as well as general and administration expenses. In 2023, other operating 
expenses were down 2% to € 10,070 million (2022: € 10,260 million). As a percentage of sales, other 
operating expenses increased 1.4 percentage points to 47.0% from 45.6% in 2022. In 2023, marketing and 
point-of-sale expenses decreased 8% to € 2,528 million (2022: € 2,763 million). The company continued its 
marketing investments into brand campaigns, especially around important sports events such as the FIFA 
Women’s World Cup 2023. Furthermore, it broadened its portfolio of sports partners, such as the Indian 
cricket team and Les Mills in Training. In addition, adidas invested into the launch of new products such as 
the latest iterations of its iconic Predator, X, and Copa boots in Football; the introduction of the Adizero 
Adios Pro Evo 1 in Running; and drops with partners such as Bad Bunny, Pharrell Williams, or Edison Chen 
in Lifestyle. In Basketball, adidas successfully brought ‘Fear of God’ products and the first signature shoe 
with Anthony Edwards to market. The company limited point-of-sale expenses at times and in regions with 
heightened promotional activity in the marketplace. As a percentage of sales, marketing and point-of-sale 
expenses decreased 0.5 percentage points to 11.8% (2022: 12.3%). Distribution and selling expenses 
decreased 1% to € 5,547 million in 2023 from € 5,601 million in the prior year, mainly reflecting lower 
logistics costs. As a percentage of sales, distribution and selling expenses increased 1.0 percentage point 
to 25.9% from 24.9% in 2022. General and administration expenses were up 11% to € 1,839 million (2022: 
€ 1,651 million), mainly due to higher personnel costs. As a percentage of sales, general and 
administration expenses were up 1.2 percentage points to 8.6% (2022: 7.3%). In total, operating overhead 
expenses increased 1% to € 7,541 million (2022: € 7,498 million). This includes one-off costs of around 
€ 200 million related to the strategic review the company conducted in 2023, as well as donations and 
accruals for further donations in an amount of more than € 140 million. As a percentage of sales, 
operating overhead expenses increased 1.9 percentage points to 35.2% from 33.3% in 2022.  ► SEE NOTE 30 

Other operating expenses1 in % of net sales 

1 2019 including Reebok business. 

129 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Marketing and point-of-sale expenses1 in % of net sales 

1 2019 including Reebok business. 

EBITDA decreases 28% 

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as well as impairment losses/reversal of 
impairment losses on property, plant, and equipment; right-of-use; and intangible assets (EBITDA) 
decreased 28% to € 1,358 million in 2023 versus € 1,874 million in 2022. Total depreciation and 
amortization as well as impairment losses/reversal of impairment losses for tangible, right-of-use, and 
intangible assets decreased 15% to € 1,170 million in 2023 (2022: € 1,371 million). 

EBITDA1,2 € in millions 

1 EBITDA = income before taxes (IBT) + net interest expenses + depreciation and amortization + impairment losses – reversal of impairment losses. 
2 2019 including Reebok business. 

Operating margin decreases to 1.3%  

Operating profit decreased 60% to € 268 million in 2023 versus € 669 million in 2022. This includes a 
negative impact of around € 100 million related to the significant devaluation of the Argentine Peso in the 
fourth quarter. The sale of remaining Yeezy product in the second and third quarter positively impacted 
adidas’ operating profit by an incremental amount of around € 300 million during 2023. At the same time, 
the company’s operating profit includes extraordinary expenses of more than € 340 million in total 
reflecting one-off costs related to the strategic review the company conducted in 2023 as well as donations 
and accruals for further donations. adidas’ operating profit also reflects a low-double-digit million euro 
amount of Yeezy-related inventory write-offs, reflecting the company’s decision to only write off a small 
portion of its remaining Yeezy inventory. The operating margin was 1.3% in 2023, 1.7 percentage points 
below the prior-year level (2022: 3.0%). 

130 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Operating margin 

1.3% 

(1.7 PP) 

Operating profit1 € in millions 

1 2019 including Reebok business. 

Operating margin1,2 in % 

1 Operating margin = (operating profit / net sales) × 100. 
2 2019 including Reebok business. 

Net financial result decreases 

Financial income increased 103% to € 79 million in 2023 (2022: € 39 million), mainly reflecting higher 
interest income and changes in the fair value of financial instruments. Financial expenses were down 12% 
to € 282 million compared to € 320 million in 2022, mainly due to lower net foreign exchange losses. As a 
result, the company recorded a net financial result of negative € 203 million, compared to negative 
€ 281 million in 2022. ► SEE NOTE 32 

Tax rate increases significantly 

The company’s tax rate increased 154.7 percentage points to 189.2% in 2023 (2022: 34.5%). As a result of 
the significantly lower income before taxes, non-deductible expenses and tax-free income had a 
significant impact. In addition, the tax rate development reflected higher withholding tax expenses.  
► SEE NOTE 34 

131 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Net loss from continuing operations of € 58 million 

While the operating business improved significantly in 2023, net loss from continuing operations was 
€ 58 million (2022: net income of € 254 million), reflecting the extraordinarily high tax rate. Consequently, 
both basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) from continuing operations reached negative 
€ 0.67 (2022: € 1.25). 

Net (loss)/income from continuing operations1 € in millions 

1 2019 including Reebok business. 

Basic earnings per share1 in € 

1 2019 including Reebok business. 

The total number of shares outstanding slightly increased to 178,549,084 at the end of 2023, reflecting the 
grant of 11,886 shares to Bjørn Gulden in connection with his Executive Board compensation during the 
first half of the year. The average number of shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share 
(EPS) was 178,543,596 (2022: 183,263,629). 

Gains from discontinued operations amount to € 44 million 

In 2023, adidas incurred gains from discontinued operations of € 44 million, net of tax, related to the 
Reebok divestiture (2022: gain of € 384 million). ► SEE NOTE 03 

Net loss attributable to shareholders of € 75 million 

The company’s net loss attributable to shareholders, which, in addition to the net loss from continuing 
operations, includes gains from discontinued operations, amounted to € 75 million (2022: net income of 
€ 612 million). As a result, both basic and diluted EPS from continuing and discontinued operations was 
negative € 0.42 versus € 3.34 in 2022. 

132 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Statement of Financial Position and Statement of  
Cash Flows 

Assets 

At the end of December 2023, total assets were down 11% to € 18,020 million from € 20,296 million in the 
prior year as the decrease in inventories, accounts receivable and right-of-use assets more than offset the 
increase of cash and cash equivalents.  

Structure of statement of financial position 1 in % of total assets 

Assets (€ in millions) 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Accounts receivable 

Inventories 

Fixed assets2 

Right-of-use assets (IFRS 16)3 

Other assets 

2023 

2022 

18,020 

20,296 

7.9% 

10.6% 

25.1% 

35.4% 

35.2% 

20.9% 

3.9% 

12.5% 

29.4% 

34.2% 

38.4% 

20.0% 

1 For absolute figures see adidas Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 
2 Fixed assets = property, plant, and equipment + right-of-use assets + goodwill + trademarks + other intangible assets + long-term financial assets. 
3 As a percentage of fixed assets. 

Total current assets decreased 16% to € 9,809 million at the end of December 2023 compared to 
€ 11,732 million in 2022. Cash and cash equivalents were up 79% to € 1,431 million at the end of 
December 2023 from € 798 million in the prior year. This increase is mainly due to the positive cash flow 
from operating activities resulting from the significant reduction of operating working capital compared to 
the prior year. This rise was only partly offset by the repayment of the eurobond, repayments of lease 
liabilities, interest paid as well as the dividend payment for the year 2022. Inventories decreased by almost 
€ 1,500 million, or 24%, to € 4,525 million at the end of December 2023 from € 5,973 million in 2022. The 
decrease was mainly driven by the company’s initiatives toward a more effective inventory management 
including significantly reduced buying patterns. On a currency-neutral basis, inventories decreased 22%. 

► SEE NOTE 07 

Inventories € in millions 

Accounts receivable decreased 25% to € 1,906 million at the end of December 2023 (2022: € 2,529 million), 
mainly reflecting the company’s disciplined sell-in efforts to reduce inventory levels in the market as well 
as a more effective collection compared to the prior year. On a currency-neutral basis, receivables were 

133 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

down 23%. Other current financial assets were down to € 755 million (2022: € 1,014 million), mainly 
related to the closing of the deferred considerations with regard to the divestiture of the Reebok business 
and the decrease in the fair value of financial instruments. Other current assets were down 24% to 
€ 1,003 million at the end of December 2023 (2022: € 1,316 million) due to the decrease of tax receivables. 
► SEE NOTE 05 ► SEE NOTE 06 ► SEE NOTE 08 

Accounts receivable € in millions 

Total non-current assets decreased 4% to € 8,211 million at the end of December 2023 from 
€ 8,563 million in 2022. This development is mainly related to a decrease in fixed assets and was only 
partly offset by an increase of deferred tax assets.  

Fixed assets were down 8% to € 6,386 million at the end of December 2023 versus € 6,935 million in 2022. 
Right-of-use assets decreased 16% to € 2,247 million (2022: € 2,665 million) mainly due to depreciation, 
only partly offset by additions. Goodwill was down 2% to € 1,238 million (2022: € 1,260 million) reflecting 
negative currency effects. Other intangible assets increased 3% to € 442 million (2022: € 429 million), 
mainly due to additions in software including own-created software. Other non-current financial assets 
increased 24% to € 418 million from € 336 million at the end of 2022, mainly related to the increase of the 
fair value of the earn-out component with regard to the divestiture of the Reebok business in the prior 
year. Deferred tax assets amounted to € 1,358 million compared to € 1,216 million in 2022. ► SEE NOTE 34 

Liabilities and equity 

Total current liabilities were down 13% to € 8,043 million at the end of December 2023 from 
€ 9,257 million in 2022. Short-term borrowings increased only slightly to € 549 million at the end of 
December 2023 (2022: € 527 million), as the reclassification of the eurobond in an amount of € 500 million 
due to its maturity in 2024 was offset by the repayment of the equity-neutral convertible bond of 
€ 500 million in September 2023. Accounts payable were down 22% to € 2,276 million at the end of 
December 2023 versus € 2,908 million in 2022, mainly reflecting lower sourcing volumes. On a currency-
neutral basis, accounts payable decreased 21%. Current lease liabilities decreased to € 545 million at the 
end of December 2023 versus € 643 million in 2022, mainly due to lease modifications and 
remeasurements. Other current financial liabilities were down 37% to € 266 million from € 424 million in 
2022, mainly related to reduced customs liabilities as well as the lower fair value of financial instruments. 
Other current provisions decreased 17% to € 1,323 million at the end of December 2023 versus 
€ 1,589 million in 2022, mainly due to lower provisions for returns and a reclassification of provisions for 
customs from current to non-current. Current accrued liabilities were down 6% to € 2,273 million at the 
end of December 2023 from € 2,412 million in 2022, mainly due to lower accruals for discounts and 
outstanding invoices, only partly offset by higher accruals of personnel and marketing costs. Other current 
liabilities were up 8% to € 488 million at the end of December 2023 from € 452 million in 2022. This 

134 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

increase is related to donations in connection with the sale of parts of the Yeezy inventory. ► SEE NOTE 20 ► SEE 
NOTE 21 

Structure of statement of financial position 1 in % of total liabilities and equity2 

Liabilities and equity (€ in millions) 

Short-term borrowings 

Accounts payable 

Long-term borrowings 

Other liabilities 

Current and non-current lease liabilities (IFRS 16)2 

Total equity 

1 For absolute figures see adidas Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 
2 As a percentage of other liabilities. 

Accounts payable € in millions 

2023 

2022 

18,020 

20,296 

3.0% 

12.6% 

13.5% 

43.5% 

33.0% 

27.3% 

2.6% 

14.3% 

14.5% 

42.2% 

34.9% 

26.4% 

Total non-current liabilities decreased 11% to € 5,052 million at the end of December 2023 compared to 
€ 5,688 million in the prior year.  

Long-term borrowings were down 18% to € 2,430 million at the end of December 2023 compared with 
€ 2,946 million in the prior year. This decrease is mainly due to the reclassification of the eurobond of 
€ 500 million to short-term borrowings due to its maturity in 2024. Non-current lease liabilities declined 
13% to € 2,039 million at the end of December 2023 from € 2,343 million in the prior year as a result of a 
reduction in the number of lease contracts and currency effects. Other non-current financial liabilities 
were down 86% to € 6 million at the end of December 2023 from € 44 million in the prior year, related to 
the fair value of financial instruments. Deferred tax liabilities increased 9% to € 147 million at the end of 
December 2023 from € 135 million in the prior year. Other non-current provisions were up 113% to 
€ 188 million at the end of December 2023 from € 88 million in the prior year, reflecting a reclassification 
of provisions for customs from current to non-current and higher provisions for personnel. Other non-
current liabilities were up € 96 million to € 103 million at the end of December 2023 from € 6 million in 
2022. This increase is related to donations in connection with the sale of parts of the Yeezy inventory. 
► SEE NOTE 22 

Shareholders’ equity decreased 8% to € 4,580 million at the end of December 2023 versus € 4,991 million 
in 2022, mainly driven by negative currency effects, the decrease of hedging reserves, as well as the 
dividend paid to shareholders for the full year 2022. The equity ratio increased to 25.4% compared to 
24.6% in the prior year, as the decrease in shareholders’ equity was more than offset by the decrease of 
total liabilities and equity. ► SEE NOTE 25 

135 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Equity ratio1 in % 

1 Equity ratio = shareholders’ equity / total liabilities and equity. 

Operating working capital 

Operating working capital decreased 26% to € 4,154 million at the end of December 2023 compared to  
€ 5,594 million in 2022. On a currency-neutral basis, operating working capital was down 23%. Average 
operating working capital as a percentage of sales increased 1.6 percentage points to 25.7% (2022: 24.0%), 
reflecting the slight increase of average operating working capital against the background of lower net 
sales in 2023 compared to 2022.  

Average operating working capital1, 2 in % of net sales3 

1 Average operating working capital = sum of operating working capital at quarter-ends/4. Operating working capital = accounts receivable + inventories – 
accounts payable. 
2 2021 figure reflects the reclassification of the Reebok business to assets or liabilities held for sale. Calculation logic used for internal reporting as well.  
3 2019 including Reebok business. Calculation logic used for internal reporting as well. 

Investment analysis 

Capital expenditure is defined as the total cash expenditure for the purchase of tangible and intangible 
assets (excluding acquisitions and right-of-use assets according to IFRS 16). Capital expenditure 
decreased 27% to € 504 million (2022: € 695 million). Capital expenditure for property, plant, and 
equipment was down 28% to € 363 million compared to € 504 million in the prior year. The company 
invested € 141 million in intangible assets (2022: € 191 million). Depreciation and amortization, excluding 
impairment losses and reversal of impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets, decreased 3% to 
€ 505 million in 2023 (2022: € 530 million). 

Controlled space initiatives, which comprise investments in new or remodeled own retail and franchise 
stores as well as in shop-in-shop presentations of our products in our customers’ stores, accounted for 
45% of total capital expenditure (2022: 43%). Expenditure for IT and logistics represented 32% and 9%, 
respectively (2022: 29% and 12%, respectively). In addition, expenditure for administration accounted for 
14% (2022: 15%). From a segmental perspective, the majority of the capital expenditure was recorded 
centrally at headquarter level, which accounted for 38% (2022: 46%). From a regional perspective, capital 

136 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

expenditure in EMEA accounted for 24% (2022: 21%) of the total capital expenditure, followed by North 
America with 15% (2022: 11%), Greater China with 10% (2022: 11%), Asia-Pacific with 7% (2022: 8%), and 
Latin America with 6% (2022: 4%).  

Capital expenditure by type in %  

Capital expenditure by segments in %  

Liquidity analysis 

Net cash generated from operating activities amounted to € 2,630 million in 2023 (2022: € 479 million net 
cash used). Net cash generated from continuing operating activities was € 2,630 million (2022: 
€ 394 million net cash used). This development was mainly due to the reduction of operating working 
capital in 2023 compared to the prior year.  

In 2023, net cash used in investing activities reached a level of € 450 million compared to net cash of 
€ 495 million generated in 2022. This development was mainly due to the proceeds related to the 
divestiture of the Reebok business in 2022.  

Net cash used in financing activities amounted to € 1,425 million (2022: € 2,963 million) and net cash used 
in continuing financing activities amounted to € 1,425 million (2022: € 2,957 million). This is a result of the 

137 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

repayment of the eurobond, repayments of lease liabilities, interest paid as well as the dividend payment 
for the year 2022.  

Adjustments according to IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’ are required to be 
separately disclosed and had an impact of € 82 million on the company's 2023 operating, investing and 
financing cash flows and € 64 million on the 2022 values.  

Exchange rate effects negatively impacted the company’s cash position by € 40 million (2022: 
€ 39 million).  

As a result of all these developments, cash and cash equivalents increased by € 633 million to 
€ 1,431 million at the end of December 2023 compared to € 798 million at the end of December 2022.  

Change in cash and cash equivalents € in millions  

Adjusted net borrowings at December 31, 2023, amounted to € 4,518 million, compared to € 6,047 million 
in 2022. The company’s ratio of adjusted net borrowings over EBITDA amounted to 3.3 at the end of 
December 2023 (2022: 3.2). ► SEE TREASURY 

Adjusted net borrowings/EBITDA1,2, 3 € in millions 

1 First-time application of adjusted net borrowings as of 2020. Figures since 2019 were restated to reflect methodology revision in 2022. 
2 2021 figure reflect the reclassification of the Reebok business to assets or liabilities held for sale.  
3 2019 including Reebok business. 

138 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Off-balance-sheet items 

The company’s most significant off-balance-sheet items are commitments for promotion and advertising, 
for service arrangements as well as for other contracts. At the end of December 2023, financial 
commitments for promotion and advertising increased 30% to € 6,418 million in 2023 (2022: 
€ 4,942 million). adidas has outsourced certain logistics and information technology functions, for which it 
has entered into long-term contracts. For these service arrangements, financial commitments increased 
65% to € 1,454 million in 2023 (2022: € 881 million). Minimum future payments for other contracts were 
€ 214 million at December 31, 2023, compared to € 356 million at the end of December 2022, representing 
a decrease of 40%. ► SEE NOTE 37 ► SEE NOTE 38 

139 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Treasury 

Corporate financing policy 

In order to be able to meet the company’s payment commitments at all times, the major goal of our 
financial policy is to ensure adidas’ solvency, to limit financing risks, and to balance financing costs with 
financial flexibility. The operating activities of our segments and the resulting cash inflows represent the 
company’s main source of liquidity. Liquidity is planned on a rolling monthly basis under a multi-year 
financial and liquidity plan.  

Treasury Policy and responsibilities 

Our Treasury Policy governs all treasury-related issues, including banking policy and approval of bank 
relationships, financing arrangements and liquidity/asset management, currency, interest, equity and 
commodity risk management, and the management of intercompany cash flows. Responsibilities are 
arranged in a three-tiered approach: 

─  The Treasury Committee consists of members of the Executive Board and other senior executives who 
decide on the Treasury Policy and provide strategic guidance for managing treasury-related topics. 
Major changes to our Treasury Policy are subject to the prior approval of the Treasury Committee. 

─  The Treasury department is responsible for specific centralized treasury transactions and for the 

global implementation of our Treasury Policy. 

─  On a subsidiary level, where applicable and economically reasonable, local managing directors and 
finance directors are responsible for managing treasury matters in their respective subsidiaries. 
Controlling functions on a corporate level ensure that the transactions of the individual business units 
are in compliance with our Treasury Policy. 

Centralized Treasury function 

In accordance with our Treasury Policy, all worldwide credit lines are directly or indirectly managed by the 
central Treasury department. Portions of those lines are allocated to our subsidiaries and sometimes 
backed by adidas AG guarantees. As a result of this centralized liquidity management, the company is well 
positioned to allocate resources efficiently throughout the organization. The company’s debt is generally 
unsecured and may include standard covenants. We maintain good relations with numerous partner 
banks, thereby avoiding a high dependency on any single financial institution. Banking partners of the 
company and our subsidiaries are required to have at least a BBB- long-term investment grade rating by 
Standard   Poor’s or an equivalent rating by another leading rating agency. We authorize our companies 
to work with banks with a lower rating only in very exceptional cases. To ensure optimal allocation of the 
company’s liquid financial resources, subsidiaries transfer excess cash to our headquarters in all 
instances where it is legally and economically feasible. In this regard, the standardization and 
consolidation of our global cash management and payment processes, including automated domestic and 
cross-border cash pools, are a key priority for our centrally managed Treasury department. In addition, 
the department is responsible for effective management of our currency exposure and interest rate risks. 
► SEE NOTE 02 

140 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Standard covenants 

In the case of our committed credit facilities, we have entered into various legal covenants. These legal 
covenants may include limits on the disposal of fixed assets, the amount of debt secured by liens, cross-
default provisions, and change of control. However, our financial arrangements do not contain any 
financial covenants. If we fail to meet any covenant and were unable to obtain a waiver, borrowings would 
become due and payable immediately. As of December 31, 2023, we were in full compliance with all our 
covenants. We are fully confident we will continue to be compliant with these covenants going forward. We 
believe that cash generated from operating activities, together with access to internal and external 
sources of funds, will be sufficient to meet our future operating and capital needs. 

Credit ratings 

adidas received strong first-time investment-grade ratings by both Standard   Poor’s and Moody’s in 
August 2020. Standard   Poor’s gave adidas an ‘A+’ rating, and Moody’s granted the company an ‘A2’ 
rating. The initial outlook for both ratings was ‘stable’ as both rating agencies recognized the company’s 
strong credit metrics, robust liquidity profile, and conservative financial policies. In November 2022, both 
Standard   Poor’s and Moody’s revised their outlook for adidas to ‘negative’ due to a deterioration in credit 
metrics amid pressure on the company’s operating performance from economic as well as company-
specific challenges. In February 2023, Standard   Poor’s lowered its rating on adidas to ‘A-’, while 
Moody’s downgraded the company to ‘A3’, both with a ‘negative’ outlook. These downgrades reflected a 
further downward revision of credit metrics following the release of the company’s financial guidance for 
2023. In December 2023 and January 2024, Standard   Poor’s and Moody’s issued reports affirming their 
‘A-’ rating with a ‘negative’ outlook and an ‘A3’ rating with a ‘negative’ outlook, respectively. Overall, 
adidas’ investment grade credit ratings continue to ensure an efficient access to capital markets.  

Syndicated credit facility 

In 2020, adidas took several steps to considerably strengthen its financial profile. In November 2020, 
adidas entered into a new € 1,500 million syndicated credit facility with twelve of its partner banks. This 
credit facility agreement was subsequently amended in October 2021 and in November 2022. The amended 
and restated credit facility with then eleven partner banks had a size of € 2,000 million and runs until 
November 2027. In December 2023, adidas reduced the syndicated credit facility size to € 1,864 million 
and the number of lending banks to ten partner banks.  

Sustainability bond 

In September 2020, adidas successfully priced its first sustainability bond as the company continued to 
execute on its ambitious long-term sustainability roadmap while at the same time further optimizing its 
capital structure and financing costs. At the time of the issuance, the € 500 million bond had a term of 
eight years and a coupon of 0.00%. It has been listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and has 
denominations of € 100,000. adidas planned to use the proceeds of the sustainability bond to finance and 
refinance, in whole or in part, eligible sustainable projects, as defined in the sustainability bond 
framework. As of September 30, 2023, the total amount of net proceeds of € 500 million was fully 
allocated to eligible sustainable projects. 

141 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Sustainability bond: Amount of net proceeds allocated1 € in millions 

Q1 – Q3 2023 

Q4 2018 
– 2022 

61 

3 

4 

67 

369 

26 

37 

433 

Total 

430 

29 

41 

500 

0 

Eligible sustainable projects per category 

Sustainable materials 

Sustainable processes 

Community engagement 

Cumulated eligible sustainable project expenditure 

Unallocated proceeds 

1 Allocation of proceeds was subject to an independent review by Sustainalytics. 

Outstanding bonds 

adidas currently has six bonds outstanding. Most recently, in 2022, the company issued a three-year bond 
of € 500 million maturing in November 2025 with a coupon of 3.00%, in addition to a seven-year bond of 
€ 500 million that matures in November 2029 and has a coupon of 3.125%. The bonds have been listed on 
the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and have denominations of € 100,000 each. On top of these placements, 
the company has further outstanding bonds: a bond of € 400 million issued in 2014 which matures in 
October 2026 and has a coupon of 2.25%. In September 2020, adidas successfully issued two bonds 
amounting to € 1,000 million in total. The four-year bond of € 500 million matures in September 2024 and 
has a coupon of 0.00%, while the 15-year bond of € 500 million matures in September 2035 and has a 
coupon of 0.625%. The bonds have been listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and have 
denominations of € 100,000 each. ► SEE NOTE 16 

Maturity profile and coupons of adidas bonds1 

1 Coupons are fixed. 

142 

 
    
   
 
   
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Additional credit lines 

In addition to the syndicated credit facility and access to bond markets, the company’s financial flexibility is 
ensured by the availability of further credit facilities. At the end of 2023, committed and uncommitted 
credit lines, including the syndicated loan facility, amounted to € 3,648 million (2022: € 4,090 million), of 
which € 3,556 million was unutilized (2022: € 3,998 million). Committed and uncommitted credit lines 
represent approximately 53% and 47% of total credit lines, respectively (2022: 51% and 49%, respectively). 
In addition, we have an unused multi-currency commercial paper program in the amount of 
€ 2,000 million available (2022: € 2,000 million). We monitor the ongoing need for available credit lines 
based on the current level of debt and future financing requirements. 

Gross borrowings decrease 

The company’s gross borrowings, the vast majority of which are denominated in euro, are composed of 
bank borrowings as well as outstanding bonds. Gross borrowings decreased 14% to € 2,979 million at the 
end of 2023 from € 3,473 million in the prior year, due to higher cash and cash equivalents as well as the 
repayment of the equity-neutral convertible bond of € 500 million in September 2023. The total amount of 
bonds outstanding at the end of 2023 was € 2,886 million (2022: € 3,381 million). Bank borrowings 
amounted to € 93 million at the end of 2023 compared to € 93 million in the prior year.   

Financing structure € in millions 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Bank borrowings 

Eurobonds 

Equity-neutral convertible bond 

Gross total borrowings 

Net (borrowings)/cash 

2023 

1,431 

93 

2,886 

0 

2,979 

(1,548) 

2022 

798 

93 

2,883 

498 

3,473 

(2,676) 

As of December 31, 2023, cash and cash equivalents include € 211 million (2022: € 155 million) held by 
subsidiaries which were subject to foreign exchange control (e.g., Russia, Argentina) or other legal 
restriction and hence were not anytime available for general use by adidas AG or other subsidiaries. 

143 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Debt maturity profile 

In 2024, assuming unchanged maturities, debt instruments of € 549 million will mature. This compares to 
€ 527 million that matured in the course of 2023. 

Remaining time to maturity of gross borrowings € in millions 

Adjusted net borrowings of € 4,518 million 

Adjusted net borrowings on December 31, 2023, amounted to € 4,518 million, compared to € 6,047 million 
on December 31, 2022. This development was mainly due to significantly higher cash and cash equivalents 
resulting from a positive cash flow from operating activities and both lower long-term borrowings as well 
as lower current and non-current lease liabilities in 2023. 

Adjusted (net borrowings)/net cash1,2 € in millions 

1 First-time application of adjusted net borrowings as of 2020. Figures since 2019 were restated to reflect methodology revision in 2022. 
2 2021 figure reflects the reclassification of the Reebok business to assets or liabilities held for sale. 

In 2020, the definition of net borrowings was adapted to adjusted net borrowings in order to reflect 
changes in the company’s Financial Policy. The most significant difference between the previous net 
borrowings definition and the adjusted net borrowings definition was the inclusion of the present value of 
future lease and pension liabilities. In 2022, the methodology for calculating adjusted net borrowings was 
revised to align with broader market practice and the approach of rating agencies. The main change of the 
methodology revision was the elimination of income tax adjustments from net borrowings. ► SEE NOTE 25 

144 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Composition of adjusted net borrowings € in millions 

Short-term borrowings 

Long-term borrowings 

Current and non-current lease liabilities 

Pensions and similar obligations 

Factoring 

Subtotal 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Short-term financial assets 

Less trapped cash 

Less accessible cash and cash equivalents 

2023 

549 

2,430 

2,584 

139 

70 

5,772 

1,431 

34 

211 

1,254 

2022 

527 

2,946 

2,986 

118 

112 

6,689 

798 

0 

155 

643 

Adjusted net borrowings 

4,518 

6,047 

Interest rate increases 

The weighted average interest rate on the company’s gross borrowings increased to 1.6% in 2023 (2022: 
0.8%). This development was mainly due to the issuance of two new € 500 million bonds with coupons of 
3.00% and 3.125% respectively in November 2022. Fixed-rate financing represented 99% of total gross 
borrowings at the end of 2023 (2022: 100%). Variable-rate financing accounted for 1% of total gross 
borrowings at the end of 2023 (2022: 0%). 

Interest rate development1 in % 

1 Weighted average interest rate of gross borrowings. 

Effective foreign exchange management is a key priority 

As a globally operating company, adidas is exposed to currency risks. Therefore, effective currency 
management is a key focus of our Treasury department, with the aim of reducing the impact of currency 
fluctuations on non-euro-denominated net future cash flows. In this regard, hedging US dollars is a 
central part of our hedging program. This is a direct result of our Asian-dominated sourcing, which is 
largely denominated in US dollars. In 2023, our Treasury department managed a net deficit of around 
US $ 4,100 million related to business activities (2022: US $ 7,500 million). Thereof, around 
US $ 3,000 million was against the euro (2022: US $ 6,100 million). As governed by our Treasury Policy, we 
have established a hedging program on a rolling basis up to 24 months in advance, under which the vast 
majority of the anticipated seasonal hedging volume is secured approximately six months prior to the start 
of a season. In rare instances, hedges are contracted beyond the 24-month horizon. We had largely 

145 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

covered our anticipated hedging needs for 2024 as of the end of 2023. At the same time, we have already 
started hedging our exposure for 2025. The use or combination of different hedging instruments, such as 
foreign exchange contracts, currency options, and swaps, protect us against unfavorable currency 
movements. ► SEE GLOBAL OPERATIONS ► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT ► SEE NOTE 28 

146 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Financial Statements and Management Report of  
adidas AG 

adidas AG is the parent company of the adidas Group. It includes operating business functions, primarily 
for the German market, as well as corporate headquarter functions such as Marketing, IT, Treasury, 
Taxes, Legal, and Finance. adidas AG also administers the company’s shareholdings. 

Operating activities and capital structure of adidas AG 

The majority of the operating business of adidas AG consists of the sale of merchandise to wholesale 
partners and own retail activities. 

In addition to its own trading activities, the results of adidas AG are significantly influenced by its holding 
function for the adidas Group. This is reflected primarily in currency effects, transfer of costs for services 
provided, interest result, and income from investments in related companies. 

The opportunities and risks as well as the future development of adidas AG largely reflect those of the 
adidas Group. ► SEE OUTLOOK ► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 

The asset and capital structure of adidas AG is significantly impacted by its holding and financing function 
for the adidas Group. For example, 48% of total assets as of December 31, 2023, related to financial assets 
(2022: 42%), which primarily consist of shares in affiliated companies. Intercompany accounts, through 
which transactions between affiliated companies are settled, represent another 28% of total assets (2022: 
42%) and 28% of total equity and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 (2022: 28%). 

Preparation of accounts 

Unlike the consolidated financial statements, which are in conformity with the International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS), as adopted by the European Union as of December 31, 2023, the following 
financial statements of adidas AG have been prepared in accordance with the rules set out in the German 
Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB). 

147 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Income statement 

Statement of income in accordance with HGB (Condensed) € in millions 

Net sales 

Reduction (prior year increase) of finished and unfinished goods 

Total output 

Other operating income 

Cost of materials 

Personnel expenses 

Depreciation and amortization 

Other operating expenses 

Operating result 

Financial result 

Taxes 

Net (loss)/income 

Retained earnings brought forward 

Allocation to other revenue reserves 

Allocation to capital reserves 

Utilization for the repurchase/issuance of adidas AG shares 

Retained earnings 

adidas AG net sales € in millions 

Royalty and commission income 

adidas Germany 

Foreign subsidiaries 

Central distribution 

Other revenues 

Total 

Net sales down 6% 

2023 

2022 

4,510 

(4) 

4,506 

721 

(1,678) 

(852) 

(139) 

(2,801) 

(243) 

103 

(49) 

(189) 

598 

– 

– 

2 

411 

4,814 

2 

4,816 

1,226 

(1,878) 

(726) 

(140) 

(3,415) 

(117) 

2,237 

(63) 

2,057 

724 

(500) 

(12) 

(1,546) 

723 

2023 

2,275 

1,267 

88 

125 

755 

2022 

2,394 

1,511 

80 

118 

711 

4,510 

4,814 

Sales of adidas AG comprise external revenues generated by adidas Germany with products of the adidas 
brand as well as revenues from foreign subsidiaries. Revenues of adidas AG also include royalty and 
commission income, mainly from affiliated companies, revenues from central distribution, and other 
revenues. From March 2022 until May 2023, the commission income for the Reebok sales is shown in 
other revenues. In 2023, adidas AG net sales decreased 6% to € 4,510 million compared to € 4,814 million 
in the prior year.  

148 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Other operating income down 41% 

In 2023, other operating income of adidas AG decreased 41% to € 721 million (2022: € 1,226 million). This 
development was primarily due to lower positive currency effects. 

Other operating expenses down 18% 

In 2023, other operating expenses for adidas AG decreased 18% to € 2,801 million (2022: € 3,415 million). 
This was largely attributable to lower currency losses. 

Depreciation and amortization slightly down  

Depreciation and amortization for adidas AG relating to intangible and tangible fixed assets decreased 
slightly to € 139 million in 2023 (2022: € 140 million).  

Operating result below prior year level 

In 2023, adidas AG generated an operating loss of € 243 million (2022: € 117 million). The decrease is 
mainly due to lower sales.  

Significant decrease of the financial result 

The financial result of adidas AG decreased 95% to € 103 million in 2023 (2022: € 2,237 million). The 
decrease was attributable to lower income from dividends. 

Net loss in 2023 

Net loss, after taxes of € 49 million (2022: € 63 million), amounted to € 189 million in 2023 and was thus 
109% below the prior year net income of € 2,057 million. 

149 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Balance sheet 

Balance sheet in accordance with HGB (Condensed) € in millions 

Assets 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Financial assets 

Fixed assets 

Inventories 

Receivables and other assets 

Cash and cash equivalents, securities 

Current assets 

Prepaid expenses 

Total assets 

Equity and liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 

Provisions 

Liabilities and other items 

Total equity and liabilities 

Total assets below prior year 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

359 

675 

4,427 

5,461 

44 

2,765 

859 

3,668 

136 

9,265 

2,455 

813 

5,997 

9,265 

329 

684 

4,408 

5,421 

52 

4,719 

195 

4,966 

88 

10,475 

2,767 

833 

6,875 

10,475 

At the end of December 2023, total assets decreased 12% to € 9,265 million compared to € 10,475 million 
in the prior year. This development was mainly a result of the decrease in receivables and other assets. 

Shareholders’ equity down 11% 

Shareholders’ equity decreased 11% to € 2,455 million at the end of 2023 (2022: € 2,767 million). The 
equity ratio increased to 26.5% (2022: 26.4%). 

Provisions decrease 2% 

Provisions were down 2% to € 813 million at the end of 2023 (2022: € 833 million).  

Liabilities and other items down 13% 

At the end of December 2023, liabilities and other items decreased 13% to € 5,997 million (2022: 
€ 6,875 million). This is mainly due to the repayment of a bond in 2023. 

150 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

No major change in cash and cash equivalents 

adidas AG has a syndicated credit facility of € 1,864 million and additional bilateral credit lines of 
€ 889 million. In addition, the company has a multi-currency commercial paper program in an amount of 
€ 2,000 million. ► SEE TREASURY

In 2023, operating activities of adidas AG resulted in a cash inflow of € 212 million (2022: cash outflow of 
€ 1,699 million). The change versus the prior year was mainly a result of lower receivables. Net cash 
inflow from investment activities was € 104 million (2022: € 2,518 million). This was primarily attributable 
to lower dividend income. Financing activities resulted in a net cash outflow of € 323 million 
(2022: € 2,223 million). The net cash outflow from financing activities mainly relates to the dividend 
payment and interest payments. As a result of these developments, cash and cash equivalents of adidas 
AG decreased to € 189 million at the end of December 2023 compared to € 195 million at the end of the 
prior year. 

adidas AG is able to meet its financial commitments at all times. 

151 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Disclosures pursuant to § 315a and § 289a of the German 
Commercial Code and explanatory report 

Composition of subscribed capital 

The nominal capital of adidas AG amounts to € 180,000,000 (as at December 31, 2023) and is divided into 
the same number of registered no-par-value shares with a notional pro rata amount in the nominal capital 
of € 1 each. The nominal capital and the number of shares did not change in the 2023 financial year. The 
shares are fully paid in. Any claim on the part of the shareholders to the issuance of individual share 
certificates is generally excluded pursuant to § 4 section 7 of the Articles of Association unless such 
issuance is required in accordance with the regulations valid at a stock exchange at which the shares are 
admitted. Pursuant to § 67 section 2 German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG), in relation to 
adidas AG, only a person who is registered accordingly in the share register shall be deemed a 
shareholder. Each share grants one vote at the Annual General Meeting and determines the shareholders’ 
share in the company’s profit. All shares carry the same rights and obligations. The shareholders’ 
individual rights and obligations follow from the provisions of the German Stock Corporation Act, in 
particular from §§ 12, 53a et seq., 118 et seq., and 186 AktG. As at December 31, 2023, adidas AG held in 
total 1,450,916 treasury shares, which do not confer any rights to the company in accordance with 
§ 71b AktG. ► SEE NOTE 25 

In the USA, adidas AG has issued American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). ADRs are deposit certificates of 
non-US shares that are traded instead of the original shares on US stock exchanges. Two ADRs equal one 
adidas AG share. ► SEE OUR SHARE 

Restrictions on voting rights or transfer of shares  

The company is not aware of any contractual agreements with adidas AG or other agreements restricting 
voting rights or the transfer of shares. However, based on the Code of Conduct and internal guidelines of 
adidas AG and based on Article 19 section 11 of the Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 (Market Abuse 
Regulation), particular trade prohibitions do exist for members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive 
Board as well as employees with regard to the purchase and sale of adidas AG shares in connection with 
the (time of) publication of quarterly results as well as half-year and full-year financial reports. 

In addition, restrictions of voting rights may exist pursuant to, inter alia, § 136 AktG or for treasury shares 
pursuant to § 71b AktG as well as due to capital market regulations, in particular pursuant to §§ 33 et seq. 
German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz – WpHG). 

The shares that were issued to employees of adidas AG in the context of the employee stock purchase plan 
and to employees of subsidiaries participating in the employee stock purchase plan are not subject to any 
lock-up periods, unless such a lock-up period is stipulated in locally applicable regulations. Employees 
who hold the shares which they purchased themselves (investment shares) for at least one year will 
subsequently receive one share for every six investment shares without having to pay for such share 
(matching share) if they are still adidas employees at that point in time. If employees transfer, pledge, or 
hypothecate investment shares in any way during the one-year vesting period, the right to receive 
matching shares ceases. 

152 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Shareholdings in share capital exceeding 10% of voting rights 

The company has not been notified of, and is not aware of, any direct or indirect shareholdings in the share 
capital of adidas AG reaching or exceeding 10% of the voting rights. 

Shares with special rights 

There are no shares bearing special rights. In particular, there are no shares with rights conferring 
powers of control.  

Voting right control if employees have a share in the capital 

Like other shareholders, employees who hold adidas AG shares can exercise their control rights in 
accordance with statutory provisions and the Articles of Association. This also applies to the shares 
acquired by a service provider as part of the employee stock purchase plan. Employees may exercise their 
voting rights from these shares directly or indirectly. 

Executive Board appointment and dismissal 

Pursuant to § 6 of the Articles of Association and § 84 AktG, the Supervisory Board is responsible for 
determining the exact number of members of the Executive Board, for their appointment and dismissal as 
well as for the appointment of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The adidas AG Executive Board, which, as 
a basic principle, comprises at least two members, consists of the CEO and three further members as at 
the balance sheet date. Executive Board members may be appointed for a maximum period of five years. 
Such appointments may be renewed and the terms of office may be extended, provided that no term 
exceeds five years. ► SEE EXECUTIVE BOARD 

The Supervisory Board may revoke the appointment as a member of the Executive Board or CEO for good 
cause such as gross negligence of duties or a vote of no confidence by the Annual General Meeting. 

As adidas AG is subject to the regulations of the German Co-Determination Act (Mitbestimmungsgesetz – 
MitbestG), the appointment of Executive Board members and also their dismissal require a majority of at 
least two thirds of the Supervisory Board members (§ 31 MitbestG). If such a majority is not established in 
the first vote by the Supervisory Board, the Mediation Committee has to present a proposal which, 
however, does not exclude other proposals. The appointment or dismissal is then made in a second vote 
with a simple majority of the votes cast by the Supervisory Board members. Should the required majority 
not be established in this case either, a third vote, again requiring a simple majority, must be held in which 
the Chair of the Supervisory Board has two votes. 

If the Executive Board does not have the required number of members, the competent court must, in 
urgent cases, make the necessary appointment upon application (§ 85 section 1 AktG). 

153 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Amendments to the Articles of Association 

Pursuant to §§ 119 section 1 number 6, 179 section 1 sentence 1 AktG, the Articles of Association of 
adidas AG can, in principle, only be amended by a resolution of the Annual General Meeting. Pursuant to 
§ 21 section 3 of the Articles of Association in conjunction with § 179 section 2 sentence 2 AktG, the Annual 
General Meeting of adidas AG principally resolves upon amendments to the Articles of Association with a 
simple majority of the votes cast and with a simple majority of the nominal capital represented when 
passing the resolution. If mandatory legal provisions stipulate a larger majority of voting rights or capital, 
this majority is applicable. When it comes to amendments solely relating to the wording, the Supervisory 
Board is authorized to make these modifications in accordance with § 179 section 1 sentence 2 AktG in 
conjunction with § 10 section 1 sentence 2 of the Articles of Association.  

Authorizations of the Executive Board 

The authorizations of the Executive Board are regulated by §§ 76 et seq. AktG in conjunction with §§ 7 
and 8 of the Articles of Association. The Executive Board is responsible, in particular, for managing the 
company and represents the company judicially and extra-judicially. 

Authorization of the Executive Board to issue shares 

The authorization of the Executive Board to issue shares is regulated by § 4 of the Articles of Association 
and by statutory provisions: 

Authorized Capital 

─  Until August 6, 2026, the Executive Board is authorized to increase the nominal capital, subject to 

Supervisory Board approval, by issuing new shares against contributions in cash once or several times 
by no more than € 50,000,000 altogether (Authorized Capital 2021/I). The Executive Board may, subject 
to Supervisory Board approval, exclude residual amounts from shareholders' subscription rights. 

─  Until August 6, 2026, the Executive Board is also authorized to increase the nominal capital, subject to 
Supervisory Board approval, by issuing new shares against contributions in kind and/or cash once or 
several times by no more than € 20,000,000 altogether (Authorized Capital 2021/II). The Executive 
Board is authorized, subject to Supervisory Board approval, to exclude residual amounts from 
shareholders’ subscription rights and to wholly or partly exclude shareholders’ subscription rights 
when issuing shares against contributions in kind. Additionally, the Executive Board may, subject to 
Supervisory Board approval, exclude shareholders’ subscription rights if the new shares against 
contributions in kind are issued at a price not significantly below the stock market price of the 
company’s shares already quoted on the stock exchange at the point in time when the issue price is 
ultimately determined, which should be as close as possible to the placement of the shares; this 
exclusion of subscription rights can also be associated with the listing of the company’s shares on a 
foreign stock exchange. The authorization to exclude subscription rights under this authorization, 
however, may only be used to the extent that the pro-rata amount of the new shares in the nominal 
capital together with the pro-rata amount in the nominal capital of other shares which have been 
issued by the company since May 12, 2021, subject to the exclusion of subscription rights, on the basis 
of an authorized capital or following a repurchase or for which subscription or conversion rights or 
subscription or conversion obligations have been granted through the issuance of convertible bonds 

154 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

and/or bonds with warrants while excluding subscription rights, does not exceed 10% of the nominal 
capital existing on the date of the entry of this authorization with the Commercial Register or – if this 
amount is lower – as of the respective date on which the resolution on the utilization of the 
authorization is adopted. The previous sentence does not apply to the exclusion of subscription rights 
for residual amounts. The Authorized Capital 2021/II must not be used to issue shares within the scope 
of compensation or participation programs for Executive Board members or employees or for 
members of the management bodies or employees of affiliated companies. ► SEE NOTE 25 

Contingent Capital 

The nominal capital of the company is conditionally increased by up to € 12,500,000 (Contingent 
Capital 2022). The Contingent Capital serves the purpose of granting holders or creditors of bonds that 
were issued based on the resolution of the Annual General Meeting on May 12, 2022, option or conversion 
rights relating to not more than a total of 12,500,000 shares in compliance with the corresponding 
conditions of the bonds. Based on the authorization granted by the Annual General Meeting on 
May 12, 2022, the Executive Board is authorized to issue bonds with warrants and/or convertible bonds 
(together ‘bonds’) in an aggregate nominal value of up to € 4,000,000,000 with or without a limited term 
against contributions in cash once or several times until May 11, 2027, and to guarantee bonds issued by 
subordinated Group companies. The Executive Board is also authorized, subject to Supervisory Board 
approval, to exclude shareholders’ subscription rights for bonds insofar as this is required for residual 
amounts, and to also exclude shareholders’ subscription rights insofar as and to the extent that this is 
necessary for granting subscription rights to which holders or creditors of previously issued bonds are 
entitled. Finally, the Executive Board is authorized, subject to Supervisory Board approval, to also exclude 
shareholders’ subscription rights insofar as the bonds are issued against contributions in cash and the 
issue price of the bonds is not significantly below the hypothetical market value of these bonds and the 
number of shares to be issued do not exceed 10% of the nominal capital. Shares which are issued or sold 
in accordance with § 186 section 3 sentence 4 AktG during the term of this authorization until its 
utilization, as well as shares to be issued or granted during the term of this authorization on the basis of 
bonds issued with the exclusion of subscription rights in accordance with this provision utilizing another 
authorization, shall be attributed to the aforementioned limit of 10%. The total number of shares to be 
issued under bonds which are issued with the exclusion of subscription rights based on the authorization 
and of shares which are issued from an authorized capital with the exclusion of subscription rights during 
the term of the authorization may not exceed a pro-rata amount of the nominal capital of 10% on the date 
of the entry of this authorization with the Commercial Register. Notwithstanding the Supervisory Board’s 
right to determine further approval requirements, the Executive Board requires the Supervisory Board’s 
approval for the issuance of bonds based on the resolution of the Annual General Meeting on May 12, 2022, 
with the exclusion of shareholders' subscription rights. 

The Executive Board has so far not utilized the authorization to issue bonds granted by the Annual General 
Meeting on May 12, 2022. 

Authorization of the Executive Board to repurchase shares 

The authorizations of the Executive Board to repurchase adidas AG shares arise from §§ 71 et seq. AktG 
and, as at the balance sheet date, from the authorization granted by the Annual General Meeting on 
May 11, 2023. 

155 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Until May 10, 2028, the Executive Board is authorized to repurchase adidas AG shares in an amount 
totaling up to 10% of the nominal capital at the date of the resolution (or, as the case may be, a lower 
amount of nominal capital at the date of utilization of the authorization) for any lawful purpose and within 
the legal framework. The authorization may be used by the company but also by its subordinated Group 
companies or by third parties on account of the company or its subordinated Group companies or third 
parties assigned by the company or one of its subordinated Group companies. 

The repurchase can be carried out via the stock exchange, through a public invitation to submit sale offers, 
through a public repurchase offer, or through granting tender rights to shareholders. The authorization 
furthermore sets out the lowest and highest nominal value that may be granted in each case.  

The purposes for which treasury shares repurchased based on this authorization may be used are set out 
in the resolution on Item 8 of the Agenda for the Annual General Meeting held on May 11, 2023. The shares 
may, in particular, be used as follows: 

─  They may be sold on the stock exchange or through a public offer to all shareholders in relation to their 
shareholding quota; in case of an offer to all shareholders, subscription rights for residual amounts 
are excluded. The shares may also be sold differently, provided the shares are sold in exchange for a 
cash payment and at a price that, at the time of the sale, is not significantly below the stock market 
price of the company’s shares with the same features; the prorated amount of the nominal capital 
which is attributable to the aggregate number of shares sold under this authorization may not exceed 
10% of the company’s nominal capital. The prorated amount of the nominal capital attributable to new 
shares which may be issued between May 11, 2023, and the sale of the shares based on an authorized 
capital while excluding shareholders subscription rights pursuant to §§ 203 section 1, 186 section 3 
sentence 4 AktG is attributed to the limit of 10%. Likewise, the prorated amount of the nominal capital 
that is attributable to shares which may be issued due to bonds with warrants and/or convertible bonds 
which are linked to subscription or conversion rights or obligations or the company’s right to delivery 
of shares, provided these bonds are issued on the basis of authorizations pursuant to §§ 221 section 4, 
186 section 3 sentence 4 AktG between May 11, 2023, and the sale of the shares, shall also be 
attributed to the limit of 10%. 

─  The shares may be offered and assigned as consideration for the direct or indirect acquisition of 

companies, parts of companies or participations in companies or other business assets, especially real 
estate and rights to real estate, or receivables (also from the company) or within the scope of company 
mergers. 

─  They may be offered and sold as consideration for the acquisition of industrial property rights or 
intangible property rights or for the acquisition of licenses relating to such rights, also through 
subordinated Group companies. 

─  They may be used for purposes of meeting the subscription or conversion rights or obligations or the 
company’s right to delivery of shares arising from bonds with warrants and/or convertible bonds 
issued by the company or its subordinated Group companies. 

─ 

In connection with employee stock purchase plans, the shares may be used in favor of (current and 
former) employees of the company and its affiliated companies as well as in favor of (current and 
former) members of management bodies of the company’s affiliated companies, whereas the amount 
of shares must not exceed 5% of the nominal capital neither at the point in time when this 
authorization becomes effective nor at the point in time when the shares are used. Shares assigned to 
members of the Executive Board as compensation in the form of a share bonus based on this 
authorization are to be attributed to this limit. 

156 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  They may be canceled without such cancelation requiring an additional resolution of the Annual 

General Meeting. 

Furthermore, the shares may be assigned to members of the Executive Board as compensation in the 
form of a share bonus subject to the provision that resale by the Executive Board members shall only be 
permitted following a lock-up period of at least four years. Responsibility in this case lies with the 
Supervisory Board. The amount of shares which may be used for such purposes must not exceed 5% of the 
nominal capital, neither at the point in time when this authorization becomes effective nor at the point in 
time when the shares are used or promised. Shares used for employee stock purchase plans based on this 
authorization shall be attributed to this limit. 

The rights of shareholders to subscribe treasury shares shall be excluded to the extent that such shares 
are used pursuant to the aforementioned authorization. The Supervisory Board may determine that 
transactions based on this authorization may only be carried out subject to the approval of the Supervisory 
Board or one of its committees.  

Within the scope of the authorization resolved upon by the Annual General Meeting on May 11, 2023, the 
Executive Board is furthermore authorized to conduct the share buyback also by using equity derivatives 
which are arranged with a credit institution or financial services institution in close conformity with market 
conditions or by using a multilateral trading facility within the meaning of § 2 section 6 Stock Exchange Act 
(Börsengesetz). adidas AG is authorized to acquire options which entitle the company to purchase shares 
of the company upon the exercise of the options (call options) and/or to sell options which require the 
company to purchase shares of the company upon the exercise of the options (put options) or to use a 
combination of call and put options or other equity derivatives if the option conditions ensure that the 
shares delivered for these equity derivatives were purchased in compliance with the principle of equal 
treatment. All share purchases using the aforementioned equity derivatives are limited to a maximum 
value of 5% of the nominal capital existing at the date on which the resolution was adopted by the Annual 
General Meeting (or, as the case may be, a lower amount of nominal capital at the date of exercising the 
authorization). The term of the equity derivatives may not exceed 18 months and must furthermore be 
chosen in such a way that the shares are purchased upon the exercise of the equity derivatives no later 
than May 10, 2028. The authorization to purchase adidas AG shares while using equity derivatives or via 
multilateral trading facilities also contains specifications on the highest and lowest amount of 
consideration per share which may be granted in each case. 

For the use, the exclusion of subscription rights and the cancelation of shares purchased using equity 
derivatives or a multilateral trading facility, the general provisions adopted by the Annual General Meeting 
(as set out earlier) apply accordingly. 

In the 2023 financial year, the Executive Board did not use the authorization to purchase adidas AG shares. 

Change of control / compensation agreements 

The essential agreements that provide for regulations in the case of a change of control are the material 
financing agreements of adidas AG. In the case of a change of control, these agreements, as is customary 
in the market, entitle the creditor/bondholder to termination and early calling-in. 

No compensation agreements were entered into with members of the Executive Board or employees 
relating to the event of a takeover bid. 

157 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Business Performance by Segment 

adidas has divided its operating activities into the following segments: EMEA, North America, Greater 
China, Asia-Pacific, and Latin America.  

EMEA 

In 2023, sales in EMEA were flat on a currency-neutral basis and decreased 4% in euro terms to 
€ 8,235 million from € 8,550 million in 2022. The currency-neutral development was driven by a low-
single-digit increase in Performance, driven in particular by high-single-digit growth in Football. At the 
same time, Lifestyle revenues decreased at a low-single-digit rate, reflecting the significantly lower Yeezy 
sales.  

Net sales in EMEA 

0% 

C.N.

€ 8,235 million 

EMEA at a glance € in millions  

Net sales 

Gross margin 

Segmental operating profit 

Segmental operating margin 

2023 

2022 

Change 

8,235 

46.4% 

1,280 

15.5% 

8,550 

50.5% 

1,679 

19.6% 

(4%) 

(4.1pp) 

(24%) 

(4.1pp) 

Change 
(currency-
neutral) 

0% 

– 

– 

– 

Gross margin in EMEA decreased 4.1 percentage points to 46.4% from 50.5% in 2022. Unfavorable 
currency developments, significantly higher supply chain costs and the negative impact from higher 
discounting weighed on the margin development. This was only partly offset by better pricing and a slightly 
more favorable business mix. Operating expenses were down 5% to € 2,562 million versus € 2,683 million 
in 2022, driven by a mid-single-digit decrease in operating overheads. As a percentage of sales, operating 
expenses were down 0.3 percentage points to 31.1% (2022: 31.4%). Operating profit in EMEA decreased 
24% to € 1,280 million versus € 1,679 million in the prior year. As a result of the lower gross margin, 
operating margin was down 4.1 percentage points to 15.5% (2022: 19.6%). 

158 

 
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

North America 

Revenues in North America decreased 16% on a currency-neutral basis and 19% in euro terms to 
€ 5,219 million (2022: € 6,404 million) as this market was particularly impacted by the company’s 
conservative sell-in strategy to reduce high inventory levels as well as by the significantly lower Yeezy 
sales. The currency-neutral decrease was driven by declines in both Performance and Lifestyle.  

Net sales in North America 

(16%) 

€ 5,219 million 

C.N.

North America at a glance1 € in millions 

Net sales 

Gross margin 

Segmental operating profit 

Segmental operating margin 

2023 

2022 

Change 

5,219 

40.1% 

273 

5.2% 

6,404 

42.9% 

988 

15.4% 

(19%) 

(2.8pp) 

(72%) 

(10.2pp) 

Change 
(currency-
neutral) 

(16%) 

– 

– 

– 

1 2022 figures adjusted due to a shift between the Latin and North America segments. 

Gross margin in North America decreased 2.8 percentage points to 40.1% (2022: 42.9%). The significant 
negative impact from increased supply chain costs and higher discounting was only partly offset by better 
pricing and a more favorable business mix. Operating expenses were up 2% to € 1,872 million versus 
€ 1,831 million in 2022, driven by a mid-single-digit increase in operating overheads. Operating expenses 
as a percentage of sales increased 7.3 percentage points to 35.9% (2022: 28.6%). Operating profit in North 
America decreased 72% to € 273 million from € 988 million in 2022. As a result of the lower gross margin 
and higher operating expenses as a percentage of sales, operating margin decreased 10.2 percentage 
points to 5.2% from 15.4% in 2022. 

159 

 
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Greater China 

Sales in Greater China increased 8% on a currency-neutral basis. In euro terms, sales were flat at 
€ 3,190 million (2022: € 3,179 million). The currency-neutral increase was due to double-digit growth in 
Performance, reflecting strong growth in all categories. Currency-neutral revenues in Lifestyle increased 
at a mid-single-digit rate. Strong double-digit growth in Originals and Sportswear was partly offset by the 
significantly lower Yeezy business.  

Net sales in Greater China 

+8% 

€ 3,190 million 

C.N.

Greater China at a glance € in millions  

Net sales 

Gross margin 

Segmental operating profit 

Segmental operating margin 

2023 

2022 

Change 

3,190 

48.7% 

553 

17.3% 

3,179 

46.7% 

322 

10.1% 

0% 

2.0pp 

72% 

7.2pp 

Change 
(currency-
neutral) 

8% 

– 

– 

– 

Gross margin in Greater China improved by 2.0 percentage points to 48.7% from 46.7% in 2022. The 
significant negative impact from increased supply chain costs was more than offset by less discounting, 
favorable currency developments, as well as lower inventory write-offs. Operating expenses were down 
14% to € 1,002 million (2022: € 1,169 million), mainly driven by a double-digit decrease in operating 
overheads. Operating expenses as a percentage of sales decreased 5.4 percentage points to 31.4% versus 
36.8% in the prior year. Operating profit in Greater China increased 72% to € 553 million versus 
€ 322 million in 2022. As a result of the higher gross margin and lower operating expenses as a 
percentage of sales, operating margin improved 7.2 percentage points to 17.3% from 10.1% in 2022. 

160 

 
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Asia-Pacific 

Sales in Asia-Pacific improved 7% on a currency-neutral basis. In euro terms, sales in Asia-Pacific were 
up 1% to € 2,254 million from € 2,241 million in 2022. On a currency-neutral basis, this development was 
driven by high-single-digit growth in Performance, reflecting growth across all categories. Lifestyle 
revenues also grew at a high-single-digit rate, driven by strong double-digit growth in both Originals and 
Basketball. 

Net sales in Asia-Pacific 

+7% 

€ 2,254 million 

C.N.

Asia-Pacific at a glance € in millions  

Net sales 

Gross margin 

Segmental operating profit 

Segmental operating margin 

2023 

2022 

Change 

2,254 

53.5% 

472 

20.9% 

2,241 

52.9% 

486 

21.7% 

1% 

0.6pp 

(3%) 

(0.7pp) 

Change 
(currency-
neutral) 

7% 

– 

– 

– 

Gross margin in Asia-Pacific increased 0.6 percentage points to 53.5% (2022: 52.9%), mainly driven by 
significantly better pricing, a more favorable business mix, and less discounting. At the same time, 
unfavorable currency developments and increased supply chain costs significantly weighed on the gross 
margin development. Operating expenses were up 4% to € 749 million versus € 721 million in 2022, driven 
by a high-single-digit increase in operating overheads. Operating expenses as a percentage of sales were 
up 1.1 percentage points to 33.2% (2022: 32.2%). Operating profit in Asia-Pacific decreased 3% to 
€ 472 million from € 486 million in 2022. Operating margin was down 0.7 percentage points to 20.9% 
versus 21.7% in 2022, as the gross margin increase was more than offset by higher operating expenses as 
a percentage of sales.  

161 

 
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Latin America 

Revenues in Latin America increased 22% on a currency-neutral basis. In euro terms, sales in Latin 
America improved 9% to € 2,291 million from € 2,104 million in 2022. On a currency-neutral basis, this 
improvement was driven by strong double-digit growth in both Performance and Lifestyle. Almost all 
categories grew at strong double-digit rates. 

Net sales in Latin America 

+22% 

€ 2,291 million 

C.N.

Latin America at a glance1 € in millions 

Net sales 

Gross margin 

Segmental operating profit 

Segmental operating margin 

2023 

2022 

Change 

2,291 

45.6% 

482 

21.0% 

2,104 

47.4% 

473 

22.5% 

9% 

(1.8pp) 

2% 

(1.5pp) 

Change 
(currency-
neutral) 

22% 

– 

– 

– 

1 2022 figures adjusted due to a shift between the Latin and North America segments. 

Gross margin in Latin America decreased 1.8 percentage points to 45.6% (2022: 47.4%). While improved 
pricing had a significant positive impact on the margin development, significant negative currency 
developments, higher discounting, and increased supply chain costs weighed on the gross margin 
development in the region. Operating expenses were up 6% to € 564 million from € 534 million in 2022. 
This development reflects increases in both marketing expenditures and operating overhead costs. 
However, operating expenses as a percentage of sales decreased 0.8 percentage points to 24.6% (2022: 
25.4%). Operating profit in Latin America increased 2% to € 482 million versus € 473 million in 2022. As a 
result of the lower gross margin, the operating margin decreased 1.5 percentage points to 21.0% from 
22.5% in 2022. 

162 

 
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Outlook 

In 2024, we expect macroeconomic challenges and geopolitical tensions to persist. While this may 
negatively affect consumer sentiment and discretionary spending power, the global sporting goods 
industry is set to benefit from major sports events in 2024. Against this backdrop, we plan to return to 
top-line growth this year and expect currency-neutral sales to increase at a mid-single-digit rate in 
2024. This top-line guidance assumes that we will sell the remaining Yeezy inventory at cost, which 
would result in sales of around € 250 million in 2024 and no operating profit contribution. This compares 
to Yeezy revenues of around € 750 million and profits of around € 300 million in 2023. Unfavorable 
currency effects are also projected to weigh significantly on the company’s profitability in 2024, as we 
expect them to continue to adversely impact both reported revenues and the gross margin 
development. Taking all of this into account – the expected translational and transactional FX 
headwinds as well as the current Yeezy assumptions – we expect to generate an operating profit of 
around € 500 million in 2024. 

Forward-looking statements 

This Management Report contains forward-looking statements that reflect Management’s current view 
with respect to the future development of our company. The outlook is based on estimates that we have 
made on the basis of all the information available to us at the time of completion of this Annual Report. In 
addition, such forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties which are beyond the control of the 
company. In case the underlying assumptions turn out to be incorrect or described risks or opportunities 
materialize, actual results and developments may materially deviate (negatively or positively) from those 
expressed by such statements. adidas does not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking 
statements made in this Management Report beyond statutory disclosure obligations.  

► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 

Global economic growth to further decelerate in 202426 

Global gross domestic product (GDP) growth is expected to further decelerate to 2.4% in 2024 considering 
the effects of tight monetary policy, restrictive financial conditions, and weak global trade. Despite 
declining rates, inflation remains above target in most advanced economies. Hence, monetary policy is 
forecast to stay restrictive in the short term. Additionally, the conflict in the Middle East on top of the 
ongoing war in Ukraine is set to continue to impact the global economy. While advanced economies are 
forecast to see growth of only 1.2%, conditions for developing economies are slightly improving, with 
growth projected at 3.9% in 2024. However, downside risks persist in the form of weaker-than-expected 
momentum in major economies in Greater China, North America, and Europe. In addition, a potential 
escalation of geopolitical conflicts can lead to a resurgence in energy prices and further dampen 
consumer demand. Ultimately, potential supply-chain disruptions and climate-related disasters remain a 
concern for the global economy.  

26 Source: World Bank Global Economic Prospects. 

163 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Sporting goods industry to benefit from major events in 2024 

After proving its resilience in 2023, the global sporting goods industry is set to benefit from major sports 
events in 2024, such as the UEFA EURO 2024 in Germany, the CONMEBOL Copa América 2024, and the 
Olympic Games Paris 2024. At the same time, existing global trends such as ‘athleisure,’ increasing sports 
participation rates, and rising health and fitness awareness continue to support industry growth. 
Innovative Performance and Lifestyle product newness excites consumers in physical and digital channels 
alike. Hence, the sporting goods industry is expected to remain fundamentally attractive in the long term. 
On the other hand, the sector continues to face several challenges in 2024. Even though most markets 
globally returned to healthier inventory levels, North America is expected to continue facing excess stock, 
especially in the first half of 2024. Furthermore, elevated inflation and interest rates are set to negatively 
affect household savings and limit discretionary spending power. Additionally, escalating geopolitical 
conflicts may lead to global trade disruptions, despite the increased resilience of supply chains in recent 
years.  

2024 outlook 

Net sales 

Operating profit 

Average operating working capital 
in % of sales 

Capital expenditure2 

1 Currency-neutral. 
2 Excluding acquisitions and leases. 

2023 

  2024 outlook 

€ 21,427 million 

to increase at a 
mid-single-digit rate1 

€ 268 million 

  around € 500 million 

25.7% 

to reach a level of 
between 23% and 24% 

€ 504 million 

to reach a level of 
around € 600 million 

Currency-neutral sales to increase at a mid-single-digit rate in 2024 

In 2024, macroeconomic challenges and geopolitical tensions are projected to persist. Against this 
backdrop, we plan to return to top-line growth by scaling successful franchises, introducing new ones, and 
leveraging our significantly better, broader, and deeper product range. Improved retailer relationships, 
more impactful marketing initiatives, and the company’s activities around major sports events will also 
contribute to the sales increase. As a result, we expect currency-neutral sales to grow at a mid-single-
digit rate in 2024. 

This top-line guidance assumes that we will sell the remaining Yeezy inventory at cost, which would result 
in sales of around € 250 million in 2024. This compares to Yeezy revenues of around € 750 million in 2023. 
Excluding the Yeezy revenues in both years, the top-line guidance reflects currency-neutral growth at a 
high-single-digit rate in the underlying adidas business. We expect the sales development to accelerate 
throughout the year, as growth in the first half will still be negatively impacted by our initiatives to bring 
down elevated inventories in the North American market. In the second half of the year, we project the 
underlying adidas business to grow at a double-digit rate. 

164 

 
    
   
 
  
  
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Currency-neutral revenues to grow significantly in almost all market segments  

Currency-neutral revenues in the underlying adidas business are expected to grow significantly in all 
markets except North America. In this market, currency-neutral net sales are expected to decline at a 
mid-single-digit rate in 2024. This is mainly the result of our continued disciplined sell-in to the wholesale 
channel during the first half of the year as part of our initiatives to reduce high inventory levels in this 
particular market. In contrast, we expect the underlying adidas sales in Greater China and Latin America 
to grow at a double-digit rate in 2024. Currency-neutral revenues in Europe, the Emerging Markets, and 
Japan/South Korea are expected to grow at a high-single-digit rate versus the prior-year level. 

Expected operating profit of around € 500 million  

Unfavorable currency effects are projected to weigh significantly on the company’s profitability in 2024, as 
we expect them to continue to adversely impact both reported revenues and the gross margin 
development. Taking the expected translational and transactional FX headwinds into account, we expect to 
generate an operating profit of around € 500 million in 2024. While we will continue to increase our 
marketing and sales investments, the top-line growth and an improving gross margin are projected to 
drive the bottom-line development in 2024. As we currently expect the sale of the remaining Yeezy 
inventory to occur at cost, the planned sale of the product is assumed to have no effect on the company’s 
operating profit this year. 

Average operating working capital as a percentage of sales to decrease  

During 2023, average operating working capital as a percentage of sales increased, reflecting the slight 
increase in average operating working capital against the background of lower net sales in 2023 compared 
to 2022. Our focus in 2024 will be on improving our average operating working capital position and 
returning to top-line growth. Based on this, we forecast average operating working capital as a percentage 
of sales to decrease to a level of between 23% and 24% in 2024. 

Capital expenditure of around € 600 million 

We will continue to invest into our business, but at the same time adjust our spending to the financial and 
operational situation of the company. Consequently, capital expenditure is expected to reach a level of 
around € 600 million in 2024. 

Management proposes dividend payment of € 0.70 per share 

The adidas AG Executive and Supervisory Boards will recommend paying a stable dividend of € 0.70 per 
dividend-entitled share to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on May 16, 2024 (2023: € 0.70). This 
corresponds to a total payout of € 125 million in line with the prior-year level (2023: € 125 million). The 
proposal reflects the company’s better-than-expected performance in the transition year 2023 and its 
robust financial profile, as well as Management’s confident outlook for the current year. Going forward, 
the company plans to return to its dividend policy of paying an annual dividend to shareholders in the 
range of 30% to 50% of net income from continuing operations. ► SEE OUR SHARE 

165 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Risk and Opportunity Report 

In order to remain competitive and ensure sustainable success, adidas consciously takes risks and 
continuously explores and develops opportunities. Our risk and opportunity management principles and 
system provide the framework for our company to conduct business in a well-controlled environment. 

Risk and opportunity management principles 

The key objective of the risk and opportunity management is to support business success and protect the 
company as a going concern through an opportunity-focused but risk-aware decision-making framework. 
Our Enterprise Risk Management Policy outlines the principles, processes, tools, risk areas, key 
responsibilities, reporting requirements, and communication timelines within our company. Risk and 
opportunity management is a company-wide activity that utilizes key insights from the members of the 
Executive Board as well as from global and local business units and functions. We define risk as the 
potential occurrence of an external or internal event (or series of events) that may negatively impact our 
ability to achieve the company’s business objectives or financial goals. Opportunity is defined as the 
potential occurrence of an external or internal event (or series of events) that can positively impact the 
company’s ability to achieve its business objectives or financial goals. 

Risk and opportunity management system 

The Executive Board has overall responsibility for establishing a risk and opportunity management system 
that ensures comprehensive and consistent management of all relevant risks and opportunities. The 
Enterprise Risk Management department governs, operates, and develops the company’s risk and 
opportunity management system and is the owner of the centrally managed risk and opportunity 
management process on behalf of the Executive Board. The Supervisory Board is responsible for 
monitoring the effectiveness of the risk management system. These duties are undertaken by the 
Supervisory Board’s Audit Committee. Working independently of all other functions of the organization, the 
Internal Audit department provides objective assurance to the Executive Board and the Audit Committee 
regarding the adequacy and effectiveness of the company’s risk and opportunity management system on a 
regular basis. In addition, the Internal Audit department includes an assessment of the effectiveness of 
risk management processes and compliance with the company’s Enterprise Risk Management Policy as 
part of its regular auditing activities with selected adidas subsidiaries or functions each year. 

Our risk and opportunity management system is based on frameworks for enterprise risk management 
and internal controls developed and published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO). Additionally, we have adapted our risk and opportunity management 
system to more appropriately reflect the structure as well as the culture of the company. This system 
focuses on the identification, evaluation, handling, systematic reporting, and monitoring of risks and 
opportunities. Furthermore, we use a quantitative concept for risk capacity and risk appetite. Risk capacity 
is a liquidity-based measure and represents the maximum level of risk adidas AG can take before being 
threatened with insolvency. Risk appetite refers to the maximum level of risk the company is willing to 
take and is linked to the company's liquidity targets.  

166 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Risk and opportunity management system 

Our risk and opportunity management process comprises the following steps: 

─  Risk and opportunity identification: adidas continuously monitors the macroeconomic environment 
and developments in the sporting goods industry as well as internal processes to identify risks and 
opportunities as early as possible. On a semi-annual basis, the Enterprise Risk Management 
department conducts a survey among senior management and selected middle management to ensure 
an effective bottom-up identification of risks and opportunities. Enterprise Risk Management has also 
defined 25 categories to help identify risks and opportunities in a systematic way. In addition, adidas 
uses various instruments in the risk and opportunity identification process, such as primary qualitative 
and quantitative research including trend scouting and consumer surveys as well as feedback from our 
business partners. These efforts are supported by global market research and competitor analysis. 
Through this process, we seek to identify the markets, categories, consumer target groups, and 
product styles that show the most potential for future growth at a local and global level. Equally, our 
analysis focuses on those areas that are at risk of saturation or exposed to increased competition or 
changing consumer tastes. Furthermore, we consider topics related to environmental, social, and 
governance aspects in our overall identification process as well as in the following process steps. Our 
risk and opportunity identification process is however not only limited to external risk factors or 
opportunities; it also includes an internal perspective that considers company culture, processes, 
projects, human resources, and compliance aspects. 

─  Risk and opportunity evaluation: We assess identified risks and opportunities individually according to 
a systematic evaluation methodology, which allows adequate prioritization as well as allocation of 
resources. Risk and opportunity evaluation is part of the responsibility of the Enterprise Risk 
Management department supported by subject matter experts as well as internal and external data. 
The Enterprise Risk Management department also conducts assessments with the Executive Board 
members and senior leaders to validate the evaluation of most relevant risks and opportunities. 

According to our methodology, risks and opportunities are evaluated by looking at two dimensions: the 
potential impact and the likelihood that this impact materializes. Based on this evaluation, we classify 
risks and opportunities into three categories: minor, moderate, and major.  

167 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The potential impact is evaluated using five categories: marginal, low, medium, high, and significant. 
These categories represent financial or equivalent non-financial measurements. The financial 
measurements are based on the potential effect on the company’s net income and cash flow. Non-
financial measurements used are the degree to which the company’s reputation, brand image, and 
employer value proposition are affected. Moreover, the degree of damage to people’s health and safety 
and the degree of legal and judicial consequences at a corporate and personal level can be considered. 
Likelihood represents the possibility that a given risk or opportunity may materialize with the specific 
impact. The likelihood of individual risks and opportunities is evaluated on a percentage scale divided 
into five categories.  

Risk evaluation categories 

1 Based on net income and cash flow. 

168 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

When evaluating risks and opportunities, we also consider the speed of materialization (velocity). In 
this respect, we differentiate in which financial year risks and opportunities could occur. We consider 
both gross and net risk in our risk assessments. While the gross risk reflects the inherent risk before 
any mitigating action, the net risk reflects the residual risk after all mitigating action. On the one hand, 
this approach allows for a good understanding of the impact of mitigating action taken; on the other 
hand, it provides the basis for scenario analysis. Our assessment of risks presented in this report only 
reflects the net risk perspective. We measure the actual financial impact of selected risks and 
opportunities that materialized against the original assessment on a yearly basis (‘back-testing’). In 
this way, we ensure continuous monitoring of the accuracy of risk and opportunity evaluations across 
the company, which enables us to continuously improve evaluation methodology based on our findings.  

In assessing the potential effect from opportunities, each opportunity is appraised with respect to 
viability, commerciality, and potential risks. This approach is not only applied to longer-term strategic 
prospects but also to shorter-term tactical and opportunistic initiatives at the corporate level as well 
as at the market and brand level. In contrast to the risk evaluation, only the net perspective exists for 
assessing opportunities. 

We aggregate risks and opportunities using a stochastic simulation (Monte Carlo simulation) to 
determine the company’s risk and opportunity portfolio (i.e., the company’s aggregated risk position), 
considering interdependencies of individual risks and opportunities. To identify a potential threat to the 
company as a going concern, we compare the 2024 risk and opportunity portfolio to the company’s 
defined risk capacity and determine the likelihood that the aggregated risk exceeds the risk capacity; 
to identify a potential threat to the company’s rating, we compare the 2024 risk and opportunity 
portfolio to the defined risk appetite and determine the likelihood that the aggregated risk exceeds the 
risk appetite.  

─  Risk and opportunity handling: Risks and opportunities are treated in accordance with the company’s 
risk and opportunity management principles as described in the Enterprise Risk Management Policy. 
Risk Owners are in charge of developing and implementing appropriate risk-mitigating action within 
their area of responsibility. In addition, the Risk Owners need to determine a general risk-handling 
strategy for the identified risks, which is either risk avoidance, risk reduction with the objective to 
lower impact or likelihood, risk transfer to a third party or risk acceptance. The decision on the 
implementation of the respective risk-handling strategy also takes into account the costs in relation to 
the benefit of any planned mitigating action if applicable. The Enterprise Risk Management department 
works closely with the Risk Owners to monitor the continuous progress of planned mitigating action 
and assess the viability of already implemented mitigating action. Depending on the risk class 
determined by the risk and opportunity evaluation, the authority to make decisions to accept risks 
resides with the Executive Board, leaders reporting directly to an Executive Board member and the 
operational management on the next hierarchical level. The decision to accept major risks without 
taking additional mitigating action can only be made by the entire Executive Board. In its decision-
making process, the Executive Board takes into account the risk profile, i.e., the relationship between 
risk and opportunity portfolio (i.e., the company’s aggregated risk position) and risk appetite, as well as 
risk capacity. To support the Executive Board, the Enterprise Risk Management department defined 
clear thresholds for the likelihood that the company’s aggregated risk exceeds the defined risk 
appetite and risk capacity. The company’s risk appetite must not be exceeded with a likelihood of at 
least 95%; the company’s risk capacity must not be exceeded with a likelihood of at least 99%. 

─  Risk and opportunity monitoring and reporting: Our risk and opportunity management system aims to 
increase the transparency of risks and opportunities. As both risks and opportunities are subject to 
constant change, Risk Owners not only monitor developments but also the adequacy and effectiveness 
of the current risk-handling strategy on an ongoing basis. 

169 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Regular risk reporting takes place half-yearly and consists of a five-step reporting stream: 

─  Enterprise Risk Management identifies risks and opportunities (with a potential effect on net income 

and cash flow higher than € 1 million) by conducting a survey among senior management and selected 
middle management as well as utilizing available information concerning the internal and external 
environment of the company. Enterprise Risk Management evaluates, consolidates, and aggregates 
the identified risks and opportunities (‘bottom-up assessment’). 

─  Enterprise Risk Management discusses the assessment of most relevant risks and opportunities with 
the members of the Executive Board and leaders directly reporting to them. The Executive Board 
members and senior leaders validate the assessment of risks and opportunities in their respective 
area of responsibility (‘top-down assessment’).  

─  Enterprise Risk Management provides a consolidated report to the Executive Board summarizing the 
results of both bottom-up and top-down assessment as well as the risk and opportunity profile to 
highlight a potential threat to the company’s rating and going concern. The Executive Board reviews 
the report, jointly agrees on a company assessment of risks and opportunities and decides if Risk 
Owners are required to take further action. 

─  Based on the Executive Board’s decision, Enterprise Risk Management creates the final risk and 

opportunity report that is also shared with the Core Leadership Group’ (‘CLG’).  

─  The Executive Board presents in collaboration with Enterprise Risk Management the final risk and 

opportunity assessment results to the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board.  

Material changes in previously reported risks and opportunities or newly identified substantial risks and 
opportunities are also reported outside the regular half-yearly reporting stream on an ad hoc basis to the 
Executive Board. To further improve the risk culture at adidas, we are also offering a risk management 
training to all our employees through our company intranet. 

Compliance management system (adidas Fair Play) 
⌐ We consider compliance with the law as well as with external and internal regulations to be imperative. 
The Executive Board sets the tone from the top, and every employee is required to act ethically and in 
compliance with the law as well as with internal and other external regulations while executing the 
company’s business. We believe adidas Fair Play will prevent a majority of potential compliance issues. 
For that reason, we have specific measures to detect and respond to any concerns. We realize, however, 
that no compliance system can eliminate all violations. 

The adidas Chief Compliance Officer oversees the company’s Compliance Management System (CMS). We 
see compliance as all-encompassing, spanning all business functions throughout the entire value chain. 
Our central Compliance team works closely with Regional Compliance Managers and Local Compliance 
Officers to conduct a systematic assessment of key compliance risks on a yearly basis. 

170 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The company’s CMS is based on the OECD Principles of Corporate Governance. It refers to the OECD 
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and is designed to: 

─  support the achievement of qualitative and sustainable growth through good corporate governance, 

─  reduce and mitigate the risk of financial losses or damage caused by non-compliant conduct, 

─  protect and further enhance the value and reputation of the company and its brand through compliant 

conduct, and 

─  support ‘Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion’ (‘DEI’) initiatives by fighting harassment and discrimination. 

The adidas Fair Play Code of Conduct is accessible on our website, includes guidelines for employee 
behavior in everyday work, and is applicable globally for all business areas. ¬ 
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/CODE-OF-CONDUCT 

⌐ The Fair Play Code of Conduct and our CMS are organized around three pillars: prevent, detect, and 
respond. 

─  Prevention: The Compliance team regularly reviews and updates the CMS as necessary. In addition to 
the revised Fair Play Code of Conduct mentioned above, we also support all initiatives to prevent and 
fight harassment and discrimination in the workplace. Management also shares compliance-related 
communication, and the Compliance department provides mandatory training to all employees globally 
during onboarding and in regular, repeated cycles. The Compliance team and partners also provide 
targeted in-person compliance training as appropriate with senior management and newly promoted 
or hired senior executives across the globe in order to further enhance the compliance ‘tone from the 
top,’ as well as the ‘tone from the middle.’ We closely monitor the completion rates for these training 
measures. We also focused on further enhancing cooperation between the Compliance team and the 
Internal Audit, the Group Policies and Internal Controls, and the Enterprise Risk Management 
department.  

─  Detection: adidas has whistleblowing procedures in place to ensure timely detection of potential 
infringements of statutory regulations or internal guidelines. Employees can report compliance 
concerns internally to their supervisor, the Chief Compliance Officer, Regional Compliance Managers 
or Local Compliance Officers, the relevant HR Manager, or, where applicable, the Works Council. 
Employees can also report externally via the independent, confidential Fair Play hotline and website, 
which also allow for anonymous complaints. The Fair Play hotline and website are available at all times 
worldwide, including the services of interpreters, if required. They are promoted digitally and with 
posters to reach all our locations around the world. The company’s work to identify potential 
compliance violations continued in 2023.  

─  Response: Appropriate and timely response to compliance violations is essential. The Chief 

Compliance Officer leads all investigations in cooperation with an established team of Regional 
Compliance Managers and a global network of Local Compliance Officers. We track, monitor, and 
report potential incidents of non-compliance worldwide. In 2023, we recorded 590 potential compliance 
violations (2022: 521).  Most importantly, insights gained from the investigation of past violations are 
used to continuously improve the CMS. Where necessary, we react promptly to confirmed compliance 
violations, through appropriate and effective sanctions ranging from warnings to termination of 
employment contracts. In 2023, the Compliance team further strengthened its relationship with the 
Employee Relations (ER) organization, a key partner in many compliance matters, especially those 
related to harassment and discrimination. In November 2023, a new case management tool was 

171 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

implemented allowing both Compliance and ER to effectively document and process cases as well as 
report on specific developments in more detail. 

Potential compliance violations 

Financial, including theft 

Malfeasance, including conflicts of interest and corruption 

Competition 

Behavioral 

Other1 

1 Includes payroll issues, intellectual property, and leaks of confidential information, amongst others. 

Reporting of potential compliance violations in % 

Anonymous contact to hotline 

Named contact to hotline 

Compliance Officer and other 

2023 

2022 

51 

17 

0 

387 

135 

48 

19 

1 

326 

127 

2023 

2022 

53 

23 

24 

55 

26 

18 

The company’s Chief Compliance Officer regularly reports to the Executive Board on the further 
development of the compliance program and on major compliance cases. In addition, the Chief 
Compliance Officer reports to the Audit Committee on a regular basis. In 2023, the Chief Compliance 
Officer attended four meetings of the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board to report on the further 
development of the compliance program, major compliance cases, and other relevant compliance topics. 
The Compliance department has revised its process for detecting compliance risks and included new 
risks, as well as captured some risk areas (e.g., e-commerce) more clearly. In addition, the description of 
the CMS has been sharpened. ¬ 

Description of the main features of the internal control and risk management system process pursuant 
to § 315 section 4 German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB) 
The accounting-related internal control and risk management system of the company represents a 
process embedded within the company-wide corporate governance system. It aims to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of the company’s external financial reporting by ensuring company-
wide compliance with statutory accounting regulations, in particular the International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) and internal consolidated financial reporting policies (Finance Manual). We regard the 
internal control and risk management system as a process based on the principle of segregation of duties, 
encompassing various sub-processes in the areas of Accounting, Controlling, Taxes, Treasury, Planning, 
Reporting, and Legal, focusing on the identification, assessment, mitigation, monitoring, and reporting of 
financial reporting risks. Clearly defined responsibilities are assigned to each distinct sub-process. In a 
first step, the internal control and risk management system serves to identify, assess, limit, and control 
risks identified in the consolidated financial reporting process that might result in the consolidated 
financial statements not being compliant with internal and external regulations. 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting (ICoFR) serves to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. To monitor the 
effectiveness of ICoFR, the Corporate Internal Audit department, which includes both the Internal Audit 
and Global Internal Controls functions, regularly reviews accounting-related processes. Additionally, as 
part of the year-end audit, the external auditor assesses the effectiveness of selected internal controls, 

172 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

including IT controls. The Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board also monitors the effectiveness of 
ICoFR. 

All adidas companies are required to comply with the consolidated financial reporting policies (Finance 
Manual), which are available to all employees involved in the financial reporting process through the 
company-wide intranet. We update the Finance Manual on a regular basis, dependent on regulatory 
changes and internal developments. Changes to the Finance Manual are promptly communicated to all 
adidas companies. Clear policies serve to limit employees’ scope of discretion with regard to recognition 
and valuation of assets and liabilities, thus reducing the risk of inconsistent accounting practices within 
the company. We aim to ensure compliance with the Finance Manual through continuous adherence to the 
four-eyes principle in accounting-related processes. In addition, the local manager responsible for the 
accounting-related process within the respective company and the respective local Managing Director 
confirm adherence to the Finance Manual and to IFRS in a signed representation letter to the Accounting 
department semi-annually. 

The accounting for adidas companies is conducted either locally or by our Global Business Services. 
Virtually all the IT Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems used are based on a company-wide 
standardized SAP system. Following approval by the Finance Director of the respective adidas company, 
the local financial statements are transferred to a central consolidation system based on SAP Group 
Reporting. At the corporate level, the regularity and reliability of the financial statements prepared by 
adidas companies are reviewed by the Accounting and Controlling departments. These reviews include 
automated validations in the system as well as the creation of reports and analyses to ensure data 
integrity and adherence to the reporting logic. In addition, differences between current-year and prior-
year financial data as well as budget figures are analyzed on a market level. If necessary, adidas seeks the 
opinion of independent experts to review business transactions that occur infrequently and on a non-
routine basis. After ensuring data plausibility, the centrally coordinated and monitored consolidation 
process begins, running automatically on SAP Group Reporting. Controls within the individual 
consolidation steps, such as those relating to the consolidation of debt or of income and expenses, are 
conducted both manually and system-based, using automatically created consolidation logs. Any 
inadequacies are remedied manually by systematically processing the individual errors as well as 
differences and are reported back to the adidas companies. After finalization of all consolidation steps, all 
items in the consolidated income statement and in the consolidated statement of financial position are 
analyzed with respect to trends and variances. Unless already otherwise clarified, the adidas companies 
are asked to explain any identified material deviations. 

All financial systems used are protected against malpractice by means of appropriate authorization 
concepts, approval concepts, and access restrictions. Access authorizations are reviewed on a regular 
basis and updated if required. The risk of data loss or outage of accounting-related IT systems is 
minimized through central control and monitoring of virtually all IT systems, centralized management of 
change processes, and regular data backups. 

Furthermore, the adidas internal control and risk management system includes non-accounting-related 
controls which serve to provide reasonable assurance regarding the effectiveness and efficiency of 
operations, reliability of non-financial reporting, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The 
internal control and risk management system regarding the non-accounting-related activities focuses also 
on the identification, assessment, mitigation, monitoring, and reporting of relevant risks. It is as well 
embedded within the company-wide corporate governance system and encompasses various sub-
processes in the areas of Brands, Operations (including Procurement and IT), Sales, or Human Resources.  

173 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

All adidas companies are also required to comply with the non-accounting-related policies (‘Policy 
Manual’), which are available to all employees involved in the various processes through the company-
wide intranet and are updated and communicated on a regular basis.  

The effectiveness of the non-accounting-related controls is also regularly monitored by the Corporate 
Internal Audit department and the Global and Market Internal Controls teams. The reporting of internal 
control testing results to the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board includes the effectiveness of non-
accounting-related controls as well.  

Nothing came to our attention that would cause us to doubt the adequacy and effectiveness of the entire 
internal control and risk management system. However, due to the limitations of any internal control and 
risk management system, absolute certainty about the appropriateness and effectiveness of these 
systems cannot be guaranteed.27  

Illustration of Risks 

This report includes an explanation of financial and non-financial risks that we deem to be most relevant 
to the achievement of the company’s objectives in 2024 and beyond. According to our risk assessment 
methodology, macroeconomic, socio-political, regulatory, and currency risks; risks related to consumer 
demand and product offering; risks related to the competitive and retail environment; risks related to tax 
and customs regulations; risks related to impairment of goodwill; personnel risks; and IT and 
cybersecurity risks are classified as major. The corporate risks overview table illustrates the assessment 
of all risks described below. 

Corporate risks overview 

Risk categories 

Macroeconomic, sociopolitical, regulatory, and currency risks 

Risks related to consumer demand and product offering 

Risks related to the competitive and retail environment 

Risks related to tax and customs regulations 

Risks related to impairment of goodwill 

Personnel risks 

IT and cybersecurity risks 

Risks related to media and stakeholder activities 

Business partner risks 

Compliance risks 

Hazard risks 

Litigation risks 

Project risks 

Change 
(2022 rating) 

Potential 
impact 

Significant 

Significant 

Significant 

Significant 

High 

not reported in 
2022 

High 

  ↓ (Significant) 

Change 
(2022 rating) 

Likelihood 

30% – 50% 

15% – 30% 

15% – 30% 

  ↓ (30% – 50%) 

15% – 30% 

  ↓ (30% – 50%) 

not reported in 
2022 

30% – 50% 

15% – 30% 

15% – 30% 

30% – 50% 

  ↓ (50% – 85%) 

High 

Medium 

Significant 

Significant 

Significant 

Significant 

Significant 

< 15% 

< 15% 

< 15% 

< 15% 

< 15% 

↑ (High) 

↑ (High) 

Macroeconomic, sociopolitical, regulatory, and currency risks 
Growth in the sporting goods industry is highly dependent on consumer spending and consumer 
confidence. Economic downturns, inflation, financial market turbulence, currency exchange rate 
fluctuations, and sociopolitical factors such as military conflicts (e.g., further expansion of the war in 
Ukraine or the conflict in the Middle East), changes of government, civil unrest, pandemics, 
nationalization, expropriation, or nationalism, in particular in regions where adidas is strongly 

27 The statement in relation to German Corporate Governance Code A5 was not audited in terms of content as part of the audit of this Group Management 
Report. 

174 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

represented, could therefore negatively impact the company’s business activities (up to a potential wind-
down of subsidiaries) and top- and bottom-line performance. Currency risks are a direct result of multi-
currency cash flows within the company, in particular the mismatch of the currencies required for 
sourcing our products versus the denominations of our sales. Furthermore, translation impacts from the 
conversion of non-euro-denominated results into the company’s functional currency, the euro, might lead 
to a material negative impact on our company’s financial performance. In addition, substantial changes in 
the regulatory environment such as trade restrictions (e.g., concerning the US and China, or the EU and 
China), economic and political sanctions, regulations concerning product compliance, social aspects, 
human rights, environmental, and climate protection regulations could lead to potential sales shortfalls or 
cost increases. ► SEE NOTE 28 

To mitigate these macroeconomic, sociopolitical, and regulatory risks, adidas strives to balance sales 
across key regions and also between developed and emerging markets. We continuously monitor the 
macroeconomic, political, and regulatory landscape in all our key markets to anticipate potential problem 
areas, so that we can quickly adjust our business activities accordingly upon any change in conditions. 
Potential adjustments may be a reallocation of manufacturing of our products to alternative countries, a 
reallocation of investments to alternative, more attractive markets, changes in product prices, closure of 
our own retail stores, more conservative product purchasing, tight working capital management, and an 
increased focus on cost control. 

To mitigate the risk related to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we utilize a centralized currency 
risk management system and hedge currency needs for projected sourcing requirements on a rolling 
basis up to 24 months in advance. In rare instances, hedges are contracted beyond the 24-months horizon. 
► SEE TREASURY 

By building on our leading position within the sporting goods industry and taking into account the interests 
of our stakeholders, we actively engage in supporting policymakers and regulators in their efforts to 
liberalize global trade and curtail trade barriers, and to proactively influence and adapt to significant 
changes in the regulatory environment. 

Risks related to consumer demand and product offering 
Our success largely depends on our ability to continuously create new, innovative, and sustainable 
products. Consumer demand changes can be sudden and unexpected, particularly when it comes to the 
more fashion-related part of our business. Therefore, we face a risk of short-term revenue loss in cases 
where we are unable to anticipate consumer demand or respond quickly to changes. In addition, creating 
and offering products that do not resonate with consumers and our retail partners is a critical risk to the 
success of our brands, especially considering our focus on key product franchises. This risk could be 
exacerbated if our marketing activities and brand campaigns fail to generate consumer excitement. Even 
more critical in the long term, however, are the risks of continuously overlooking new trends and failing to 
continuously introduce and successfully commercialize new product innovation. 

To mitigate these risks, identifying and responding to shifts in consumer demand as early as possible is a 
key responsibility of our brand and sales organizations and, in particular, of the respective Risk Owners. 
Therefore, we utilize extensive primary and secondary research tools as outlined in our risk and 
opportunity identification process. By putting the consumer at the center of our decision-making, we 
intend to create higher brand advocacy and attract new consumers. We continuously expand our consumer 
analytics efforts to read and quickly react to changes in demand or trend shifts. In addition, direct 
touchpoints with consumers via our own digital channels, such as the adidas app, and direct 
communication with consumers on social media platforms strengthen our understanding of consumer 
preferences and behavior and, as a result, help us to reduce our vulnerability to changes in demand. 
Through continuous monitoring of sell-through data and disciplined product life-cycle management, in 

175 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

particular for our major product franchises, we are able to better detect demand patterns and prevent 
excess supply. By leveraging our promotion partnerships and by carefully orchestrating launch events 
across markets and channels, we intend to maintain brand desire and consumer demand at a constantly 
high level. Utilizing external insights and capabilities in product creation helps us strengthen our product 
offering and drive consumer demand, brand desire, market share, and profitability. 

Risks related to the competitive and retail environment 
Changes in the competitive landscape and the retail environment could impact the company’s success. 
Strategic alliances among competitors or retailers, the increase in retailers’ own private-label businesses 
and intense competition for consumers, production capacity, and promotion partnerships between well-
established industry peers and new market entrants pose a substantial risk to adidas. This could lead to 
harmful competitive behavior, such as sustained periods of discounting in the marketplace or intense 
bidding for promotion partnerships. Failure to recognize and respond to consolidation in the retail industry 
could lead to increased dependency on particular retail partners, reduced bargaining power, and, 
consequently, considerable margin erosion. Sustained pricing pressure in key markets, amplified by 
elevated inventory levels (still relevant for the US marketplace), could threaten the company’s financial 
performance and the competitiveness of our brands. Aggressive competitive practices could also drive 
increases in marketing costs and market share losses, thus hurting the company’s profitability and 
market position. The inability to adjust our distribution strategy in a timely manner to a changing retail 
industry, which is experiencing continuous substitution of physical retail stores by digital commerce 
platforms as well as increasing connectivity between physical and digital retail, could result in sales and 
profit shortfalls. A decline in the attractiveness of particular shopping locations such as shopping malls 
could lead to sales shortfalls in our customers’ and our own stores, higher inventory in the marketplace, 
increased clearance activity, and margin pressure.  

To mitigate these risks, we continuously monitor and analyze information on our competitors and markets 
in order to be able to anticipate unfavorable changes in the competitive environment rather than merely 
reacting to such changes. This enables us to proactively adjust our marketing and sales activities (e.g., 
product launches or selective pricing adjustments) when needed. We also continuously and closely 
monitor numerous indicators (e.g., order placement, sell-through rates at the point of sale, average 
selling prices, discounts, store traffic) that help us identify changes in the retail environment and quickly 
take appropriate action such as closing or remodeling our own stores. We constantly adjust our 
segmentation strategies to ensure that the right product is sold at the right point of sale at an appropriate 
price. Continuous investment in research and development ensures that we remain innovative and distinct 
from competitors. We also pursue a strategy of entering into long-term agreements with key promotion 
partners. In addition, our product and communication initiatives are designed to increase brand desire, 
drive market share growth, and strengthen our brand’s market position. 

Risks related to tax and customs regulations 
Numerous laws and regulations regarding customs and taxes as well as changes in such laws and 
regulations affect the company’s business practices worldwide. Non-compliance with regulations 
concerning product imports (including calculation of customs values), intercompany transactions, or 
income taxes could lead to substantial financial penalties and additional costs as well as negative media 
coverage and therefore reputational damage, for example in case of understatements or underpayments 
of corporate income taxes or customs duties. Changes in regulations regarding customs and taxes may 
also have a substantial impact on the company’s sourcing costs or income taxes. Therefore, we also create 
provisions in accordance with the relevant accounting regulations to account for potential disputes with 
customs or tax authorities. Due to the current geopolitical situation, we assume in individual cases 
increasingly aggressive positions taken by tax and customs authorities in audits, which could increase the 
potential impact of such risks and the likelihood that they materialize. In 2021, the ‘OECD/G20 Inclusive 
Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting’ agreed on a two-pillar solution to address the tax 

176 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

challenges arising from the digitalization of the economy. Pillar 2, which includes the introduction of global 
minimum tax, could lead to higher-than-planned income tax expenses from 2024 onwards.  

We seek to manage tax and customs risks in a balanced way that bears an appropriate relationship to the 
operating structure, commercial and economic substance, and other business risks. To proactively 
manage such risks, we constantly seek expert advice from specialized independent law and tax advisory 
firms in areas such as process design, transaction advisory, compliance, and tax or customs audits. 
Processes are in place requiring that attention is regularly directed to potential areas of tax or customs 
risk (e.g., a quarterly tax risk questionnaire) and the corporate tax and customs teams are involved in 
critical business transactions. Compliance with global tax and customs policies and controls is monitored 
by the Corporate Tax and Customs teams, internal controls experts and the Internal Audit department. We 
closely monitor changes in legislation to properly adopt regulatory requirements regarding customs and 
taxes; apply any available and applicable guidance from tax authorities and organizations such as the 
OECD, the World Customs Organization, and the World Trade Organization; and seek guidance from 
individual authorities, as appropriate, which may include requesting tax rulings from a tax authority. In 
addition, our internal legal, customs, and tax teams advise our operational management teams to ensure 
appropriate and compliant business practices. Our specialized staff receive adequate training for their role 
and non-tax, or non-customs staff are made aware of potential tax and customs matters relevant to their 
roles. Furthermore, we work closely with customs authorities and governments worldwide to make sure 
we adhere to customs and trade regulations at import and export to ensure the availability and obtain the 
required clearance of products to fulfill sales demand. ► SEE SUSTAINABILITY 

Risks related to impairment of goodwill 
Our balance sheet carries book values in goodwill. Deterioration in the business performance, and 
particularly in future business prospects, as well as significant exchange rate fluctuations could require 
corrections of the book values by incurring impairment charges. In addition, increases in market interest 
rates could trigger increases in discount rates used in our impairment test for goodwill and require 
impairment charges. An impairment charge would be a purely accounting, non-cash effect impacting the 
company’s operating result. ► SEE NOTE 11 

Personnel risks 
Achieving the company’s strategic and financial objectives is highly dependent on our employees and their 
talents. In this respect, strong leadership and a performance-enhancing culture are critical to the 
company’s success. Therefore, ineffective leadership as well as the failure to install and maintain a 
performance-oriented culture that fosters ‘Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion’ (‘DEI’) and strong employee 
engagement amongst our workforce could substantially impede our ability to achieve our goals. An 
ineffective, unbalanced, or insufficient allocation of resources to business activities as well as improper 
planning and untimely execution of reorganization and transformation initiatives may reduce employee 
engagement, cause business disruption and inefficiencies, and may negatively affect business 
performance. In addition, global competition for highly qualified personnel remains fierce. As a result, the 
loss of key personnel in strategic positions and the inability to identify, recruit, and retain highly qualified 
and skilled talent who best meet the specific needs of our company pose risks to our business 
performance.  

We are taking various measures to ensure that we maintain a culture that fosters ‘DEI.’ Through several 
specialized programs, ‘DEI’ is embedded into our recruitment processes. Our ‘Global DEI Council’ drives 
the increase of representation, retention, and advancement of diverse talents within our global workforce. 
Furthermore, our workforce takes part in ‘DEI’ learning programs. To ensure effective leadership across 
the company we offer a portfolio of leadership development experiences designed for every level of 
management across all markets and functions. To optimize staffing levels and resource allocation (i.e., 
having the right people with the right skillsets in the right roles at the right time), we adjust resource 

177 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

allocation where required to reflect developments in business performance, the economic environment, 
and our company’s strategic priorities. Organizational transformations and reorganizations are supported 
by change activations with our leadership teams and organizational design consultancy. We continuously 
invest in improving employer branding activities, and our global recruiting organization constantly 
enhances our internal and external recruiting services and capabilities. Our global succession 
management helps create internal talent pipelines for critical leadership positions and therefore reduces 
succession risk. 

IT and cybersecurity risks 
Theft, leakage, corruption, or unavailability of critical information (e.g., consumer data, employee data, 
product data) and systems could lead to reputational damage, regulatory penalties, or the inability to 
perform key business processes. Key business processes, including product marketing, order 
management, warehouse management, invoice processing, customer support, and financial reporting, are 
all dependent on IT systems. Significant outages, application failures, or cybersecurity threats to our 
infrastructure, or that of our business partners, could therefore result in reputational damage, regulatory 
penalties, or cause considerable business disruption or impact to business-critical data. 

To mitigate these risks, our Information Security organization proactively drives system preventive 
maintenance, service continuity planning, adherence to Information Security policies (aligned with the 
NIST 800-53 framework), and continuous execution of a comprehensive information security program 
aligned with a zero-trust strategy. Information security architecture design, application security, 
governance, data security, employee awareness programs, and a 24x7 incident response help us to 
adequately protect the company. We have also secured limited insurance coverage for damage resulting 
from cybersecurity incidents. 

Risks related to media and stakeholder activities 
Adverse or inaccurate media coverage on our products or business practices (including topics related to 
social, environmental, and governance) as well as negative social media discussion may significantly harm 
adidas’ reputation and brand image, lead to public misperception of the company’s business performance 
and eventually result in a sales slowdown. Similarly, certain activities on the part of key stakeholders (e.g., 
non-governmental organizations, governmental institutions) could cause reputational damage, distract top 
management, and disrupt business activities. Despite the termination of the adidas Yeezy partnership in 
2022, due to its former size and relevance, related stakeholder reactions and negative media coverage 
could still be possible.  

To mitigate these risks, we pursue proactive, open communication and engagement with key stakeholders 
(e.g., consumers, media, the financial community, non-governmental organizations, governmental 
institutions) on a continuous basis. In addition, we have established clear crisis communication processes 
to ensure a quick and effective response to adverse developments. We have also strengthened social 
media capabilities and created various digital newsrooms around the globe that enable continuous 
monitoring of social media content related to the company’s products and activities and allow early 
management of potentially damaging social media discussion. On a case-by-case basis, we seek external 
advice from experts in communication and stakeholder management. 

Business partner risks 
adidas interacts and enters into partnerships with various third parties, such as athletes, creative 
partners, innovation partners, retail partners, or suppliers of goods or services. As a result, the company 
is exposed to a multitude of business partner risks. 

We work with strategic partners in various areas of our business (e.g., product creation, manufacturing, 
research, and development) or distributors in a few selected markets whose approach might differ from 

178 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

our own business practices and standards, which could also negatively impact the company’s business 
performance and reputation. Similarly, failure to maintain strong relationships with our partners could 
negatively impact the company’s sales and profitability. Risks may also arise from a dependency on 
particular partners. For example, the overdependency on a supplier or customer increases the company’s 
vulnerability to delivery and sales shortfalls, respectively, and could lead to significant margin pressure. 
Business partner default (including insolvency) or other disruptive events such as strikes may negatively 
affect the company’s business activities and result in additional costs and liabilities as well as lower sales 
for the company. Unethical business practices or improper behavior on the part of business partners could 
have a negative spillover effect on the company’s reputation, lead to higher costs or liabilities or even 
disrupt business activities.  

To mitigate business partner risks, adidas has implemented various measures. For example, we generally 
include clauses in contractual agreements with partners that allow us to suspend or even terminate our 
partnership in case of improper or unethical conduct. In addition, we work with a broad portfolio of 
promotion partners to reduce the dependency on the success and popularity of a few individual partners. 
We utilize a broad distribution strategy, which includes further expansion of our direct-to-consumer 
business to reduce the risk of overreliance on key customers. Specifically, no single customer accounted 
for more than 5% of the company’s sales in 2023. To reduce risk in the supply chain, we work with 
suppliers who demonstrate reliability, quality, and innovation. Furthermore, in order to minimize any 
potential negative consequences such as a violation of our Workplace Standards by our suppliers, we 
enforce strict control and inspection procedures at our suppliers and also demand adherence to social and 
environmental standards throughout our supply chain. In addition, we have selectively bought insurance 
coverage for the risk of business interruptions caused by physical damage to suppliers’ premises. To 
reduce supplier dependency, the company follows a strategy of diversification. In this context, adidas 
works with a broad network of suppliers in different countries and, for the vast majority of its products, 
does not have a single-sourcing model. 

Compliance risks 
As a globally operating company, adidas is subject to various laws and regulations. Non-compliance with 
such laws and regulations could lead to penalties and fines and cause reputational damage. For example, 
non-compliance with laws and regulations concerning data protection and privacy, such as the EU General 
Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), may result in substantial fines. In addition, publication of failure to 
comply with data protection and privacy regulations could cause reputational damage and result in a loss 
of consumer trust in our brands. We also face the risk that members of top management as well as our 
employees breach rules and standards that guide appropriate and responsible business behavior. This 
includes the risks of fraud, financial misstatements or manipulation, anti-competitive business practices, 
bribery, corruption, discrimination, and harassment in the workplace. 

Our Compliance Management System (CMS) helps us to prevent, detect, and adequately respond to these 
risks. Our Global Policy Manual provides a framework for basic work procedures and processes, and our 
Fair Play Code of Conduct stipulates that every employee and our business partners shall act ethically in 
compliance with the laws and regulations of the legal systems where they conduct company business. In 
addition, our Regional Compliance Managers and Local Compliance Officers guide and advise our 
operating managers regarding fraud and corruption topics. Furthermore, we utilize controls such as 
segregation of duties in IT systems and data analytics technology to prevent or detect fraudulent activities. 
We are also working with external partners and law firms to ensure we are informed about legal 
requirements across the globe, and we take appropriate action to ensure compliance. To mitigate the risk 
of non-compliance with laws and regulations concerning data protection and privacy, we developed a 
global privacy management framework that introduces the company’s privacy principles and provides 
guidance for the use and deletion of personal information. This framework applies to all adidas businesses 
worldwide and also sets our expectations of third-party business partners for managing personal 

179 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

information for or on behalf of adidas. Our Global Privacy Officer and the Global Privacy department drive 
the operational establishment of the framework and monitoring capabilities to track and report its 
implementation. During the implementation, they are continuously providing further implementation 
guidance and training. 

Hazard risks 
As climate change intensifies, the likelihood and intensity of natural disasters such as storms, floods, 
droughts, pandemics, or heat waves increases, and so does adidas’ potential risk. In addition, our business 
activities could be impacted by port congestions, strikes, riots, armed conflicts, or terrorist attacks. All of 
the above could damage our offices, stores, or distribution centers or disrupt our operational processes 
(e.g., sourcing, logistics) leading to loss of sales, higher cost, and a decrease in profitability. 

To manage and mitigate these risks, we continuously monitor potential threats and have implemented 
business continuity plans including but not limited to fallback solutions for transportation, dynamic 
capacity management of containers and carriers, and reallocation of production. We also maintain high 
safety standards in all our locations and have secured insurance coverage for property damage and 
business interruptions.  

Litigation risks 
adidas may be involved in legal disputes and proceedings in different jurisdictions. For example, despite a 
rigid internal clearance process, legal steps may be taken against adidas due to the company’s use of 
certain technologies or trademarks that are protected by a third party’s intellectual property rights. These 
actions may result in, among others, the company having to stop using certain technologies or designs, 
imposed royalty payment obligations, the withdrawal of products from certain markets, legal costs, 
or reputational damage. In particular, in commercial disputes involving the company, third parties may 
also claim financial damages, including lost profits, as a result of an alleged breach of contract by the 
company. 

Our Legal team actively defends adidas’ intellectual property rights and regularly communicates with all 
relevant internal business partners to ensure that our products, including our designs and other 
innovations, are cleared and adequately protected prior to use. We retain specialized external counsel (and 
other advisors, if needed) in case legal action is taken against the company. 

Project risks 
To effectively support further business growth and improve efficiency, adidas continuously invests in new 
projects such as the creation, implementation, expansion, harmonization, or modernization of IT systems, 
distribution centers, or office buildings. Ineffective project management could delay the execution of 
critical projects and lead to higher expenditures. Inadequate project planning and controlling as well as 
executional mistakes or ineffective change management could cause inefficiencies, delays, or business 
disruption, resulting in higher costs and sales shortfalls. Inappropriate project governance, prioritization, 
and oversight of the project portfolio may lead to suboptimal resource allocation and undesired project 
results.  

We manage projects utilizing reviews by project teams as well as project steering committees to evaluate 
the progress, quality, and costs of those projects on a regular basis. This approach allows early detection 
of project risks and quick implementation of corrective action or timely cancelation of projects with a low 
chance of success. To ensure true end-to-end management of key projects we have established a network 
of program and project management departments across all main functions (i.e., Sales, Marketing, 
Operations, Finance, IT, and Human Resources). We also work with external partners for project 
management support in areas where we do not have the required expertise or experience in-house. 

180 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Illustration of Opportunities 

In this report, we illustrate financial and non-financial opportunities considered most relevant in 2024 and 
beyond. According to our assessment methodology, opportunities related to existing Yeezy inventory; 
opportunities related to consumer demand and product offering; macroeconomic, sociopolitical, 
regulatory, and currency opportunities; opportunities related to order and supply management; 
opportunities related to the distribution strategy; and personnel opportunities are considered major. The 
assessment is illustrated in the corporate opportunities overview table.  

Corporate opportunities overview 

Opportunity categories 

Opportunities related to existing Yeezy inventory 

Opportunities related to consumer demand and product offering 

Macroeconomic, sociopolitical, regulatory, and currency 
opportunities 

Opportunities related to order and supply management 

Opportunities related to the distribution strategy 

Potential impact 

Significant 

Significant 

Change 
(2022 rating) 

Likelihood 

Change 
(2022 rating) 

30% – 50% 

  ↑ (15% – 30%) 

30% – 50% 

  ↑ (15% – 30%) 

Significant 

↑(High) 

30% – 50% 

  ↑ (15% – 30%) 

Significant 

Significant 

15% – 30% 

  ↓ (30% – 50%) 

15% – 30% 

  ↓ (30% – 50%) 

Personnel opportunities 

High 

↑(Medium) 

15% – 30% 

Opportunities related to product engineering and manufacturing 
processes 

Litigation opportunities 

Significant 

< 15% 

  ↓ (30% – 50%) 

Medium 

not reported in 
2022 

30% – 50% 

not reported in 
2022 

Opportunities related to tax and customs regulations 

Medium 

  ↓ (Significant) 

15% – 30% 

  ↓ (50% – 85%) 

Opportunities related to existing Yeezy inventory 
The full-year 2024 guidance as outlined in this Annual Report assumes that adidas will sell the remaining 
Yeezy inventory at cost. In the event of a better-than-anticipated sale of the existing product, the 
company’s top- and bottom-line development could be positively impacted by higher-than-planned sales 
and margins. 

Opportunities related to consumer demand and product offering 
Well-executed campaigns and marketing initiatives could increase brand desire and consumer appeal, 
which may drive full-price sell-through and result in higher-than-expected sales and profit. In addition, 
outstanding competitive performance of promotion partners such as individual athletes, club teams, or 
national teams may further increase their popularity among consumers. As a result, adidas may generate 
higher sales of signature footwear or licensed apparel and accessories. We believe that our continued 
focus on product innovation and the ability to fully commercialize such innovation through an attractive 
product offering that resonates with consumers and considers global as well as local trends could provide 
further upside potential both in terms of sales and profit. In that respect, we see untapped potential 
particularly for our Lifestyle key franchises as well as our basketball, running, and training business.   

Macroeconomic, sociopolitical, regulatory, and currency opportunities 
Positive macroeconomic developments could strengthen consumer sentiment and purchasing power, for 
example, if inflation rates declined at a faster pace than anticipated. Favorable exchange rate 
developments can potentially have a positive impact on the company’s financial results. Translation effects 
from the conversion of non-euro-denominated results into our company’s functional currency, the euro, 
might also positively impact our company’s financial performance. Legislative and regulatory changes 
such as the elimination of trade barriers due to free trade agreements can create cost savings or 
potentially open up new channels of distribution and, as a result, positively impact profitability in the mid- 
to long term. 

181 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Opportunities related to order and supply management 
The introduction of a more flexible order management, supported by our continued investment in our IT 
systems, could effectively reduce inventory risk and drive incremental net sales and higher margins. This 
could be achieved by reducing initial order sizes while ensuring continuous reproduction and 
replenishment of products. In this context, data and analytics play a crucial role in enabling fact-based 
decision-making. Therefore, we have a dedicated Data and Analytics team to support business decision-
making by leveraging the power of data. Expanded nearshoring capabilities could further reduce lead 
times to ensure that product demand can be fulfilled at all times and to respond more quickly to the latest 
trends in our industry. 

Opportunities related to the distribution strategy 
Our wholesale channel, where we clearly focus on partners that provide consumers with the best shopping 
experience and customer service, could generate higher-than-expected sales and profit. In addition, 
organic growth of our business in Latin America, Asia-Pacific, and Emerging Markets could provide further 
upside potential in terms of sales and profit. 

Personnel opportunities  
Creating and managing a performance-oriented culture that fosters ‘Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion’ as 
well as leadership accountability and clear values in the workplace could lead to increased diversity of 
thought, increased creativity and innovation, and higher employee satisfaction and engagement. This may 
positively impact the company’s financial performance. A workforce that includes diverse talent and 
reflects the diversity of our customers and consumers helps us better serve the communities we work in 
and strengthens brand reputation among our consumers, which could potentially create a competitive 
advantage and positively impact top- and bottom-line performance.  

Opportunities related to product engineering and manufacturing processes 
We constantly monitor which of our product features are perceived as most relevant by our consumers. 
According to this, a further optimization of our product design could result in higher net sales and margins 
by consistently focusing on product features that add the most value to our consumers, while increasing 
the cost efficiency of less relevant components or reducing complexity in product design. By working 
closely with our suppliers, we also see respective potential for more efficient manufacturing processes. 

Litigation opportunities 
Our Legal department is constantly monitoring the market for potential infringements of our own rights by 
third parties, e.g., related to trademarks, patents, or other intellectual property rights. In the event that a 
third party breaches our contracts or infringes our rights, we try to enforce and protect our legal positions 
and, to the extent required, retain specialized external counsel. This may result in, among others, the 
company demanding contractual penalties or other financial damages payments from third parties.  

Opportunities related to tax and customs regulations 
The potential release of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets or the release of tax risk reserves 
(e.g., relating to transactions or internal reorganizations in prior years) could positively impact income tax 
expense. In addition, changes in local tax regulations may offer the company the option to realize benefits 
that could result in a reduction of tax expenses and higher net income. Furthermore, we see potential in 
reducing the total amount of customs duties in the long term by increasing our sourcing from 
manufacturing partners in countries with more favorable customs treaties. 

182 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Illustration of climate-related risks and opportunities   

In 2023, we evolved our climate risk and opportunity assessment by using climate scenario analysis as 
well as different time horizons which include short-, medium-, and long-term (up to 2050) timeframes. 
Climate scenario analysis confirmed our previous findings that the overall global greenhouse gas emission 
levels will be an important factor influencing the magnitude of risks and opportunities. Moreover, these 
risks and opportunities will gain relevance for our business, especially in the medium to long term.   

We have categorized climate-related risks and opportunities following the ‘Task Force on Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures’ (‘TCFD’) framework. Given the different time horizons and complexity of climate-
related risks and opportunities, the overview is presented separately from the illustration of risks and 
opportunities in this Risk and Opportunity Report. We do not expect this to result in any additional major 
risks and opportunities for the forecast for the 2024 fiscal year compared to the explanations given in the 
Risk and Opportunity Report. 

Physical risks  
─  Physical damage and business disruption in our own or our business partners’ properties: Extreme 
weather events and changes in the overall weather patterns could increasingly lead to damages to 
owned or business partners’ properties (such as office buildings, distribution centers, and retail 
stores) and inventories, as well as business disruptions. In turn, these could result in lower revenues 
and higher insurance and operating costs. 

─  Changing cost and availability of materials: Changes in weather patterns could negatively affect 

availability of materials, leading to higher operating costs.    

─  Harm to and lower productivity of our own and business partners’ workforce and decreased 

participation in sports: An increase in average temperatures and heat waves could lead to harm and 
reduced productivity of our own and our business partners’ workforce. Changes in weather patterns 
could negatively influence consumers’ participation in sports, which could lead to decreased consumer 
demand.      

Transition risks (policy and legal, technology, market and reputation risks)  
─  Energy- and carbon-related prices: Higher prices for energy as well as direct and indirect taxation 

linked to greenhouse gas emissions could negatively impact our business partners and lead to higher 
operating costs.  

─  Exposure to carbon-related regulation and litigation: An increase in regulation (especially product-
related), could lead to increased reporting requirements, as well as the inability to market certain 
products in specific markets. An increase in regulation could also lead to a higher exposure to 
litigation for non-compliance.   

─  Cost of low-carbon technologies: High costs for low-carbon technologies could impact our business 
partners’ ability to lower their emissions, resulting in higher operating costs and potential non-
compliance with regulation limiting greenhouse gas emissions.   

─  Stakeholder scrutiny: A change in stakeholders’ expectations could lead to reduced capital availability 

and market valuation due to concerns about our resilience to climate change impacts.   

183 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Climate-related opportunities  
─  Development of low-emission products and services: The development of low-emission products and 

services could address specific consumer preferences and lead to a competitive advantage and 
increased consumer demand.   

─  Resource efficiency and increased use of renewable energy sources: The development and use of 
more efficient production and distribution processes, as well as the increased share of renewable 
energy (mainly by our business partners), could lead to lower greenhouse gas emissions and improved 
climate change resilience.  

─  Improved stakeholder perception: A strong environmental performance, with lower greenhouse gas 
emissions and improved climate change resilience, could lead to increased capital availability (green 
financing) and market evaluation, as well as increased employer attractiveness. 

184 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Management Assessment of Performance, Risks and 
Opportunities, and Outlook 

Assessment of performance versus targets 

We communicate our financial targets on an annual basis. We also provide updates throughout the year as 
appropriate. In the transition year 2023, adidas made operational and financial progress and performed 
significantly better than initially expected. The overall business environment continued to be characterized 
by geopolitical tensions, macroeconomic challenges, and high inventory levels. As a result of our decisive 
actions, we were able to significantly reduce inventory levels during the year. Our successful initiatives 
included limiting the sell-in to the wholesale channel, which negatively impacted our top-line 
development. At the same time, the underlying business performed above our expectations. In addition, 
the company also benefited from the sale of parts of the remaining Yeezy inventory. Consequently, we 
were able to upgrade our guidance twice in the course of the year. Ultimately, our 2023 financial results 
significantly exceeded our latest guidance from October on both the top and bottom line. 
► SEE ECONOMIC AND SECTOR DEVELOPMENT 

Company targets versus actual key metrics 

Currency-neutral 
net sales development 

2022 
Results 

2023 
Initial targets1 

2023 
Updated targets2 

2023 
Latest targets3 

1% 

to decline at a 
high-single-digit 
rate 

to decline at a 
mid-single-digit 
rate 

to decline at a 
low-single-digit 
rate 

2023 
Results 

0% 

Operating margin/ 
operating profit/loss 

3.0% 

operating loss of 
€ 700 million 

operating loss of 
€ 450 million 

operating loss of 
€ 100 million 

operating profit of 
€ 268 million 

Average operating 
working capital 
in % of net sales 

Capital expenditure4 

24.0% 

€ 695 
million 

to reach a level of 
between 
25% and 26% 

to reach a level of 
around 
€ 600 million 

to reach a level of 
between 
25% and 26% 

to reach a level of 
around 
€ 600 million 

to reach a level of 
between 
25% and 26% 

to reach a level of 
around 
€ 600 million 

25.7% 

€ 504 million 

2024 
Outlook 

to increase at a 
mid-single-digit 
rate 

operating profit of 
around 
€ 500 million 

to reach a level of 
between 
23% and 24% 

to reach a level of 
around 
€ 600 million 

1 As published on February 9, 2023. For average working capital and capital expenditure as of March 8, 2023. 
2 As published on July 24, 2023. 
3 As published on October 17, 2023. 
4 Excluding acquisitions and leases. 

In 2023, revenues were flat on a currency-neutral basis. This was significantly better than our initial 
expectations (February 2023: high-single-digit decline) and also ahead of our latest guidance (October 
2023: low-single-digit decline). The development reflects strong double-digit growth in Latin America. 
Revenues in both Greater China and Asia-Pacific grew at high-single-digit rates. Currency-neutral sales in 
EMEA were flat. North America recorded a double-digit decline as this market was particularly impacted 
by the company’s conservative sell-in strategy to reduce high inventory levels. The discontinuation of the 
Yeezy business represented a drag of around € 500 million on the year-over-year comparison during 2023. 
The sale of parts of the remaining Yeezy product positively impacted net sales in the amount of around 
€ 750 million. This compares to a total of more than € 1,200 million of Yeezy revenues in 2022. 

Our operating profit reached € 268 million in 2023, ahead of our latest guidance, provided in October, of an 
operating loss of € 100 million. Compared to our initial guidance provided at the beginning of 2023 
(operating loss of € 700 million), the reported operating profit of € 268 million is around € 1,000 million 
higher than initially expected. This outperformance was partly driven by a better operational business. In 
addition, the company’s decision to only write off a small portion of its remaining Yeezy inventory and sell a 
significant part of it in 2023 also drove the better-than-expected operating profit development last year. 
► SEE INCOME STATEMENT 

185 

 
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Average operating working capital as a percentage of sales ended the year 2023 at 25.7%. This was in line 
with the guided level of between 25% and 26% and represents a year-over-year increase of 1.6 percentage 
points. This reflects the slight increase in average operating working capital against the backdrop of lower 
net sales in 2023 compared to 2022. Capital expenditure decreased 27% to € 504 million in 2023, below 
our guidance of a level of around € 600 million. More than 75% of these investments were spent on 
controlled space initiatives and IT activities. Controlled space initiatives comprise investments in new or 
remodeled own retail or franchise stores as well as shop-in-shop presentations of our products in our 
customers’ stores. ► SEE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AND STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

Beyond our financial performance, we also actively monitor other KPIs. These other KPIs include, among 
others, ⌐ our sustainable article offering and the share of women in management positions. In 2023, with 
almost eight out of ten of our articles being sustainable, meaning that they are – to a significant degree – 
made with environmentally preferred materials, we exceeded the planned annual milestone for 2023. With 
40% female representation in management positions in 2023, we decided to establish a new goal and 
committed to achieving a level of 50% by 2033 (previously: to increase to more than 40% by 2025). ¬ 
► SEE INTERNAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

Assessment of overall risks and opportunities 

Our Risk Management team aggregates all risks and opportunities identified through the half-yearly risk 
and opportunity assessment process to determine the company’s risk and opportunity portfolio (i.e., the 
company’s aggregated risk position). Results from this process are analyzed and reported to the Executive 
Board accordingly. The Executive Board discusses and assesses risks and opportunities on a regular basis 
and takes into account the relationship between the risk and opportunity portfolio (i.e., the company’s 
aggregated risk position) and risk appetite as well as risk capacity in its decision-making. Compared to the 
prior year, our assessment of certain risks and opportunities has changed in terms of likelihood of 
occurrence and/or potential financial impact. Our risk and opportunity aggregation using a Monte Carlo 
simulation determined that the company’s aggregated risk position does not exceed the company’s risk 
capacity threshold with a likelihood of at least 99%. Therefore, we do not foresee any material jeopardy to 
the viability of the company as a going concern. ► SEE RISK AND OPPORTUNITY REPORT 

Assessment of financial outlook 

In 2024, we expect macroeconomic challenges and geopolitical tensions to persist. This may negatively 
affect consumer sentiment and discretionary spending power. In North America, we will continue our 
initiatives to reduce high inventory levels, which will weigh on our sales and profitability during the first 
half of the year. In addition, unfavorable currency effects are projected to adversely impact both reported 
revenues and the gross margin development in 2024. The assumed sale of the remaining Yeezy inventory 
at cost with no operating profit contribution is also expected to weigh on the company’s operational and 
financial performance versus the prior year. At the same time, the global sporting goods industry is set to 
benefit from major sports events in 2024.  

Against this backdrop, we plan to return to top-line growth by scaling successful franchises, introducing 
new ones, and leveraging our significantly better, broader, and deeper product range. Improved retailer 
relationships, more impactful marketing initiatives, and our activities around the major sports events will 
also contribute to the sales increase. As a result, we expect currency-neutral sales to grow at a mid-
single-digit rate in 2024. Our operating profit is currently expected to reach a level of around € 500 million 

186 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW  

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

in 2024. While we will continue to increase our marketing and sales investments, the top-line growth and 
an improving gross margin are projected to drive the bottom-line development in 2024. ► SEE OUTLOOK 

We believe our outlook for 2024 realistically describes the underlying development of the company. 
However, the outlook for 2024 as outlined in this report is subject to change. Ongoing uncertainties 
regarding macroeconomic challenges, the impact from geopolitical conflicts, and the development of 
consumer sentiment as well as potential supply-chain disruptions represent risks to the achievement of 
our stated financial goals and aspirations. No other material event between the end of 2023 and the 
publication of this report has altered our view. ► SEE OUTLOOK 

187 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

4 

CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Income Statement 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes 

Shareholdings 

Responsibility Statement   

Copy of the Auditor’s Report 

188 

189 

191 

192 

193 

195 

197 

287 

290 

291 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

adidas AG Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (IFRS) € in millions 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Short-term financial assets 

Accounts receivable 

Other current financial assets 

Inventories 

Income tax receivables 

Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property, plant, and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets 

Long-term financial assets 

Other non-current financial assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Other non-current assets 

Total non-current assets 

Note 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

Change in % 

04 

05 

06 

07 

34 

08 

09 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

34 

15 

1,431 

34 

1,906 

755 

4,525 

156 

1,003 

9,809 

2,157 

2,247 

1,238 

442 

301 

418 

1,358 

49 

8,211 

798 

– 

2,529 

1,014 

5,973 

102 

1,316 

11,732 

2,279 

2,665 

1,260 

429 

301 

336 

1,216 

76 

8,563 

79 

n.a. 

(25) 

(26) 

(24) 

52 

(24) 

(16) 

(5) 

(16) 

(2) 

3 

0 

24 

12 

(35) 

(4) 

Total assets 

18,020 

20,296 

(11) 

189 

 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas AG Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (IFRS) € in millions 

Note 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

Change in % 

Liabilities and equity 

Short-term borrowings 

Accounts payable 

Current lease liabilities 

Other current financial liabilities 

Income taxes 

Other current provisions 

Current accrued liabilities 

Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term borrowings 

Non-current lease liabilities 

Other non-current financial liabilities 

Pensions and similar obligations 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Other non-current provisions 

Non-current accrued liabilities 

Other non-current liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Share capital 

Reserves 

Retained earnings 

Shareholders’ equity 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

16 

19 

17 

34 

18 

20 

21 

16 

19 

22 

23 

34 

18 

20 

24 

25 

27 

549 

2,276 

545 

266 

323 

1,323 

2,273 

488 

8,043 

2,430 

2,039 

6 

139 

147 

188 

– 

103 

527 

2,908 

643 

424 

302 

1,589 

2,412 

452 

9,257 

2,946 

2,343 

44 

118 

135 

88 

7 

6 

5,052 

5,688 

179 

257 

4,145 

4,580 

179 

466 

4,347 

4,991 

345 

360 

4,925 

5,351 

4 

(22) 

(15) 

(37) 

7 

(17) 

(6) 

8 

(13) 

(18) 

(13) 

(86) 

18 

9 

113 

n.a. 

1,492 

(11) 

0 

(45) 

(5) 

(8) 

(4) 

(8) 

Total liabilities and equity 

18,020 

20,296 

(11) 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

190 

 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Consolidated Income Statement 

adidas AG Consolidated Income Statement (IFRS) € in millions 

Net sales 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

(% of net sales) 

Royalty and commission income 

Other operating income 

Other operating expenses 

(% of net sales) 

Marketing and point-of-sale expenses 

(% of net sales) 

Distribution and selling expenses 

(% of net sales) 

General and administration expenses 

(% of net sales) 

Sundry expenses 

(% of net sales) 

Impairment losses (net) on accounts 
receivable and contract assets 

Operating profit 

(% of net sales) 

Financial income 

Financial expenses 

Income before taxes 

(% of net sales) 

Income taxes 

(% of income before taxes) 

Net (loss)/income from continuing operations 

(% of net sales) 

Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax 

Net (loss)/income 

(% of net sales) 

Net (loss)/income attributable to 
shareholders 

(% of net sales) 

Net income attributable to non-controlling 
interests 

Basic earnings per share from continuing 
operations (in €) 

Diluted earnings per share from continuing 
operations (in €) 

Basic earnings per share from continuing and 
discontinued operations (in €) 

Diluted earnings per share from continuing 
and discontinued operations (in €) 

Note 

36 

29 

  09, 12, 30, 31 

32 

32 

34 

03 

35 

35 

35 

35 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

191 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

Change 

21,427 

11,244 

10,184 

47.5% 

83 

71 

10,070 

47.0% 

2,528 

11.8% 

5,547 

25.9% 

1,839 

8.6% 

137 

0.6% 

19 

268 

1.3% 

79 

282 

65 

0.3% 

124 

189.2% 

(58) 

(0.3%) 

44 

(14) 

(0.1%) 

(75) 

(0.4%) 

61 

(0.67) 

(0.67) 

(0.42) 

(0.42) 

22,511 

11,867 

10,644 

47.3% 

112 

173 

10,260 

45.6% 

2,763 

12.3% 

5,601 

24.9% 

1,651 

7.3% 

182 

0.8% 

63 

669 

3.0% 

39 

320 

388 

1.7% 

134 

34.5% 

254 

1.1% 

384 

638 

2.8% 

612 

2.7% 

26 

1.25 

1.25 

3.34 

3.34 

(4.8%) 

(5.3%) 

(4.3%) 

0.2pp 

(26.0%) 

(58.8%) 

(1.9%) 

1.4pp 

(8.5%) 

(0.5pp) 

(1.0%) 

1.0pp 

11.4% 

1.2pp 

(24.8%) 

(0.2pp) 

(70.5%) 

(59.9%) 

(1.7pp) 

102.8% 

(11.9%) 

(83.1%) 

(1.4pp) 

(7.4%) 

154.7pp 

n.a. 

n.a. 

(88.4%) 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

136.0% 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

adidas AG Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (IFRS) € in millions 

Net (loss)/income 

Items of other comprehensive income that will not be 
reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 

Remeasurements of defined benefit plans (IAS 19), net of tax1 

Net (loss)/gain on other equity investments (IFRS 9), net of tax 

Subtotal of items of other comprehensive income that will not 
be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 

Items of other comprehensive income that will be reclassified 
to profit or loss when specific conditions are met 

Net loss on cash flow hedges and net foreign investment 
hedges, net of tax 

Net gain/(loss) on cost of hedging reserve – options, net of tax 

Net gain/(loss) on cost of hedging reserve – forward contracts, 
net of tax 

Reclassification of foreign currency translation differences due 
to disposal of foreign operations 

Currency translation differences 

Subtotal of items of other comprehensive income that will be 
reclassified to profit or loss when specific conditions are met 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Attributable to shareholders of adidas AG 

Attributable to non-controlling interests 

Note 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

(14) 

638 

23 

28 

28 

28 

28 

(5) 

(5) 

(10) 

(126) 

7 

46 

– 

(155) 

(228) 

(238) 

(252) 

(300) 

48 

131 

0 

131 

(25) 

(1) 

(36) 

(228) 

177 

(113) 

18 

656 

610 

47 

1 Includes actuarial gains or losses relating to defined benefit obligations, return on plan assets (excluding interest income) and the asset ceiling effect. 
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

192 

 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

adidas AG Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (IFRS) € in millions 

Cumu-
lative 
cur- 
rency 
trans-
lation 
differ-
ences 

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
– 
options 

Hedging 
reserve 

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
– 
forward 
con-
tracts 

  Note 

Share 
capital 

Capital 
reserve 

Other 
reserves 

Retained 
earnings 

Share-
holders’ 
equity 

Non-con-
trolling 
interests 

Total 
equity 

192 

  1,294 

(542) 

(64) 

(8) 

(12) 

(200) 

6,860 

7,519 

318 

7,837 

(70) 

(26) 

– 

– 

(70) 

(26) 

(1) 

– 

(1) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(36) 

131 

– 

– 

(36) 

131 

– 

612 

612 

(2) 

612 

610 

21 

26 

47 

18 

638 

656 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(2,487) 

  (2,500) 

– 

(2,500) 

– 

(22) 

(22) 

– 

(22) 

– 

– 

– 

41 

41 

– 

41 

(610) 

(610) 

(22) 

(632) 

(35) 

(4) 

– 

(4) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  25 

(13) 

  25 

(0) 

  25 

  26 

0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

32 

– 

12 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4 

– 

–  – 

–  – 

– 

(48) 

– 

(44) 

17 

(27) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(12) 

– 

– 

– 

179 

  1,338 

(608) 

(90) 

(9) 

(48) 

(116) 

4,347 

4,991 

360 

5,351 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(142) 

(126) 

– 

– 

(142) 

(126) 

7 

– 

7 

46 

– 

46 

(10) 

– 

(225) 

(14) 

(238) 

– 

(75) 

(75) 

(10) 

(75) 

(300) 

61 

48 

(14) 

(252) 

Balance at 
December 31, 2021 

Other 
comprehensive 
income 

Net income 

Total 
comprehensive 
income 

Repurchase of 
adidas AG shares 

Repurchase of 
adidas AG shares 
due to equity-
settled share-
based payment 

Reissuance of 
treasury shares 
due to equity-
settled share-
based payment 

Dividend payment 

Equity-settled 
share-based 
payment 

Acquisition of 
shares from non-
controlling 
interests 
shareholders in 
accordance with 
IAS 32 

Cancellation of 
treasury shares 

Balance at 
December 31,  
2022/ 
January 1, 2023 

Other 
comprehensive 
income 

Net (loss)/income 

Total 
comprehensive 
income 

193 

 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas AG Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (IFRS) € in millions 

Cumu-
lative 
cur- 
rency 
trans-
lation 
differ-
ences 

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
– 
options 

Hedging 
reserve 

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
– 
forward 
con-
tracts 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  Note 

Share 
capital 

Capital 
reserve 

  25 

(0) 

  25 

  26 

0 

– 

0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

17 

– 

Other 
reserves 

Retained 
earnings 

Share-
holders’ 
equity 

Non-con-
trolling 
interests 

Total 
equity 

– 

(29) 

(29) 

– 

(29) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

29 

29 

– 

29 

(125) 

(125) 

(33) 

(158) 

(2) 

– 

15 

– 

– 

15 

(29) 

(29) 

179 

  1,355 

(750) 

(217) 

(2) 

(2) 

(126) 

4,145 

4,580 

345 

4,925 

Repurchase of 
adidas AG shares 
due to equity-
settled share-
based payment 

Reissuance of 
treasury shares 
due to equity-
settled share-
based payment 

Dividend payment 

Equity-settled 
share-based 
payment 

Other 

Balance at 
December 31, 
2023 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

194 

 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

adidas AG Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (IFRS) € in millions1 

Note 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

Operating activities: 

Income before taxes 

Adjustments for: 

Depreciation, amortization and impairment losses 

Reversals of impairment losses 

Interest income 

Interest expense 

Unrealized foreign exchange losses, net 

9, 10, 11, 12, 
29 

09, 10, 29 

32 

32 

Losses on sale of property, plant, and equipment and intangible 
assets, net 

Other non-cash effects from operating activities 

29, 30 

Operating profit before working capital changes 

Decrease/(Increase) in receivables and other assets 

Decrease/(Increase) in inventories 

(Decrease)/Increase in accounts payable and other liabilities 

Net cash generated from operations before taxes 

Income taxes paid 

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities – 
continuing operations 

Net cash used in operating activities – 
discontinued operations 

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 

Investing activities: 

Purchase of trademarks and other intangible assets 

Proceeds from sale of trademarks and other intangible assets 

Purchase of property, plant, and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of a disposal group from prior years 

(Reimbursement)/Proceeds from disposal of discontinued 
operations 

Purchase of short-term financial assets 

Proceeds from/(Purchase of) investments and other long-term 
assets 

Interest received 

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities – 
continuing operations 

Net cash used in investing activities – discontinued operations 

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities 

195 

65 

388 

1,212 

1,375 

(42) 

(39) 

162 

144 

20 

(8) 

1,514 

995 

1,297 

(868) 

2,938 

(307) 

2,630 

– 

2,630 

(141) 

1 

(363) 

10 

– 

(19) 

(34) 

57 

39 

(450) 

– 

(450) 

(4) 

(23) 

138 

86 

16 

(8) 

1,967 

(795) 

(1,879) 

736 

30 

(424) 

(394) 

(85) 

(479) 

(191) 

1 

(504) 

1 

12 

1,165 

– 

(13) 

23 

495 

(0) 

495 

 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas AG Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (IFRS) € in millions1 

Financing activities: 

Repayment of eurobond 

Proceeds from issuance of bonds 

Interest paid 

Repayments of lease liabilities 

Dividend paid to shareholders of adidas AG 

Dividend paid to non-controlling interest shareholders 

Acquisition of non-controlling interests 

Repurchase of treasury shares 

Repurchase of treasury shares due to share-based payments 

Proceeds from reissuance of treasury shares due to 
share-based payments 

Proceeds/Repayments of short-term borrowings 

Net cash used in financing activities – continuing operations 

Net cash used in financing activities – discontinued operations 

Net cash used in financing activities 

IAS 29 Hyperinflation effects in operating, investing and 
financing cashflows 

Sum of cashflows 

Effect of exchange rates on cash 

Increase/(Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Effect indexing cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year acc. Balance 
sheet 

Note 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

16 

16 

25 

25 

16 

37 

04 

37 

(500) 

– 

(163) 

(603) 

(125) 

(33) 

– 

– 

(29) 

25 

3 

(1,425) 

– 

(1,425) 

(82) 

673 

(40) 

633 

798 

(0) 

798 

– 

994 

(140) 

(631) 

(610) 

(22) 

(27) 

(2,500) 

(30) 

25 

(18) 

(2,957) 

(6) 

(2,963) 

(64) 

(3,011) 

(39) 

(3,051) 

3,849 

20 

3,828 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

04 

1,431 

798 

1 Prior year adjusted due to Hyperinflation accounting. 
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

196 

 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Notes 

adidas AG is a listed German stock corporation and parent of the adidas Group located at Adi-Dassler-
Str. 1, 91074 Herzogenaurach, Germany, and is entered into the commercial register at the Local Court of 
Fürth (HRB 3868). adidas AG and its subsidiaries (collectively ‘adidas,’ ‘the Group’ or ‘the company’) 
design, develop, produce, and market a broad range of athletic and sports lifestyle products.

01 

General 

The consolidated financial statements of adidas AG as at December 31, 2023, comprise adidas AG and its 
subsidiaries and are prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as 
endorsed by the European Union (EU) as at December 31, 2023, and the additional requirements pursuant 
to § 315e section 1 German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB). 

The following amendments to existing standards and interpretations are effective for financial years 
beginning on January 1, 2023, and have been applied for the first time to these consolidated financial 
statements: 

─  IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ and Amendments to IFRS 17 (effective date: January 1, 2023): The new 
standard covers the recognition and measurement, presentation and disclosure related to all types of 
insurance contracts. IFRS 17 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, 
and replaces IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’. IFRS 17 had no material impact on the consolidated 
financial statements. 

─  Amendments to IAS 8 ‘Definition of Accounting Estimates’ (effective date: January 1, 2023): In 

February 2021, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 8, in which it introduces a definition of ‘accounting 
estimates’. The amendments clarify the distinction between changes in accounting estimates and 
changes in accounting policies and the correction of errors. Also, they clarify how entities use 
measurement techniques and inputs to develop accounting estimates. The amendments apply to 
changes in accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates that occur on or after the start of 
the effective date. The amendments had no material impact on adidas’ consolidated financial 
statements. 

─  Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 ‘Disclosure of Accounting Policies’ (effective 
date: January 1, 2023) In February 2021, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice 
Statement 2 ‘Making Materiality Judgements’, in which it provides guidance and examples to help 
entities apply materiality judgments to accounting policy disclosures. The amendments aim to help 
entities provide accounting policy disclosures that are more useful by replacing the requirement for 
entities to disclose their ‘significant’ accounting policies with a requirement to disclose their ‘material’ 
accounting policies and adding guidance on how entities apply the concept of materiality in making 
decisions about accounting policy disclosures. The amendments to IAS 1 are applicable for annual 
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023. Since the amendments to the Practice Statement 2 
provide non-mandatory guidance on the application of the definition of ‘material’ to accounting policy 
information, an effective date for these amendments is not necessary. The amendments have led to a 
selective reduction in the disclosures on accounting policies. 

197 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  Amendments to IAS 12 ‘Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single 

Transaction’ (effective date: January 1, 2023) In May 2021, the Board issued amendments to IAS 12, 
which narrow the scope of the initial recognition exemption under IAS 12, so that it no longer applies to 
transactions that give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences. The amendments 
should be applied to transactions that occur on or after the beginning of the earliest comparative 
period presented. In addition, at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented, a deferred 
tax asset (provided that sufficient taxable profit is available) and a deferred tax liability should also be 
recognized for all deductible and taxable temporary differences associated with leases and 
decommissioning obligations. The amendments had no material impact on adidas, in particular since 
adidas did not apply the initial recognition exemption in the context of leases under IFRS 16.  

─  Amendments to IAS 12 ‘International Tax Reform — Pillar Two Model Rules’ (effective date: January 

1, 2023): In May 2023, the IASB issued ‘International Tax Reform—Pillar Two Model Rules’ – 
amendments to IAS 12 to clarify the application of IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ to income taxes arising from 
tax law enacted or substantively enacted to implement the OECD Pillar Two Model Rules. The 
amendments include a temporary exception to the accounting for deferred taxes arising from the 
implementation of the Pillar Two model rules and additional disclosure requirements for affected 
entities, with the aim to help users of the financial statements better understand an entity’s exposure 
to the Pillar Two Model Rules. The required disclosures are provided in the Note of Income Taxes. ► SEE 
NOTE 34 

New standards and interpretations as well as amendments to existing standards and interpretations are 
usually not applied by adidas before the EU effective date. 

The following new standards and interpretations and amendments to existing standards and 
interpretations issued by the IASB, endorsed by the EU, and which are effective for financial years 
beginning after January 1, 2023, have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial 
statements: 

─  Amendments to IFRS 16 ‘Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback’ (effective date: January 1, 2024): In 

September 2022, the IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 16 to clarify how a seller-lessee 
subsequently measures sale and leaseback transactions that satisfy the requirements in IFRS 15 to be 
accounted for as a sale, to ensure the seller-lessee does not recognize any amount of the gain or loss 
that relates to the right of use it retains. The amendments to IFRS 16 are applicable for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2024, and must be applied retrospectively to sale and leaseback 
transactions entered into after the date of initial application of IFRS 16. Earlier application is permitted 
when the fact is disclosed. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the 
consolidated financial statements of adidas. 

─  Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current’ (effective date: January 
1, 2024): In January 2020, the IASB issued amendments to paragraphs 69 to 76 of IAS 1 to specify the 
requirements for classifying liabilities as current or non-current. The amendments clarify what is 
meant by a right to defer settlement, that such a right to defer must exist at the end of the reporting 
period, and that the classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral 
right. In October 2022, the IASB issued further amendments to IAS 1, in which it clarifies that only 
covenants with which an entity must comply on or before the reporting date will affect a liability’s 
classification as current or non-current. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2024, and must be applied retrospectively. The amendments are not 
expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of adidas. 

198 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The following new standards and interpretations as well as amendments to existing standards and 
interpretations were issued by the IASB. These are not yet endorsed by the EU and hence have not been 
applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements: 

─  Amendments to IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ – 
‘Supplier Finance Arrangements’ (effective date: January 1, 2024): In May 2023, the IASB issued the 
clarification ‘Supplier Finance Arrangements’, which amended IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’ and 
IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’. The amendments clarify the characteristics of supplier 
finance arrangements and introduce additional disclosure requirements for such arrangements. The 
objective of the amendments is to assist users of financial statements in understanding the effects of 
supplier finance arrangements on an entity’s liabilities, cash flows and exposure to liquidity risk. The 
amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024. Early 
adoption is permitted but will need to be disclosed. The amendments are not expected to have a 
material impact on the consolidated financial statements of adidas. 

─  Amendments to IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ – ‘Lack of 

Exchangeability’ (effective date: January 1, 2025): In August 2023, the IASB issued ‘Lack of 
Exchangeability’ that amends IAS 21. IAS 21 sets out the requirements for determining the exchange 
rate to be used for recording a foreign currency transaction into the functional currency and 
translating a foreign operation into a different currency. The amendments to IAS 21 clarify how an 
entity should assess whether a currency is exchangeable and how to determine the exchange rate 
when it is not. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2025. The effects of the amendments need to be further analyzed and evaluated but are 
currently not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of adidas. 

The consolidated financial statements have in principle been prepared on the historical cost basis except 
for certain items in the statement of financial position, such as certain originated financial instruments, 
derivative financial instruments, and plan assets, which are measured at fair value. 

In October 2022, adidas terminated the Yeezy partnership with immediate effect, discontinued the 
distribution of adidas Yeezy products, and stopped all payments to Kanye West and his companies. Being 
the sole owner of all design rights to existing products as well as previous and new colorways under the 
partnership, adidas announced in May 2023 that it would begin to sell the remaining inventory of adidas 
Yeezy products, with an initial release in May 2023. A second product drop took place in the third quarter. 
In total, these two drops generated revenues of around € 750 million in 2023. As of December 31, 2023, 
adidas still holds inventories with a total value of around € 250 million. 

In connection with the sale of these remaining inventories, adidas has committed to donating a significant 
amount to selected organizations working to combat discrimination and hate, including racism and 
antisemitism. ► SEE NOTE 39 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in euros (€), and unless otherwise stated, all values 
are presented in millions of euros (€ in millions). Due to rounding principles, numbers presented may not 
exactly sum up to totals provided. This can also lead to individual amounts rounded to zero. 

199 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

02 

Summary of material accounting policies 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with the consolidation, accounting, and 
valuation principles described below. 

Principles of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of adidas AG and all its direct and 
indirect subsidiaries, which are prepared in accordance with uniform accounting principles. An entity is 
considered a subsidiary if it is controlled by adidas AG. Control exists when adidas is exposed to, or has 
rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power over the investee. 

Effective as of December 2019, an amendment to the contractual arrangements existing between Agron, 
Inc., Los Angeles, California (USA), and adidas entered into force granting adidas the power to approve key 
financial and operational targets as well as the organizational structure of Agron, Inc. adidas has the right 
to, and is exposed to, the returns from its contractual business relations with Agron, Inc., which are 
dependent on the level of its net sales and overall profitability. As a result of the extended power, adidas 
has the ability to directly influence the amount of these variable returns and consequently obtained control 
over Agron, Inc. As adidas holds no equity interests of Agron, Inc., both net assets as well as income and 
expenses are attributable entirely to the non-controlling interest. adidas has not transferred any 
consideration to the owners of Agron, Inc. in relation to the amendment of the contractual arrangements.  

The number of consolidated subsidiaries developed as follows in 2023 and 2022, respectively: 

Number of consolidated subsidiaries 

January 1 

First-time consolidated subsidiaries 

Thereof: newly founded 

Deconsolidated/divested subsidiaries 

Intercompany mergers 

December 31 

2023 

111 

1 

1 

(3) 

– 

109 

2022 

120 

1 

1 

(8) 

(2) 

111 

The subsidiaries are held either directly by adidas AG or indirectly via the two holding companies adidas 
Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH in Germany or adidas International B.V. in the Netherlands. 

A schedule of the shareholdings of adidas AG is shown in Attachment I to the consolidated financial 
statements. This schedule comprises information about the name and domicile of all consolidated 
subsidiaries, as well as the respective share held in the capital of these subsidiaries. Furthermore, a 
schedule of the shareholdings of adidas AG is published on the German Company Register. ► SEE 
SHAREHOLDINGS 

The financial effects of intercompany transactions as well as any unrealized gains and losses arising from 
intercompany business relations are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

Principles of measurement 
The following table includes an overview of selected subsequent measurement principles used in the 
preparation of the consolidated financial statements. 

200 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Overview of selected subsequent measurement principles 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

  Amortized cost 

  Subsequent measurement principle 

Cash and cash equivalents (investments in certain 
money market funds) 

Accounts receivable 

Inventories 

Property, plant, and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Goodwill 

Intangible assets (except goodwill): 

With definite useful life 

With indefinite useful life 

Financial assets 

Liabilities 

Borrowings 

Accounts payable 

  Fair value through profit or loss 

  Amortized cost 

  Lower of cost and net realizable value 

  Amortized cost 

  Amortized cost 

  Impairment-only approach 

  Amortized cost 

  Impairment-only approach 

  See separate table 

  Amortized cost 

  Amortized cost 

Liabilities/provisions for cash-settled share-based 
payment arrangements 

  Fair value through profit or loss 

Derivatives not used in hedge accounting 

  Fair value through profit or loss 

Derivatives used in hedge accounting 

  Fair value through other comprehensive income 

Other financial liabilities 

  Amortized cost 

Provisions: 

Pensions 

Other provisions 

Accrued liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

  Projected unit credit method 

  Expected settlement amount 

  Amortized cost 

  Amortized cost 

Financial assets are classified and measured according to IFRS 9. All purchases and sales of financial 
assets, with the exception of trade receivables, are recognized on the trade date and initially measured at 
fair value. At initial recognition, trade receivables that do not have a significant financing component are 
measured at their transaction price. Subsequently, a financial asset is measured at amortized cost, fair 
value through other comprehensive income (debt instrument), fair value through other comprehensive 
income (equity instrument), or fair value through profit or loss.  

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not 
designated at fair value through profit or loss: the financial asset is held within a business model whose 
objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows (business model ‘Hold to collect’); and the 
financial asset’s contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. 

A financial asset is measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if it meets both of the 
following conditions and is not designated at fair value through profit or loss: the financial asset is held 
within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling 
financial assets (business model ‘Hold to collect and sell’); and its contractual terms give rise on specified 
dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. 

201 

 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

In principle, all investments in equity instruments are measured at fair value through profit or loss. At 
initial recognition, an entity may make an irrevocable election to present in other comprehensive income 
subsequent changes in the fair value of an investment in an equity instrument that is neither held for 
trading nor a contingent consideration acquired by a purchaser in a business combination. This election is 
made on an investment-by-investment basis. 

All financial assets, which are not classified as measured at amortized cost or at fair value through other 
comprehensive income as described above, are measured at fair value through profit or loss.  

Financial assets are only reclassified when the business model for managing financial assets is changed, 
in which case all affected financial assets are reclassified. 

The subsequent measurement of financial assets is as follows: 

Overview of financial asset subsequent measurement principles according to IFRS 9 

IFRS 9 category 

 Subsequent measurement principle 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. 
Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend 
income, are recognized in profit or loss. 

Amortized cost 

Fair value through 
other comprehensive 
income 
(debt instrument) 

Fair value through 
other comprehensive 
income 
(equity instrument) 

These assets are subsequently measured at amortized 
cost using the effective interest method. The amortized 
cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, 
foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment losses 
are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on 
derecognition is recognized in profit or loss. 

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. 
Interest income calculated using the effective interest 
method, foreign exchange gains and losses and 
impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. 
Other net gains and losses are recognized in other 
comprehensive income. On derecognition, accumulated 
gains and losses are reclassified to profit or loss. 

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. 
Dividends are recognized as income in profit or loss 
unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of 
part of the cost of the investment. Other gains and 
losses are recognized in other comprehensive income 
and are never reclassified to profit or loss. 

Subsequent 
measurement 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

 Amortized cost 

Fair value through 
other comprehensive 
income 

Fair value through 
other comprehensive 
income 

Financial liabilities are recognized when adidas becomes a party to the contractual provisions that gives 
rise to the financial liability. All financial liabilities are initially recognized at fair value. 

For subsequent measurement, financial liabilities are classified either as financial liabilities measured at 
fair value through profit or loss, or as financial liabilities measured at amortized cost. Financial liabilities 
at fair value through profit or loss include, in particular, derivative financial instruments not designated as 
hedging instruments in hedging relationships in accordance with IFRS 9. 

Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of financial liabilities that are not measured at 
fair value through profit or loss reduce the fair value of the financial liability on initial recognition. 

202 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Currency translation 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in euros (€), which is also the parent company’s 
functional currency. For each entity, the Group determines the functional currency. 

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the respective functional currency by applying 
the spot exchange rate valid at the transaction date to the foreign currency amount. 

In the individual financial statements of subsidiaries, monetary items denominated in non-functional 
currencies of the subsidiaries are generally translated into the functional currency at closing exchange 
rates at the balance sheet date. The resulting currency gains and losses are recognized directly in profit or 
loss. 

This excludes monetary items that are designated as part of the hedge of the Group’s net investment in a 
foreign operation. These are recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI) until the net investment is 
disposed of, at which time the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss. Taxes resulting from 
these exchange differences are also recognized directly in other comprehensive income in accordance 
with IAS 12. 

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated 
using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair 
value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is 
determined. The gain or loss arising on translation of non-monetary items measured at fair value is 
treated in line with the recognition of the gain or loss on the change in fair value of the item.  

Assets and liabilities of the company’s non-euro functional currency subsidiaries that are included in the 
consolidated financial statements are translated using closing exchange rates at the balance sheet date 
into the presentation currency, the euro. For practical reasons, revenues and expenses are translated at 
average rates for the period, which approximate the exchange rates on the transaction dates. The 
resulting exchange differences arising on consolidation are recognized in OCI.  

A summary of exchange rates to the euro for major currencies in which the Group operates is as follows: 

Exchange rates 

€ 1 equals 

USD 

GBP 

JPY 

CNY 

MXN 

Average rates for the year 
ending Dec. 31, 

Spot rates at Dec. 31, 

2023 

2022 

2023 

2022 

1.0817 

0.8698 

1.0539 

0.8525 

1.1050 

0.8691 

1.0666 

0.8869 

151.9970 

138.0550 

156.3300 

140.6600 

7.6680 

19.1847 

7.0891 

21.2037 

7.8725 

18.6955 

7.4095 

20.7683 

Hyperinflation 
To reflect changes in purchasing power at the balance sheet date, the carrying amounts of non-monetary 
assets and liabilities, shareholders’ equity, and comprehensive income of subsidiaries in hyperinflationary 
economies are restated in terms of a measuring unit current at the balance sheet date. These are indexed 
using a general price index in accordance with IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary 
Economies.’ In contrast, no restatement is required for monetary assets and liabilities carried at amounts 

203 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

current at the end of the balance sheet date because they represent money held, to be received, or to be 
paid. ► SEE NOTE 33 

Gains and losses on the net monetary position are included in the financial result. 

Non-monetary assets that have been restated following the guidance in IAS 29 are still subject to 
impairment assessment in accordance with the guidance in the relevant IFRS. 

Derivative financial instruments 
adidas uses derivative financial instruments, such as currency options, forward exchange contracts and 
currency swaps, to hedge its exposure to foreign-exchange risks. In accordance with its Treasury Policy, 
the company does not enter into transactions with derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized in the statement of financial position at fair value 
and are subsequently also measured at their fair value. The method of recognizing the resulting gains or 
losses is dependent on the nature of the hedge. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, adidas 
designates derivatives as either a hedge of a forecast transaction (cash flow hedge) or a hedge of a net 
investment in a foreign operation. In applying cash flow hedge accounting, adidas designates the spot 
element of forward exchange contracts and the intrinsic value of currency options to hedge its currency 
risk and applies a hedge ratio of 1:1 (spot-to-spot designation). The forward element of forward exchange 
contracts and the time value component of currency options are excluded from the designation of the 
hedging instrument. 

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges or net 
investments that are effective as defined in IFRS 9 are recognized in equity. 

adidas applies the ‘cost of hedging’ approach for dedicated cash flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of 
the time value component of currency options, as well as the forward element in forward exchange 
contracts, are separately accounted for as a cost of hedging and are recognized separately in equity as a 
cost of hedging reserve. When the effectiveness is not 100%, the ineffective portion of the change in the 
fair value is recognized in the consolidated income statement. Accumulated gains and losses in equity are 
transferred to the consolidated income statement in the same periods, during which the hedged forecast 
transaction affects the consolidated income statement.  

Hedges of net investments in foreign entities are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. The 
effective currency gains and losses in the derivative and all gains and losses arising on the translation of 
the borrowing are recognized in equity with the exception of the cross-currency basis spread. 

Certain derivative transactions, while providing effective economic hedges under the company’s risk-
management policies, do not qualify for hedge accounting under the specific rules of IFRS 9.  

adidas documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedge objects as well as the risk 
management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions at transaction 
inception. This process includes linking all derivatives designated as hedge to specific firm commitments 
and forecast transactions. The economic relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item is 
qualitatively and quantitatively ascertainable, and adidas judges the effectiveness of the hedging 
relationship by using generally accepted methods such as the hypothetical derivative method or the ‘Dollar 
Offset Method’. The main sources of expected ineffectiveness are due to changes in the credit risk and in 
the timing of the hedged transactions. 

204 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The fair values of currency options and forward exchange contracts are determined on the basis of market 
conditions on the reporting date. The fair value of a currency option is determined using generally 
accepted models. The fair value of an option is influenced not only by the remaining term of the option but 
also by additional factors, such as the actual foreign exchange rate and the volatility of the underlying 
foreign currency base. The company determines fair values taking the counterparty risk into 
consideration. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash at banks, cash on hand, and short-term deposits with 
maturities of three months or less from the date of acquisition, such as commercial papers and 
investments in money market funds. 

Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts 
of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.  

Cash equivalents can partly include investments in money market funds. Classification and measurement 
under IFRS 9 are performed based on the company’s business model for managing these financial assets 
and the contractual cash flow characteristics. Investments in money market funds contain cash flows 
other than those of principal and interest on principal. As a result, those investments are measured at fair 
value through profit or loss. 

Accounts receivable 
A receivable is recognized if an amount of consideration that is unconditional is due from the customer 
(i.e., if only the passage of time is required before payment of that consideration is due). Accounts 
receivable that do not contain a significant financing component are recognized at the transaction price, 
which represents the amount of consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for 
transferring promised goods or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third 
parties. Subsequently, these are measured at amortized cost. 

Other financial assets 
Other financial assets are classified and measured under IFRS 9, based on the company’s business model 
for managing these assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics. Those other financial assets that 
give rise to cash flows consisting only of payments of principal and interest and that are assigned to the 
business model ‘Hold to collect’ are measured at amortized cost. adidas mainly has security deposits and 
receivables from credit card companies and electronic marketplaces that fall under this category. 

Other financial assets that give rise to cash flows consisting only of payments of principal and interest and 
that are assigned to the business model ‘Hold to collect and sell’ are measured at fair value through OCI. 
This category mainly includes other investments and securities to hedge long-term variable compensation 
components. 

Other financial assets, which are neither within the business model ‘Hold to collect’ nor within ‘Hold to 
collect and sell,’ are measured at fair value through profit or loss. This category mainly includes secured 
promissory notes and earn-out components. 

205 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Long-term financial assets 
Long-term financial assets are distinguished between debt and equity instruments and classified 
according to IFRS 9 as follows: 

Debt instruments are measured depending on the company’s business model for managing financial 
assets and the contractual cash flows. Only financial assets that are held within the business model ‘Hold 
to collect’ with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows, which represent solely payments of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding on a specific date, are measured at amortized 
cost. adidas classifies certain loans within this category. All other financial assets which do not fulfill one 
of these criteria are measured at fair value through profit or loss. adidas has no long-term financial assets 
in the category fair value through comprehensive income (debt instrument) and shows loans which do not 
fulfill the contractual cash flow characteristics in the category fair value through profit or loss. ► SEE NOTE 13 

Generally, all investments in equity instruments are measured at fair value through profit or loss, unless 
these investments represent investments that the company intends to hold for long-term strategic 
purposes, which are then designated as equity securities at fair value through other comprehensive 
income (equity).  

The designation of certain equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income (equity) is 
based on a strategic management decision. 

Inventories 
Finished goods and merchandise are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which is the 
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the 
estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Costs are determined using a standard valuation method, the 
‘average cost method.’ Costs of finished goods include the cost of direct materials and labor and the 
components of the manufacturing overheads that can be reasonably attributed to finished goods. The 
allocation of overheads is based on the planned average utilization. The net realizable value allowances 
are computed consistently throughout the company based on the age and expected future sales of the 
items on hand. ► SEE NOTE 07 

Discontinued operations 
A part of the adidas Group, whose operations and cash flows can be clearly distinguished operationally and 
for financial reporting purposes from the other operating businesses, is classified as a discontinued 
operation if the component has either been disposed of or is classified as held for sale, and:  

─  represents a separate major line of business or geographic area of operations, 
─ 

is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographic area 
of operations, or 
is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. 

─ 

Discontinued operations are excluded from the net income/loss from continuing operations and are 
presented as a single amount as gain/loss from discontinued operations, net of tax in the consolidated 
income statement. When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative 
consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of cash flows are restated and presented as if 
the operation had been classified as such from the start of the comparative year. ► SEE NOTE 03 

Property, plant, and equipment 
Property, plant, and equipment are measured at amortized cost. This comprises all costs directly 
attributable to bringing the asset to the condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner 

206 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

intended by management less any accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Depreciation is recognized for those assets, with the exception of land and construction in progress, over 
the estimated useful life utilizing the ‘straight-line method’ and taking into account any potential residual 
value. Parts of an item of property, plant, and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the 
total cost of the item are depreciated separately. ► SEE NOTE 09 

Estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Estimated useful lives of property, plant, and equipment 

Land 

Buildings and leasehold improvements 

Furniture and fixtures 

Technical equipment and machinery as well as other equipment 

Years 

indefinite 

20 – 50 

3 – 5 

2 – 10 

Expenditure for repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred. Renewals and improvements are 
capitalized and depreciated separately, if the recognition criteria are met. 

Impairment losses on non-financial assets 
If facts and circumstances indicate that non-current assets (e.g., property, plant, and equipment as well as 
intangible assets including goodwill and contract assets) might be impaired, the recoverable amount is 
determined. This is measured at the higher of fair value less costs of disposal (net disposal price) and 
value in use. Recoverable amount is determined on an individual asset level, unless the asset does not 
generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. If this is 
the case, recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. The 
fair value is measured at Level 3 according to IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement.’ 

An impairment loss is recognized in other operating expenses or reported in goodwill impairment losses if 
the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount. 

The impairment test for goodwill is performed based on groups of cash-generating units, which represent 
the lowest level within the company at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. If 
there is an impairment loss for a group of cash-generating units, then, first, the carrying amount of any 
goodwill allocated to the group of cash-generating units is reduced. Subsequently, provided that the 
recoverable amount is lower than the carrying amount, the other non-current assets of the group of cash-
generating units are reduced pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the group of 
cash-generating units. In allocating an impairment loss, the carrying amount of an individual asset is not 
reduced below its fair value. The amount of the impairment loss that would otherwise have been allocated 
to the asset is allocated pro rata to the other assets of the cash-generating unit and groups of cash-
generating units. 

Irrespective of whether there is an impairment indication, intangible assets with an indefinite useful life, 
intangible assets not yet available for use and goodwill acquired in business combinations are tested 
annually on December 31 for impairment. In the case that indicators for impairment are present at any 
point in time other than on December 31, these assets are also tested for impairment at this point in time. 

An impairment loss recognized in goodwill is not reversible. With respect to all other impaired assets, an 
impairment loss recognized in prior periods is only reversed such as it affects the consolidated income 
statement if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An 

207 

 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the 
carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation or amortization) if no impairment 
loss had been recognized. 

Impairment losses on financial assets 
Impairment losses for financial assets measured at amortized cost or at fair value through other 
comprehensive income (debt instrument) are recognized in accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial 
Instruments.’ The standard requires that not only historical data, but also future expectations and 
projections are taken into consideration when accounting for impairment losses (‘expected credit loss’ 
model). 

adidas consistently applies the simplified approach and recognizes lifetime expected credit losses for all 
accounts receivable. In order to calculate a collective loss allowance, all accounts receivable sharing 
similar credit risk characteristics are allocated into several portfolios based on geographical regions and 
macroeconomic indicators. Historical payment and aging patterns for accounts receivable are analyzed 
individually for each of the portfolios to determine the probability of default, which is further adjusted by 
forward-looking factors derived primarily from the Credit Default Swap (CDS) spreads of the countries 
where adidas runs its operations. The adjusted probability of default is then applied in combination with a 
loss given default and exposure at default as a percentage rate to calculate the expected credit loss for 
each portfolio and aging bucket. The percentage rates are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that they 
reflect the latest data on credit risk. In case objective evidence of credit impairment is observed for 
accounts receivable from a specific customer, a detailed analysis of the credit risk is performed, and an 
appropriate individual loss allowance is recognized for this customer. Accounts receivables are considered 
to be in default when it is expected that the debtor will not fulfill its credit obligations toward adidas. 

Cash and cash equivalents measured at amortized cost are subject to a general impairment approach 
under IFRS 9. adidas applies the low credit risk exemption for the majority of such instruments due to the 
low credit risk for these investments, which is based on the investment grade of their counterparties 
(defined by the company as equivalent of BBB+ or higher). A significant increase of credit risk is assumed 
for cash and cash equivalents when the instruments are more than 30 days past due. adidas monitors the 
credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents taking into consideration the economic environment, 
external credit ratings, and/or CDS spreads of counterparty financial institutions, and using established 
exposure limits. Expected credit loss of cash and cash equivalents is calculated based on the probability of 
default and recovery rates derived from CDS spreads or external credit ratings of the counterparties. Cash 
and cash equivalents are considered to be in default when they are more than 90 days past due. 

Other financial assets within the scope of IFRS 9 impairment analysis include mainly security deposits as 
well as accounts receivable from credit card companies and electronic marketplaces. The credit risk 
associated with such financial assets is determined based on the economic environment, external credit 
ratings, and/or CDS spreads of counterparty financial institutions. Other financial assets are considered to 
be in default when they are more than 90 days past due. 

Objective evidence that credit impairment of financial assets has occurred includes, for instance, 
significant financial difficulty of the debtor/issuer, indications of their potential bankruptcy, the 
deterioration of the market for their products, and general macroeconomic problems. The gross carrying 
amount of financial assets is written off when adidas, based on a case-by-case assessment, assumes that 
their recovery is no longer possible. 

Impairment losses on accounts receivable are presented in the line item ‘Impairment losses (net) on 
accounts receivable and contract assets’. 

208 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Leases 
adidas assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease according to IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ at the inception of 
the contract. IFRS 16 defines a lease as a contract that conveys the right to control the use of an identified 
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. A contract conveys the right to control the use of 
an identified asset if the lessee has the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from the use 
of the identified asset (e.g., by having the exclusive right to use the asset throughout that period) and the 
right to direct the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. 

In its role as a lessee, adidas leases various types of assets, particularly buildings (retail stores, offices, 
warehouses, etc.), land, technical equipment and machinery (warehouse equipment, production machines, 
etc.), motor vehicles, and computer hardware, as well as furniture and fixtures. Lease contracts are 
typically negotiated for fixed periods of up to 99 years but may include extension or termination options. 
Lease terms are negotiated individually and may contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. 

adidas makes use of the recognition exemption in IFRS 16 to not recognize right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities for leases of low-value assets (i.e., value of the underlying asset, when new, is € 5,000 or less) 
and short-term leases (shorter than twelve months and the agreement does not include a purchase 
option). Lease payments for low-value leases are recognized as expenses as they are incurred over the 
lease term.  

Furthermore, adidas exercises the option for lessees to combine lease payments with payments for non-
lease components in the calculation of the lease liability and right-of-use asset for all lease asset classes 
except for corporate real estate. 

adidas recognizes a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability at the lease commencement 
date. At the commencement date, adidas initially measures the lease liability at the present value of the 
lease payments that are not paid at that date. This includes fixed payments (including in-substance fixed 
payments), less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments based on an index or a rate, 
amounts expected to be payable by adidas under residual value guarantees, the exercise price of a 
purchase option if adidas is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and payments of penalties for 
terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option. Other variable lease 
payments are excluded from the measurement of the lease liability. The lease payments are discounted 
using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, adidas uses its 
incremental borrowing rate. Generally, adidas uses the incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. It 
is adjusted to reflect the country-specific risk, the credit risk of adidas, collateral from the change in value 
of the leased asset, the contract currency-specific risk, and the lease term. ► SEE NOTE 10 ► SEE NOTE 19 

After the commencement date, lease payments are split into redemption payments and interest payments. 
The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest cost on 
the lease liability using the effective interest rate and reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease 
payments made. The carrying amount of the lease liability is remeasured provided any 
reassessments/lease modifications occur (including changes in the assessment of whether an extension 
or termination option is reasonably certain to be exercised).  

At the commencement date, the right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which is comprised of the 
amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date, less any lease incentives received, any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee and 
an estimate of costs to be incurred by adidas in dismantling and removing the underlying asset, restoring 
the site on which it is located, or restoring the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and 
conditions of the lease. The right-of-use asset is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability. In 

209 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

principle, the right-of-use asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term or the useful 
life of the leased asset, whichever is shorter. 

adidas applies judgment in determining the lease term for lease contracts including extension or 
termination options. The assessment of whether the options are reasonably certain to be exercised has an 
impact on the lease term and therefore may significantly affect the measurement of lease liabilities and 
right-of-use assets, respectively. 

Lease contract renegotiations that result in changes to the original contractual conditions, e.g., changes in 
scope, consideration (including discounts and concessions), or lease term are treated as lease 
modifications. Depending on the circumstances of the renegotiation, either lease modifications are 
accounted for as a new separate contract, or they trigger a remeasurement of the lease liability using the 
discounted future lease payments. In the latter case, a corresponding adjustment is made to the right-of-
use asset with, in some instances, a difference recognized in profit or loss. 

Lease reassessments are the result of changes in assumptions or judgments, such as changes in lease 
term due to amended estimates surrounding existing extension and termination options. It is necessary to 
remeasure the lease liability using the discounted or existing future lease payments and make a 
corresponding adjustment to the right-of-use asset. 

Goodwill  
Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from assets acquired in a business 
combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. This results when the purchase 
cost exceeds the fair value of acquired identifiable assets, liabilities, and contingent liabilities. Goodwill 
arising from the acquisition of a foreign entity and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of 
assets received, liabilities, and contingent liabilities are treated as assets, liabilities, and contingent 
liabilities of the respective reporting entity, and are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the date of 
the initial consolidation.  

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less accumulated impairment 
losses (impairment-only approach). ► SEE NOTE 11 

Goodwill is carried in the functional currency of the acquired foreign entity. 

Intangible assets (except goodwill) 
Intangible assets with definite useful lives are valued at amortized cost. Amortization is calculated on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, taking into account any potential residual value. 
► SEE NOTE 12 

Expenditure during the development phase of internally generated intangible assets is capitalized as 
incurred if it fulfills the recognition criteria under IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets.’ Development costs for 
internally generated intangible assets are capitalized from the date on which the recognition criteria set 
out in IAS 38 'Intangible Assets' are first met. The capitalized development costs are amortized on a 
systematic basis from the day the intangible assets are available for use. 

210 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Estimated useful lives of intangible assets 

Software 

Patents and licenses 

Websites 

Years 

3 – 7 

5 – 15 

2 

Research and development 
Research costs are expensed in full as incurred. Development costs for internally generated intangible 
assets are also expensed as incurred if they do not meet the recognition criteria of IAS 38 ‘Intangible 
Assets.’ 

Borrowings and other liabilities  
Borrowings (e.g., Eurobonds) and other liabilities are recognized at fair value net of transaction costs 
incurred. In subsequent periods, borrowings are stated at amortized cost using the ‘effective interest 
method.’ Any difference between proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is 
recognized in the consolidated income statement over the term of the borrowing. 

Compound financial instruments (e.g., convertible bonds) are divided into a liability component shown 
under borrowings and into an equity component resulting from conversion rights. The equity component is 
included in the capital reserve. The fair value of the liability component is determined by discounting the 
interest and principal payments of a comparable liability without conversion rights, applying risk-adjusted 
interest rates. The liability component is subsequently measured at amortized cost using the ‘effective 
interest method.’ The equity component is determined as the difference between the fair value of the total 
compound financial instrument and the fair value of the liability component and is reported within equity. 
There is no subsequent measurement of the equity component. At initial recognition, directly attributable 
transaction costs are assigned to the equity and liability component pro rata on the basis of the respective 
carrying amounts. 

Provisions and accrued liabilities 
Provisions are recognized when there is a present obligation (legal or constructive) to third parties that 
has been incurred as a result of a past event, when the amount of the obligation can be estimated reliably 
and when it is probable that there will be an outflow of resources. In general, all provisions are uncertain 
as to their maturity or amount. The expense relating to a provision is presented in the consolidated income 
statement. Non-current provisions are discounted if the effect of the time value of money is material, with 
the interest expense being reported as financial expenses. ► SEE NOTE 18 

Accrued liabilities are liabilities to pay for goods or services that have been received or supplied but have 
not been paid, invoiced, or formally agreed with the supplier, including amounts due to employees. The 
uncertainty regarding amount or timing of accrued liabilities is generally much less than for provisions. 
► SEE NOTE 20 

Pensions and similar obligations  
Provisions and expenses for pensions and similar obligations relate to the company’s obligations for 
defined benefit and defined contribution plans. The obligations under defined benefit plans are determined 
separately for each plan by valuing the employee benefits accrued in return for their service during the 
current and prior periods. These benefit accruals are discounted to calculate their present value, and the 

211 

 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

fair value of any plan assets is deducted in order to determine the net liability. The discount rate is set on 
the basis of yields of high-quality fixed-rate corporate bonds at the balance sheet date provided there is a 
deep market for such corporate bonds in a given currency. Otherwise, government bond yields are used as 
a reference. Calculations are performed by qualified actuaries using the ‘projected unit credit method’ in 
accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution plans are 
recognized as an expense in the consolidated income statement as incurred. ► SEE NOTE 23 

Contingent liabilities  
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be 
confirmed only by the occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of 
adidas. Additionally, contingent liabilities may be present obligations that arise from past events, but which 
are not recognized because it is not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the 
obligation, or the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability. Contingent 
liabilities are not recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position but are disclosed and 
explained in the Notes. ► SEE NOTE 38 

Treasury shares 
When adidas AG shares are repurchased and recognized as treasury shares, the amount of the 
consideration paid, which includes directly attributable costs, net of any tax effects, is recognized as a 
deduction from equity. The nominal value of € 1 per treasury share is debited to share capital. Any 
premium or discount to the nominal value is shown as an adjustment to the retained earnings. If treasury 
shares are sold or reissued, the nominal value of the shares will be credited to share capital and the 
amount exceeding the nominal value will be added to the retained earnings. 

Revenue 
Revenue derived from the sale of goods is recognized when adidas has satisfied the respective 
performance obligation by transferring the promised goods to the customer. The goods are transferred at 
the point in time when the customer obtains control of the respective goods. The timing of the transfer of 
control depends on the individual terms of the sales agreement (terms of delivery). 

The amount of revenue to be recognized is determined based on the consideration adidas expects to be 
entitled to in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to the customer, taking into 
account returns, discounts, and rebates. 

Under certain conditions and in accordance with contractual agreements, the company’s customers have 
the right to return products and to either exchange them for similar or other products or to return the 
products against the issuance of a credit note. Amounts for estimated returns related to revenues are 
accrued based on past experience of average return rates and average actual return periods by means of a 
refund liability. The return assets are measured at the carrying amount of the inventories/products, less 
any handling costs and any potential impairment. 

Provided that the customers meet certain predefined conditions, adidas grants its customers different 
types of globally aligned performance-based rebates. Examples include rebates for customers’ increasing 
adidas product sales, for customer loyalty, and for sell-out support, e.g., through retail space/franchise 
store management. As soon as it is assumed that the customer fulfills the requirements for being granted 
the rebate, this amount is recognized as a sales deduction via an accrued liability for marketing and sales.  

In addition, adidas generates revenue from the licensing-out of the right to use the brands to third parties. 
The resulting sales-based royalty and commission income is recognized based on the contract terms on 
an accrual basis, i.e., revenue is already realized even though the payment takes place at a later point in 
time. Contracts with guaranteed minimum income result in contract assets and contract liabilities 

212 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

depending on the timing of yearly payments received from customers. The performance obligation related 
to these contract assets and liabilities is satisfied over the life of the contract, i.e., the guaranteed 
minimum income per year is evenly distributed over twelve months, whereby payments are recorded as 
arranged in the contract with the customer. 

Advertising and promotional expenditure 
Advance payments for media campaigns are included in prepaid expenses within other current and non-
current assets until the services are received, and upon receipt are expensed in full. Significant costs for 
media campaigns are expensed on a straight-line basis over the intended duration of the media campaign. 

Promotional expenses including one-time up-front payments for promotion contracts are principally 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. 

Interest  
Interest is recognized as income or expense as incurred using the ‘effective interest method’ with the 
exception of interest that is directly attributable to the acquisition, construction, or production of a 
qualifying asset. This interest is capitalized as part of the cost of the qualifying asset. 

Interest paid is presented within the net cash used in financing activities.  

Government grants 
adidas receives government grants in the form of subsidies, subventions, or premiums from local, 
national, or international government authorities such as those of the Free State of Bavaria, the Federal 
Republic of Germany, and the European Union.  

Government grants are recognized if there is adequate certainty that the grants will be received and that 
the company satisfies the conditions attached. 

Government grants are reported in the consolidated income statement as a deduction from the related 
expenses. 

Income taxes  
Current income taxes are computed in accordance with the applicable taxation rules established in the 
countries in which adidas operates.  

adidas computes deferred taxes for all temporary differences between the carrying amount and the tax 
base of its assets and liabilities as well as for tax loss carry-forwards. As it is not permitted to recognize a 
deferred tax liability for the initial recognition of goodwill, adidas does not compute any deferred taxes 
thereon.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year 
when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.  

Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences and tax loss carry-forwards that exceed 
taxable temporary differences are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that the entity 
concerned will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the associated benefit. The carrying amount of 
deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be 
utilized. 

213 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Income tax is recognized in the consolidated income statement unless it relates to items recognized 
directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. Deferred tax relating to items recognized outside 
profit or loss is recognized outside profit or loss. Deferred tax items are recognized in correlation to the 
underlying transaction either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. 

When there is uncertainty over income tax treatments, adidas recognizes and measures current or 
deferred tax assets or liabilities applying the requirements of IAS 12 and IFRIC 23. On a case-by-case 
basis, adidas determines whether to consider each uncertain tax treatment separately or together with 
one or more other uncertain tax treatments, depending on which approach better predicts the resolution 
of the uncertainty.  

Where it is not considered probable that the tax authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, adidas 
reflects the effects of the uncertainty by using one of the following methods, depending on which method 
better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty: 

─  the single most likely amount or 
─  the expected value based on the sum of the probability-weighted amounts.  

In assessing whether and how an uncertain tax treatment affects the determination of taxable profits (tax 
losses), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits, and tax rates, adidas assumes that a taxation 
authority will examine amounts it has a right to examine and will have full knowledge of all relevant 
information when making those examinations. ► SEE NOTE 34 

Share-based payment 
The cost of equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees is determined by the fair 
value at the grant date using an appropriate valuation model. That cost is recognized in personnel 
expenses, together with a corresponding increase in equity (retained earnings), over the period in which 
the service and, where applicable, the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period). The 
cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date 
reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the company’s best estimate of the number 
of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. ► SEE NOTE 26 

Service-independent and non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when 
determining the fair value of awards at the grant date, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is 
assessed as part of the company’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately 
vest. If the estimate is changed, even a credit in the consolidated income statement for the period can be 
possible as it reflects the movement in cumulative expenses from the beginning to the end of that period. 

No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest if non-market performance and/or service 
conditions have not been met. 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees are generally 
measured at the fair value of the goods or services received, except where the fair value cannot be 
estimated reliably, in which case they are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted, 
measured at the date the entity obtains the goods or the counterparty renders the service. 

For cash-settled share-based payment transactions, the goods or services acquired, and the liability 
incurred are measured at the fair value of the liability. Until the liability is settled, the fair value of the 
liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period and at the date of settlement, with all changes in 
fair value recognized in profit or loss for the period. 

214 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Estimation uncertainties and judgments 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of assumptions and 
estimates that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. Although such estimates are based on the 
best of our knowledge of current events and actions, actual results may ultimately differ from these 
estimates. In 2023, assumptions and estimates continued to be significantly impacted especially by the 
increased macroeconomic and geopolitical challenges. 

As a result of the termination of the Yeezy partnership, judgments were made in the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements, in particular with regard to the valuation of existing inventories, as well 
as in the assessment of the litigation risks in the context of the ongoing arbitration proceedings, including 
the counterclaim filed by the defendants. ► SEE NOTE 07 ► SEE NOTE 38

The key assumptions concerning further future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the 
balance sheet date, which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are outlined in the respective Notes, which include in 
particular accounts receivable, inventories, right-of-use-assets, goodwill, other provisions, pensions, 
derivatives, and income taxes, as well as other financial commitments and contingencies. ► SEE NOTE 05 
► SEE NOTE 07 ► SEE NOTE 10 ► SEE NOTE 11 ► SEE NOTE 18 ► SEE NOTE 23 ► SEE NOTE 28 ► SEE NOTE 34 ► SEE NOTE 38 

Judgments have also been used in determining the lease term for lease contracts. ► SEE NOTE 10 ► SEE NOTE 19 

03 

Discontinued operations 

The position of discontinued operations mainly includes the Reebok business, which was sold on February 
28, 2022 with effect from March 1, 2022. The majority of the purchase price was paid at closing, with the 
remainder comprising deferred and contingent consideration. The fair value of earn-out components was 
determined using the discounted cash flow method, considering Monte Carlo Simulations. 

The profit from discontinued operations for 2023 in the amount of € 44 million (2022: € 384 million) is fully 
attributable to the shareholders of adidas AG. 

In the event the operations of the Reebok business achieve certain performance criteria during the period 
March 1, 2022, to December 31, 2031, specified as earn-out components in the sale agreement, additional 
cash consideration of up to € 500 million will be due. At the time of the sale, the fair value of the 
consideration was determined to be € 247 million. It has been recognized as a financial asset at fair value 
through profit and loss. 

At year-end 2023, the fair value was reestimated to be € 301 million (2022: € 227 million). The gain of 
€ 74 million compared with the fair value at year-end 2022 is presented in discontinued operations net of 
related income tax. 

Additionally, as contemplated in the sale agreement relating to the Reebok business, the sale was subject 
to deferred considerations for inventory and contractually specified items, which were settled by the end of 
the first half year 2023 (2022: € 274 million). 

215 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Notes to the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

04 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held by banks, cash on hand, and short-term deposits. 

Short-term deposits are only shown as cash and cash equivalents if they are readily convertible to a known 
amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.  

The credit risk of cash and cash equivalents measured at amortized cost is insignificant due to their short-
term maturity, counterparties’ investment grade credit ratings, and established exposure limits. 
Therefore, adidas does not recognize any credit impairment losses for these financial assets. 

As of December 31, 2023 cash and cash equivalents includes cash in banks and cash on hand amounting to 
€ 596 million (2022: € 726 million) and money market funds amounting to € 835 million (2022: 
€ 72 million). In addition, cash and cash equivalents includes € 211 million and € 155 million as of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, held by subsidiaries that were subject to foreign exchange 
control (e.g. Russia, Argentina) or other legal restriction and hence were not at anytime available for 
general use by adidas AG or other subsidiaries. 

Further information about cash and cash equivalents is presented in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 28 

216 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

05 

Accounts receivable 

Accounts receivable consist mainly of the currencies US dollar, euro, and Chinese renminbi and are as 
follows: 

Accounts receivable € in millions 

Collective loss allowance 

Individual 
loss 
allowance 

Total 

Not yet 
due 

Not 
credit-
impaired 

Past due 
31 – 90 
days 

Not 
credit-
impaired 

Past due > 90 days 

Not 
credit-
impaired 

Credit- 
impaired 

Credit- 
impaired 

Dec. 31, 2023 

Accounts receivable, gross 

Weighted average loss rate 

Loss allowance 

Accounts receivable, net 

Dec. 31, 2022 

Accounts receivable, gross 

Weighted average loss rate 

Loss allowance 

Accounts receivable, net 

1,678 

1.6% 

(28) 

1,650 

2,073 

1.5% 

(31) 

2,042 

239 

8.6% 

(21) 

219 

428 

6.2% 

(26) 

402 

49 

43 

29.3% 

97.0% 

(14) 

34 

(41) 

1 

60 

63 

22.0% 

42.8% 

(13) 

47 

(27) 

36 

Movement in loss allowances for accounts receivable € in millions 

Loss allowances at January 1 

Net remeasurement of loss allowances 

Write-offs charged against the loss allowance accounts 

Currency translation differences 

Other changes 

Loss allowances at December 31 

127 

99.1% 

(126) 

1 

135 

98.2% 

(133) 

2 

2023 

230 

6 

(8) 

(2) 

3 

229 

2,135 

10.7% 

(229) 

1,906 

2,759 

8.3% 

(230) 

2,529 

2022 

208 

33 

(12) 

0 

1 

230 

As at December 31, 2023, the loss allowance for not-credit-impaired accounts receivable in the amount of 
€ 244 million and credit-impaired accounts receivable in the amount of € 6 million was not recognized as 
adidas holds credit enhancement instruments, mainly in the form of credit insurance and bank 
guarantees, which mitigate the credit risk of those financial assets.  

There are no material balances of accounts receivable written off but subject to enforcement activity. 

Accounts receivable are derecognized when substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the 
financial asset are transferred to a third party under factoring arrangements. As of December 31, 2023, 
accounts receivable amounting to € 70 million (2022: € 112 million) were derecognized in connection with 
factoring agreements in Japan. The purchase price corresponds to the nominal amount of the respective 

217 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

receivable, less any deductions relating to the receivable (e.g. discounts) granted by adidas to the debtor 
and less the factoring fee and interest. The factoring fee amounts to 0.08% of the nominal amount of the 
purchased receivables. Interest on the disbursed purchase price is based on an interest rate composed of 
the ‘Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate‘ (reference interest rate) plus a margin of 0.19% to 1.33% p.a. and is 
paid for the period from the disbursement of the purchase price portion to the settlement of the receivable 
by the debtor. 

Further information about credit risks is contained in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 28 

06 

 Other current financial assets 

Other current financial assets consist of the following: 

Other current financial assets € in millions 

Currency options 

Forward exchange contracts 

Suppliers with debit balances 

Security deposits 

Receivables from credit cards and similar receivables 

Customs 

Receivables from retail business 

Other investments 

Deferred consideration of Reebok sale 

Sundry 

Other current financial assets, gross 

Less: accumulated allowances 

Other current financial assets, net 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

8 

80 

37 

50 

269 

140 

71 

14 

– 

104 

773 

(18) 

755 

10 

222 

47 

46 

201 

46 

79 

78 

241 

68 

1,038 

(24) 

1,014 

Further information about currency options and forward exchange contracts is contained in these Notes. 
► SEE NOTE 28 

218 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

07 

Inventories  

Inventories by major classification are as follows: 

Inventories € in millions 

Dec. 31, 2023 

Allowance 
for 
obsoles- 
cence 

(317) 

– 

– 

– 

Gross 
value 

3,611 

1,222 

8 

0 

Net value 

3,294 

1,222 

8 

0 

Dec. 31, 2022 

Allowance 
for 
obsoles- 
cence 

(225) 

– 

– 

– 

Gross 
value 

4,522 

1,667 

9 

– 

Net value 

4,297 

1,667 

9 

– 

4,841 

(317) 

4,525 

6,198 

(225) 

5,973 

Merchandise and finished 
goods on hand 

Goods in transit 

Raw materials 

Work in progress 

Inventories 

Goods in transit mainly relate to shipments of finished goods and merchandise from suppliers in Asia to 
subsidiaries in Europe, North America, Asia, and Latin America. 

Expenses from write-down on inventories amounted to € 145 million in 2023 (2022: € 137 million). 

As of December 31, 2023, inventories include Yeezy products in the amount of approximately € 250 million. 
This includes impairment losses of € 12 million in 2023, which were recognized based on management 
estimates. 

08 

Other current assets  

Other current assets consist of the following: 

Other current assets € in millions 

Prepaid expenses 

Return assets 

Tax receivables other than income taxes 

Contract assets 

Sundry 

Other current assets, gross 

Less: accumulated allowances 

Other current assets, net 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

295 

275 

373 

10 

54 

1,007 

(4) 

1,003 

250 

338 

632 

15 

90 

1,323 

(8) 

1,316 

Prepaid expenses mainly relate to promotion and service contracts. The decrease in the line item ‘Tax 
receivables other than income taxes’ relates mainly to value-added tax. 

219 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

09 

Property, plant, and equipment 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the carrying amount of property, plant, and equipment: 

Property, plant, and equipment € in millions 

Technical 
equipment 
and 
machinery 

Other 
equipment, 
furniture, and 
fixtures 

Land and 
buildings 

Construction 
in progress 

Property, 
plant, and 
equipment 

2,093 

125 

(42) 

72 

(3) 

45 

2,290 

86 

(35) 

25 

– 

(66) 

2,300 

704 

139 

33 

(1) 

(32) 

(0) 

(3) 

9 

849 

473 

17 

(13) 

(9) 

(1) 

13 

480 

18 

(18) 

65 

– 

(15) 

530 

276 

47 

6 

(0) 

(12) 

(0) 

(1) 

8 

324 

1,794 

232 

(161) 

33 

(2) 

9 

1,906 

166 

(150) 

20 

(0) 

(63) 

1,878 

1,336 

242 

27 

(2) 

(150) 

0 

(2) 

5 

1,455 

212 

131 

(4) 

(108) 

1 

(1) 

230 

93 

(5) 

(155) 

– 

(7) 

156 

0 

– 

– 

– 

(0) 

– 

0 

(0) 

0 

4,571 

504 

(218) 

(12) 

(4) 

66 

4,907 

363 

(207) 

(46) 

(0) 

(152) 

4,864 

2,316 

429 

66 

(3) 

(194) 

(0) 

(6) 

21 

2,628 

Acquisition cost 

January 1, 2022 

Additions 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Decrease in companies 
consolidated 

Currency translation 
differences 

December 31, 2022/ 
January 1, 2023 

Additions 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Decrease in companies 
consolidated 

Currency translation 
differences 

December 31, 2023 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

January 1, 2022 

Depreciation 

Impairment losses 

Reversals of impairment 
losses 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Decrease in companies 
consolidated 

Currency translation 
differences 

December 31, 2022/ 
January 1, 2023 

220 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Property, plant, and equipment € in millions 

Depreciation 

Impairment losses 

Reversals of impairment 
losses 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Decrease in companies 
consolidated 

Currency translation 
differences 

December 31, 2023 

Net carrying amount 

January 1, 2022 

December 31, 2022/ 
January 1, 2023 

December 31, 2023 

Technical 
equipment 
and 
machinery 

Other 
equipment, 
furniture, and 
fixtures 

Land and 
buildings 

Construction 
in progress 

Property, 
plant, and 
equipment 

144 

16 

(2) 

(26) 

(21) 

– 

(37) 

922 

1,389 

1,442 

1,378 

49 

0 

(2) 

(15) 

(4) 

– 

(12) 

340 

197 

156 

190 

201 

4 

(8) 

(140) 

(15) 

(0) 

(52) 

1,445 

458 

450 

434 

– 

0 

– 

– 

(0) 

– 

(0) 

0 

212 

230 

156 

394 

21 

(12) 

(182) 

(40) 

(0) 

(101) 

2,707 

2,256 

2,279 

2,157 

As a general principle, it is regularly assessed whether there are any indications that property, plant and 
equipment might be impaired. 

Irrespective of the existence of such indications, furniture and fixtures in adidas’ own retail stores as part 
of the cash-generating unit are tested annually for impairment, whereby the recoverable amount (value in 
use) of the cash-generating unit, as part of determining the profitability of adidas’ own retail stores, is 
calculated using the ‘discounted cash flow method.’ 

Impairment losses recognized in 2023 mainly relate to the company’s own retail activities, for which, 
contrary to initial expectations, no sufficient future economic benefit is expected.  

In 2023, impairment losses of € 21 million were recognized for property, plant and equipment. They are 
mainly attributable to China with € 10 million, North America with € 6 million and EMEA with € 3 million. 
The reversals of impairment losses of € 12 million are mainly attributable to EMEA with € 7 million and 
China with € 5 million. Both were recognized in the other operating expenses. These Notes provide further 
information on the methodology on impairment losses for adidas’ own-retail stores. ► SEE NOTE 10 

Further information on total depreciation and amortization expenses, impairment losses, and reversals of 
impairment losses is provided in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 31 

221 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

10 

Right-of-use assets 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the carrying amount of right-of-use assets: 

Right-of-use assets € in millions 

January 1, 2023 

Additions 

Disposals 

Depreciation 

Impairment losses 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Currency translation differences 

Other 

December 31, 2023 

Right-of-use assets € in millions 

January 1, 2022 

Additions 

Disposals 

Depreciation 

Impairment losses 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Currency translation differences 

Net change due to remeasurements 

December 31, 2022 

Technical 
equipment 
and 
machinery 

Other 
equipment, 
furniture, and 
fixtures 

Right-of-use 
assets 

Land and 
buildings 

2,600 

307 

(79) 

(556) 

(86) 

29 

(71) 

51 

2,195 

31 

7 

(7) 

(14) 

– 

– 

(0) 

– 

17 

34 

21 

(0) 

(19) 

– 

– 

(1) 

1 

36 

2,665 

335 

(87) 

(590) 

(86) 

29 

(72) 

52 

2,247 

Technical 
equipment 
and 
machinery 

Other 
equipment, 
furniture, and 
fixtures 

Right-of-use 
assets 

Land and 
buildings 

2,493 

853 

(68) 

(639) 

(60) 

1 

18 

3 

2,600 

52 

10 

– 

(32) 

– 

– 

0 

– 

31 

24 

28 

– 

(19) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

34 

2,569 

892 

(67) 

(690) 

(60) 

1 

19 

3 

2,665 

As a general principle, it is regularly assessed whether there are any indications that right-of-use assets 
might be impaired. Irrespective of the existence of such indications, right-of-use assets in adidas’ own 
retail stores are tested annually for impairment, whereby the recoverable amount (value in use) of the 
cash generating unit, as part of determining the profitability of adidas’ own retail stores, is calculated 
using the ‘discounted cash flow method.’ 

In 2023, impairment losses of € 86 million were recognized. Of those, € 65 million are related to the 
company’s own retail activities, for which, in contrast to expectations in the previous year, lower future 
economic benefits are expected, and € 23 million to a warehouse in EMEA, which was written down due to 
an early termination of the contract.  

Impairment losses relating to retail stores are mainly attributable to EMEA with € 24 million, North 
America with € 20 million, Asia-Pacific with € 16 million and Greater China with € 7 million. Discount 
rates between 2.0% and 34.0% were used to calculate the impairment for the value in use. The recoverable 

222 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

amounts of adidas´own retail stores break down into North America at € 253 million, Greater China at 
€ 105 million, Asia-Pacific at € 83 million, EMEA at € 81 million, and Latin America at € 15 million. 

In 2023, reversals of impairment losses of € 29 million were incurred. They mainly result from EMEA. The 
impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses were recognized in the other operating expenses. 

The income from subleasing of right-of-use assets recognized in the consolidated income statement in 
2023 amounts to € 2 million (2022: € 3 million).  

Further information on total depreciation and amortization expenses, impairment losses and reversals of 
impairment losses is provided in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 31 

11 

Goodwill  

The following table presents a reconciliation of the carrying amount of goodwill: 

Goodwill € in millions 

Goodwill, gross 

Less: accumulated impairment losses 

Goodwill, net 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

1,647 

(409) 

1,238 

1,680 

(420) 

1,260 

adidas determines whether goodwill impairment is necessary at least on an annual basis. The impairment 
test for goodwill is performed based on groups of cash-generating units that represent the lowest level 
within the company at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. This requires an 
estimation of the recoverable amount of the groups of cash-generating units to which the goodwill is 
allocated. The recoverable amount of a group of cash-generating units is determined based on its value in 
use. Estimating the value in use requires adidas to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows 
from the groups of cash-generating units and to choose a suitable discount rate to calculate the present 
value of those cash flows. 

This calculation uses cash flow projections based on the financial planning covering a four-year period in 
total. The planning is based on long-term expectations of the company and reflects an average annual 
high-single-digit sales increase with varying forecast growth prospects for the different groups of cash-
generating units. Furthermore, adidas expects the operating margin to improve to a level of low double-
digit profitability for the company by 2027, primarily driven by an improvement in gross margin, as well as 
lower operating expenses as a percentage of sales. The planning for capital expenditure and working 
capital is primarily based on past experience. The planning for future tax payments is based on current 
statutory corporate tax rates of the individual groups of cash-generating units. Cash flows beyond this 
four-year period are extrapolated using steady growth rates between 1.5% and 2.2% (2022: 1.7%). 
According to the company’s expectations, these growth rates do not exceed the long-term average growth 
rate of the business sector in which the respective group of cash-generating units operates. 

Discount rates are based on a weighted average cost of capital calculation considering a five-year average 
market-weighted debt/equity structure and financing costs referencing major competitors for the 
respective group of cash-generating units. The discount rates used reflect the specific equity and country 
risk of the respective group of cash-generating units. 

223 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The groups of cash-generating units are defined as the regional markets that are responsible for the 
distribution of the adidas brands. The regional markets are Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), North 
America, Greater China, Asia-Pacific, and Latin America. The number of groups of cash-generating units 
amounted to a total of five at the end of 2023 and 2022, respectively. 

The goodwill impairment tests revealed no need for goodwill impairment for the years ending 
December 31, 2023 and 2022. 

The carrying amounts of acquired goodwill allocated to the respective groups of cash-generating units and 
the respective discount rates applied to the cash flow projections are as follows: 

Allocation of goodwill 

EMEA 

North America 

Greater China 

Asia-Pacific 

Total 

Goodwill (€ in millions) 

Discount rate (pre-tax) 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

706 

77 

293 

162 

720 

77 

299 

164 

16.2% 

12.9% 

14.2% 

14.5% 

14.5% 

12.4% 

13.4% 

14.1% 

1,238 

1,260 

A change in the discount rate by up to approximately 1.6 percentage points or a reduction of planned free 
cash inflows by up to approximately 15.2% would not result in any impairment requirement of the cash 
generating unit North America. 

Among the remaining cash generating units, neither a change in the discount rate by up to approximately 
5.8 percentage points, nor a reduction of planned free cash inflows by up to approximately 36.9% would 
result in any impairment requirement. 

Future changes in expected cash flows and discount rates may lead to impairments of the reported 
goodwill in the future. 

The majority of goodwill is denominated in US dollars. The effect of currency translation is as follows: 

Reconciliation of goodwill, net € in millions 

December 31, 2022 

Currency translation 
differences 

December 31, 2023 

EMEA 

720 

(14) 

706 

North 
America 

Greater 
China 

Asia-Pacific 

77 

0 

77 

299 

(6) 

293 

164 

(2) 

162 

Total 

1,260 

(23) 

1,238 

224 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

12 

Other intangible assets 

Other intangible assets consist of the following: 

Other intangible assets € in millions 

Acquisition cost 

January 1, 2022 

Additions 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Decrease in companies consolidated 

Currency translation differences 

December 31, 2022/January 1, 2023 

Additions 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Decrease in companies consolidated 

Currency translation differences 

December 31, 2023 

Accumulated amortization and impairment 

January 1, 2022 

Amortization 

Impairment losses 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Decrease in companies consolidated 

Currency translation differences 

December 31, 2022/January 1, 2023 

Amortization 

Impairment losses 

Reversals of impairment losses 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Decrease in companies consolidated 

Currency translation differences 

December 31, 2023 

Net carrying amount 

January 1, 2022 

December 31, 2022/January 1, 2023 

December 31, 2023 

Internally 
developed 
intangible 
assets 

Other 
intangible 
assets 

23 

24 

– 

– 

– 

– 

46 

32 

(1) 

– 

– 

– 

78 

20 

1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

22 

6 

– 

– 

(0) 

– 

– 

– 

27 

2 

25 

50 

1,233 

168 

(15) 

15 

(35) 

13 

1,379 

109 

(20) 

(105) 

(0) 

(12) 

1,351 

883 

100 

28 

(14) 

3 

(35) 

10 

974 

106 

10 

(0) 

(12) 

(110) 

(0) 

(8) 

959 

350 

405 

392 

Further information on total depreciation and amortization expenses, impairment losses, and reversals of 
impairment losses is provided in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 31 

225 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

13 

Long-term financial assets 

Long-term financial assets primarily include an 8.33% investment in FC Bayern München AG (2022: 8.33%) 
of € 89 million (2022: € 87 million). This investment is classified as fair value through profit or loss and is 
recorded at fair value. This equity security does not have a quoted market price in an active market. 
Therefore, existing contractual arrangements are used in order to calculate the fair value as at 
December 31, 2023 and 2022. 

Other equity investments include minority shareholdings. There is currently no intention to sell these 
shares. Other minority shareholdings include a decrease of the fair value in an amount of € 5 million in 
2023 (2022: € 1 million increase). 

The line item ‘Other investments’ comprises investments that are mainly invested in insurance products, 
which are measured at fair value, and securities for long-term variable compensation components. Other 
investments include a decrease of the fair value in an amount of € 6 million in 2023 (2022: € 1 million 
increase). 

Long-term financial assets € in millions 

Investment in FC Bayern München AG 

Other equity investments 

Other investments 

Loans 

Long-term financial assets 

14 

Other non-current financial assets 

Other non-current financial assets consist of the following: 

Other non-current financial assets € in millions 

Forward exchange contracts 

Security deposits 

Earn-out components 

Sundry 

Other non-current financial assets 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

89 

85 

127 

– 

301 

87 

88 

125 

0 

301 

  Dec. 31. 2023 

  Dec. 31. 2022 

2 

78 

301 

37 

418 

3 

80 

227 

26 

336 

Further information about forward exchange contracts is contained in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 28 

Further information about earn-out components is provided in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 03 ► SEE NOTE 28 

226 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

15 

Other non-current assets  

Other non-current assets consist of the following:  

Other non-current assets € in millions 

Prepaid expenses 

Sundry 

Other non-current assets 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

47 

2 

49 

75 

2 

76 

Prepaid expenses mainly relate to long-term promotion contracts. ► SEE NOTE 38 

16 

Borrowings and credit lines 

Borrowings are denominated in a variety of currencies in which adidas conducts its business. The largest 
portion of effective gross borrowings (before liquidity swaps for cash management purposes) as at 
December 31, 2023, is denominated in euros (2023: 99%; 2022: 100%). 

The weighted average interest rate on the Group’s gross borrowings increased to 1.6% in 2023 
(2022: 0.8%). 

As at December 31, 2023, adidas had cash credit lines and other long-term financing arrangements 
totaling € 6.5 billion (2022: € 7.5 billion); thereof unused credit lines accounted for € 3.6 billion 
(2022: € 4.0 billion). In addition, as at December 31, 2023, adidas had separate lines for the issuance of 
letters of credit and guarantees in an amount of approximately € 0.4 billion (2022: € 0.5 billion).  

In November 2020, adidas entered into a new syndicated credit facility agreement with twelve banks 
totaling € 1.5 billion. The credit facility agreement was subsequently amended and restated in October 
2021 and in November 2022 increasing the size to € 2.0 billion, covered by eleven partner banks, and 
extending the maturity until November 2027. In December 2023, adidas reduced the syndicated credit 
facility size to € 1.864 billion and the number of lending banks to ten partner banks. The syndicated credit 
facility can be drawn in euros and US dollars. The interest bearing is based on a defined margin on a 
reference rate (,€STRʻ or ,EURIBORʻ for euros). 

The amounts reported as gross borrowings represent outstanding borrowings under the following 
arrangements with aggregated expiration dates as follows: 

Gross borrowings as at December 31, 2023 € in millions 

Up to 1 year 

Between 1 
and 3 years 

Between 3 
and 5 years 

More than 
5 years 

49 

500 

– 

549 

37 

898 

– 

935 

7 

497 

– 

504 

– 

991 

– 

991 

Total 

93 

2,886 

– 

2,979 

Bank borrowings incl. 
commercial paper 

Eurobond 

Equity-neutral convertible 
bond 

Total 

227 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Gross borrowings as at December 31, 2022 € in millions 

Bank borrowings incl. 
commercial paper 

Eurobond 

Equity-neutral convertible 
bond 

Total 

Up to 1 year 

Between 1 
and 3 years 

Between 3 
and 5 years 

More than 
5 years 

29 

– 

498 

527 

37 

998 

– 

1,035 

26 

398 

– 

424 

– 

1,487 

– 

1,487 

Total 

93 

2,883 

498 

3,473 

The eurobond issued in October 2014 with a term of twelve years and a volume of € 400 million has a 
coupon of 2.25% and matures in October 2026. The eurobond was issued with a denomination of € 1,000. 
The bond was issued with a spread of 100 basis points over the corresponding average euro swap rate, 
with the issue price being 99.357%. 

In 2020, adidas issued three rated eurobonds with a size of € 500 million and denominations of € 100,000 
each. The four-year eurobond maturing in September 2024, with a coupon of 0.00% and the 15-year 
eurobond maturing in September 2035, with a coupon of 0.625% were issued in September 2020. These 
bonds were priced with a spread of 33 basis points and 63 basis points, respectively, above the 
corresponding euro mid-swap rate. The issue price was fixed at 100.321% and 99.360%, respectively. In 
adidas’ inaugural sustainability bond placement in September 2020, an eight-year eurobond was issued 
with a coupon of 0.00% maturing in October 2028. The sustainability bond was priced with a spread of 40 
basis points above the corresponding euro mid-swap rate. The issue price was fixed at 99.410%. Proceeds 
from the issuance were used in accordance with adidas’ sustainability bond framework. Eligible 
sustainable projects include investments into sustainable materials and processes, as well as projects 
with a positive impact on the community. More specifically, this includes the sourcing of recycled 
materials for sustainably manufactured products, investments into renewable energy production and 
energy-efficient buildings,and various initiatives aimed at creating lasting change in underrepresented 
communities. 

In November 2022 adidas AG issued two eurobonds with a size of € 500 million each. The three-year 
eurobond maturing in November 2025 bears a coupon of 3.00% and was issued at 99.901% issue price. The 
seven-year eurobond maturing in November 2029 bears a coupon of 3.125% and was issued at 99.272% 
issue price. These bonds were priced with a spread of 20 and 45 basis points, respectively, above the 
corresponding euro mid-swap rate.  

In September 2018, adidas AG issued a € 500 million equity-neutral convertible bond with a coupon of 
0.05% which was redeemed on September 12, 2023.  

Further details on future cash outflows are provided in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 28 

228 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

17 

Other current financial liabilities 

Other current financial liabilities consist of the following: 

Other current financial liabilities € in millions 

Forward exchange contracts 

Customer with credit balances 

Revaluation of total return swap1 

Embedded derivatives 

Sundry 

Other current financial liabilities 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

103 

94 

– 

1 

67 

266 

146 

68 

46 

0 

164 

424 

1 Since the financial year 2023, the change in the fair value of the total return swap is presented together with the original investment as one unit of account 
within other current financial assets respectively long-term financial assets. The change in the fair value of the total return swap is shown in the Note 'Financial 
instruments'. 

The line item ‘Sundry’ mainly relates to payables due to customs authorities.  

Further information about forward exchange contracts is contained in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 28 

18 

Other provisions 

Other provisions consist of the following: 

Other provisions € in millions 

Marketing 

Personnel 

Returns and warranty 

Taxes, other than income taxes 

Customs 

Sundry 

Other provisions 

Jan. 1, 
2023 

Additions 

Change in 
discounted 
amount 

Usage 

Reversals 

Currency 
translation 
differences 

Dec. 31, 
2023 

Thereof 
non-
current 

26 

222 

815 

71 

267 

275 

1,677 

9 

133 

563 

18 

57 

136 

916 

– 

(6) 

2 

(3) 

(10) 

– 

(16) 

(14) 

(105) 

(656) 

(20) 

(31) 

(73) 

(899) 

(1) 

(20) 

(29) 

(10) 

(26) 

(15) 

(101) 

10 

(11) 

(49) 

(4) 

(5) 

(7) 

(67) 

29 

214 

646 

53 

253 

317 

0 

73 

– 

– 

70 

44 

1,511 

188 

Marketing provisions mainly consist of provisions for promotion contracts, which are comprised of 
obligations to clubs and athletes. 

Provisions for personnel mainly consist of provisions for short- and long-term variable compensation 
components as well as of provisions for social plans relating to restructuring measures. 

Provisions for returns and warranty primarily arise due to the obligation of fulfilling customer claims with 
regard to the return of products sold by adidas. The amount of the provision follows the historical 
development of returns and warranty as well as current agreements.  

Provisions for taxes other than income taxes mainly relate to value added tax, real estate tax, and motor 
vehicle tax. 

229 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Sundry provisions mainly include provisions for onerous contracts as well as for dismantling and 
restoration costs. 

Non-current provisions mainly consist of provisions for long-term variable compensation components with 
a time frame of three to four years, discounted with country-specific interest rates. 

Management follows past experience from similar transactions when assessing the recognition and the 
measurement of provisions; in particular, external legal opinions are considered for provisions for 
customs risks and for litigation and other legal risks. All evidence from events until the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements is taken into account. 

19 

Lease liabilities 

Lease liabilities consist of the following: 

Lease liabilities € in millions 

Land and buildings 

Technical equipment and machinery 

Other equipment, furniture and fixtures 

Lease liabilities 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

2,528 

2,918 

17 

38 

33 

35 

2,584 

2,986 

The contractual payments for lease liabilities held by adidas as at December 31, 2023, in an amount of 
€ 3.0 billion (2022: € 3.4 billion), mature as follows: 

Contractual payments for lease liabilities € in millions 

Within 1 year 

Between 1 and 5 years 

After 5 years 

Total 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

652 

1,571 

765 

2,988 

715 

1,760 

901 

3,376 

Interest recognized on lease liabilities in 2023 amounted to € 86 million (2022: € 83 million). 

Expenses from leases classified as short-term, low-value, or variable are excluded from the 
measurement of the lease liability. Further information on total expenses relating to short-term, low-
value, and variable leases is provided in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 31 

In 2023, the total cash outflows for leases, including the above-mentioned leases not included in the 
calculation of the lease liability, amounted to € 831 million (2022: € 846 million). 

230 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

20 

Accrued liabilities 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following: 

Accrued liabilities € in millions 

Goods and services not yet invoiced 

Marketing and sales 

Personnel 

Sundry 

Accrued liabilities 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

Thereof: 
non-current 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

Thereof: 
non-current 

835 

969 

439 

30 

2,273 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

994 

1,124 

258 

42 

2,419 

4 

3 

0 

– 

7 

Accrued liabilities for marketing and sales mainly consist of accruals for distribution, such as discounts, 
rebates, and sales commissions. 

Accrued liabilities for personnel mainly consist of accruals for outstanding salary payments, such as 
bonuses and overtime, as well as outstanding vacation.  

Sundry accrued liabilities include accruals for interest. 

21 

Other current liabilities 

Other current liabilities consist of the following:  

Other current liabilities € in millions 

Tax liabilities other than income taxes 

Liabilities due to personnel 

Liabilities due to social security 

Deferred income 

Contract liabilities 

Donation pledge 

Sundry 

Other current liabilities 

In 2023, the line item ‘Sundry’ mainly relates to marketing expenses. 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

247 

37 

28 

108 

1 

20 

47 

488 

248 

52 

33 

77 

3 

– 

39 

452 

231 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

22 

Other non-current financial liabilities 

Other non-current financial liabilities consist of the following: 

Other non-current financial liabilities € in millions 

Forward exchange contracts 

Currency options 

Revaluation of total return swap1 

Other non-current financial liabilities 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

6 

– 

– 

6 

6 

1 

37 

44 

1 Since the financial year 2023, the change in the fair value of the total return swap is presented together with the original investment as one unit of account 
within other current financial assets respectively long-term financial assets. The change in the fair value of the total return swap is shown in the Note 'Financial 
instruments'. 

Further information about forward exchange contracts is provided in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 28 

23 

Pensions and similar obligations  

adidas has recognized post-employment benefit obligations arising from defined benefit plans. The 
benefits are provided pursuant to the legal, fiscal, and economic conditions in each respective country and 
mainly depend on the employees’ years of service and remuneration. 

Pensions and similar obligations € in millions 

Liability arising from defined benefit pension plans 

Similar obligations 

Pensions and similar obligations 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

136 

0 

136 

114 

1 

115 

The liability arising from defined benefit pension plans consists on the one hand of assets from defined 
benefit pension plans in an amount of € 3 million (2022: € 4 million), and on the other hand of provisions 
for pensions and similar obligations in an amount of € 139 million (2022: € 118 million). 

Defined contribution pension plans  
The total expense for defined contribution pension plans amounted to € 82 million in 2023 
(2022: € 91 million). 

Defined benefit pension plans  
Given the company’s diverse subsidiary structure, different defined benefit pension plans exist, comprising 
a variety of post-employment benefit arrangements. The company’s major defined benefit pension plans 
relate to adidas AG and its subsidiary in the UK. The defined benefit pension plans generally provide 
payments in case of death, disability, or retirement to former employees and their survivors. The 
obligations arising from defined benefit pension plans are partly covered by plan assets. In addition, there 
are significant obligations from a plan to cover the medical costs of pensioners in the USA. 

In Germany, adidas AG grants its employees contribution-based and final-salary-defined benefit pension 
schemes, which provide employees with entitlements in the event of retirement, disability, and death. 
German pension plans operate under the legal framework of the German Company Pensions Act 

232 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

(‘Betriebsrentengesetz’) and under general German labor legislation. Active existing employees and new 
entrants are entitled to benefits in accordance with the general company agreement ‘Core Benefits: adidas 
company pension plan.’ This is a pension plan with a basic employer contribution, possible salary 
sacrifices, and additional matching contribution. Thus, the contributions to this pension plan are partly 
paid by the employee and partly paid by the employer. The contributions are transferred into benefit 
components. The benefits are paid out in the form of a pension, a lump sum, or installments. The pension 
plans in Germany are financed using book reserves, a contractual trust arrangement (CTA) and, for certain 
former members of the Executive Board of adidas AG, a pension fund (‘Pensionsfonds’) in combination 
with a reinsured provident fund (‘Unterstützungskasse’).  

The final salary defined benefit pension scheme in the UK is closed to new entrants and to future accrual. 
The benefits are mainly paid out in the form of pensions. The scheme operates under UK trust law as well 
as under the jurisdiction of the UK Pensions Regulator and therefore is subject to a minimum funding 
requirement. The Trustee Board is responsible for setting the scheme’s funding objective, agreeing the 
contributions with the company, and determining the investment strategy of the scheme.  

The legal framework for employer-provided benefits to cover healthcare costs for retirees in the United 
States is primarily governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) and the Internal 
Revenue Code (IRC). These laws establish the rules and regulations that employers must follow when 
providing these benefits to their employees. The fully unfunded medical plan is open to new participants 
who have, at the end of their employment, completed at least 10 years of service, are at least 55 years of 
age, and are entitled to subsidized medical care. The plan provides medical, pharmaceutical, dental and 
ophthalmologic services from retirement until maximum the age of 65 (or without age limit until death for 
a closed group of retirees). At age 65 they are expected to receive state medical benefits from US 
Medicare. 

Breakdown of the present value of the significant obligations arising from defined benefit pension €  in 
millions 

Active members 

Former employees with vested 
rights 

Pensioners 

Total 

Dec. 31, 2023 

Dec. 31, 2022 

  Germany 

217 

163 

99 

478 

UK 

– 

32 

5 

37 

USA 

  Germany 

21 

– 

10 

31 

200 

131 

91 

422 

UK 

– 

31 

6 

37 

USA 

21 

– 

10 

31 

The Group’s pension plans are subject to risks from changes in actuarial assumptions, such as the 
discount rate, salary, and pension increase rates, and risks from changes in mortality. A lower discount 
rate results in a higher defined benefit obligation and/or in higher contributions to the pension funds. 
Lower than expected performance of the plan assets could lead to an increase in required contributions or 
to a decline of the funded status. 

The following tables analyze the defined benefit plans, plan assets, present values of the defined benefit 
pension plans, expenses recognized in the consolidated income statement, actuarial assumptions, and 
further information. 

233 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Amounts for defined benefit pension plans recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position € in 
millions 

Present value of funded obligation from defined benefit pension plans 

Fair value of plan assets 

Funded status 

Present value of unfunded obligation from defined benefit pension plans 

Effect of asset ceiling in accordance with IAS 19.64 

Net defined benefit liability 

Thereof: liability 

Thereof: adidas AG 

Thereof: asset 

Thereof: adidas AG 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

568 

(492) 

76 

57 

3 

136 

139 

72 

(3) 

– 

507 

(453) 

54 

55 

4 

114 

118 

55 

(4) 

– 

The determination of assets and liabilities for defined benefit plans is based on actuarial valuations. In 
particular, the present value of the defined benefit obligation is driven by financial variables (such as the 
discount rates or future increases in salaries) and demographic variables (such as mortality and employee 
turnover). The actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from the actual circumstances and could lead 
to different cash flows.  

Weighted average actuarial assumptions in % 

Discount rate 

Expected rate of salary increases 

Expected pension increases 

Breakdown of the acturial assumptions in % 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

3.9 

4.2 

2.1 

4.4 

4.0 

2.1 

USA 

5.1 

– 

– 

Dec. 31, 2023 

Dec. 31, 2022 

  Germany 

UK 

USA 

  Germany 

Discount rate 

Expected rate of salary increases 

Expected pension increases 

3.6 

– 

2.2 

4.8 

– 

2.2 

4.9 

– 

– 

4.2 

– 

2.2 

UK 

5.0 

– 

2.2 

The weighted average actuarial assumptions as at the balance sheet date are used to determine the 
defined benefit liability at that date and the pension expense for the upcoming financial year. 

The actuarial assumptions for withdrawal and mortality rates are based on statistical information available 
in the various countries. In Germany, the Heubeck 2018 G mortality tables are used. In the UK, 
assumptions are based on the S3 base table, and in the US they are based on the Pri-2012 base table. The 
mortality tables in the UK and in the US were modified to account for future changes in life expectancy. 

As in the previous year, the calculation of the pension liabilities in Germany, the UK, and the US is based 
on discount rates determined using the ‘Mercer Yield Curve (MYC)’ approach. 

234 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Remeasurements, such as gains or losses arising from changes in the actuarial assumptions for defined 
benefit pension plans or a return on the plan assets exceeding the interest income, are immediately 
recognized outside the income statement as a change in other reserves in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. 

Pension expenses for defined benefit pension plans € in millions 

Current service cost 

Net interest expense 

Thereof: interest cost 

Thereof: interest income 

Past service (credit) 

Loss on plan settlements 

Expenses for defined benefit pension plans (recognized in the consolidated 
income statement) 

Actuarial losses/(gains) on liability 

Thereof: due to changes in financial assumptions 

Thereof: due to changes in demographic assumptions 

Thereof: due to experience adjustments 

(Return)/loss on plan assets (not included in net interest income) 

Change in asset ceiling (excluding interest cost) 

Remeasurements for defined benefit pension plans (recognized as 
decrease/(increase) in other reserves in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income) 

Total 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

34 

5 

24 

(19) 

(2) 

– 

37 

29 

37 

(1) 

(7) 

(20) 

(2) 

7 

45 

41 

4 

12 

(8) 

(1) 

0 

44 

(243) 

(260) 

0 

17 

64 

4 

(175) 

(131) 

Of the total pension expenses recorded in the consolidated income statement, an amount of € 21 million 
(2022: € 29 million) relates to employees of adidas AG and € 4 million (2022: € 5 million) relates to 
employees in the US. The pension expense is mainly recorded within other operating expenses. The 
production-related part of the pension expenses is recognized within cost of sales. 

235 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Present value of the defined benefit obligation € in millions 

Present value of the obligation from defined benefit pension plans 
as at January 1 

Currency translation differences 

Current service cost 

Interest cost 

Contribution by plan participants 

Pensions paid 

Payments for plan settlements 

Actuarial losses/(gains) 

Thereof: due to changes in financial assumptions 

Thereof: due to changes in demographic assumptions 

Thereof: due to experience adjustments 

Past service (credit) 

Business combinations/transfers/divestitures 

Present value of the obligation from defined benefit pension plans 
as at December 31 

2023 

562 

(0) 

34 

24 

2 

(23) 

– 

29 

37 

(1) 

(7) 

(2) 

– 

625 

2022 

768 

4 

41 

12 

1 

(17) 

(1) 

(243) 

(260) 

– 

17 

(1) 

(2) 

562 

Of the total actuarial losses recognized in equity, an amount of € 6 million (2022: gain of € 164 million) 
relates to pension schemes at adidas AG, less than € 1 million as a gain (2022: loss of € 2 million) to the 
UK and a gain of € 1 million (2022: € 7 million) to the US. 

In the following table, the effects of reasonably conceivable changes in the actuarial assumptions on the 
present value of the obligation from defined benefit pension plans are analyzed for Germany, the UK, and 
the US. In addition, the average duration of the obligation is shown. 

Sensitivity analysis of the obligation from defined benefit pension plans € in millions 

Present value of the obligation from 
defined benefit pension plans 

Increase in the discount rate by 
0.5% 

Reduction in the discount rate by 
0.5% 

Average duration of the obligations 
(in years) 

Dec. 31, 2023 

Dec. 31, 2022 

  Germany 

UK 

USA 

  Germany 

UK 

USA 

478 

448 

512 

14 

37 

34 

41 

18 

31 

30 

32 

8 

422 

396 

450 

13 

37 

34 

40 

17 

31 

30 

32 

7 

Since many pension plans are closed to future accrual, the salary trend plays a minor role in determining 
pension obligations. Due to the fact that with the introduction of the Core Benefits arrangement, German 
pension plans are mainly paid as lump sums, the pension increase rate and the mortality assumption have 
significantly less impact than the discount rate when calculating the pension obligations. 

236 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Fair value of plan assets € in millions 

Fair value of plan assets as at January 1 

Currency translation differences 

Pensions paid 

Contributions by the employer 

Contributions paid by plan participants 

Interest income from plan assets 

Return/(loss) on plan assets (not included in net interest income) 

Fair value of plan assets as at December 31 

2023 

453 

1 

(9) 

8 

2 

19 

20 

492 

2022 

503 

(2) 

(4) 

11 

1 

8 

(64) 

453 

The majority of plan assets are attributable to Germany (2023: 83%, 2022: 82%) and the UK (2023: 7%, 
2022: 8%). 

Part of the plan assets in Germany is held by a trustee under a Contractual Trust Arrangement (CTA) for 
the purpose of funding the pension obligations of adidas AG and insolvency insurance with regard to part of 
the pension obligations of adidas AG. The trustee is the registered association adidas Pension Trust e.V. 
The investment committee of the adidas Pension Trust determines the investment strategy with the goal to 
match the pension liabilities as far as possible and to generate a sustainable return. In 2023, no additional 
employer funding contribution was transferred to the trustee. The plan assets in the registered 
association are mainly invested in fixed income funds, equity funds and real estate. Another substantial 
part of the plan assets in Germany is invested in insurance contracts via a pension fund and a provident 
fund. For this portion, an insurance entity is responsible for the determination and the implementation of 
the investment strategy. 

In the UK, the plan assets are held in an external trust. In principle the investment strategy is aligned with 
the structure of the pension obligations in these countries. In the rest of the world, the plan assets consist 
predominantly of insurance contracts. 

The expected total employer contributions for the 2024 financial year amount to € 31 million. Thereof, 
€ 25 million relates to benefits directly paid to pensioners by the subsidiaries and € 6 million to employer 
contributions paid into the plan assets. In 2023, the actual return on plan assets (including interest 
income) was € 39 million (2022: loss of € 56 million). 

Composition of plan assets € in millions 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Equity instruments 

Bonds 

Real estate 

Pension plan reinsurance 

Investment funds 

Other assets 

Fair value of plan assets 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

31 

128 

136 

99 

46 

35 

18 

492 

26 

110 

129 

94 

46 

35 

14 

453 

All equities and bonds are traded freely and have a quoted market price in an active market. 

237 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

At each balance sheet date, the company analyzes the over- or underfunding and, where appropriate, 
adjusts the composition of plan assets. 

As of December 31, 2023, the plan assets eligible for offsetting are required to be reduced by € 3 million 
(2022: € 4 million) due to the application of IAS 19.64. The reduction of € 1 million will be recognized 
mainly as an increase in other reserves in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.  

24 

Other non-current liabilities 

Other non-current liabilities consist of the following: 

Other non-current liabilities € in millions 

Deferred income 

Liabilities due to personnel 

Donation pledge 

Sundry 

Other non-current liabilities 

25 

Shareholders’ equity  

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

4 

0 

95 

4 

103 

6 

– 

– 

0 

6 

As at December 31, 2023, the nominal capital of adidas AG amounted to € 180,000,000 divided into 
180,000,000 registered no-par-value shares and was fully paid in.  

Each share grants one vote and is entitled to dividends starting from the commencement of the year in 
which it was issued. Treasury shares held directly or indirectly are not entitled to dividend payment in 
accordance with § 71b German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG). As at the balance sheet date, 
adidas AG held 1,450,916 treasury shares, corresponding to a notional amount of € 1,450,916 in the 
nominal capital and consequently to 0.81% of the nominal capital. 

Authorized capital 2021/I and 2021/II 
The Executive Board of adidas AG did not utilize the existing amount of authorized capital of up to 
€ 70 million in the reporting period.  

The authorized capital of adidas AG, which is set out in § 4 sections 2 and 3 of the Articles of Association as 
at the balance sheet date, entitles the Executive Board, subject to Supervisory Board approval, to increase 
the nominal capital based on the following authorizations: 

Based on the authorization granted by resolution of the Annual General Meeting of May 12, 2021, until 
August 6, 2026, 

─  by issuing new shares against contributions in cash once or several times by no more than 

€ 50,000,000 altogether and, subject to Supervisory Board approval, to exclude residual amounts from 
shareholders’ subscription rights (Authorized Capital 2021/I); 

238 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Based on the authorization granted by resolution of the Annual General Meeting of May 12, 2021, until 
August 6, 2026, 

─  by issuing new shares against contributions in kind and/or cash once or several times by no more than 
€ 20,000,000 altogether (Authorized Capital 2021/II), and, subject to Supervisory Board approval, to 
exclude residual amounts from shareholders’ subscription rights, to wholly or partly exclude 
shareholders’ subscription rights when issuing shares against contributions in kind and to exclude 
shareholders’ subscription rights when issuing shares against contributions in cash if the new shares 
against contributions in cash are issued at a price not significantly below the stock market price of the 
company’s shares already quoted on the stock exchange at the point in time when the issue price is 
ultimately determined, which should be as close as possible to the placement of the shares; this 
exclusion of subscription rights can also be associated with the listing of the company’s shares on a 
foreign stock exchange.  

The authorization to exclude subscription rights under this authorization, however, may only be used to 
the extent that the pro-rata amount of the new shares in the nominal capital together with the pro-rata 
amount in the nominal capital of other shares that have been issued by the company since 
May 12, 2021, subject to the exclusion of subscription rights, on the basis of an authorized capital or 
following a repurchase or for which subscription or conversion rights or subscription or conversion 
obligations have been granted through the issuance of convertible bonds and/or bonds with warrants 
while excluding subscription rights, does not exceed 10% of the nominal capital existing on the date of 
the entry of this authorization with the commercial register or – if this amount is lower – on the 
respective date on which the resolution on the utilization of the authorization is adopted. The previous 
sentence does not apply to the exclusion of subscription rights for residual amounts. The Authorized 
Capital 2021/II must not be used to issue shares within the scope of compensation or participation 
programs for Executive Board members or employees or for members of the management bodies or 
employees of affiliated companies. 

Contingent capital 2022 
The following overview of the contingent capital is based on § 4 section 4 of the Articles of Association of 
adidas AG as well as on the underlying resolution of the Annual General Meeting held on May 12, 2022. 

The nominal capital is conditionally increased by up to € 12.5 million divided into not more than 12,500,000 
no-par-value shares (Contingent Capital 2022). The contingent capital increase serves the issuance of 
no-par-value shares when exercising option or conversion rights or fulfilling the respective option and/or 
conversion obligations or when exercising the company’s right to choose to partially or in total deliver 
registered no-par-value shares of the company instead of paying the due amount to the holders or 
creditors of bonds issued by the company or a subordinated group company up to May 11, 2027, on the 
basis of the authorization resolution adopted by the Annual General Meeting on May 12, 2022. The new 
shares will be issued at the respective option or conversion price to be established in accordance with the 
aforementioned authorization resolution. The contingent capital increase will be implemented only if 
bonds are issued in accordance with the authorization resolution adopted by the Annual General Meeting 
on May 12, 2022, (Agenda Item 7) and only to the extent that option or conversion rights are exercised or 
the holders or creditors of bonds obligated to exercise the option or conversion obligation fulfill their 
obligations to exercise the warrant or convert the bond, or to the extent that the company exercises its 
rights to choose to deliver no-par-value shares in the company for the total amount or a partial amount 
instead of payment of the amount due and insofar as no cash settlement, treasury shares or shares of 
another public-listed company are used to service these rights. The new shares carry dividend rights from 
the commencement of the financial year in which the shares are issued. In the event that, at the time of 
issuance of the new shares, no resolution on the appropriation of retained earnings for the financial year 
directly preceding the year in which the shares are issued has been passed, the Executive Board is 

239 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

authorized, to the extent legally permissible, to determine that the new shares will carry dividend rights 
from the commencement of the financial year directly preceding the year in which the shares are issued. 
Furthermore, the Executive Board is authorized to stipulate additional details concerning the 
implementation of the contingent capital increase. 

The Executive Board is authorized, subject to Supervisory Board approval, to exclude shareholders’ 
subscription rights to the bonds insofar as this is necessary for residual amounts and also insofar as and 
to the extent that this is necessary for granting subscription rights to holders or creditors of bonds already 
issued before, which they would be entitled to as shareholders upon exercising their option or conversion 
rights or upon fulfilling their option and/or conversion obligations or upon exercising a right to delivery of 
shares referring to shares of the company. Finally, the Executive Board is authorized, subject to 
Supervisory Board approval, to also exclude shareholders’ subscription rights insofar as the bonds are 
issued against contributions in cash and after the Executive Board has concluded, following an 
examination in accordance with its legal duties, that the issue price of the bonds is not significantly below 
the hypothetical market value computed using recognized, in particular, financial calculation methods and 
the number of shares issued does not exceed 10% of the nominal capital, neither at the point of becoming 
effective nor – in case this amount is lower – at the point of exercising the aforementioned authorization. 
Shares which are issued or sold in accordance with § 186 section 3 sentence 4 AktG during the term of this 
authorization until its utilization shall be attributed to the aforementioned limit of 10%. Furthermore, 
shares that are to be issued or granted during the term of this authorization on the basis of a bond issued 
with the exclusion of subscription rights in accordance with this provision utilizing another authorization 
shall be attributed to the aforementioned limit of 10%. The total number of shares that are issued under 
bonds based on this authorization with the exclusion of subscription rights and shares that are issued from 
an authorized capital with the exclusion of subscription rights during the term of the authorization may not 
exceed 10% of the nominal capital on the date of the entry of this authorization with the Commercial 
Register. 

In the period up until the balance sheet date, the Executive Board of adidas AG did not issue any bonds 
based on the authorization granted on May 12, 2022, and consequently did not issue any shares from the 
Contingent Capital 2022. 

Repurchase and use of treasury shares 
The Annual General Meeting on May 11, 2023, granted the Executive Board an authorization to repurchase 
adidas AG shares up to an amount totaling 10% of the nominal capital until May 10, 2028. The authorization 
may be used by adidas AG but also by its subordinated Group companies or by third parties on account of 
adidas AG or its subordinated Group companies or third parties assigned by adidas AG or one of its 
subordinated Group companies. The Executive Board of adidas AG did not make use of this authorization in 
the reporting period.  

In the 2023 financial year, adidas AG transferred 11,886 treasury shares to the Chief Executive Officer 
Bjørn Gulden as reimbursement for the variable compensation forfeited at his former employer. Based on 
the share price at the time, the 11,886 treasury shares transferred had a value of € 2,040,826 
corresponding to a notional amount of € 11,886 in the nominal capital and consequently to approx. 0.01% 
of the nominal capital.

Therefore, taking into account the 1,462,802 shares held by adidas AG as at December 31, 2022, and the 
11,886 shares transferred to the Chief Executive Officer, this results in 1,450,916 treasury shares held as 
at the balance sheet date. ►SEE DISCLOSURES PURSUANT TO § 315A AND § 289A OF THE GERMAN COMMERCIAL CODE AND EXPLA NATORY 

REPORT 

240 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Changes in the percentage of voting rights 
Pursuant to § 160 section 1 no. 8 AktG, information must be provided on the existence of shareholdings 
that have been notified to adidas AG in accordance with § 33 section 1 or section 2 German Securities 
Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz – WpHG). 

The table ‘Notified reportable shareholdings’ reflects reportable shareholdings in adidas AG as at the 
balance sheet date that have each been notified to adidas AG. In each case, the details relate to the most 
recent voting rights notification received by adidas AG from the parties obligated to notify. All voting rights 
notifications disclosed by adidas AG in the year under review are available on the corporate website. 

► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/VOTING_RIGHTS_NOTIFICATIONS 

Notified reportable shareholdings 

Notifying party 

The Goldman Sachs Group, 
Inc., Wilmington, DE, USA 

BlackRock, Inc., New York, 
New York, USA1 

Ministry of Finance on 
behalf of the State of 
Norway, Oslo, Norway 

Ségolène Gallienne-Frère1 

Gérald Frère1 

The Capital Group 
Companies, 
Inc., Los Angeles, USA 

Flossbach von Storch AG, 
Cologne, Germany 

Elian Corporate Trustee 
(Cayman) Limited, Camana 
Bay, Grand Cayman, 
Cayman Islands1 

The Desmarais Family 
Residuary Trust, Montreal, 
Canada1 

Date of reaching, 
exceeding or 
falling below 

Reporting 
threshold 

Notification obligations and 
attributions in accordance 
with WpHG 

Voting rights 
attached to 
shares (in %) 

Instruments 
(in %) 

Total of voting rights 
attached to shares 
and instruments 
(in %) 

  December 12, 2023 

October 11, 2023 

October 10, 2023 

August 9, 2023 

March 15, 2023 

March 2, 2023 

February 10, 2023 

5% 

5% 

3% 

5% 

5% 

5% 

3% 

§§ 34, 38 par. 1 no. 1, 2 

§§ 34, 38 par. 1 no. 1, 
2 

§§ 34, 38 par. 1 no. 1, 
2 

§ 34 

§§ 34, 38 par. 1 no. 1 

§ 34 

§§ 34, 38 par. 1 no. 2 

  September 16, 2022 

5% 

§§ 34, 38 par. 1 no. 2 

0.18 

5.33 

3.02 

7.62 

7.62 

5.03 

3.57 

3.12 

4.77 

0.29 

0.21 

– 

0.24 

– 

0.05 

3.33 

  November 30, 2020 

5% 

§ 34 

6.89 

– 

4.95 

5.62 

3.23 

7.62 

7.86 

5.03 

3.61 

6.46 

6.89 

1 Voluntary group notification due to threshold crossing on the subsidiary level. 

The details on the percentage of shareholdings and voting rights may no longer be up to date. 

Capital management 
The company’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to uphold investor, creditor, and market 
confidence and to sustain future development of the business. 

adidas seeks to maintain a balance between a higher return on equity that might be possible with higher 
levels of borrowings and the advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position. The company 
further aims to maintain adjusted net borrowings below two times EBITDA (Earnings before interests, 
taxes, depreciation and amortization and impairment losses and reversals) over the long term. adidas 
received strong first-time investment-grade ratings by both Standard   Poor’s and Moody’s in August 
2020. Standard   Poor’s gave adidas an ‘A+’ rating, and Moody’s granted the company an ‘A2’ rating. The 
initial outlook for both ratings was ‘stable’ as both rating agencies recognized the company’s strong credit 
metrics, robust liquidity profile, and conservative financial policies. In November 2022, both Standard & 
Poor’s and Moody’s revised their outlook for adidas to ‘negative’ due to a deterioration in credit metrics 
amid pressure on the company’s operating performance from economic as well as company specific 
challenges. In February 2023, Standard   Poor’s lowered its rating on adidas to ‘A-‘, while Moody’s 
downgraded the company to ‘A3’, both with a ‘negative’ outlook. These downgrades reflected a further 

241 

 
    
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

downward revision of credit metrics following the release of the company’s financial guidance for 2023. In 
December 2023 and January 2024 Standard   Poor’s and Moody’s issued reports affirming ‘A-‘ rating with 
‘negative’ outlook and ‘A3’ rating with ‘negative’ outlook respectively. Overall, adidas' investment grade 
credit ratings continue to ensure an efficient access to capital markets. 

Financial leverage amounts to 98.6% (2022: 121.2%) and is defined as the ratio between adjusted net 
borrowings in an amount of € 4.518 billion (2022: € 6.047 billion) and shareholders’ equity in an amount of 
€ 4.580 billion (2022: € 4.991 billion). EBITDA amounted to € 1.358 billion for the financial year ending 
December 31, 2023 (2022: € 1.874 billion). The ratio between adjusted net borrowings and EBITDA 
amounted to 3.3 for the 2023 financial year (2022: 3.2). 

Composition of EBITDA € in millions 

Income before taxes 

Adjustments for: 

Depreciation, amortization, and impairment losses 

Reversals of impairment losses 

Interest income 

Interest expense 

EBITDA as at December 31 

2023 

65 

2022 

388 

1,212 

(42) 

(39) 

162 

1,358 

1,375 

(4) 

(23) 

138 

1,874 

In 2020, the definition of the net borrowings was adjusted to the criteria of the company’s internal financial 
guidelines and is therefore reported as adjusted net borrowings. It mainly complements the net 
borrowings reported up to that point by the present value of future payment obligations from leasing and 
pension commitments. The method of calculating adjusted net borrowings was revised in 2022 to align it 
with general market practice and the approach of the rating agencies.  

The composition of the adjusted net borrowings is presented below: 

Composition of adjusted net borrowings € in millions 

Short-term borrowings 

Long-term borrowings 

Current lease liability 

Non-current lease liability 

Pensions and similar obligations 

Factoring 

Subtotal 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Short-term financial assets 

Less trapped cash 

Less accessible cash and cash equivalents 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

549 

2,430 

545 

2,039 

139 

70 

5,772 

1,431 

34 

211 

1,254 

527 

2,946 

643 

2,343 

118 

112 

6,689 

798 

– 

155 

643 

Adjusted net borrowings 

4,518 

6,047 

242 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Reserves  
Reserves within shareholders’ equity are as follows: 

─  Capital reserve: primarily comprises the paid premium for the issuance of share capital as well as 
expenses recognized for share-based payment for Executive Board members and third parties. 

─  Cumulative currency translation differences: comprises all foreign currency differences arising from 

the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations. 

─  Hedging reserve: comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash 
flow hedges (intrinsic value for options and spot component for forward contracts) related to hedged 
transactions that have not yet occurred, hedges of net investments in foreign subsidiaries, and the 
effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of the total return swap. 

─  Cost of hedging reserve – options: comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the 

fair value of cash flow hedges reflecting cost of hedging of options (time value and premium). 

─  Cost of hedging reserve – forward contracts: comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net 
change in the fair value of cash flow hedges reflecting cost of hedging of forward contracts (forward 
component). 

─  Other reserves: comprises the remeasurements of defined benefit plans consisting of the cumulative 
net change of actuarial gains or losses relating to the defined benefit obligations, the return on plan 
assets (excluding interest income) and the asset ceiling effect, the remeasurement of the fair value of 
the equity investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, expenses 
recognized for share option plans, and effects from the acquisition of non-controlling interests, as well 
as reserves required by law. 

─  Retained earnings: comprises both amounts that are required by the Articles of Association and 
voluntary amounts that have been set aside by adidas. The reserve includes the unappropriated 
accumulated profits less dividends paid, and consideration paid for the repurchase of adidas AG shares 
exceeding the nominal value. In addition, the item includes the effects of the employee stock purchase 
plan and the transition effects of the implementation of new IFRSs.  

The capital reserve includes restricted capital in an amount of € 4 million (2022: € 4 million). Furthermore, 
other reserves include additional restricted capital in an amount of € 136 million (2022: € 98 million). 

Distributable profits and dividends 
Profits distributable to shareholders are determined by reference to the retained earnings of adidas AG 
and calculated under German commercial law. 

Based on the resolution of the 2023 Annual General Meeting, the dividend for 2022 was € 0.70 per share 
(total amount: approx. € 125 million).  

The Executive Board of adidas AG will propose to use retained earnings of adidas AG in an amount of 
€ 411 million as reported in the 2023 financial statements of adidas AG for a dividend payment of € 0.70 
per share and to carry forward the subsequent remaining amount. 

As at February 20, 2024, 178,549,084 dividend-entitled shares exist. This would result in a dividend 
payment of € 125 million. 

243 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

26 

Share-based payment 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees  
In 2016, adidas announced the introduction of an open-ended employee stock purchase plan (the ‘plan’). 
The plan is operated on a quarterly basis, with each calendar quarter referred to as an ‘investment 
quarter.’ 

The plan enables employees to purchase adidas AG shares with a 15% discount (‘investment shares’) and 
to benefit from free matching shares. Currently, eligible employees of adidas AG and 17 other subsidiaries 
can participate in the plan. Up to two weeks before the start of an investment quarter, each eligible 
employee can enroll for the plan. The company accepts enrollment requests on the first day of the relevant 
investment quarter. This is the grant date for the investment and matching shares. The fair value at the 
vesting date is equivalent to the fair value of the granted equity instruments at this date. The employees 
invest an amount up to 10% of their gross base salary per quarter in the plan. A few days after the end of 
the investment quarter, the shares are purchased on the market at fair market value and transferred to 
the employees. Thereby the amount invested during the quarter plus the top-up from adidas is used. 
These shares can be sold at any time by the employee. If the shares are held for a period of one year after 
the last day of an investment quarter, employees will receive, as a one-off, free matching shares (one 
matching share for every six adidas AG shares acquired). This plan currently constitutes an equity-settled 
share-based payment for both elements. For the component of the matching shares relating to the 
specific period of service an appropriate discount is taken into account. The effects are presented in the 
following table: 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees 

As at 
Dec. 31, 
2022 

As at December 31, 2023 

21st 
investment 
quarter 

21st 
investment 
quarter 

22nd 
investment 
quarter 

23rd 
investment 
quarter 

24th 
investment 
quarter 

25th 
investment 
quarter 

Grant date 

Share price at grant date (in €) 

Share price at December 31 (in €) 

Number of granted investment shares based on the share price 
as at December 31 

Oct. 3, 
2022 

119.00 

127.46 

48,555 

Oct. 3, 
2022 

119.00 

Jan. 2, 
2023 

127.70 

Apr. 3, 
 2023 

163.04 

Jul. 3, 
 2023 

176,62 

Oct. 2, 
2023 

164.60 

184.16 

33,696 

Number of actually purchased investment shares 

– 

44,789 

38,150 

37,966 

40,409 

– 

Outstanding granted matching shares based on the share price 
as at December 31 or actually purchased investment shares 

Average remaining vesting period in months as at December 31 
(in months) 

7,465 

12 

– 

– 

6,358 

6,328 

6,735 

5,616 

3 

6 

9 

12 

The number of forfeited matching shares during the period amounted to 4,646 (2022: 3,557). 

As at December 31, 2023, the total expenses recognized relating to investment shares amounted to 
€ 3.4 million (2022: € 4.3 million).  

Expenses recognized relating to vesting of matching shares amounted to € 3.3 million in 2023 (2022: 
€ 3.3 million). 

As at December 31, 2023, a total amount of € 5 million (2022: € 5 million) was invested by the participants 
in the stock purchase plan and was not yet transferred into shares by the end of December 2023. 
Therefore, this amount has been included in ‘Other current financial liabilities.’ ► SEE NOTE 17 

244 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Further information about the purchase of shares for the employee stock purchase plan is provided in 
these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 25 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with third parties 
In 2023, adidas entered into a promotion and advertising contract that includes a share-based payment 
transaction with third parties. The contract has a term of up to five years. The agreement grants a transfer 
of shares, which correspond up to a value of US $ 26 million. In 2023, no transfer of shares took place.  

The expenses for shares are recognized over the vesting period of five years. In 2023, this amounts to a 
provision of € 7 million. 

Equity-settled share-based payment for Executive Board members 
In 2018, adidas established a ‘Long-Term Incentive Plan’ (‘LTIP’) for Executive Board members.  

The LTIP 2021/2025 pursues the goal of aligning the long-term performance-based variable remuneration 
of the Executive Board with the performance of the company and thus with the interests of the 
shareholders. Against this background, the LTIP 2021/2025 is share-based. It consists of five annual 
tranches (2021 to 2025), each with a term of five years. Each of the five annual tranches consists of a 
performance year and a subsequent four-year holding period. For the 2021/2025 LTIP, the Supervisory 
Board has set financial and ESG-related performance criteria for each of the five performance years. 

The annual LTIP tranche (‘Grant Amount’) is paid to the Executive Board members after approval of the 
consolidated financial statements and is to be fully invested by the Executive Board members in the 
acquisition of adidas AG shares. The shares acquired are subject to a holding period, which ends at the end 
of the fourth financial year following the performance year. Only after the end of the holding period can the 
Executive Board members dispose of the shares.  

As of December 31, 2023, the total number of adidas AG shares acquired since 2019 as part of the variable 
performance-based compensation and subject to a holding period amounts to 57,247 no-par-value shares 
(2022: 78,698 no-par-value shares acquired since 2018). The number of adidas AG shares acquired by the 
members of the Executive Board is shown below: 

LTI Bonus: Acquisition of shares in the context of the long-term variable compensation in € 

LTIP tranche 

Grant amount 

Payout amount 

Purchase price 

Number of purchased shares 

End of lock-up period 

2022 

2021 

2020 

2019 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

14,182,500 

1,482,105 

7,449,357 

210.10 

35,455 

778,475 

270.75 

2,872 

9,244,573 

4,825,271 

255.00 

18,920 

  Dec. 31, 2025 

  May 31, 2024 

  May 31, 2023 

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions with employees 
In 2017, adidas implemented a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), which is a share-based remuneration 
scheme with cash settlement. ‘RSUs’ (‘Restricted Stock Units’) are granted on the condition that the 
beneficiary is employed for three or four years by adidas AG or one of its subsidiaries in a position where 
they are not under notice during that period. This minimum period of employment pertains to the calendar 
year in which the RSUs are granted and the three subsequent calendar years. As an exception in 2022 and 
2023, RSUs were granted with a minimum term of employment of one and two years, respectively.  

245 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The total value of the cash remuneration payable to senior management is recalculated on each reporting 
date and on the settlement date, based on the fair value of the RSUs, and recognized through an 
appropriate increase in the provision as personnel expenses that are spread over the period of service of 
the beneficiary. Furthermore, social security contributions are considered in the calculation of the fair 
value, if appropriate for the respective country regulations and the seniority of the participants. All 
changes to the subsequent measurement of this provision are reported under personnel expenses. 

Once a year, one tranche with a three-year term and another with a four-year term are issued. The 
number of RSUs granted depends on the seniority of the beneficiaries. In addition, for the four-year plan, 
the number of RSUs also depends on the achievement of a financial and ESG-related target. In addition, in 
2022 and 2023, the option to issue two additional tranches with a two-year and a one-year maturity was 
exercised. 

The value of one RSU is the average price of the adidas AG share as quoted for the first 20 stock exchange 
trading days in January of the respective financial year. The effects are presented in the following table: 

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions with employees 

Plan year 

Tranche 

Share price as at December 31 (in €) 

Number of granted RSUs based on the share price as at December 31 (in €) 

Average risk-free interest rate based on the share price as at December 31 

Average remaining vesting period as at December 31 (in months) 

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions with employees 

As at December 31, 2023 

2020 

2021 

4-year 
tranche 

184.16 

20,405 

3.61% 

– 

3-year 
tranche 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4-year 
tranche 

183.47 

182,438 

3.60% 

12 

3-year 
tranche 

184.16 

26,257 

3.61% 

– 

Plan year 

Tranche 

As at December 31, 2023 

2022 

2023 

4-year 
tranche 

3-year 
tranche 

2-year 
tranche 

1-year 
tranche 

4-year 
tranche 

3-year 
tranche 

2-year 
tranche 

1-year 
tranche 

Share price as at December 31 (in €) 

182.22 

183.47 

182.22 

183.47 

180.61 

182.22 

183.47 

184.16 

Number of granted RSUs based on the share price 
as at December 31 (in €) 

Average risk-free interest rate based on the share 
price as at December 31 

Average remaining vesting period as at 
December 31 (in months) 

77,407 

  206,748 

2,130 

– 

  304,563 

  111,577 

11,972 

9,010 

3.47% 

3.60% 

3.61% 

24 

12 

– 

– 

– 

3.24% 

3.47% 

3.60% 

3.61% 

36 

24 

12 

– 

246 

 
    
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions with employees 

Plan year 

Tranche 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

4-year 
tranche 

3-year 
tranche 

4-year 
tranche 

3-year 
tranche 

4-year 
tranche 

3-year 
tranche 

4-year 
tranche 

3-year 
tranche 

2-year 
tranche 

1-year 
tranche 

As at December 31, 2022 

Share price as at 
December 31 (in €) 

Number of granted RSUs 
based on the share price 
as at December 31 (in €) 

Average risk-free interest 
rate based on the share 
price as at December 31 

Average remaining vesting 
period as at December 31 
(in months) 

127.46 

  108,039 

1.07% 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

125.77 

127.46 

121.70 

125.77 

117.13 

121.70 

125.77 

127.46 

24,667 

  102,877 

  227,521 

37,745 

  102,523 

  236,945 

2,149 

2,149 

1.28% 

1.07% 

1.55% 

1.28% 

1.74% 

1.55% 

1.28% 

1.07% 

12 

– 

24 

12 

36 

24 

12 

– 

The fair value is based on the closing price of the adidas AG share on December 31, 2023, adjusted for 
future dividend payments. 

In 2023, this resulted in an expense of € 59 million (2022: € 36 million). The corresponding provision 
amounted to € 80 million (2022: € 57 million). 

27 

Non-controlling interests 

This line item within equity comprises the non-controlling interests in subsidiaries that are not directly or 
indirectly attributable to adidas AG. 

Non-controlling interests are assigned to two subsidiaries both as at December 31, 2023, and as at 
December 31, 2022. 

For the following subsidiaries with non-controlling interests, the main financial information is presented 
combined. 

Subsidiaries with non-controlling interests 

Legal entity name 

Agron, Inc. 

adidas Israel Ltd. 

Principal 
place of 
business 

Ownership interests held by 
non-controlling interests 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

USA 

Israel 

100% 

15% 

100% 

15% 

The following table presents the main financial information on subsidiaries with significant non-controlling 
interests before elimination. 

247 

 
    
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Financial information on subsidiaries with non-controlling interests € in millions 

Non-controlling interests 

Dec. 31, 2023 

Dec. 31, 2022 

Net sales 

Net income 

Net income attributable to non-controlling 
interests 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income attributable to 
non-controlling interests 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Net assets attributable to non-controlling 
interests according to the consolidated 
statement of financial position 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net increase of cash and cash equivalents 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 
during the year1 

1 Included in net cash used in financing activities. 

Total 

669 

61 

61 

(14) 

47 

48 

384 

140 

(139) 

(11) 

373 

345 

64 

(0) 

(27) 

37 

33 

Thereof: 
Agron, Inc. 

520 

62 

62 

(14) 

48 

48 

288 

116 

(65) 

– 

340 

340 

77 

(10) 

(33) 

34 

33 

Total 

751 

32 

26 

24 

56 

47 

398 

165 

(139) 

(24) 

399 

360 

15 

(30) 

(41) 

(56) 

22 

Thereof: 
Agron, Inc. 

556 

25 

25 

20 

45 

45 

307 

124 

(78) 

– 

353 

353 

(11) 

(20) 

(21) 

(52) 

22 

248 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

28 

Financial instruments  

Additional information to financial instruments 

Carrying amounts of financial instruments and their fair values including hierarchy according to IFRS  13 € in millions 

Category 

December 31, 2023 

December 31, 2022 

Carry-
ing 
amount 

Fair 
value 

  Level 1 

  Level 2 

  Level 3 

Carry-
ing 
amount 

Fair 
value 

  Level 1 

  Level 2 

  Level 3 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Amortized cost 

Cash equivalents 

Short-term financial assets 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

596 

835 

835 

34 

34 

Accounts receivable 

Amortized cost 

  1,906 

Other current financial assets 

Derivatives used in hedge 
accounting 

Derivatives not used in 
hedge accounting 

Other investments 

n.a. 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

n.a. 

67 

21 

8 

67 

21 

8 

Other financial assets 

Amortized cost 

658 

Long-term financial assets 

Other equity investments 

Other equity investments 

Other investments 

Other investments 

Loans 

Other non-current financial 
assets 

Derivatives used in hedge 
accounting 

Derivatives not used in 
hedge accounting 

Earn-out components 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

Fair value through 
other 
comprehensive 
income 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

n.a. 

Amortized cost 

n.a. 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

Other financial assets 

Amortized cost 

Financial assets per level 

91 

91 

83 

83 

44 

83 

2 

– 

301 

44 

83 

– 

2 

– 

301 

115 

Financial liabilities 

Short-term borrowings 

Bank borrowings 

Eurobond 

Convertible bond 

Accounts payable 

Amortized cost 

Amortized cost 

Amortized cost 

49 

500 

– 

Amortized cost 

  2,276 

488 

– 

Current accrued liabilities 

Amortized cost 

Amortized cost 

842 

565 

Current accrued liabilities for 
customer discounts 

Other current financial 
liabilities 

Derivatives used in hedge 
accounting 

249 

– 

835 

34 

– 

67 

21 

8 

– 

– 

– 

44 

83 

– 

2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1 

  1,095 

474 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

726 

72 

– 

  2,529 

72 

– 

168 

168 

65 

78 

703 

65 

78 

91 

89 

89 

82 

86 

86 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

42 

83 

0 

1 

– 

301 

– 

227 

108 

42 

83 

1 

– 

227 

– 

490 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

– 

72 

– 

– 

168 

65 

78 

– 

– 

– 

42 

83 

– 

1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

89 

84 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

227 

– 

508 

400 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

488 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

29 

– 

498 

  2,908 

997 

808 

– 

– 

490 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

n.a. 

88 

88 

– 

88 

– 

127 

127 

– 

127 

 
    
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities 

Long-term borrowings 

Bank borrowings 

Eurobond 

Non-current accrued 
liabilities 

Other non-current financial 
liabilities 

Derivatives used in hedge 
accounting 

Lease liabilities 

Financial liabilities per level 

Thereof: aggregated by category 
according to IFRS 9 

Financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss (FVTPL) 

Financial assets at fair value 
through other comprehensive 
income (FVOCI) 

Thereof: equity investments 
(without recycling to profit 
and loss) 

Financial assets at amortized 
cost (AC) 

Financial liabilities at fair value 
through profit or loss (FVTPL) 

Financial liabilities at 
amortized cost (AC) 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Carrying amounts of financial instruments and their fair values including hierarchy according to IFRS  13 € in millions 

Category 

December 31, 2023 

December 31, 2022 

Derivatives not used in 
hedge accounting 

Fair value through 
profit or loss 

Other financial liabilities 

Amortized cost 

Fair 
value 

15 

Carry-
ing 
amount 

15 

163 

545 

n.a. 

  Level 1 

  Level 2 

  Level 3 

  Level 1 

  Level 2 

  Level 3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

15 

– 

– 

44 

– 

– 

6 

– 

Fair 
value 

64 

Carry-
ing 
amount 

64 

232 

643 

63 

63 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  2,883 

  2,604 

  2,604 

4 

4 

44 

44 

  2,343 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

64 

– 

– 

63 

– 

– 

44 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  2,721  –  154 

  3,095 

298 

Amortized cost 

44 

44 

Amortized cost 

  2,386 

  2,234 

  2,234 

Amortized cost 

n.a. 

– 

6 

– 

6 

n.a. 

  2,039 

– 

– 

– 

  1,326 

83 

83 

  3,275 

15 

  6,825 

495 

86 

86 

  4,067 

64 

  8,423 

Level 1 is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
Level 2 is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices). 
Level 3 is based on inputs for the assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

250 

 
    
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Reconciliation of fair value hierarchy Level 3 in 2023 € in millions 

Fair value 
Jan. 1, 
2023 

  Additions 

Dis- 
posals 

Gains 

Losses 

Gains 

Losses 

Transfers 

Currency 
translation 

Fair 
value 
Dec. 31, 
2023 

Realized 

Unrealized 

87 

2 

84 

227 

– 

– 

3 

– 

– 

– 

(0) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4) 

74 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

89 

2 

82 

301 

Investments in 
other equity 
instruments held 
for trading 
(FAHfT) 

Investments in 
other equity 
instruments 
(FVTPL) 

Investments in 
other equity 
instruments 
(FVOCI) 

Earn-out 
components 
(assets) 

Reconciliation of fair value hierarchy Level 3 in 2022 € in millions 

Fair value 
Jan. 1, 
2022 

  Additions 

Dis- 
posals 

Gains 

Losses 

Gains 

Losses 

Transfers 

Currency 
translation 

Fair 
value 
Dec. 31, 
2022 

Realized 

Unrealized 

87 

2 

80 

12 

– 

– 

– 

6 

– 

– 

– 

(0) 

(12) 

247 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0 

– 

4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(3) 

– 

(20) 

– 

– 

(3) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

87 

2 

84 

– 

227 

Investments in 
other equity 
instruments held 
for trading 
(FAHfT) 

Investments in 
other equity 
instruments 
(FVTPL) 

Investments in 
other equity 
instruments 
(FVOCI) 

Promissory notes 
(FVTPL) 

Earn-out 
components 
(assets) 

Due to the short-term maturities of cash and cash equivalents, short-term financial assets, and accounts 
receivable and payable, as well as other current financial receivables and payables, their respective fair 
values equal their carrying amount.  

The fair values of non-current financial assets and liabilities are estimated by discounting expected future 
cash flows using current interest rates for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities and adjusted by 
a company-specific credit risk premium or measured at market prices. 

Fair values of long-term financial assets are based on quoted market prices in an active market or are 
calculated as present values of expected future cash flows. 

adidas designated certain investments as equity securities at fair value through other comprehensive 
income (equity), because the company intends to hold those investments for the long term in order to gain 

251 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

insights into innovative production technologies and trends. The designation of certain equity instruments 
at fair value through other comprehensive income (equity) is based on a strategic Management decision. 

In accordance with IFRS 13, the following tables show the valuation methods used in measuring Level 1, 
Level 2, and Level 3 fair values, as well as the significant unobservable inputs used. No reclassifcations 
between hierachy levels were made in 2023. A review of the hierachy levels is carried out regularly by 
adidas. 

Financial instruments Level 1 measured at fair value 

Type 

  Valuation method 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 

  Category 

Convertible bond 

Eurobond 

The fair value is based on the market price of the 
convertible bond on the balance sheet date. 

The fair value is based on the market price of the 
eurobond on the balance sheet date. 

  Not applicable 

  Amortized cost 

  Not applicable 

  Amortized cost 

Other equity 
investments 

The fair value is based on the market price of the 
investment on the balance sheet date. 

  Not applicable 

Fair value 
through 
other 
comprehensive 
income 

Financial instruments Level 2 measured at fair value 

Type 

  Valuation method 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 

  Category 

Cash equivalents 
and 
short-term financial 
assets 
(money market 
funds) 

Long-term financial 
assets 
(investment 
securities) 

Forward exchange 
contracts 

Currency options 

Share option (cash 
settled) 

Total return swap 
(for own shares) 

The discounted cash flow method is applied, 
which considers the present value of expected 
payments, discounted using a risk-adjusted 
discount rate. Due to their short-term maturities, 
it is assumed that their respective fair value is 
equal to the notional amount. 

  Not applicable 

The fair value is based on the market price of the 
assets on the balance sheet date. 

  Not applicable 

In 2023, adidas applied the par method (forward 
NPV) for all currency pairs to calculate the fair 
value, implying actively traded forward curves. 

adidas applies the Garman-Kohlhagen model, 
which is an extended version of the Black-
Scholes model. 

  Not applicable 

  Not applicable 

  adidas applies the Black-Scholes model. 

  Not applicable 

The fair value is based on the market price of the 
adidas AG share on the balance sheet date, 
minus accrued interest. 

  Not applicable 

Fair value 
through profit or 
loss 

Fair value 
through profit or 
loss 

n.a./fair value 
through profit or 
loss 

n.a./fair value 
through profit or 
loss 

Fair value 
through profit or 
loss 

n.a./fair value 
through profit or 
loss 

252 

 
    
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Financial instruments Level 3 measured at fair value 

Type 

 Valuation method 

Significant unobservable 
inputs 

Inter-relationship between 
significant 
unobservable inputs and fair 
value measurement 

  Category 

Investment in FC 
Bayern München 
AG 

Earn-out 
components 
(assets) 

Investments in 
other equity 
instruments (fair 
value through 
profit or loss) 

Investments in 
other equity 
instruments (fair 
value through 
other 
comprehensive 
income) 

This equity security does not have a quoted 
market price in an active market. Existing 
contractual arrangements (based on the 
externally observable dividend policy of FC 
Bayern München AG) are used in order to 
calculate the fair value on the balance sheet 
date. These dividends are recognized in other 
financial income. 

See column ‘Valuation 
method’ 

The valuation is based on the DCF Method, 
considering Monte Carlo Simulations to 
simulate future gross royalty income. The 
derived earn-out payments are discounted using 
a risk-adjusted discount rate. The fair value 
adjustment is recognized in discontinued 
operations. 

Risk-adjusted 
maturity-specific 
discount rate (11.3% – 
12.1%), gross royalty 
income 

The significant inputs (financing rounds) used to 
measure fair value include one or more events 
where objective evidence of any changes was 
identified, considering expectations regarding 
future business development. The fair value 
adjustment is recognized in other financial 
result. 

The option to measure equity instruments at fair 
value through other comprehensive income 
upon implementation of IFRS 9 has been 
exercised. The significant inputs (financing 
rounds) used to measure fair value include one 
or more events where objective evidence of any 
changes was identified, considering 
expectations regarding future business 
development. The fair value adjustment is 
recognized in other reserves. 

See column ‘Valuation 
method’ 

See column ‘Valuation 
method’ 

The estimated fair value 
would increase by 11% 
(decrease by 13%) if gross 
royalty income were 10% 
higher (10% lower). 
The estimated fair value 
would increase by 1% 
(decrease by 1%) if the 
risk-adjusted discount rate 
was 1pp lower (1pp 
higher). 

Fair value 
through profit 
or loss 

Fair value 
through profit 
or loss 

Fair value 
through profit 
or loss 

Fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 

Net gains/(losses) on financial instruments recognized in the consolidated income statement €  in millions 

Financial assets classified at amortized cost (AC) 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 

Thereof: designated as such upon initial recognition 

Thereof: classified as held for trading 

Equity instruments at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 

Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost (AC) 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 

Thereof: designated as such upon initial recognition 

Thereof: classified as held for trading 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

(9) 

69 

– 

2 

– 

– 

3 

– 

– 

– 

(79) 

(4) 

– 

0 

– 

– 

24 

– 

– 

– 

Net gains or losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost comprise mainly impairment losses 
and reversals. 

Net gains or losses on financial assets or financial liabilities classified as fair value through profit or loss 
include the effects from fair value measurements of the derivatives that are not part of a hedging 
relationship, and changes in the fair value of other financial instruments as well as interest expenses.  

253 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Net gains or losses on equity instruments at fair value through profit or loss mainly include fair value 
adjustments based on the respective valuation method. ► SEE TABLE ‘FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS LEVEL 3 MEASURED AT FAIR 
VALUE’ 

During 2023, no dividends regarding equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income 
were recognized. 

Net gains or losses on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost include effects from early 
settlement and reversals of accrued liabilities and refund liabilities. 

Notional amounts of all outstanding currency hedging instruments € in millions 

Forward exchange contracts 

Currency options 

Total 

Fair values € in millions 

Forward exchange contracts 

Currency options 

Total 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

7,893 

407 

8,300 

11,917 

461 

12,377 

Dec. 31, 2023 

Dec. 31, 2022 

Positive 
fair value 

Negative 
fair value 

Positive 
fair value 

Negative 
fair value 

81 

9 

90 

(109) 

(1) 

(110) 

225 

7 

233 

(152) 

(1) 

(153) 

Notional amounts of outstanding US dollar hedging instruments € in millions 

Forward exchange contracts 

Currency options 

Total 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

3,449 

353 

3,802 

5,669 

450 

6,119 

Financial risks 
Currency risks 
Currency risks, to which adidas is particularly exposed, are a direct result of multi-currency cash flows 
within the company. The vast majority of the transactional risk arises from product sourcing in US dollars, 
while sales are typically denominated in the functional currency of the respective companies. The 
currencies in which these transactions are mainly denominated are the US dollar, British pound, Japanese 
yen, and Chinese renminbi.  

As governed by the company’s Treasury Policy, adidas has established a hedging system on a rolling basis 
up to 24 months in advance, under which the vast majority of the anticipated seasonal hedging volume is 
secured approximately six months prior to the start of a season. In rare instances, hedges are contracted 
beyond the 24-month horizon. 

254 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas uses a combination of different hedging instruments, such as forward exchange contracts, 
currency options, and swaps, to protect itself against unfavorable currency movements. These contracts 
are generally designated as cash flow hedges.  

Furthermore, translation impacts from the conversion of non-euro-denominated results into the 
company’s functional currency, the euro, might lead to a material negative impact on the company’s 
financial performance. 

Further information about the accounting and hedge accounting treatment is included in these Notes.  

► SEE NOTE 02 

Exposures are presented in the following table: 

Exposure to foreign exchange risk based on notional amounts € in millions 

As at December 31, 2023 

Exposure from firm commitments and forecast 
transactions 

Balance sheet exposure including 
intercompany exposure 

Total gross exposure 

Hedged with currency options 

Hedged with forward contracts 

Net exposure 

As at December 31, 2022 

Exposure from firm commitments and forecast 
transactions 

Balance sheet exposure including 
intercompany exposure 

Total gross exposure 

Hedged with currency options 

Hedged with forward contracts 

Net exposure 

USD 

GBP 

JPY 

CNY 

(4,684) 

(369) 

(5,053) 

353 

2,761 

(1,939) 

(5,879) 

(258) 

(6,137) 

450 

3,590 

(2,097) 

869 

(18) 

851 

– 

(765) 

86 

880 

14 

894 

– 

(696) 

197 

474 

(22) 

452 

54 

(257) 

249 

442 

4 

446 

11 

(317) 

140 

375 

148 

523 

– 

(356) 

167 

834 

168 

1,002 

– 

(753) 

249 

The exposure from firm commitments and forecast transactions was calculated on a one-year basis. 

In line with IFRS 7 requirements, the company has calculated the impact on net income and shareholders’ 
equity based on changes in the most important currency exchange rates. The calculated impacts mainly 
result from changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments. The analysis does not include effects that 
arise from the translation of the company’s foreign entities’ financial statements into the company’s 
reporting currency, the euro. The sensitivity analysis is based on the net balance sheet exposure, including 
intercompany balances from monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Moreover, 
all outstanding currency derivatives were re-evaluated using hypothetical foreign exchange rates to 
determine the effects on net income and equity.  

Based on this analysis, a 10% increase in the euro versus the US dollar at December 31, 2023, would have 
led to a € 17 million increase in net income. 

255 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Sensitivity analysis of foreign exchange rate changes € in millions 

As at December 31, 2023 

Equity 

Net income 

Equity 

Net income 

As at December 31, 2022 

Equity 

Net income 

Equity 

Net income 

USD 

GBP 

JPY 

CNY 

EUR +10% 

EUR +10% 

EUR +10% 

EUR +10% 

(198) 

17 

66 

2 

27 

2 

24 

(8) 

EUR -10% 

EUR -10% 

EUR -10% 

EUR -10% 

263 

(20) 

(81) 

(2) 

(33) 

(3) 

(29) 

9 

EUR +10% 

EUR +10% 

EUR +10% 

EUR +10% 

(264) 

13 

60 

(1) 

30 

(0) 

50 

(4) 

EUR -10% 

EUR -10% 

EUR -10% 

EUR -10% 

335 

(15) 

(74) 

2 

(36) 

0 

(61) 

4 

The more negative market values of the US dollar hedges would have decreased shareholders’ equity by 
€ 198 million. A 10% weaker euro at December 31, 2023, would have led to a € 20 million decrease in net 
income. Shareholders’ equity would have increased by € 263 million. The impacts of fluctuations of the 
euro against the British pound, the Japanese yen, and the Chinese renminbi on net income and 
shareholders’ equity are also included in accordance with IFRS requirements.  

However, many other financial and operational variables that could potentially reduce the effect of 
currency fluctuations are excluded from the analysis. For instance: 

─ 

Interest rates, commodity prices, and all other exchange rates are assumed constant. 

─  Exchange rates are assumed at a year-end value instead of the more relevant sales-weighted average 
figure, which the company utilizes internally to better reflect both the seasonality of its business and 
intra-year currency fluctuations. 

─  The underlying forecast cash flow exposure (which the hedge instrument mainly relates to) is not 

required to be revalued in this analysis. 

─  Operational aspects, such as potential discounts for key accounts, which have high transparency 

regarding the impacts of currency on our sourcing activities (due to their own private label sourcing 
efforts), are also excluded from this analysis. 

─  The credit risk is not considered as part of this analysis. 

The company also largely hedges balance sheet risks. Due to its strong global position, adidas is able to 
partly minimize the currency risk by utilizing natural hedges. The company’s gross US dollar cash flow 
exposure calculated for 2023 was around € 4.1 billion at year-end 2023, which was hedged using forward 
exchange contracts, currency options, and currency swaps. 

256 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Credit risks 
A credit risk arises if a customer or other counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations. adidas is exposed to credit risks from its operating activities and from certain 
financing activities. Credit risks arise principally from accounts receivable and, to a lesser extent, from 
other third-party contractual financial obligations such as other financial assets, short-term bank 
deposits, and derivative financial instruments. Without taking into account any collateral or other credit 
enhancements, the carrying amount of financial assets and accounts receivable represents the maximum 
exposure to credit risk. 

At the end of 2023, there was no relevant concentration of credit risk by type of customer or geography. 
The company’s credit risk exposure is mainly influenced by individual customer characteristics. Under the 
company’s credit policy, new customers are analyzed for creditworthiness before standard payment and 
delivery terms and conditions are offered. Tolerance limits for accounts receivable are also established for 
each customer. Both creditworthiness and accounts receivable limits are monitored on an ongoing basis. 
Customers that fail to meet the company’s minimum creditworthiness are, in general, allowed to purchase 
products only on a prepayment basis. 

Other activities to mitigate credit risks include retention of title clauses as well as, on a selective basis, 
credit insurance, the sale of accounts receivable without recourse, and bank guarantees. Further 
quantitative information on the extent to which credit enhancements mitigate the credit risk of accounts 
receivable is included in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 05 

At the end of 2023, no customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable. 

The Treasury department arranges currency, commodity, interest rate, and equity hedges, and invests 
cash with major banks of a high credit standing throughout the world. adidas subsidiaries are authorized 
to work with banks rated BBB+ or higher. Only in exceptional cases are subsidiaries authorized to work 
with banks rated lower than BBB+. To limit risk in these cases, restrictions are clearly stipulated, such as 
maximum cash deposit levels. In addition, the credit default swap premiums of the company’s partner 
banks are monitored on a monthly basis. In the event that the defined threshold is exceeded, credit 
balances are shifted to banks compliant with the limit. 

adidas furthermore believes that the risk concentration is limited due to the broad distribution of the 
investment business of the company with a high number of globally operating banks. At December 31, 
2023, no bank accounted for more than 10% of the investments of adidas. Including subsidiaries’ short-
term deposits in local banks, the average concentration was 2%. This leads to a maximum exposure of 
€ 91 million in the event of default of any single bank. The investment exposure was further diversified by 
investing into AAA-rated money market funds. 

In addition, in 2023, adidas held derivatives of foreign exchange with a positive fair market value in the 
amount of € 90 million. The maximum exposure to any single bank resulting from these assets amounted 
to € 28 million and the average concentration was 8%. 

In accordance with IFRS 7, the following table includes further information about set-off possibilities of 
derivative financial assets and liabilities. The majority of agreements between financial institutions and 
adidas include a mutual right to set off. However, these agreements do not meet the criteria for offsetting 
in the statement of financial position, because the right to set off is enforceable only in the event of 
counterparty defaults. 

257 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The carrying amounts of recognized derivative financial instruments, which are subject to the agreements 
mentioned here, are also presented in the following table: 

Set-off possibilities of derivative financial assets and liabilities € in millions 

Assets 

Gross amounts of recognized financial assets 

Financial instruments which qualify for set-off in the statement of financial 
position 

Net amounts of financial assets presented in the statement of financial position 

Set-off possible due to master agreements 

Total net amount of financial assets 

Liabilities 

Gross amounts of recognized financial liabilities 

Financial instruments which qualify for set-off in the statement of financial 
position 

Net amounts of financial liabilities presented in the statement of financial 
position 

Set-off possible due to master agreements 

Total net amount of financial liabilities 

2023 

2022 

96 

– 

96 

(83) 

13 

(126) 

– 

(126) 

83 

(43) 

233 

– 

233 

(132) 

101 

(235) 

– 

(235) 

132 

(103) 

Interest rate risks 
Changes in global market interest rates affect future interest payments for variable-interest liabilities. As 
adidas does not have material variable-interest liabilities, even a significant increase in interest rates 
should have only slight adverse effects on the company’s profitability, liquidity, and financial position. 

To reduce interest rate risks and maintain financial flexibility, a core tenet of the company’s financial 
strategy is to continue to use surplus cash flow from operations to reduce short-term gross borrowings. 
Beyond that, adidas may consider adequate hedging strategies through interest rate derivatives in order to 
mitigate interest rate risks. 

Share price risks 
Share price risks arise due to the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), which is a share-based remuneration 
scheme with cash settlement. In order to mitigate share price risks, it is company strategy to hedge 
against share price fluctuations. Swaps are used to hedge the Long-Term Incentive Plan and are classified 
as cash flow hedges. 

In line with IFRS 7 requirements, adidas has calculated the impact on net income based on changes in the 
company’s share price. A 10% increase in the adidas AG share price versus the closing share price at 
December 31, 2023, would have led to a € 5 million increase in net income and a € 4 million increase in 
shareholders’ equity, whereas a 10% decrease in the adidas AG share price versus closing share price at 
December 31, 2023, would have led to a € 5 million decrease in net income and would have decreased 
shareholders’ equity by € 4 million. 

258 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Financing and liquidity risks 
Liquidity risks arise from not having the necessary resources available to meet maturing liabilities with 
regard to timing, volume, and currency structure. In addition, the company faces the risk of having to 
accept unfavorable financing terms due to liquidity restraints. The Treasury department uses an efficient 
cash management system in order to make best use of the operating cash flow. A twelve-month rolling 
cash flow forecast on a monthly basis is established to manage liquidity risk. In line with the Financial 
Policy, adidas aims to maintain a target leverage ratio and a target twelve months liquidity coverage. 
Committed and uncommitted credit lines ensure further financial flexibility. Overall, adidas’ investment 
grade credit ratings ensure an efficient access to capital markets.  

At December 31, 2023, cash and cash equivalents together with marketable securities amounted to 
€ 1.465 billion (2022: € 0.798 billion). Moreover, the company maintains € 3.648 billion 
(2022: € 4.090 billion) in bilateral credit lines, which are designed to ensure sufficient liquidity at all times. 
Thereof, € 1.864 billion has been firmly committed since December 2023 as part of a syndicated credit 
facility with our core banks. 

Future cash outflows arising from financial liabilities that are recognized in the consolidated statement of 
financial position are presented in the table. 

This includes payments to settle obligations from borrowings as well as cash outflows from cash-settled 
derivatives with negative market values. Financial liabilities that may be settled in advance without penalty 
are included on the basis of the earliest date of potential repayment. Cash flows for variable-interest 
liabilities are determined with reference to the conditions at the balance sheet date.  

259 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Future cash outflows € in millions 

Up to 
1 year 

Up to 
2 years 

Up to 
3 years 

Up to 
4 years 

Up to 
5 years 

More 
than 
5 years 

Total 

As at 
December 31, 2023 

Bank borrowings 

Eurobond1 

Equity-neutral 
convertible bond 

48 

543 

– 

Accounts payable 

2,276 

Other financial 
liabilities 

Accrued liabilities2 

Derivative financial 
liabilities 

Total 

As at 
December 31, 2022 

Bank borrowings 

Eurobond1 

Equity-neutral 
convertible bond 

163 

842 

3,915 

7,787 

29 

43 

498 

Accounts payable 

2,908 

Other financial 
liabilities 

Accrued liabilities2 

Derivative financial 
liabilities 

Total 

1 Including interest payments. 
2 Accrued interest excluded. 

232 

997 

5,183 

9,890 

19 

543 

– 

– 

– 

– 

321 

883 

19 

543 

– 

– 

– 

– 

296 

858 

19 

428 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7 

19 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

519 

– 

1,037 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

93 

3,089 

– 

2,276 

163 

842 

4,236 

447 

26 

519 

1,037 

10,699 

19 

543 

– 

– 

– 

– 

30 

592 

19 

428 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7 

19 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,556 

– 

– 

– 

4 

– 

93 

3,132 

498 

2,908 

232 

1,001 

5,509 

447 

26 

1,560 

13,373 

adidas ended the year 2023 with an adjusted net borrowings of € 4.518 billion (2022: € 6.047 billion). 
Further information in the methodology for calculating adjusted net borrowings is provided in these Notes. 
► SEE NOTE 25 

260 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Financial instruments for the hedging of foreign exchange and share price risk 
As at December 31, 2023, adidas held the following instruments to hedge exposure to changes in foreign 
currency and share price: 

Average hedge rates 

As at December 31, 2023 

Foreign currency risk 

Net exposure (€ in millions) 

Forward exchange contracts 

Average EUR/USD forward rate 

Average EUR/GBP forward rate 

Average EUR/JPY forward rate 

Average EUR/CNY forward rate 

Option exchange contracts 

Average EUR/USD forward rate 

Average EUR/GBP forward rate 

Average EUR/JPY forward rate 

Average USD/CNY forward rate 

Equity risk 

Net exposure (€ in millions) 

Total return swap 

Average hedge rate 

Average hedge rates 

As at December 31, 2022 

Foreign currency risk 

Net exposure (€ in millions) 

Forward exchange contracts 

Average EUR/USD forward rate 

Average EUR/GBP forward rate 

Average EUR/JPY forward rate 

Average EUR/CNY forward rate 

Option exchange contracts 

Average EUR/USD forward rate 

Average EUR/GBP forward rate 

Average EUR/JPY forward rate 

Average USD/CNY forward rate 

Equity risk 

Net exposure (€ in millions) 

Total return swap 

Average hedge rate 

261 

Maturity 

short-term 

long-term 

939 

245 

1.096 

0.881 

141.099 

7.453 

1.103 

– 

146.908 

– 

12 

1.100 

0.876 

149.574 

7.738 

1.100 

– 

– 

– 

90 

277.298 

199.049 

Maturity 

short-term 

long-term 

1,548 

154 

1.096 

0,865 

133.215 

7.269 

1.040 

– 

130.000 

– 

78 

1.064 

0,877 

135.203 

7.191 

1.000 

– 

– 

– 

83 

305.639 

229.294 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The amounts at the reporting date relating to items designated as hedged items were as follows: 

Designated hedged items as at December 31, 2023 € in millions 

Foreign currency risk 

Sales 

Inventory purchases 

Net foreign investment risk 

Equity risk 

Long-Term Incentive Plans 

Change in value used for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 

Hedging reserve 

Cost of hedging reserve 

Balances remaining in 
the cash flow hedging 
reserve from hedge 
relationships for which 
hedge accounting is no 
longer applied 

(145) 

(34) 

– 

(46) 

40 

(66) 

(265) 

(0) 

(19) 

19 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Designated hedged items as at December 31, 2022 € in millions 

Foreign currency risk 

Sales 

Inventory purchases 

Net foreign investment risk 

Equity risk 

Long-Term Incentive Plans 

Change in value used for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 

Hedging reserve 

Cost of hedging reserve 

Balances remaining in 
the cash flow hedging 
reserve from hedge 
relationships for which 
hedge accounting is no 
longer applied 

(205) 

76 

50 

85 

104 

31 

(265) 

(23) 

(63) 

8 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

The hedging reserves of € 265 million for net foreign investment risk contains hedges of € 181 million 
related to the Chinese renminbi and € 76 million to the Russian ruble for which by the end of 2023 no 
outstanding hedging instruments were in place anymore. 

262 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The amounts relating to items designated as hedging instruments and hedged ineffectiveness were as 
follows:  

Designated hedge instruments € in millions 

2023 

Carrying 
amount 

Nomi  
nal 
amo  
unt 

As-
sets 

Lia- 
bili- 
ties 

  2,798 

60 

  (19) 

  3,040 

2 

  (69) 

– 

– 

– 

  102 

  (11) 

– 

Foreign ex
change 
contracts – 
sales 

Foreign 
exchange 
contracts – 
inventory 
purchases 

Foreign 
exchange 
contracts – 
net foreign 
invest- 
ments 

Total 
return 
swap – 
Long-Term 
Incentive 
Plans 

Line 
item in 
statement 
of financial 
position 
where the 
hedging 
instrument 
is included 

Other 
financial 
assets/ 
liabilities 

Other 
financial 
assets/ 
liabilities 

Other 
financial 
assets/ 
liabilities 

Other 
financial 
assets/ 
liabilities 

During the period 2023 

Changes 
in the 
value 
of the 
hedging 
instru  
ment 
recog  
nized in 
hedging 
reserve 

Changes 
in the 
value 
of the 
hedging 
instru  
ment 
recog  
nized in 
cost of 
hedging 
reserve 

Line item 
in income 
statement 
which 
includes 
hedge 
ineffec  
tiveness 

Amount 
from 
hedging 
reserve 
trans  
ferred 
to 
inven  
tory 

Hedge 
ineffec  
tiveness 
recog  
nized in 
profit or 
loss 

Amount 
from 
cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
trans  
ferred 
to 
inven  
tory 

Amount 
reclass  
ified 
from 
hedging 
reserve 
to profit 
or loss 

Amount 
reclass  
ified 
from 
cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
to profit 
or loss 

Line item 
in income 
statement 
affected 
by the 
reclass  
ification 

145 

(140) 

– 

  Net Sales 

– 

– 

20 

63 

  Net Sales 

34 

(49) 

– 

Cost of 
sales 

(76) 

75 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Financial 
result 

– 

– 

– 

– 

46 

– 

– 

Financial 
result 

– 

– 

(23) 

– 

Cost of 
sales 

Financial 
result 

Other 
operating 
expenses 

263 

 
    
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Designated hedge instruments € in millions 

2022 

Carrying 
amount 

Nomi  
nal 
amo  
unt 

As  
sets 

Lia  
bili  
ties 

  3,081 

  102 

2 

  3,897 

85 

  (54) 

– 

– 

– 

  161 

– 

  (82) 

Foreign ex
change 
contracts – 
sales 

Foreign 
exchange 
contracts – 
inventory 
purchases 

Foreign 
exchange 
contracts – 
net foreign 
invest- 
ments 

Total 
return 
swap – 
Long-Term 
Incentive 
Plans 

Line 
item in 
statement 
of financial 
position 
where the 
hedging 
instrument 
is included 

Other 
financial 
assets/ 
liabilities 

Other 
financial 
assets/ 
liabilities 

Other 
financial 
assets/ 
liabilities 

Other 
financial 
assets/ 
liabilities 

During the period 2022 

Changes 
in the 
value 
of the 
hedging 
instru  
ment 
recog  
nized in 
hedging 
reserve 

Changes 
in the 
value 
of the 
hedging 
instru  
ment 
recog  
nized in 
cost of 
hedging 
reserve 

Hedge 
ineffec  
tiveness 
recog  
nized in 
profit or 
loss 

Line item 
in income 
statement 
which 
includes 
hedge 
ineffec  
tiveness 

Amount 
from 
hedging 
reserve 
trans  
ferred 
to 
inven  
tory 

Amount 
from 
cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
trans  
ferred 
to 
inven  
tory 

Amount 
reclass  
ified 
from 
hedging 
reserve 
to profit 
or loss 

Amount 
reclass  
ified 
from 
cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
to profit 
or loss 

Line item 
in income 
statement 
affected 
by the 
reclass  
ification 

205 

(134) 

– 

  Net Sales 

– 

– 

(182) 

64 

  Net Sales 

(76) 

(39) 

– 

Cost of 
sales 

249 

84 

– 

– 

(50) 

– 

– 

Financial 
result 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(85) 

– 

– 

Financial 
result 

– 

– 

67 

– 

Cost of 
sales 

Financial 
result 

Other 
operating 
expenses 

Some of the initial planned exposure for purchases and sales in foreign currencies ceased to exist, which 
led to certain overhedge positions. In accordance with IFRS 9, hedge accounting was immediately 
discontinued for hedging instruments that were no longer covered by a purchase or sales transaction, and, 
at the time the over-hedged status was determined, the fair value was transferred from the hedging 
reserve to the income statement. In 2023, a gain of € 9 million was reclassified into the net sales and a 
loss of € 7 million was reclassified into the cost of sales.  

In addition, hedging instruments not designated as hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS 9 were 
canceled to minimize the economic risk. 

264 

 
    
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The following table provides a reconciliation by risk category of components of equity and analysis of OCI 
items, net of tax, resulting from cash flow hedge accounting: 

Changes of reserves by risk category € in millions 

Hedging 
reserve 

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve 

(150) 

(64) 

(54) 

(165) 

– 

56 

1 

– 

70 

46 

(23) 

(217) 

103 

78 

– 

(138) 

14 

– 

3 

– 

– 

(4) 

Hedging 
reserve 

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve 

(109) 

(20) 

10 

122 

(50) 

(68) 

(37) 

– 

59 

(85) 

67 

(90) 

11 

37 

– 

(149) 

57 

– 

7 

– 

– 

(58) 

Balance at January 1, 2023 

Cash flow hedges 

Changes in fair value: 

Foreign currency risk – sales 

Foreign currency risk – inventory purchases 

Foreign currency risk – net foreign investment 

Amount no longer recognized in OCI: 

Foreign currency risk 

Contracts during the year 

Amount included in the cost of non-financial items: 

Foreign currency risk – inventory purchases 

Tax on movements of reserves during the year 

Equity hedges 

Changes in fair value: 

Amount reclassified to profit or loss 

Balance at December 31, 2023 

Changes of reserves by risk category € in millions 

Balance at January 1, 2022 

Cash flow hedges 

Changes in fair value: 

Foreign currency risk – sales 

Foreign currency risk – inventory purchases 

Foreign currency risk – net foreign investment 

Amount no longer recognized in OCI: 

Foreign currency risk 

Contracts during the year 

Amount included in the cost of non-financial items: 

Foreign currency risk – inventory purchases 

Tax on movements on reserves during the year 

Equity hedges 

Changes in fair value: 

Amount reclassified to profit or loss 

Balance at December 31, 2022 

265 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

In order to determine the fair values of derivatives that are not publicly traded, adidas uses generally 
accepted quantitative financial models based on market conditions prevailing at the balance sheet date. 

Notes to the Consolidated Income Statement 

29 

Other operating income  

Other operating income consists of the following: 

Other operating income € in millions 

Income from transitional service agreements 

Income from release of accrued liabilities and other provisions 

Gains from disposal of fixed assets 

Sundry income 

Other operating income 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

50 

7 

7 

7 

71 

156 

7 

3 

7 

173 

The decrease in income from transition services agreements relates to contracts with the buyer of the 
Reebok business from 2022. adidas discontinued these services in 2023. 

30 

Other operating expenses  

Expenses are presented by function according to the ‘cost of sales method’ in the income statement with 
the exception of impairment losses (net) on accounts receivable and contract assets which are disclosed in 
a separate line item as required by IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments.’ 

Other operating expenses presented by functions include marketing and point-of-sale expenses, 
distribution and selling expenses, and general and administration expenses, as well as sundry expenses 
less any income from government grants, if applicable.  

Marketing and point-of-sale expenses consist of promotion and communication spending such as 
promotion contracts, advertising, events, and other communication activities. However, they do not include 
marketing overhead expenses, which are presented in distribution and selling expenses. 

The distribution and selling expenses consist of sales force and sales administration costs, direct and 
indirect supply chain costs, and marketing overhead expenses, as well as expenses for research and 
development, which amounted to € 151 million in 2023 (2022: € 153 million).  

General and administration expenses include the functions IT, Finance, Legal, Human Resources, and 
Facilities & Services, as well as General Management. 

Sundry expenses consist mainly of costs for one-time effects as well as losses from disposal of fixed 
assets. 

266 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Income from government grants is reported as a deduction from the related expenses and amounted to 
€ 27 million in 2023 (2022: € 36 million).  

31 

Cost by nature  

Supplementary information on the expenses by nature is detailed below. 

Cost of materials represents the amount of inventories recognized as an expense during the period.  

Depreciation of tangible and right-of-use assets, amortization of intangible assets, and impairment losses 
and reversals of impairment losses on those assets are primarily included within other operating 
expenses unless they are directly attributable to the production costs, in which case the expenses are 
included within the cost of sales. Impairment losses on goodwill are presented as a separate line item in 
the consolidated income statement. 

Personnel expenses are primarily included within other operating expenses unless they are directly 
attributable to the production costs, in which case the expenses are included within the cost of sales. 

Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets exclude short-term leases of low-value assets. 

Expenses by nature € in millions 

Cost of materials 

Depreciation and amortization 

Thereof: included within the cost of sales 

Thereof: included within personnel expenses 

Impairment losses 

Reversals of impairment losses 

Wages and salaries 

Social security contributions 

Pension expenses 

Personnel expenses 

Expense relating to short-term leases 

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets 

Expense relating to variable lease payments 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

11,189 

1,095 

13 

11 

108 

(34) 

2,580 

266 

119 

2,964 

19 

1 

122 

11,798 

1,220 

51 

10 

154 

(4) 

2,444 

276 

136 

2,856 

14 

0 

118 

Further information on expenses by function is provided in these Notes. ► SEE NOTE 30 

267 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

32 

Financial income/Financial expenses 

Financial result consists of the following: 

Financial income € in millions 

Interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost 

Interest income from non-financial assets 

Other 

Financial income 

Financial expenses € in millions 

Interest expense on financial instruments measured at amortized cost 

Thereof: interest expense on lease liabilities 

Interest expense on other provisions and non-financial liabilities 

Net foreign exchange losses 

Other 

Financial expenses 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

39 

0 

40 

79 

23 

0 

16 

39 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

157 

86 

3 

121 

2 

282 

125 

83 

12 

166 

17 

320 

Interest income from financial instruments, measured at amortized cost, mainly consists of interest 
income from bank deposits and loans calculated using the ‘effective interest method.’ 

Interest income/expense from financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss mainly includes 
interest payments from investment funds as well as net interest payments from interest derivatives not 
being part of a hedging relationship. Unrealized gains/losses from fair value measurement of such 
financial assets are shown in other financial income or expenses. 

Interest expense on financial instruments measured at amortized cost mainly includes interest on lease 
liabilities as well as interest on borrowings calculated using the ‘effective interest method.’  

Interest expense on other provisions, and non-financial liabilities in particular, include effects from the 
measurement of other provisions at present value and interest on non-financial liabilities such as tax 
payables. 

Information regarding investments, borrowings, and financial instruments is also included in these Notes. 

► SEE NOTE 13 ► SEE NOTE 16 ► SEE NOTE 28 

268 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

33 

Hyperinflation 

Due to the rapid devaluation of the Argentinian peso and the Turkish lira, Argentina and Turkey are 
considered to be hyperinflationary and as a result, the application of IAS 29 was adopted for the first time 
in the third quarter of 2018 (Argentina) and the second quarter of 2022 (Turkey). The financial statements 
of those subsidiaries that have the Argentinian peso or Turkish lira as a functional currency had been 
restated for the change in the general purchasing power retrospectively since January 1, 2018 (Argentina), 
and January 1, 2022 (Turkey). The financial statements are based on a historical cost approach. The prior-
year figures of the Argentinian peso are stated in terms of the measuring unit current at December 
31, 2022. Pursuant to IAS 21 ‘Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates,’ paragraph 42, the 
comparative amounts of the previous reporting period were not restated for the Turkish lira. 

The Argentinian price index at December 31, 2023, was 44,914.03 (2022: 15,047.61). The price index in 
Turkey at December 31, 2023, was 1,859.38 (2022: 1,128.45). 

Both for Argentina and for Turkey, for the translation into the presentation currency (euro), all amounts 
were translated at the closing rate at December 31, 2023. The net assets in the subsidiary’s local financial 
statements were adjusted for changes in the price level. 

In 2023, the respective loss on the net monetary position has amounted to € 56 million (2022: € 34 million) 
and is recognized in the financial expenses.  

34 

Income taxes  

adidas AG and its German subsidiaries are subject to German corporate and trade taxes. For the years 
ending December 31, 2023 and 2022, the statutory corporate income tax rate of 15% plus a surcharge of 
5.5% thereon is applied to earnings. The municipal trade tax is approximately 11.4% of taxable income. 

For non-German subsidiaries, deferred taxes are calculated based on tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the closing date. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if:  

─  the entity has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities; and  
─  the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same 

the same taxable entity; or  

taxation authority on either: 
─ 
─  different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net 
basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in 
which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or 
recovered. 

269 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

As a result they are presented in the consolidated statement of financial position as follows: 

Deferred tax assets/liabilities € in millions 

Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets, net 

The movement of deferred taxes net is as follows: 

Movement of deferred taxes € in millions 

Deferred tax assets, net as at January 1 

Deferred tax income 

Change in consolidated companies 

Change in deferred taxes attributable to remeasurements of defined benefit plans 
recorded in other comprehensive income1 

Change in deferred taxes attributable to the change in the effective portion of the 
fair value of qualifying hedging instruments recorded in other comprehensive 
income2 

Currency translation differences 

Deferred tax assets, net as at December 31 

1 See Note 23. 
2 See Note 28. 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

1,358 

(147) 

1,211 

1,216 

(135) 

1,082 

2023 

1,082 

149 

– 

3 

1 

(23) 

1,211 

2022 

1,141 

(76) 

23 

(44) 

21 

17 

1,082 

Gross company deferred tax assets and liabilities after valuation allowances, but before appropriate 
offsetting, are attributable to the items detailed in the table below:  

Deferred taxes € in millions 

Non-current assets 

Current assets 

Liabilities and provisions 

Accumulated tax loss carry-forwards 

Deferred tax assets 

Non-current assets 

Current assets 

Liabilities and provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets, net 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

480 

334 

622 

260 

462 

245 

852 

126 

1,696 

1,685 

356 

17 

113 

485 

421 

71 

111 

603 

1,211 

1,082 

Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that the realization of the related benefit is probable. 
For the assessment of probability, in addition to past performance and the respective prospects for the 
foreseeable future, appropriate tax structuring measures are also taken into consideration. 

Deferred tax assets for which the realization of the related tax benefits is not probable decreased from 
€ 406 million to € 308 million for the year ending December 31, 2023. The majority of this amount relates 
to capital tax losses in the US, which expire in 2027 and can only be offset against capital income. The 

270 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

remaining unrecognized deferred tax assets relate to subsidiaries operating in markets where the 
realization of the related tax benefit is not considered probable. 

adidas does not recognize deferred tax liabilities for unremitted earnings of non-German subsidiaries to 
the extent that they are expected to be permanently invested in international operations. These earnings, 
the amount of which cannot be practicably computed, could become subject to additional tax if they were 
remitted as dividends or if the company were to sell its shareholdings in the subsidiaries. 

Tax expenses 
Tax expenses are split as follows: 

Income tax expenses € in millions 

Current tax expenses 

Deferred tax income 

Income tax expenses 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

271 

(147) 

124 

156 

(23) 

134 

The deferred tax income includes tax expense of € 7 million in total (2022: tax expense of € 6 million) 
related to the origination and reversal of temporary differences.  

The company’s applicable tax rate is 27.4% (2021: 27.4%), being the applicable income tax rate of 
adidas AG. 

The company’s effective tax rate differs from the applicable tax rate of 27.4% as follows: 

Tax rate reconciliation 

Year ending Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending Dec. 31, 2022 

  € in millions 

in % 

  € in millions 

in % 

Expected income tax expenses 

Tax rate differentials 

Non-deductible expenses and tax-free income 

Losses for which benefits were not 
recognizable and changes in valuation 
allowances 

Changes in tax rates 

Other, net 

Withholding tax expenses 

Income tax expenses 

18 

(5) 

61 

(1) 

0 

2 

50 

124 

27.4 

(8.4) 

92.4 

(2.1) 

0.3 

3.8 

76.0 

189.2 

106 

(59) 

(160) 

251 

(7) 

(3) 

5 

134 

27.4 

(15.1) 

(41.2) 

64.6 

(1.7) 

(0.6) 

1.2 

34.5 

In 2023, the effective tax rate was 189.2%. The effective tax rate in 2022 was 34.5%. 

The line item ‘Non-deductible expenses’ includes tax expense/benefits relating to tax-free income, 
movements in provisions for uncertain tax positions and tax expense/benefits relating to prior periods. In 
2023, the tax income relating to prior periods is € 9 million (2022: tax income of € 118 million).  

271 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

For 2023, the line item ‘Losses for which benefits were not recognizable and changes in valuation 
allowances’ mainly relates to valuation allowances in respect of Russia (€ 12 million) and a release to the 
valuation allowances for the US and Argentina (€ 13 million). For 2022, this line item mainly related to 
changes in valuation allowances for the US, Argentina, and Brazil. 

For 2023, the total tax benefit arising from previously unrecognized tax losses, credits or temporary 
differences in prior years that is used to reduce current tax expense was € 6 million, mainly relating to 
Argentina and Lebanon (2022: € 5 million). 

For 2023, there were no effects of changes in tax rates that exceed € 1 million. For 2022, this line item 
mainly reflected a tax rate change in Switzerland. 

The group is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules (Global Minimum Tax). Pillar Two 
legislation was enacted in Germany, the jurisdiction in which the company is incorporated, and will come 
into effect from January 1, 2024. Since the Pillar Two legislation was not effective at the reporting date, the 
group has no related current tax exposure. The group applies the exception to recognizing and disclosing 
information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes, as provided in the 
amendments to IAS 12 issued in May 2023. 

Under the legislation, the group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between its Global Anti-Base 
Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate per jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The vast majority of entities 
within the group have an effective tax rate that exceeds 15%, with material exceptions for subsidiaries in 
the United Arab Emirates, Hongkong and Switzerland.  

The group is in the process of assessing the impact of the Pillar Two legislation. Based on prior years and 
the accounting profit for the financial year 2023, this assessment process results in an additional expected 
tax exposure in a low two digit € million range. The group might not be exposed to paying Pillar Two 
income taxes in relation to most jurisdictions. This is due to the impact of specific adjustments envisaged 
in the Pillar Two legislation which give rise to different effective tax rates compared to those calculated in 
accordance with paragraph 86 of IAS 12.  

Due to the complexities in applying the legislation and calculating GloBE income, the quantitative impact of 
the enacted or substantively enacted legislation is not yet reasonably estimable.  

272 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

35 

Earnings per share  

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net income from continuing operations attributable 
to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year, excluding 
ordinary shares purchased by adidas and held as treasury shares. If negative earnings per share are 
reported, according to IAS 33.41, no anti-dilutive effect may be taken into account.  

Earnings per share 

Net (loss)/ income from continuing 
operations (€ in millions) 

Net income attributable to non-
controlling interests (€ in millions) 

Net (loss)/income attributable to 
shareholders (€ in millions) 

Continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

Total 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

(58) 

61 

(120) 

254 

26 

228 

– 

– 

44 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

384 

(75) 

612 

Weighted average number of shares 

178,543,596 

183,263,629 

178,543,596 

183,263,629 

178,543,596 

183,263,629 

Basic earnings per share (€) 

(0.67) 

1.25 

0.25 

2.09 

(0.42) 

3.34 

Net (loss)/income attributable to 
shareholders (€ in millions) 

Net (loss)/ income used to determine 
diluted earnings per share 
(€ in millions) 

(120) 

(120) 

228 

228 

44 

44 

384 

384 

(75) 

(75) 

612 

612 

Weighted average number of shares 

178,543,596 

183,263,629 

178,543,596 

183,263,629 

178,543,596 

183,263,629 

Dilutive effect of share-based 
payments 

Weighted average number of shares 
for diluted earnings per share 

14,019 

4,458 

14,019 

4,458 

14,019 

4,458 

178,557,615 

183,268,087 

178,557,615 

183,268,087 

178,557,615 

183,268,087 

Diluted earnings per share (€) 

(0.67) 

1.25 

0.25 

2.09 

(0.42) 

3.34 

Additional information 

36 

Segmental information 

adidas operates predominantly in one industry segment – the design, distribution, and marketing of 
athletic and sports lifestyle products. 

As at December 31, 2023, following the company’s internal management reporting by markets and in 
accordance with the definition of IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments,’ five operating segments were identified: 
EMEA, North America, Asia-Pacific, Greater China, and Latin America. 

Each market comprises all wholesale, retail, and e-commerce business activities relating to the 
distribution and sale of products of the adidas brand to retail customers and end consumers. 

Other Businesses includes the business activities of the Y-3 label and other subordinated businesses 
which are not monitored separately by the chief operating decision-maker. Also, certain centralized 
corporate functions do not meet the definition of IFRS 8 for an operating segment. This includes, in 
particular, functions such as Global Brands and Global Sales (central brand and distribution 

273 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

management), central treasury, and global sourcing as well as other headquarter functions. Assets, 
liabilities, income, and expenses relating to these corporate functions are presented in the reconciliations. 

The chief operating decision-maker for adidas has been defined as the entire Executive Board of 
adidas AG. 

Net sales represent revenue from contracts with customers. There are no intersegment sales between the 
reportable segments. Accounting and valuation policies applied for reporting segmental information are 
the same as those used for adidas. ► SEE NOTE 02 

The results of the operating segments are reported in the line item ‘Segmental operating profit.’ This is 
defined as gross profit minus other operating expenses plus royalty and commission income and other 
operating income attributable to the segment, without considering headquarter costs and central 
expenditure for marketing. 

Segmental assets include accounts receivable as well as inventories. Only these items are reported to the 
chief operating decision-maker on a regular basis. Depreciation, amortization, impairment losses (except 
for goodwill), and reversals of impairment losses as well as capital expenditure for tangible and intangible 
assets are part of the segmental reporting, even though segmental assets do not contain tangible and 
intangible assets. Depreciation and amortization as well as impairment losses and reversals of 
impairment losses not directly attributable to a segment are presented under line items ‘HQ’ and 
‘Consolidation’ in the reconciliations. 

Segmental liabilities only contain accounts payable from operating activities as there are no other liability 
items reported regularly to the chief operating decision-maker. 

Interest income and interest expenses as well as income taxes are not allocated to the reportable 
segments and are not reported separately to the chief operating decision-maker. 

Segmental information I € in millions 

EMEA 

North America 

Greater China 

Asia-Pacific 

Latin America 

Reportable segments 

Other Businesses 

Total 

Net sales 
(third parties)1,2 

Segmental 
operating profit1,2 

Segmental 
assets1,3 

2023 

8,235 

5,219 

3,190 

2,254 

2,291 

2022 

8,550 

6,404 

3,179 

2,241 

2,104 

2023 

1,280 

2022 

1,678 

273 

553 

472 

482 

989 

322 

486 

474 

2023 

2,633 

1,737 

735 

624 

865 

2022 

2,960 

2,589 

1,361 

712 

811 

  21,190 

  22,478 

3,061 

3,949 

6,594 

8,434 

155 

150 

36 

27 

48 

49 

  21,344 

  22,628 

3,096 

3,976 

6,642 

8,483 

Segmental 
liabilities1,3 

2023 

2022 

256 

123 

184 

59 

111 

732 

4 

736 

294 

139 

218 

78 

128 

856 

4 

861 

1 2022 figures adjusted due to a shift between the Latin and North America segments. 
2 Year ending December 31. 
3 At December 31. 

274 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Segmental information II € in millions 

EMEA 

North America 

Greater China 

Asia-Pacific 

Latin America 

Reportable segments 

Other Businesses 

Total 

1 Year ending December 31. 

Capital 
expenditure1 

Depreciation and 
amortization1 

Impairment losses 
and reversals of 
impairment losses1 

2023 

120 

73 

50 

35 

31 

309 

2 

311 

2022 

146 

73 

78 

52 

29 

378 

1 

379 

2023 

2022 

2023 

292 

159 

205 

126 

57 

838 

2 

840 

335 

156 

256 

134 

56 

937 

2 

940 

27 

18 

10 

21 

– 

77 

– 

77 

2022 

116 

(1) 

6 

5 

– 

126 

1 

126 

The following table shows the net sales (with third parties) broken down by segment and product group. 

Net sales (with third parties) € in millions 

Footwear 

Apparel 

Accessories and Gear 

Total 

Footwear 

Apparel 

Accessories and Gear 

Total 

EMEA 

North America 

Greater China 

Asia-Pacific 

2023 

4,611 

3,059 

565 

8,235 

2022 

4,529 

3,464 

556 

8,550 

2023 

2,826 

1,920 

474 

5,219 

2022 

3,641 

2,242 

522 

6,404 

2023 

1,819 

1,293 

78 

3,190 

2022 

1,709 

1,379 

91 

3,179 

2023 

1,234 

863 

157 

2022 

1,177 

917 

148 

2,254 

2,241 

Latin America 

Reportable segments 

Other Businesses 

Total 

2023 

1,530 

617 

145 

2022 

1,288 

668 

147 

2023 

2022 

12,020 

12,344 

7,752 

1,418 

8,670 

1,464 

2,291 

2,104 

21,190 

22,478 

2023 

36 

53 

65 

155 

2022 

2023 

2022 

59 

62 

29 

12,056 

12,402 

7,806 

1,483 

8,732 

1,493 

150 

21,344 

22,628 

Reconciliations 
The following tables include reconciliations of segmental information to the aggregate numbers of the 
consolidated financial statements, taking into account items which are not directly attributable to a 
segment. 

Net sales (third parties) € in millions 

Reportable segments 

Other Businesses 

HQ / Consolidation 

Total net sales 

275 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

21,190 

155 

83 

21,427 

22,478 

150 

(117) 

22,511 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

3,061 

36 

(2,015) 

(823) 

9 

268 

79 

(282) 

65 

3,949 

27 

(2,169) 

(934) 

(203) 

669 

39 

(320) 

388 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

309 

2 

193 

504 

378 

1 

317 

695 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

838 

2 

255 

937 

2 

280 

1,095 

1,220 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

77 

– 

(2) 

75 

126 

1 

23 

150 

Operating profit € in millions 

Operating profit for reportable segments 

Operating profit for Other Businesses 

HQ 

Central expenditure for marketing 

Consolidation 

Operating profit 

Financial income 

Financial expenses 

Income before taxes 

Capital expenditure € in millions 

Reportable segments 

Other Businesses 

HQ 

Total 

Depreciation and amortization € in millions 

Reportable segments 

Other Businesses 

HQ 

Total 

Impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses € in millions 

Reportable segments 

Other Businesses 

HQ 

Total 

276 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Assets € in millions 

Accounts receivable and inventories of reportable segments 

Accounts receivable and inventories of Other Businesses 

Accounts receivable and inventories of HQ 

Current financial assets 

Other current assets 

Non-current assets 

Total 

Liabilities € in millions 

Accounts payable of reportable segments 

Accounts payable of Other Businesses 

Accounts payable of HQ 

Current financial liabilities 

Other current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Total 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

6,594 

48 

(211) 

2,220 

1,159 

8,211 

8,434 

49 

20 

1,811 

1,418 

8,563 

18,020 

20,296 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

732 

4 

1,540 

1,359 

4,503 

4,957 

856 

4 

2,048 

1,594 

4,755 

5,688 

13,095 

14,945 

Geographical information 
Net sales (third parties) are shown in the geographic market in which the net sales are realized. Non-
current assets are allocated to the geographic market based on the domicile of the respective subsidiary 
independent of the segmental structure and consist of tangible assets, goodwill, trademarks, other 
intangible assets, right-of-use assets, and other non-current assets. 

Geographical information by market € in millions 

Net sales (third parties) 

Non-current assets 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

8,450 

5,225 

3,208 

2,254 

2,291 

8,567 

6,398 

3,195 

2,241 

2,109 

21,427 

22,511 

3,095 

1,216 

936 

722 

165 

6,134 

3,238 

1,367 

1,136 

809 

160 

6,710 

EMEA 

North America 

Greater China 

Asia-Pacific 

Latin America 

Total 

277 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Geographical information by country € in millions 

Germany, Europe 

USA, North America 

Net sales (third parties) 

Non-current assets 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

1,345 

4,819 

1,558 

5,959 

1,353 

1,120 

1,367 

1,269 

37 

Additional cash flow information 

In 2023, net cash generated from operating activities compared to the prior year results was primarily due 
to a decrease in operating working capital requirements. In particular the reduction in inventories 
contributed to the net cash generated. 

The net cash used in investing activities in 2023 is mainly related to an increase in spending on intangible 
assets and property, plant, and equipment such as investments in the furnishing and fitting of own retail 
stores, in new office buildings and IT systems.  

Net cash used in financing activities mainly related to the repayment of the convertible bond, repayments 
of lease liabilities, interests paid, and dividend paid to shareholders of adidas AG. 

The effects resulting from the application of IAS 29 ‘Accounting in hyperinflationary countries’ are 
recorded below the cash flow from financing activities in the line ‘IAS 29 hyperinflation effects in operating, 
investing and financing cashflows’. The net effect in 2023 amounts to € 82 million (2022: € 64 million). The 
previous year’s value of cash and cash equivalents changed by € 0 million (2022: € 20 million) due to the 
indexation of the opening balance of cash and cash equivalents in Argentina and Turkey. 

Net cash used in discontinued operations € in millions 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net cash used in discontinued operations 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(85) 

– 

(6) 

(91) 

278 

 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

In 2023, the following changes in financial liabilities impacted the net cash used in financing activities: 

Impact of change in financial liabilities on net cash used in financing activities € in millions 

Net 
(payments) / 
proceeds in 
the period1 

IFRS 16 
lease 
obligations 

Fair value 
adjustments 

Jan. 1, 2023 

Non-cash effects 

Transfer 
within 
financial 
liabilities 

527 

2,946 

2,986 

6,459 

(522) 

(50) 

(689) 

(1,260) 

– 

– 

292 

292 

– 

– 

– 

– 

519 

(519) 

– 

– 

Effect of 
exchange 
rates 

– 

– 

(91) 

(91) 

Other1 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

25 

52 

86 

163 

549 

2,430 

2,584 

5,564 

Short-term 
borrowings 

Long-term 
borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

Total 

1 Since the 2023 financial year, interest payments and interest expenses have been reported separately in the reconciliation of financial liabilities in 'Net payments/receipts in the period' and 
'Other'. The reconciliation for 2022 has been adjusted accordingly. 

Impact of change in financial liabilities on net cash used in financing activities €  in millions 

Non-cash effects 

Net 
(payments) / 
proceeds in 
the period1 

Jan. 1, 2022 

29 

2,466 

2,836 

5,331 

(39) 

969 

(719) 

210 

IFRS 16 
lease 
obligations 

Fair value 
adjustments 

Transfer to 
liabilties 
held for sale 

Effect of 
exchange 
rates 

Other1 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

– 

– 

795 

795 

– 

– 

– 

– 

513 

(513) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(9) 

(9) 

24 

24 

83 

131 

527 

2,946 

2,986 

6,459 

Short-term 
borrowings 

Long-term 
borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

Total 

1 Since the 2023 financial year, interest payments and interest expenses have been reported separately in the reconciliation of financial liabilities in 'Net payments/proceeds in the period' and 
'Other'. The reconciliation for 2022 has been adjusted accordingly. 

38 

Other financial commitments and contingencies 

adidas has other financial commitments for promotion and advertising contracts, which mature as follows: 

Financial commitments for promotion and advertising € in millions 

Within 1 year 

Between 1 and 5 years 

After 5 years 

Total 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

1,291 

3,620 

1,507 

6,418 

1,251 

2,974 

717 

4,942 

Commitments with respect to promotion and advertising contracts maturing after five years have 
remaining terms of up to 12 years from December 31, 2023. The increase compared to the prior year 
mainly relates to the prolongation of major sports marketing contracts. 

279 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas has other financial commitments for leasing and other rental obligations which mature as follows: 

Financial commitments for other contracts € in millions 

Within 1 year 

Between 1 and 5 years 

After 5 years 

Total 

  Dec. 31,2023 

  Dec. 31,2022 

46 

117 

51 

214 

80 

197 

79 

356 

The contracts regarding these leases with expiration dates of between one and ten years partly include 
renewal options and price adjustment clauses. 

Service arrangements 
adidas has outsourced certain logistics and information technology functions, for which it has entered into 
long-term contracts. Financial commitments under these contracts mature as follows: 

Financial commitments for service arrangements € in millions 

Within 1 year 

Between 1 and 5 years 

After 5 years 

Total 

  Dec. 31, 2023 

  Dec. 31, 2022 

364 

673 

417 

1,454 

397 

481 

3 

881 

The increase compared to the prior year mainly relates to an obligation entered into in connection with 
logistics services. 

Contingent liabilities 
As of December 31, 2023, contingent liabilities exist in connection with guarantees from leases in the 
amount of € 62 million. These mainly relate to the Reebok business and could not be terminated upon its 
sale. 

Litigation and other legal risks 
The company is currently engaged in various lawsuits resulting from the ordinary course of business, 
mainly in connection with commercial and partnership agreements as well as intellectual property rights. 
The risks triggered by these lawsuits are covered by provisions if and to the extent a reliable estimate of 
the company’s potential liability can be made. In the opinion of Management, the ultimate liabilities 
resulting from such claims will not materially affect the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or 
loss of the company. ► SEE NOTE 18 

The company is in dispute with the local revenue authorities in South Africa (SARS) with regard to the 
customs value of imported products. In June 2018, SARS issued a ruling claiming a customs payment 
including interest and penalties for the years 2007 to 2013 totaling ZAR 1,871 million (€ 92 million). adidas 
has applied for a suspension of the payment demand and in 2019 instituted legal action against the 
decision before the High Court in South Africa. In case the court rules in favor of SARS, adidas intends to 
appeal the decision at the Supreme Court of South Africa. Based on external legal opinions, Management 
currently believes that it is more likely than not that the claim made by SARS will eventually not result in 

280 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

an outflow of resources. Therefore, a provision was not recognized in the consolidated statement of 
financial position. 

In connection with the financial irregularities of Reebok India Company in 2012, various legal uncertainties 
were identified. At this stage, the respective ultimate risk cannot be determined conclusively. However, 
based on opinions obtained from external counsel and internal assessments, Management assumes that 
the possibility of any cash outflow in settlement is remote. Therefore, no material negative influence on 
the assets, liabilities, financial position, and profit of the company is expected. 

In connection with the termination of the Yeezy partnership, adidas has initiated arbitration proceedings 
against Kanye West and entities controlled by him (Defendants) claiming, among others, damages. In this 
context, Defendants filed certain counterclaims against adidas. Management currently believes that these 
counterclaims will not result in any cash outflow; therefore, no material negative influence on the assets, 
liabilities, financial position, and profit or loss of the Group is expected. 

In 2023, plaintiff Hampton Roads Shipping Association – International Longshoremen’s Association Funds 
–, an entity which had purchased adidas American Depository Receipts (ADRs) representing adidas AG 
shares, initiated a securities class action at the US District Court in Portland (Oregon). 

The plaintiff alleges that the company “recklessly or intentionally made false or misleading statements” 
regarding risks arising from the business partnership with its former partner Kanye West and/or the 
company’s public commitments to diversity and inclusion by allegedly failing to disclose certain 
statements and other misconduct of Kanye West.  

With respect to loss causation and damages, plaintiff points to specific share price drops for adidas ADRs 
that it connects to adidas’s alleged misstatements or omissions. Also, on behalf of other adidas ADR 
holders, plaintiff seeks monetary compensation for damages suffered from price drops of adidas ADRs. 
The proceedings are at an early stage and a concrete amount of damage is not yet specified. 

The company rejects these allegations in full and filed a motion to dismiss in February 2024. Management 
believes that the complaint will not have any material influence on the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit or loss of the company. 

39 

Related party disclosures 

According to the definitions of IAS 24 ’Related Party Disclosures,’ the Supervisory Board and the Executive 
Board of adidas AG have been identified as related parties who receive compensation essentially in 
connection with their function as key management personnel. These consolidated financial statements 
contain detailed information about the compensation of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of 
adidas AG.  ► SEE NOTE 40 

In addition, a brand ambassador agreement was in place between adidas and the Supervisory Board 
member Jackie Joyner-Kersee. For her services under this agreement, Jackie Joyner-Kersee in 2023 
received a fixed compensation of € 0.2 million (2022: € 0.1 million). As of the reporting date, there were no 
outstanding balances in this context.  

Members of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board and their close family members are free to buy or 
sell shares of the Company on the market. The shares held by this group of persons are regularly entitled 
to dividends, so that the dividend, as resolved by the 2023 Annual General Meeting, was paid out per share 
held to these persons in 2023. The employee representatives on the Supervisory Board are also entitled to 

281 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

participate in the adidas AG employee stock purchase program. Shares are purchased at a discount of 15% 
on the same terms as for other employees. Participants who hold their self-acquired shares for at least 
one year will subsequently receive one share for every six shares held without additional payment, 
provided they are still adidas employees at that time. ► SEE NOTE 25 

Members of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board may purchase products from the Company in the 
ordinary course of business. 

In addition to their compensation for their Supervisory Board activities, the employee representatives on 
the Supervisory Board continued to receive salaries under their normal employment contracts. These 
were not influenced by their Supervisory Board activities. 

A schedule of the adidas AG subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements is shown in 
Attachment I to the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Balances and transactions between the 
Company and its subsidiaries that are related parties have been eliminated in consolidation and are not 
presented in these Notes. ► SEE SHAREHOLDINGS 

In addition, adidas Pension Trust e.V., a registered association, is regarded as a related party. Based on a 
Contractual Trust Arrangement, adidas Pension Trust e.V. manages the plan assets in the form of an 
administrative trust to fund and protect part of the pension obligations of adidas AG. Employees, senior 
executives, and members of the Executive Board of adidas AG can be members of the registered 
association. adidas AG has the right to claim a refund of pension payments from adidas Pension Trust e.V. 
under specific contractually agreed conditions. As of December 31, 2023, adidas Pension Trust e. V. held 
plan assets of € 368.2 million (2022: € 331.7 million) in trust for adidas AG. In 2023, adidas AG made lease 
payments of € 7.0 million (2022: € 6.3 million) to adidas Pension Trust e.V. As of December 31, 2023, there 
were outstanding liabilities to adidas Pension Trust e.V. in the amount of € 0.7 million (2022: € 0 million). 
There were no material outstanding receivables from adidas Pension Trust e.V. as of December 31, 2023 
(2022: € 0.1 million). ► SEE NOTE 23  

The non-profit foundation adidas Stiftung, Herzogenaurach, established in 2023, together with its 
subsidiary (collectively ‘the foundation’), is also considered a related party of adidas AG. In 2023, adidas AG 
contributed a total amount of € 1.3 million to the foundation's endowment capital and its other assets for 
the permanent and sustainable fulfilment of the foundation's purpose. 

In addition, as part of a donation agreement, adidas AG has committed to make a donation in a total 
amount of € 115.3 million over several years to the foundation. This amount was outstanding in full as of 
December 31, 2023 and recognized as an other liability. Furthermore, there is a service agreement for the 
temporary provision of certain services by adidas AG in 2024, for which remuneration of around 
€ 0.3 million was agreed. 

282 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

40 

Other information  

Employees  
The average numbers of employees are as follows: 

Employees 

Own retail 

Sales 

Logistics 

Marketing 

Central administration 

Production 

Research and development 

Information technology 

Total 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2023 

Year ending 
Dec. 31, 2022 

30,839 

31,698 

2,874 

7,647 

4,553 

5,093 

479 

993 

5,009 

57,485 

3,204 

8,530 

4,742 

5,287 

520 

1,051 

4,810 

59,842 

Accountant service fees for the auditor of the financial statements 
The expenses for the audit fees comprise the expenses of adidas AG, Herzogenaurach. 
PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft was elected, starting 2023, to carry out 
the audit procedures. 

Fees € in millions 

Audit services 

Other confirmation services 

Tax consultancy services 

Other services 

Sum 

2023 

2 

1 

– 

– 

3 

Expenses for the audit fees of PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft were 
mainly related to the audits of both the consolidated financial statements and the financial statements of 
adidas AG, the review of essential components of the consolidated interim financial statements as of June 
30, 2023, as well as the audit of the financial statements of its subsidiary, adidas CDC Immobilieninvest 
GmbH. 

Other confirmation services relate to confirmation services provided for by law or contract, such as the 
audit of the non-financial statement, the audit of the project management and the project methodology of 
the new ERP system and other contractually agreed confirmation services. 

Compensation of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of adidas AG 
Supervisory Board 
Pursuant to the Articles of Association of adidas AG, the Supervisory Board members’ total annual 
payment, including attendance fees, amounted to € 2.8 million (2022: € 2.8 million).  

Members of the Supervisory Board were not granted any loans or advance payments in 2023. 

283 

 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

The consolidated financial statements contain additional information on an existing brand ambassador 
agreement between adidas and the supervisory board member Jackie Joyner-Kersee. ► SEE NOTE 39 

Executive Board 
In 2023, the total compensation of the members of the Executive Board amounted to € 40.3 million 
(2022:  € 22.0 million), € 12.3 million thereof related to short-term benefits (2022: € 6.5 million). The short-
term benefits comprise the one-year Performance Bonus, the performance criteria of which include 
currency neutral sales growth, operating margin and individual performance criteria. For share-based 
payments, expenses amounting to € 11.3 million (2022: € 4.7 million) were recognized in the 2023 financial 
year. Of the total compensation, an overall amount of € 15.5 million is attributable to severance payments, 
settlement payments and amounts for non-competition clauses. In the previous year, no share-based 
payments were granted. Post-employment benefits (costs for accrued pension entitlements for members 
of the Executive Board) totaled € 1.2 million in 2023 (2022: € 3.5 million). As of December 31, 2023, the 
present value of the pension commitments for members of the Executive Board in office during the 
financial year amounted to € 11.2 million in 2023 (2022: € 15.3 million). 

As of December 31, 2023, there are provisions for short-term variable compensation components for 
members of the Executive Board amounting to € 4.5 million. There were no provisions in the 2022 financial 
year. 

The current members of the Executive Board were not granted any loans or advance payments in 2023. 

Total compensation of the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive  Board pursuant to §314 (1) in conjunction 
with §315e HGB 
The total compensation of the members of the Executive Board in the 2023 financial year amounted to 
€ 23.8 million (2022: € 6.5 million). Thereof, € 10.9 million (2022: € 6.5 million) related to short-term 
benefits. Moreover, Executive Board members appointed after January 1, 2021, are not granted benefits 
under the company pension scheme. Instead, they receive a so-called pension allowance in the form of an 
adequate lump-sum amount, which is directly paid out to the Executive Board members annually. In this 
context, Bjørn Gulden received € 1.1 million and Arthur Hoeld € 0.3 million in the 2023 financial year. For 
the 2023 financial year, the Executive Board was granted an LTIP bonus amounting to € 7.6 million. In 2022 
no LTIP bonus was granted. Any LTIP Bonus granted must be invested in full in the acquisition of adidas 
AG shares after deduction of taxes and social security contributions. These shares are subject to a lock-up 
period which ends upon expiry of the fourth financial year after the performance year. The LTIP payout 
amount is considered earned only after expiry of the lock-up period and only then can the Executive Board 
members dispose of the shares at their own discretion. By contrast, the amount deducted for income tax 
and social security contributions is already fully earned at the time of payout following the adoption of the 
consolidated financial statements by the Supervisory Board. Moreover, Bjørn Gulden was granted 11,886 
adidas AG shares as reimbursement for the variable compensation forfeited at his former employer which 
are subject to a four-year lock-up period. The gross amount to be matched by the company in this regard 
was € 3.9 million. The increase of total compensation in comparison to the previous year is mainly 
attributable to the fact that the Executive Board members were neither granted a Performance Bonus nor 
an LTIP Bonus in 2022. 

The total annual compensation to be paid to the members of the Supervisory Board in accordance with the 
Articles of Association of adidas AG, including attendance fees, totaled € 2.8 million (2022: € 2.8 million). 

Former members of the Executive Board and their surviving dependents received a total of € 21.9 million 
in benefits in the 2023 financial year (2022: € 16.7 million).  

284 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Provisions for pension entitlements have been created for the former members of the Executive Board 
who resigned on or before December 31, 2005, and their surviving dependents, in an amount of 
€ 43.6 million in total as at December 31, 2023 before offsetting with the assets of the ‘adidas Pension 
Trust e.V.’ (prior year: € 28.6 million). There are pension commitments towards former Executive Board 
members who resigned after December 31, 2005, which are covered by a pension fund or a pension fund in 
combination with a reinsured pension trust fund. From this, indirect obligations amounting to 
€ 38.1 million (prior year: € 35.0 million) arise for which no provisions were created due to financing 
through the pension fund and pension trust fund. Provisions for pension entitlements have been created 
for two former members of the Executive Board who resigned on or after December 31, 2019, in an 
amount of € 3.4 million (2022: 3.1 million). 

Companies opting for exemption under § 264 (3) HGB 
The subsidiary adidas CDC Immobilieninvest GmbH, Herzogenaurach, is opting for exemption under 
§ 264 (3) HGB. 

41 

Information relating to the German coperating governance code  

Information pursuant to § 161 German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG) 
In December 2023, the Executive Board and Supervisory Board of adidas AG issued an updated Declaration 
of Compliance in accordance with § 161 AktG and made it permanently available to the shareholders. The 
full text of the Declaration of Compliance is available on the company’s corporate website. 

42 

Events after the balance sheet date 

At the start of the 2024 financial year, the Group's internal reporting structure was adjusted for 
management purposes.  

Since January 1, 2024, the EMEA market has been divided into two separate markets, Europe and 
Emerging Markets. Russia is allocated to the ‘other businesses’ as it is no longer monitored separately by 
the chief operating decision-makers due to the discontinuation of business activities. In addition, the Asia-
Pacific market has been split into two separate markets, Japan and South Korea, and Southeast Asia and 
Pacific have been merged with the new Emerging Markets market. The North America, Latin America and 
China markets remain unchanged.  

In line with this reporting structure of the company for management purposes by market and in 
accordance with the definition of IFRS 8 'Operating Segments', seven operating segments have thus been 
identified as of January 1, 2024: Europe, Emerging Markets, North America, China, Latin America, Japan, 
and South Korea. Due to the small size of the two operating segments Japan and South Korea, they are 
combined for external segment reporting as Japan/South Korea. 

Due to the change in the operating segments and the associated groups of cash-generating units, both a 
reallocation of goodwill and an impairment test of goodwill were carried out as at January 1, 2024. There 
was no need for impairment in this context. 

No other company-specific subsequent events are known that might have a material influence on the 
assets, liabilities, financial position, and profit or loss of the company. 

285 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Date of preparation 
The Executive Board of adidas AG prepared and approved the consolidated financial statements for 
submission to the Supervisory Board on February 20, 2024. It is the Supervisory Board’s task to examine 
the consolidated financial statements and give their approval. 

Herzogenaurach, February 20, 2024 

The Executive Board of adidas AG 

BJØRN GULDEN  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,  
GLOBAL BRANDS 

ARTHUR HOELD 
GLOBAL SALES 

HARM OHLMEYER 
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 

MICHELLE ROBERTSON 
GLOBAL HUMAN RESOURCES, 
PEOPLE AND CULTURE 

MARTIN SHANKLAND 
GLOBAL OPERATIONS 

286 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Shareholdings 

Shareholdings of adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, as at December 31, 2023 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

Company and domicile 

Germany 

adidas Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH2 

Herzogenaurach (Germany) 

adidas CDC Immobilieninvest GmbH 

Herzogenaurach (Germany) 

adidas Insurance & Risk Consultants GmbH2 

Herzogenaurach (Germany) 

Europe (incl. Middle East and Africa) 

adidas International Trading AG 

adidas sport gmbh 

adidas Austria GmbH 

runtastic GmbH 

adidas France S.a.r.l. 

Lucerne (Switzerland) 

Lucerne (Switzerland) 

Klagenfurt (Austria) 

Pasching (Austria) 

Strasbourg (France) 

adidas International B.V. 

Amsterdam (Netherlands) 

adidas International Marketing B.V. 

Amsterdam (Netherlands) 

adidas International Property Holding B.V. 

Amsterdam (Netherlands) 

adidas Infrastructure Holding B.V. 

Amsterdam (Netherlands) 

Share in capital 
held by 1 

directly 

11 

directly 

9 

directly 

directly 

9 

directly 

directly 

8 

9 

68 

9 

adidas Benelux B.V. 

Amsterdam (Netherlands) 

directly 

adidas Ventures B.V. 

Amsterdam (Netherlands) 

adidas (UK) Limited 

Stockport (Great Britain) 

Trafford Park DC Limited 

Stockport (Great Britain) 

adidas Pensions Management Limited 

Stockport (Great Britain) 

adidas (Ireland) Limited 

adidas International Re DAC 

adidas España S.A.U. 

adidas Italy S.p.A. 

adidas Portugal - Artigos de Desporto, S.A. 

Kildare (Ireland) 

Dublin (Ireland) 

Zaragoza (Spain) 

Monza (Italy) 

Lisbon (Portugal) 

adidas Business Services, Lda. 

Moreira da Maia (Portugal) 

adidas Norge AS 

adidas Sverige Aktiebolag 

adidas Suomi Oy 

adidas Danmark A/S 

Oslo (Norway) 

Solna (Sweden) 

Vantaa (Finland) 

Them (Denmark) 

adidas CR s.r.o. 

Prague (Czech Republic) 

adidas Budapest Kft. 

adidas Bulgaria EAD 

LLC "adidas, Ltd." 

adidas Poland Sp. z o.o. 

Budapest (Hungary) 

Sofia (Bulgaria) 

Moscow (Russia) 

Warsaw (Poland) 

adidas Romania S.R.L. 

Bucharest (Romania) 

adidas Baltics SIA 

Riga (Latvia) 

adidas Slovakia s.r.o. 

Bratislava (Slovak Republic) 

adidas Trgovina d.o.o. 

SC 'adidas-Ukraine' 

adidas LLP 

adidas Serbia DOO Beograd 

adidas Croatia d.o.o. 

adidas Hellas Single Member S.A. 

adidas (Cyprus) Limited 

adidas Spor Malzemeleri Satis ve Pazarlama A.S. 

Ljubljana (Slovenia) 

Kiev (Ukraine) 

Almaty (Republic of 
Kazakhstan) 

Belgrade (Serbia) 

Zagreb (Croatia) 

Athens (Greece) 

Limassol (Cyprus) 

Istanbul (Turkey) 

adidas Emerging Markets L.L.C 

Dubai (United Arab Emirates) 

287 

9 

9 

12 

15 

9 

9 

1 

9 

9 

9 

directly 

directly 

directly 

9 

9 

directly 

directly 

directly 

directly 

directly 

9 

9 

directly 

directly 

directly 

directly 

9 

9 

directly 

directly 

9 

indirectly 

8 

in % 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

93.97 

6.03 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

98 

2 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

51 

49 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Shareholdings of adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, as at December 31, 2023 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

59 

60 

61 

62 

63 

64 

65 

66 

67 

68 

69 

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

79 

80 

81 

82 

83 

84 

Company and domicile 
adidas Emerging Markets FZE 

Dubai (United Arab Emirates) 

adidas Levant Limited 

Dubai (United Arab Emirates) 

adidas Levant Limited - Jordan 

adidas Imports & Exports Ltd. 

Amman (Jordan) 

Cairo (Egypt) 

adidas Sporting Goods Ltd. 

Cairo (Egypt) 

adidas Israel Ltd. 

Holon (Israel) 

adidas Morocco LLC 

Casablanca (Morocco) 

adidas (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd. 

Cape Town (South Africa) 

adidas Arabia Trading 

Riyadh (Saudi Arabia) 

North America 

adidas North America, Inc. 

Wilmington, Delaware (USA) 

adidas America, Inc. 

Portland, Oregon (USA) 

adidas International, Inc. 

Portland, Oregon (USA) 

adidas Team, Inc. 

Des Moines, Iowa (USA) 

adidas Holdings LLC 

Wilmington, Delaware (USA) 

adidas Indy, LLC 

Wilmington, Delaware (USA) 

Stone Age Equipment, Inc. 

Spartanburg DC, Inc. 

Marina Del Rey, California 
(USA) 

North Charleston, South 
Carolina (USA) 

adidas Pluto Corporation 

Wilmington, Delaware (USA) 

adidas Canada Limited 

  Woodbridge, Ontario (Canada) 

Asia-Pacific 

adidas Sourcing Limited 

adidas Hong Kong Limited 

adidas Trading (Far East) Limited (formerly: Reebok 
Trading (Far East) Limited) 

adidas (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. 

adidas Sports (China) Co., Ltd. 

adidas (China) Ltd. 

adidas Sports Goods (Shanghai) Co., Ltd 

adidas Logistics (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. 

adidas Business Services (Dalian) Limited 

adidas Japan K.K. 

adidas Korea LLC. 

adidas Korea Technical Services Limited 

Hong Kong (China) 

Hong Kong (China) 

Hong Kong (China) 

Suzhou (China) 

Shanghai (China) 

Shanghai (China) 

Shanghai (China) 

Tianjin (China) 

Dalian (China) 

Tokyo (Japan) 

Seoul (Korea) 

Busan (Korea) 

adidas India Private Limited 

New Delhi (India) 

adidas India Marketing Private Limited 

New Delhi (India) 

adidas Technical Services Private Limited 

  Refop India Company (formerly: Reebok India Company) 

Gurgaon (India) 

Gurgaon (India) 

PT adidas Indonesia 

Jakarta (Indonesia) 

adidas (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. 

Petaling Jaya (Malaysia) 

ADIDAS PHILIPPINES, INC. 

Taguig City (Philippines) 

adidas Singapore Pte Ltd 

Singapore (Singapore) 

adidas Taiwan Limited 

Taipei (Taiwan) 

288 

Share in capital 
held by 1 

9 

45 

46 

49 

9 

9 

directly 

9 

directly 

directly 

directly 

9 

54 

54 

54 

54 

62 

54 

55 

55 

9 

9 

4 

1 

54 

1 

1 

9 

69 

12 

9 

9 

directly 

64 

directly 

9 

76 

9 

directly 

64 

58 

89 

55 

9 

directly 

directly 

9 

directly 

directly 

9 

in % 
100 

100 

100 

99.98 

0.02 

99.81 

0.19 

85 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

69 

31 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

10.67 

89.33 

98.62 

1 

0.37 

100 

99.03 

0.91 

0.07 

99.67 

0.33 

60 

40 

100 

100 

100 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Shareholdings of adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, as at December 31, 2023 

85 

86 

87 

88 

89 

90 

91 

92 

93 

94 

95 

96 

97 

98 

99 

100 

101 

102 

103 

104 

105 

106 

107 

108 

Company and domicile 
adidas (Thailand) Co., Ltd. 

adidas Australia Pty Limited 

Bangkok (Thailand) 

Mulgrave (Australia) 

adidas New Zealand Limited 

Auckland (New Zealand) 

adidas Vietnam Company Limited 

Ho Chi Minh City (Vietnam) 

adidas (Mauritius) Limited (formerly: Reebok (Mauritius) 
Company Limited) 

Port Louis (Mauritius) 

Latin America 

adidas Argentina S.A. 

Buenos Aires (Argentina) 

Share in capital 
held by 1 

directly 

9 

directly 

9 

58 

9 

1 

Refop de Argentina S.A. (formerly: Reebok Argentina 
S.A.) 

Buenos Aires (Argentina) 

directly 

adidas do Brasil Ltda. 

adidas Franchise Brasil Servicos Ltda. 

São Paulo (Brazil) 

São Paulo (Brazil) 

REFOP Produtos Esportivos Brasil Ltda. (formerly: 
Reebok Produtos Esportivos Brasil Ltda.) 

São Paulo (Brazil) 

adidas Chile Limitada 

Santiago de Chile (Chile) 

adidas Colombia Ltda. 

adidas Perú S.A.C. 

Bogotá (Colombia) 

Lima (Peru) 

adidas de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. 

adidas Industrial, S.A. de C.V. 

Refop de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (formerly: Reebok de 
Mexico, S.A. de C.V.) 

Mexico City (Mexico) 

Mexico City (Mexico) 

Mexico City (Mexico) 

adidas Latin America, S.A. 

Panama City (Panama) 

Concept Sport, S.A. 

Panama City (Panama) 

3 Stripes S.A. 

Tafibal S.A. 

Raelit S.A. 

Montevideo (Uruguay) 

Montevideo (Uruguay) 

Montevideo (Uruguay) 

adidas Sourcing Honduras, S.A. 

San Pedro Sula (Honduras) 

adisport Corporation 

San Juan (Puerto Rico) 

adidas Sourcing El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. 

  Antiguo Cuscatlán (El Salvador) 

9 

1 

92 

directly 

9 

directly 

3 

directly 

directly 

95 

directly 

directly 

directly 

directly 

9 

directly 

directly 

directly 

54 

9 

9 

directly 

1 The number refers to the number of the company. 
2 Profit and loss transfer agreement. 

in % 
100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

76.96 

23.04 

96.25 

3.75 

100 

99.99 

0.01 

100 

99 

1 

100 

99 

1 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

99.95 

0.05 

289 

 
    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Responsibility Statement 

To the best of our knowledge, and in accordance with the applicable reporting principles, the consolidated 
financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position, and profit or loss 
of the Group, and the Group Management Report, which has been combined with the Management Report 
of adidas AG, includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position 
of the Group, together with a description of the material opportunities and risks associated with the 
expected development of the Group. 

Herzogenaurach, February 20, 2024 

BJØRN GULDEN 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, 
GLOBAL BRANDS 

ARTHUR HOELD 
GLOBAL SALES 

HARM OHLMEYER 
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER  

MICHELLE ROBERTSON 
GLOBAL HUMAN RESOURCES,  
PEOPLE AND CULTURE 

MARTIN SHANKLAND 
GLOBAL OPERATIONS 

290 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Copy of the Auditor’s Report 

Based on the final results of our audit we issued the following unqualified auditor’s report dated  
February 23, 2024: 

“Independent auditor’s report” 

To adidas AG, Herzogenaurach 

Report on the audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements and of the Group 
Management 

Audit Opinions 
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, and its subsidiaries 
(the Group), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023, and 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of profit or loss, 
consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the financial 
year from 1 January to 31 December 2023, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including 
material accounting policy information. In addition, we have audited the group management report of 
adidas AG, which is combined with the Company’s management report, for the financial year from  
1 January to 31 December 2023. In accordance with the German legal requirements, we have not audited 
the content of those parts of the group management report listed in the “Other Information” section of our 
auditor’s report. 

In our opinion, on the basis of the knowledge obtained in the audit, 

─  the accompanying consolidated financial statements comply, in all material respects, with the IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU and the additional requirements of German commercial law pursuant to § [Article] 
315e Abs. [paragraph] 1 HGB [Handelsgesetzbuch: German Commercial Code] and, in compliance with 
these requirements, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, and financial position of the 
Group as at 31 December 2023, and of its financial performance for the financial year from 1 January 
to 31 December 2023, and  

─  the accompanying group management report as a whole provides an appropriate view of the Group’s 
position. In all material respects, this group management report is consistent with the consolidated 
financial statements, complies with German legal requirements and appropriately presents the 
opportunities and risks of future development. Our audit opinion on the group management report 
does not cover the content of those parts of the group management report listed in the “Other 
Information” section of our auditor’s report. 

Pursuant to § [Article] 322 Abs. 3 Satz [sentence] 1 HGB [Handelsgesetzbuch: German Commercial Code], 
we declare that our audit has not led to any reservations relating to the legal compliance of the 
consolidated financial statements and of the group management report. 

291 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Basis for the Audit Opinions 
We conducted our audit of the consolidated financial statements and of the group management report in 
accordance with § 317 HGB and the EU Audit Regulation (No. 537/2014, referred to subsequently as  
“EU Audit Regulation”) in compliance with German Generally Accepted Standards for Financial Statement 
Audits promulgated by the Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer [Institute of Public Auditors in Germany] (IDW). 
We performed the audit of the consolidated financial statements in supplementary compliance with the 
International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those requirements, principles and 
standards are further described in the “Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and of the Group Management Report“ section of our auditor’s report. We are 
independent of the group entities in accordance with the requirements of European law and German 
commercial and professional law, and we have fulfilled our other German professional responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements. In addition, in accordance with Article 10 (2) point (f) of the EU Audit 
Regulation, we declare that we have not provided non-audit services prohibited under Article 5 (1) of the 
EU Audit Regulation. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our audit opinions on the consolidated financial statements and on the group 
management report. 

Key Audit Matters in the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our 
audit of the consolidated financial statements for the financial year from 1 January to 31 December 2023. 
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our audit opinion thereon; we do not provide a separate audit opinion on these 
matters. 

In our view, the matters of most significance in our audit were as follows: 

1. Recoverability of inventories 
2. Recognition of revenue, taking into account expected returns 

Our presentation of these key audit matters has been structured in each case as follows: 

1. Matter and issue  

2. Audit approach and findings  

3. Reference to further information 

Hereinafter we present the key audit matters: 

1. Recoverability of inventories 
1. In the Company's consolidated statement of financial position, inventories amounting to  

EUR 4,525 million (25% of total assets) are reported.  

Inventories are initially recognized at cost, taking into account directly attributable incidental acquisition 
costs and cost reductions. The carrying amount of recognized inventories must be reduced if the 
inventories are damaged or (partially) obsolete and the expected net realizable values are less than the 
costs. 

At the balance sheet date, the costs are compared against the net realizable values, which are 
determined by deducting the directly attributable selling costs to be incurred prior to sale of the 
inventories from the sales proceeds expected to be generated.  

292 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Net realizable values are calculated based on discretionary planning assumptions as to the sales 
proceeds realizable in the ordinary course of business less necessary selling costs, which are derived 
on the basis of historical observable data. In particular, the age (seasonality) of the inventories and the 
selected sales channel to be used in future sales are significant. The impairment test resulted in a 
write-down on inventories as of the balance sheet date amounting to EUR 317 million in total. 

The outcome of this valuation is dependent to a large extent on the estimates made by the executive 
directors with respect to the inputs for the future net realizable values and other factors having an 
influence on value, and is therefore subject to considerable uncertainty. Against this background and 
due to the complex nature of the valuation, this matter was of particular significance in the context of 
our audit. 

2. As part of our audit, we analyzed among other things the impairment testing process and assessed 
identified controls with respect to implementation, appropriateness and operating effectiveness. 
Furthermore, we evaluated the key inputs used to calculate net realizable values based on historical 
data and our understanding of the business. We verified the mathematical accuracy of the calculation 
logic used in the impairment test.  

We were able to satisfy ourselves that the estimates and assumptions made by the executive directors 
in connection with the appropriate measurement of inventories were sufficiently substantiated and 
documented. 

3. The Company’s disclosures relating to the accounting policies applied with respect to the "inventories" 
line item are contained in section 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements "Summary of 
significant accounting policies". In addition, the disclosures on "inventories" are contained in section 7, 
"Inventories".  

2. Recognition of revenue, taking into account expected returns 

1. In the Company's consolidated financial statements, revenues amounting to EUR 21,427 million are 

reported.  

Revenue is recognized from the sale of goods in the "Wholesale", "E-commerce" and "Own retail" sales 
channels if the Company satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a specified asset to a 
customer. An asset is deemed to have been transferred if the customer obtains control of that asset. 
Revenue is recognized in the amount to which the Company has a claim when the power to control an 
asset is transferred. 

Customers of the Company have the option, subject to certain conditions, of exchanging or returning 
goods in exchange for a credit. The amounts regarding expected returns are estimated by the executive 
directors based on experiences with regard to historic return rates and accrued for a return provision 
against revenues. 

The asset embodying the right to receive goods returned by the customer is measured at the carrying 
amount of the respective inventories less settlement costs. 

The revenues have a significant influence on the Group's net profit or loss for the year and represent 
one of the most significant performance indicators for adidas. Due to the large transaction volume with 
respect to the sale of merchandise in three different sales channels and the potential risk in general of 
notional revenues and the uncertainty with regard to estimates of expected returns, in our view the 

293 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

existence and accrual of revenues from the sale of merchandise were of particular significance in the 
context of our audit. 

2. With respect to the audit of the existence and accrual of revenue, we first assessed the design, 

implementation and operating effectiveness of internal controls, including the functioning of IT-based 
controls with respect to outgoing goods and the acceptance of goods, invoices and the payment 
settlement. In addition, we examined the presentation of revenue recognition in the Group-wide 
accounting policy to assess whether it complied with IFRS 15.  

Furthermore, in the context of substantive audit procedures, we obtained evidence (in particular 
delivery certificates, invoices and receipts of payments) of the existence and accrual of revenue in order 
to assess whether the recognized and accrues revenues were based on a corresponding shipment or 
transfer of goods. In addition, we evaluated the mathematical correctness of the executive directors' 
calculation of expected returns. We compared the expected returns against historical, sales channel-
specific return rates and the returned merchandise recorded in the financial accounting records. 

We were able to satisfy ourselves that the estimates and assumptions made by the executive directors 
in connection with the appropriate accounting treatment of the revenue were sufficiently substantiated 
and documented. 

3. The Company’s disclosures relating to the accounting policies applied with respect to the recognition of 

revenue from merchandise are contained in section 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial 
statements "Summary of significant accounting policies". 

Other Information 
The executive directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
following non-audited parts of the group management report:  

─  non-financial statement to comply with §§ 289b to 289e HGB and with §§ 315b to 315c HGB included in 

different places of the group management report 

─  the section “Performance KPIs to track product availability and on-time in-full delivery” of the group 

management report 

─  the disclosures marked as unaudited in section “Description of the main features of the internal 

control and risk management system process pursuant to § 315 section 4 German Commercial Code 
(Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB)” of the group management report 

The other information comprises further 

─  the statement on corporate governance pursuant to § 289f HGB and § 315d HGB  

─  all remaining parts of the annual report – excluding cross-references to external information – with 
the exception of the audited consolidated financial statements, the audited group management 
report and our auditor’s report 

Our audit opinions on the annual financial statements and on the management report do not cover the 
other information, and consequently we do not express an audit opinion or any other form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. 

294 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

In connection with our audit, our responsibility is to read the other information mentioned above and, in so 
doing, to consider whether the other information 

─ 

is materially inconsistent with the annual financial statements, with the management report 
disclosures audited in terms of content or with our knowledge obtained in the audit, or  

─  otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Executive Directors and the Supervisory Board for the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and the Group Management Report  
The executive directors are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that 
comply, in all material respects, with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and the additional requirements of 
German commercial law pursuant to § 315e Abs. 1 HGB and that the consolidated financial statements, in 
compliance with these requirements, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position, 
and financial performance of the Group. In addition, the executive directors are responsible for such 
internal control as they have determined necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud (i.e., fraudulent financial 
reporting and misappropriation of assets) or error.  

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the executive directors are responsible for assessing 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. They also have the responsibility for disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern. In addition, they are responsible for financial reporting based 
on the going concern basis of accounting unless there is an intention to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or there is no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Furthermore, the executive directors are responsible for the preparation of the group management report 
that, as a whole, provides an appropriate view of the Group’s position and is, in all material respects, 
consistent with the consolidated financial statements, complies with German legal requirements, and 
appropriately presents the opportunities and risks of future development. In addition, the executive 
directors are responsible for such arrangements and measures (systems) as they have considered 
necessary to enable the preparation of a group management report that is in accordance with the 
applicable German legal requirements, and to be able to provide sufficient appropriate evidence for the 
assertions in the group management report. 

The supervisory board is responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process for the 
preparation of the consolidated financial statements and of the group management report. 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements and of the Group 
Management Report 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as 
a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and whether the group 
management report as a whole provides an appropriate view of the Group’s position and, in all material 
respects, is consistent with the consolidated financial statements and the knowledge obtained in the audit, 
complies with the German legal requirements and appropriately presents the opportunities and risks of 
future development, as well as to issue an auditor’s report that includes our audit opinions on the 
consolidated financial statements and on the group management report. 

295 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with § 317 HGB and the EU Audit Regulation and in compliance with German Generally 
Accepted Standards for Financial Statement Audits promulgated by the Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer 
(IDW) and supplementary compliance with the ISAs will always detect a material misstatement. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these consolidated financial statements and this group management report. 

We exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

─ 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements and of 
the group management report, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures 
responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our audit opinions. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher 
than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. 

─  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit of the consolidated financial 
statements and of arrangements and measures (systems) relevant to the audit of the group 
management report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but 
not for the purpose of expressing an audit opinion on the effectiveness of these systems. 

─  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used by the executive directors and the 
reasonableness of estimates made by the executive directors and related disclosures. 

─  Conclude on the appropriateness of the executive directors’ use of the going concern basis of 

accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in the 
auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and in the group 
management report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our respective audit opinions. Our 
conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, 
future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to be able to continue as a going concern. 

─  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, 

including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements present the underlying 
transactions and events in a manner that the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and financial performance of the Group in compliance 
with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and the additional requirements of German commercial law pursuant 
to § 315e Abs. 1 HGB. 

─  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or 

business activities within the Group to express audit opinions on the consolidated financial statements 
and on the group management report. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and 
performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinions. 

─  Evaluate the consistency of the group management report with the consolidated financial statements, 

its conformity with German law, and the view of the Group’s position it provides. 

─  Perform audit procedures on the prospective information presented by the executive directors in the 
group management report. On the basis of sufficient appropriate audit evidence we evaluate, in 

296 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

particular, the significant assumptions used by the executive directors as a basis for the prospective 
information, and evaluate the proper derivation of the prospective information from these 
assumptions. We do not express a separate audit opinion on the prospective information and on the 
assumptions used as a basis. There is a substantial unavoidable risk that future events will differ 
materially from the prospective information. 

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope 
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit. 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with the relevant 
independence requirements, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may 
reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate 
threats or safeguards applied. 

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that 
were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and 
are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or 
regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter. 

Other legal and regulatory requirements 
Report on the Assurance on the Electronic Rendering of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
Group Management Report Prepared for Publication Purposes in Accordance with § 317 Abs. 3a HGB 

Assurance Opinion 
We have performed assurance work in accordance with § 317 Abs. 3a HGB to obtain reasonable assurance 
as to whether the rendering of the consolidated financial statements and the group management report 
(hereinafter the “ESEF documents”) contained in the electronic file adidasag-2023-12-31-de.zip (SHA256 
hash value: f7cfad6e3dd2bf8e66077ce9a17bddfa0b222f09b8b59748606b8c82dc7777da) and prepared for 
publication purposes complies in all material respects with the requirements of § 328 Abs. 1 HGB for the 
electronic reporting format (“ESEF format”). In accordance with German legal requirements, this 
assurance work extends only to the conversion of the information contained in the consolidated financial 
statements and the group management report into the ESEF format and therefore relates neither to the 
information contained within these renderings nor to any other information contained in the electronic file 
identified above.  

In our opinion, the rendering of the consolidated financial statements and the group management report 
contained in the electronic file identified above and prepared for publication purposes complies in all 
material respects with the requirements of § 328 Abs. 1 HGB for the electronic reporting format. Beyond 
this assurance opinion and our audit opinion on the accompanying consolidated financial statements and 
the accompanying group management report for the financial year from 1 January to 31 December 2023 
contained in the "Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements and on the Group 
Management Report" above, we do not express any assurance opinion on the information contained within 
these renderings or on the other information contained in the electronic file identified above. 

Basis for the Assurance Opinion 
We conducted our assurance work on the rendering of the consolidated financial statements and the 
group management report contained in the electronic file identified above in accordance with  
§ 317 Abs. 3a HGB and the IDW Assurance Standard: Assurance Work on the Electronic Rendering, of 
Financial Statements and Management Reports, Prepared for Publication Purposes in Accordance with  
§ 317 Abs. 3a HGB (IDW AsS 410 (06.2022)) and the International Standard on Assurance Engagements 

297 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

3000 (Revised). Our responsibility in accordance therewith is further described in the "Group Auditor’s 
Responsibilities for the Assurance Work on the ESEF Documents" section. Our audit firm applies the  
IDW Standard on Quality Management: Requirements for Quality Management in the Audit Firm  
(IDW QMS 1 (09.2022)). 

Responsibilities of the Executive Directors and the Supervisory Board for the ESEF Documents 
The executive directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the ESEF documents 
including the electronic rendering of the consolidated financial statements and the group management 
report in accordance with § 328 Abs. 1 Satz 4 Nr. [number] 1 HGB and for the tagging of the consolidated 
financial statements in accordance with § 328 Abs. 1 Satz 4 Nr. 2 HGB.  

In addition, the executive directors of the Company are responsible for such internal control as they have 
considered necessary to enable the preparation of ESEF documents that are free from material non-
compliance with the requirements of § 328 Abs. 1 HGB for the electronic reporting format, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

The supervisory board is responsible for overseeing the process for preparing the ESEF documents as 
part of the financial reporting process. 

Group Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Assurance Work on the ESEF Documents 
Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the ESEF documents are free from 
material non-compliance with the requirements of § 328 Abs. 1 HGB, whether due to fraud or error. We 
exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the assurance work. We 
also 

─ 

Identify and assess the risks of material non-compliance with the requirements of § 328 Abs. 1 HGB, 
whether due to fraud or error, design and perform assurance procedures responsive to those risks, 
and obtain assurance evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our assurance 
opinion.  

─  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the assurance work on the ESEF documents in 
order to design assurance procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the 
purpose of expressing an assurance opinion on the effectiveness of these controls. 

─  Evaluate the technical validity of the ESEF documents, i.e., whether the electronic file containing the 

ESEF documents meets the requirements of the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 in the version in 
force at the date of the consolidated financial statements on the technical specification for this 
electronic file. 

─  Evaluate whether the ESEF documents provide an XHTML rendering with content equivalent to the 

audited consolidated financial statements and to the audited group management report.  

─  Evaluate whether the tagging of the ESEF documents with Inline XBRL technology (iXBRL) in 

accordance with the requirements of Articles 4 and 6 of the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815, in the 
version in force at the date of the consolidated financial statements, enables an appropriate and 
complete machine-readable XBRL copy of the XHTML rendering. 

298 

 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Further Information pursuant to Article 10 of the EU Audit Regulation 
We were elected as group auditor by the annual general meeting on 12 May 2022. We were engaged by the 
supervisory board on 14 December 2023. We have been the group auditor of the adidas AG, 
Herzogenaurach, without interruption since the financial year 2023. 

We declare that the audit opinions expressed in this auditor’s report are consistent with the additional 
report to the audit committee pursuant to Article 11 of the EU Audit Regulation (long-form audit report). 

Reference to an other matter – Use of the auditor’s report 
Our auditor’s report must always be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and 
the audited group management report as well as the assured ESEF documents. The consolidated financial 
statements and the group management report converted to the ESEF format – including the versions to be 
filed in the company register – are merely electronic renderings of the audited consolidated financial 
statements and the audited group management report and do not take their place. In particular, the 
“Report on the Assurance on the Electronic Rendering of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
Group Management Report Prepared for Publication Purposes in Accordance with § 317 Abs. 3a HGB” and 
our assurance opinion contained therein are to be used solely together with the assured ESEF documents 
made available in electronic form. 

German public auditor responsible for the engagement 
The German Public Auditor responsible for the engagement is Christian Landau. 

Nuremberg, February 23, 2024 

PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH 
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft 

Rainer Kroker  
Wirtschaftsprüfer  

Christian Landau 
Wirtschaftsprüfer 

299 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Independent Practitioner’s Report on a Limited and 
Reasonable Assurance Engagement on Non-financial 
Reporting28  

To adidas AG, Herzogenaurach 

We have performed an assurance engagement on the combined non-financial statement of adidas AG, 
Herzogenaurach, (hereinafter the "Company") for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2023 
(hereinafter the "Combined Non-financial Statement") consisting of the sections of the combined 
management report denoted with ⌐ ¬ and [ ]. 

In accordance with our engagement, we have divided the level of assurance to be obtained by us and  

─  performed a reasonable assurance engagement on the sections denoted with [ ] in the 

Combined Non-financial Statement and 

─  performed a limited assurance engagement on the sections denoted with ⌐ ¬ in the Combined 

Non-financial Statement. 

Not subject to our assurance engagement are the external sources of documentation or expert opinions 
mentioned in the Combined Non-financial Statement. 

Responsibility of the Executive Directors  
The executive directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the Combined Non-financial 
Statement in accordance with §§ (Articles) 315c in conjunction with 289c to 289e HGB 
("Handelsgesetzbuch": "German Commercial Code") and Article 8 of REGULATION (EU) 2020/852 OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 18 June 2020 on establishing a framework to facilitate 
sustainable investment and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 (hereinafter the "EU Taxonomy 
Regulation”) and the Delegated Acts adopted thereunder, as well as for making their own interpretation of 
the wording and terms contained in the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the Delegated Acts adopted 
thereunder, as set out in section “EU-Taxonomy” of the Combined Non-financial Statement. 

This responsibility includes the selection and application of appropriate non-financial reporting methods 
and making assumptions and estimates about individual non-financial disclosures of the Company that are 
reasonable in the circumstances. Furthermore, the executive directors are re-sponsible for such internal 
control as the executive directors consider necessary to enable the preparation of a Combined Non-
financial Statement that is free from material misstatement whether due to fraud or error. 

The EU Taxonomy Regulation and the Delegated Acts issued thereunder contain wording and terms that 
are still subject to considerable interpretation uncertainties and for which clarifications have not yet been 
published in every case. Therefore, the executive directors have disclosed their interpretation of the EU 
Taxonomy Regulation and the Delegated Acts adopted thereunder in section “EU-Taxonomy” of the 
Combined Non-financial Statement. They are responsible for the defensibility of this interpretation. Due to 

28 PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH has performed a limited and reasonable assurance engagement on the German version of the combined non-financial 
statement and issued an independent practitioner`s report in German language, which is authoritative. The following text is a translation of the independent 
practitioner`s report. 

300 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

the immanent risk that indeterminate legal terms may be interpreted differently, the legal conformity of 
the interpretation is subject to uncertainties. 

Audit Firm’s Independence and Quality Management 
We have complied with the German professional provisions regarding independence as well as other 
ethical requirements. 

Our audit firm applies the national legal requirements and professional standards – in particular the 
Professional Code for German Public Auditors and German Chartered Auditors (“Berufssatzung für 
Wirtschaftsprüfer und vereidigte Buchprüfer“: “BS WP/vBP”) as well as the Standard on Quality 
Management 1 published by the Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer (Institute of Public Auditors in Germany; 
IDW): Requirements to quality management for audit firms (IDW Qualitätsmanagementstandard 1: 
Anforderungen an das Qualitätsmanagement in der Wirtschaftsprüferpraxis - IDW QMS 1 (09.2022)), which 
requires the audit firm to design, implement and operate a system of quality management that complies 
with the applicable legal requirements and professional standards. 

Responsibility of the Assurance Practitioner 
Our responsibility is to express a conclusion with reasonable assurance on the sections of the Combined 
Non-financial Statement denoted with [ ] and a conclusion with limited assurance on the sections of the 
Combined Non-financial Statement denoted with ⌐ ¬ based on the assurance procedures we have 
performed. 

We conducted our assurance engagement in accordance with International Standard on Assurance 
Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised): Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical 
Financial Information, issued by the IAASB. This Standard requires that we plan and perform the 
assurance engagement to 

─  obtain reasonable assurance about whether the sections denoted with [ ] in the Combined Non-
financial Statement for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2023, other than the external 
sources of documentation or expert opinions mentioned in the Combined Non-financial 
Statement, have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with §§ 315c in 
conjunction with 289c to 289e HGB, and 

─  obtain limited assurance about whether any matters have come to our attention that cause us to 
believe that the sections denoted with ⌐ ¬ in the Company’s Combined Non-financial Statement 
for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2023, other than the external sources of 
documentation or expert opinions mentioned in the Combined Non-financial Statement, are not 
prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with §§ 315c in conjunction with 289c to 289e 
HGB and the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the Delegated Acts issued thereunder as well as the 
interpretation by the executive directors disclosed in section "EU Taxonomy" of the Combined 
Non-financial Statement. 

The procedures performed for the limited assurance engagement part are less extensive than those 
performed for the reasonable assurance engagement part, and accordingly a substantially lower level of 
assurance is obtained. The selection of the assurance procedures is subject to the professional judgement 
of the assurance practitioner. 

In the course of our assurance engagement, we have, amongst other things, performed the following 
assurance procedures and other activities: 

301 

 
    
   
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

─  Gain an understanding of the structure of the sustainability organisation and stakeholder 

engagement 

─ 

Inquiries of the executive directors and relevant employees involved in the preparation of the 
Combined Non-financial Statement about the preparation process, about the internal control 
system relating to this process and about disclosures in the Combined Non-financial Statement 

─ 

Identification of likely risks of material misstatement in the Combined Non-financial Statement 

─  Analytical procedures on selected disclosures in the Combined Non-financial Statement 

─  Reconciliation of selected disclosures with the corresponding data in the consolidated financial 

statements and group management report  

─  Evaluation of the presentation of the Combined Non-financial Statement 

─  Evaluation of the process to identify taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned economic activities 

and the corresponding disclosures in the Combined Non-financial Statement 

─ 

Inquiries on the relevance of climate-risks 

In the course of our reasonable assurance engagement part on the sections denoted with [ ] in the 
Combined Non-financial Statement, we have performed the following assurance procedures and other 
activities in addition to those described above: 

─ 

Identification of likely risks of material misstatement in the Combined Non-financial Statement 

─  Evaluation of the internal control system in relation to the subject matter 

─  Audit of processes for collecting, controlling, analysing and aggregating selected data from var-

ious locations on a test basis 

─  Analytical assessment of selected disclosures in the Combined Non-financial Statement 

In determining the disclosures in accordance with Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation, the executive 
directors are required to interpret undefined legal terms. Due to the immanent risk that undefined legal 
terms may be interpreted differently, the legal conformity of their interpretation and, accordingly, our 
assurance engagement thereon are subject to uncertainties. 

Assurance Opinion 
In our opinion, the sections denoted with [ ] in the Combined Non-financial Statement for the period from 
1 January to 31 December 2023 have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with §§ 315c 
in conjunction with 289c to 289e HGB. 
Based on the assurance procedures performed and evidence obtained, nothing has come to our attention 
that causes us to believe that the sections denoted with ⌐ ¬ in the Company’s Combined Non-financial 
Statement for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2023 are not prepared, in all material respects, 
in accordance with §§ 315c in conjunction with 289c to 289e HGB and the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the 
Delegated Acts issued thereunder as well as the interpretation by the executive directors disclosed in 
section "EU Taxonomy" of the Combined Non-financial Statement.  
We do not express an assurance opinion on the external sources of documentation or expert opinions 
mentioned in the Combined Non-financial Statement. 

302 

 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Restriction of Use 
We draw attention to the fact that the assurance engagement was conducted for the Company’s purposes 
and that the report is intended solely to inform the Company about the result of the assurance 
engagement. Consequently, it may not be suitable for any other purpose than the aforementioned. 
Accordingly, the report is not intended to be used by third parties for making (financial) decisions based on 
it. Our responsibility is to the Company. We do not accept any responsibility to third parties. Our assurance 
opinion is not modified in this respect. 

Munich, February 23, 2024  

PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH 
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft  

Hendrik Fink 
Wirtschaftsprüfer 
[German public auditor] 

ppa. Nico Irrgang 

303 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

5 

ADDITIONAL 
INFORMATION 

Ten-Year Overview 

EU Taxonomy Tables 

Glossary 

Declaration of Support 

Financial Calendar 

304 

305 

307 

312 

316 

320 

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Ten-year-overview 

Ten-year overview 

Income Statement Data 
(€ in millions) 

Net sales3,4 

Gross profit3,4 

Royalty and commission 
income3,4 

Other operating income3,4,5 

Other operating expenses3,4,5 

  10,070 

  10,260 

EBITDA3,4 

Operating profit3,4,6,7 

Net financial result3,4 

Income before taxes3,4,6,7 

Income taxes3,4,8 

Net (loss)/income attributable 
to shareholders6,7,8,9 

Income Statement Ratios 

Gross margin3,4 

Operating margin3,4,6,7 

1,358 

268 

(203) 

65 

124 

(75) 

47.5% 

1.3% 

Effective tax rate3,4,6,7,8 

  189.2% 

2023 

2022 

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018¹ 

2017² 

2016 

2015 

2014 

  21,427 

  22,511 

  21,234 

  18,435 

  23,640 

  21,915 

  21,218 

  18,483 

  16,915 

  14,534 

  10,184 

  10,644 

  10,765 

9,222 

  12,293 

  11,363 

  10,703 

9,100 

8,168 

6,924 

83 

71 

112 

173 

1,874 

669 

(281) 

388 

134 

612 

86 

28 

8,892 

3,066 

1,986 

(133) 

1,852 

360 

2,116 

61 

42 

8,580 

1,967 

746 

(167) 

578 

117 

432 

154 

56 

9,843 

3,845 

2,660 

(102) 

2,558 

640 

129 

48 

9,172 

2,882 

2,368 

10 

2,378 

669 

115 

17 

8,766 

2,511 

2,070 

(47) 

2,023 

668 

105 

119 

7,741 

1,953 

1,582 

(46) 

1,536 

454 

1,976 

1,702 

1,173 

1,017 

119 

8 

7,201 

1,475 

1,094 

(21) 

1,073 

353 

668 

102 

37 

6,102 

1,283 

961 

(48) 

913 

271 

568 

47.3% 

3.0% 

34.5% 

50.7% 

9.4% 

19.4% 

50.0% 

4.0% 

20.2% 

52.0% 

11.3% 

25.0% 

51.8% 

10.8% 

28.1% 

50.4% 

9.8% 

29.3% 

49.2% 

8.6% 

29.6% 

48.3% 

6.5% 

32.9% 

47.6% 

6.6% 

29.7% 

Net (loss)/income attributable 
to shareholders in % of net 
sales3,4,6,7,8,9 

Net Sales by Product Category 
(€ in millions) 

Footwear3,4 

Apparel3,4 

Accessories and gear3,4 

Balance Sheet Data (€ in millions) 

Total assets 

Inventories 

Receivables and other 
current assets 

Working capital 

Adjusted (net borrowings)/ net 
cash10,11 

(0.4%) 

2.7% 

10.0% 

2.3% 

8.4% 

7.8% 

5.5% 

5.5% 

4.0% 

3.9% 

  12,139 

  12,287 

  11,336 

  10,129 

  13,521 

  12,783 

  12,427 

  10,132 

7,806 

1,483 

8,731 

1,493 

8,710 

1,187 

7,315 

991 

8,963 

1,156 

8,223 

910 

7,747 

1,044 

7,352 

999 

8,360 

6,970 

1,585 

6,658 

6,279 

1,597 

  18,020 

  20,296 

  22,137 

  21,053 

  20,680 

  15,612 

  14,019 

  15,176 

  13,343 

  12,417 

4,525 

5,973 

4,009 

4,397 

4,085 

3,445 

3,692 

3,763 

3,113 

2,526 

3,819 

4,961 

4,072 

3,763 

4,338 

3,734 

3,277 

3,607 

3,003 

2,861 

1,766 

2,475 

4,978 

3,328 

2,179 

2,979 

2,354 

2,121 

2,133 

2,970 

(4,518) 

(6,047) 

(2,082) 

(2,424) 

(2,676) 

959 

484 

(103) 

(460) 

(185) 

Shareholders’ equity 

4,580 

4,991 

7,519 

6,454 

6,796 

6,377 

6,032 

6,472 

5,666 

5,624 

305 

 
 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings (in €)3,4,6,7,8 

Diluted earnings 
(in €)3,4,6,7,8 

Price/earnings ratio at 
year-end3,4,6,7,8 

Market capitalization at 
year-end (€ in millions) 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Ten-year overview 

Balance Sheet Ratios 

Adjusted net borrowings/ 
EBITDA3,4,10,11 

Average operating working 
capital in % of net sales3,4,11 

2023 

2022 

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018¹ 

2017² 

2016 

2015 

2014 

3.3 

3.2 

0.7 

1.2 

0.7 

(0.3) 

(0.2) 

0.1 

0.3 

0.1 

25.7% 

24.0% 

20.0% 

25.3% 

18.1% 

19.0% 

20.4% 

21.1% 

20.5% 

22.4% 

Financial leverage10,11,12 

98.6% 

  121.2% 

Equity ratio12 

Return on equity9,12 

Return on capital employed3,4,9 

25.4% 

(1.6%) 

2.8% 

24.6% 

12.3% 

5.3% 

27.7% 

34.0% 

28.1% 

21.2% 

37.6% 

30.7% 

6.7% 

8.0% 

39.4% 

32.9% 

29.1% 

27.9% 

(15.0%) 

40.8% 

26.7% 

45.1% 

(8.0%) 

43.0% 

18.2% 

41.2% 

1.6% 

42.6% 

15.7% 

24.2% 

8.1% 

42.5% 

11.2% 

16.5% 

3.3% 

45.3% 

8.7% 

13.8% 

Data per Share 

Share price at year-end (in €) 

  184.16 

  127.46 

  253.20 

  297.90 

  289.80 

  182.40 

  167.15 

  150.15 

(0.67) 

(0.67) 

1.25 

1.25 

7.47 

7.47 

2.31 

2.31 

9.70 

9.70 

8.46 

8.45 

7.05 

7.00 

5.39 

5.29 

89.91 

3.54 

57.62 

3.05 

3.54 

3.05 

n.a. 

102.4 

33.9 

128.9 

29.9 

21.6 

23.7 

27.8 

25.4 

18.9 

  32,882 

  22,756 

  48,512 

  58,110 

  56,792 

  36,329 

  34,075 

  30,254 

  18,000 

  11,773 

Net cash generated from/(used 
in) operating activities3,4,13 

14.73 

(2.15) 

14.79 

Dividend (in €) 

0.7014 

0.70 

3.30 

7.00 

3.00 

14.26 

13.31 

0.00 

3.35 

8.14 

2.60 

6.73 

2.00 

5.41 

1.60 

3.36 

1.50 

Number of shares outstanding 
at year-end (in thousands) 

Employees 

Number of employees at year-
end3,4,15 

Personnel expenses 
(€ in millions)3,4 

  178,549 

  178,537 

  191,595 

  195,066 

  195,969 

  199,171 

  203,861 

  201,489 

  200,197 

  204,327 

  59,030 

  59,258 

  61,401 

  62,285 

  65,194 

  57,016 

  56,888 

  58,902 

  55,555 

  53,731 

2,964 

2,856 

2,659 

2,325 

2,720 

2,481 

2,549 

2,373 

2,184 

1,842 

1 Application of IFRS 16 as of January 1, 2019. Prior year figures are not restated. 
2 2017 restated according to IAS 8 in the 2018 consolidated financial statements. 
3 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 figures reflect continuing operations as a result of the divestiture of the Rockport, TaylorMade, Adams Golf, Ashworth and CCM Hockey businesses. 
4 2022, 2021 and 2020 figures reflect continuing operations as a result of the divestiture of the Reebok business.  
5 Figures reflect the adjusted consolidated income statement structure introduced in 2018. 
6 2015 excluding goodwill impairment of € 34 million. 
7 2014 excluding goodwill impairment of € 78 million. 
8 2017 excluding negative one-time tax impact of € 76 million. 
9 Includes continuing and discontinued operations. 
10 First-time application of adjusted net borrowings as of 2020. Figures since 2019 were restated to reflect methodology revision in 2022. 
11 2021 figures reflect the reclassification of the Reebok business to assets or liabilities held for sale.  
12 Based on shareholders’ equity. 
13 Since 2018 figures reflect presentation of interest paid within cash flows from financing activities. Prior year figures are not restated. 
14 Subject to Annual General Meeting approval. 
15 2019 figure restated due to inclusion of temporary contracts of up to six months (2019 headcounts excluding temporary contracts of up to six months: 59,333). Prior year figures are not 
restated.  

306 

 
 
    
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

EU Taxonomy Tables 

⌐ Proportion of turnover from products or services associated with taxonomy-aligned economic activities – 
disclosure covering year 2023 ¬ 

Business year 2023 
Economic activities (1) 

2023 

  Substantial contribution criteria 

DNSH criteria 
('Does not significantly harm')1 

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
m

i
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
(
5
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
6
)

P
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
o
f

t
u
r
n
o
v
e
r
(
4
)

C
i
r
c
u
l
a
r
e
c
o
n
o
m
y
(
9
)

B
i
o
d
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
(
1
0
)

P
o
l
l
u
t
i
o
n
(
8
)

W
a
t
e
r
(
7
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
m

i
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
(
1
1
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
1
2
)

C
i
r
c
u
l
a
r
e
c
o
n
o
m
y
(
1
5
)

B
i
o
d
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
(
1
6
)

P
o
l
l
u
t
i
o
n
(
1
4
)

W
a
t
e
r
(
1
3
)

T
u
r
n
o
v
e
r
3

(
3
)

C
o
d
e
2

(
2
)

P
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
o
f

t
a
x
o
n
o
m
y
-
a
l
i
g
n
e
d
(
A
.
1
.
)
o
r

i

e
l
i
g
b
l
e
(
A
.
2
.
)

t
u
r
n
o
v
e
r
2
0
2
2
(
1
8
)

C
a
t
e
g
o
r
y
e
n
a
b
l
i

n
g
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
(
1
9
)

C
a
t
e
g
o
r
y
t
r
a
n
s
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
(
2
0
)

i

i

M
n
m
u
m
s
a
f
e
g
u
a
r
d
s
(
1
7
)

€ in 
millions  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1   y/n   y/n   y/n   y/n   y/n   y/n   y/n  

in %  

in %  

E  

T 

A. Taxonomy-eligible activities 
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities 
(taxonomy-aligned) 

Turnover of environmentally 
sustainable activities (taxonomy-
aligned) (A.1.) 

A.2. Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally 
sustainable activities (not taxonomy-aligned 
activities) 

0  

0%  

el; 
n-el4  

el; 
n-el4  

el; 
n-el4  

el; 
n-el4  

el; 
n-el4  

el; 
n-el4  

Turnover of taxonomy-eligible but not 
environmentally sustainable activities 
(not taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2) 

Total (A.1. + A.2) 
B. Taxonomy non-eligible activities 

Turnover of taxonomy non-eligible 
activities (B) 

Total (A + B) 

0  
0  

0%  
0%  

   21,427   100%   
   21,427   100%   

0%   
0%  

1 'y' = 'yes', taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned activity with the relevant environmental objective; 'n' = 'no', taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned activity with the relevant environmental 
objective; 'n-el' = 'not eligible', taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the relevant environmental objective. 
2 CCM: Climate Change Mitigation; CCA: Climate Change Adaptation; WTR: Water and Marine Resources; PPC: Pollution Prevention and Control; CE: Circular Economy; BIO: Biodiversity and Ecosystems. 
3 Net sales as reported in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
4 'el' = 'eligible', taxonomy-eligible activity for the relevant objective; 'n-el' = not eligible, taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the relevant environmental objective. 

⌐ Proportion of turnover/total turnover ¬ 

CCM 

CCA 

WTR 

CE 

PPC 

BIO 

307 

Taxonomy-
aligned per 
objective 

Taxonomy-
eligible per 
objective 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

  0% 

 
 
    
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

⌐ Proportion of CapEx from products or services associated with taxonomy-aligned economic activities – 
disclosure covering year 2023 ¬ 

Business year 2023 
Economic activities (1) 

2023 

Substantial contribution criteria 

DNSH criteria 
('Does not significantly harm')1 

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
m

i
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
(
5
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
6
)

P
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
o
f
C
a
p
E
x
(
4
)

C
i
r
c
u
l
a
r
e
c
o
n
o
m
y
(
9
)

B
i
o
d
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
(
1
0
)

P
o
l
l
u
t
i
o
n
(
8
)

W
a
t
e
r
(
7
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
m

i
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
(
1
1
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
1
2
)

C
i
r
c
u
l
a
r
e
c
o
n
o
m
y
(
1
5
)

B
i
o
d
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
(
1
6
)

P
o
l
l
u
t
i
o
n
(
1
4
)

W
a
t
e
r
(
1
3
)

C
o
d
e
2

(
2
)

C
a
p
E
x
(
3
)

P
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
o
f

t
a
x
o
n
o
m
y
-
a
l
i
g
n
e
d
(
A
.
1
.
)
o
r

i

e
l
i
g
b
l
e
(
A
.
2
.
)
C
a
p
E
x
2
0
2
2
(
1
8
)

C
a
t
e
g
o
r
y
t
r
a
n
s
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
(
2
0
)

C
a
t
e
g
o
r
y
e
n
a
b
l
i

n
g
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
(
1
9
)

i

i

M
n
m
u
m
s
a
f
e
g
u
a
r
d
s
(
1
7
)

€ in 
millions  

in %   y/n; n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1   y/n   y/n   y/n  

y/n  

y/n   y/n   y/n  

in %  

E  

T 

0%  

n   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el  

n  

n  

n  

n  

n  

n  

y  

0%  

E   

0  

0  

7  

7  
7  
0  

0%  

1%  

1%  
1%  
0%  

n   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el  

n  

n  

n  

n  

n  

n  

y   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el  

y  

y  

y  

y  

y  

y  

1%   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%  
1%   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%  
0%  

y  
y  
n  

y  
y  
n  

y  
y  
n  

y  
y  
n  

y  
y  
n  

y  
y  
n  

y  

y  

y  
y  
n  

CCM 
6.5.   

CCM 
7.3.   
CCM 
7.7.   

CCM 
6.5.   

CCM 
7.3.   

CCM 
7.7.   

A. Taxonomy-eligible activities 
A.1. Environmentally sustainable 
activities (taxonomy-aligned) 

6.5. Transport by motorbikes, 
passenger cars and light 
commercial vehicles 
7.3. Installation, maintenance, 
and repair of energy efficiency 
equipment 
7.7. Acquisition and ownership 
of buildings (building leases) 
CapEx of environmentally 
sustainable activities 
(taxonomy-aligned) (A.1.) 
of which enabling 
of which transitional 
A.2. Taxonomy-eligible but not 
environmentally sustainable activities 
(not taxonomy-aligned activities) 

     6.5. Transport by motorbikes,  
     passenger cars and light  
     commercial vehicles 
     7.3. Installation,  
     maintenance, and repair  
     of energy efficiency  
     equipment 
     7.7. Acquisition and  
     ownership of buildings  
     (building leases) 
     CapEx of taxonomy- 
     eligible but not  
     environmentally  
     sustainable activities (not  
     taxonomy-aligned  
     activities) (A.2.) 
Total (A.1. + A.2.) 
B. Taxonomy non-eligible activities 

CapEx of taxonomy non-eligible 
activities (B) 

Total4 (A + B) 

   el; n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

16  

2%  

el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el  

22  

3%  

el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el  

299  

36%  

el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el   n-el  

337  
344  

40%  
41%  

   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%  
   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%  

494  
838  

59%  
100%   

E   

E   

E   

T 

0%  

0%  

0%   
0%  
0%   

0%   

0%   

0%   

0%   
0%   

1 'y' = 'yes', taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned activity with the relevant environmental objective; 'n' = 'no', taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned activity with the relevant environmental 
objective; 'n-el' = 'not eligible', taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the relevant environmental objective. 
2 CCM: Climate Change Mitigation; CCA: Climate Change Adaptation; WTR: Water and Marine Resources; PPC: Pollution Prevention and Control; CE: Circular Economy; BIO: Biodiversity and 
Ecosystems. 
3 'el' = 'eligible', taxonomy-eligible activity for the relevant objective; 'n-el' = 'not eligible', taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the relevant environmental objective. 
4 The denominator of the CapEx KPI contains, in accordance with the definition of the Taxonomy and as disclosed in this Annual Report, additions to buildings, technical equipment and machinery, 
other equipment, furniture and fixtures, right-of-use assets, and other intangible assets - before depreciation, amortization, and remeasurements. 

308 

 
 
    
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

⌐ Proportion of CapEx/total CapEx ¬ 

Taxonomy-
aligned per 
objective 

Taxonomy-
eligible per 
objective 

1% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

41% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

CCM 

CCA 

WTR 

CE 

PPC 

BIO 

309 

 
 
    
   
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

⌐ Proportion of OpEx from products or services associated with taxonomy-aligned economic activities – 
disclosure covering year 2023 ¬ 

Business year 2023 
Economic activities (1) 

2023 

  Substantial contribution criteria 

DNSH criteria 
('Does not significantly harm')1 

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
m

i
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
(
5
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
6
)

W
a
t
e
r
(
7
)

P
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
o
f
O
p
E
x
(
4
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
m

i
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
(
1
1
)

C
l
i

m
a
t
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
1
2
)

C
i
r
c
u
l
a
r
e
c
o
n
o
m
y
(
9
)

B
i
o
d
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
(
1
0
)

P
o
l
l
u
t
i
o
n
(
8
)

C
i
r
c
u
l
a
r
e
c
o
n
o
m
y
(
1
5
)

B
i
o
d
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
(
1
6
)

P
o
l
l
u
t
i
o
n
(
1
4
)

W
a
t
e
r
(
1
3
)

C
o
d
e
2

(
2
)

O
p
E
x
€

(
3
)

P
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
o
f

t
a
x
o
n
o
m
y
-
a
l
i
g
n
e
d
(
A
.
1
.
)
o
r

i

e
l
i
g
b
l
e
(
A
.
2
.
)
O
p
E
x
2
0
2
2
(
1
8
)

C
a
t
e
g
o
r
y
e
n
a
b
l
i

n
g
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
(
1
9
)

C
a
t
e
g
o
r
y
t
r
a
n
s
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
(
2
0
)

i

i

M
n
m
u
m
s
a
f
e
g
u
a
r
d
s
(
1
7
)

A. Taxonomy-eligible activities 
A.1. Environmentally sustainable 
activities (taxonomy-aligned) 
OpEx of environmentally 
sustainable activities 
(taxonomy-aligned) (A.1.) 
A.2. Taxonomy-eligible but not 
environmentally sustainable activities 
(not taxonomy-aligned activities) 

OpEx of taxonomy-eligible but 
not environmentally sustainable 
activities (not taxonomy-aligned 
activities) (A.2.) 

A. OpEx of taxonomy-eligible 
activities (A.1. + A.2.) 
B. Taxonomy non-eligible activities 

OpEx of taxonomy non-eligible 
activities 

Total 

€ in 
millions  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1  

y/n; 
n-el1   y/n   y/n   y/n  

in %  

y/n  

y/n   y/n   y/n  

in %  

E  

T 

0  

0%  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

el; 
n-el3  

0  

0  

0%   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%  

0%   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%  

0%   

0%  

969  
969  

100%  
100%   

1 'y' = 'yes', taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned activity with the relevant environmental objective; 'n' = 'no', taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned activity with the relevant environmental 
objective; 'n-el' = not eligible, taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the relevant environmental objective. 
2 CCM: Climate Change Mitigation; CCA: Climate Change Adaptation; WTR: Water and Marine Resources; PPC: Pollution Prevention and Control; CE: Circular Economy; BIO: Biodiversity and 
Ecosystems. 
3 'el' = 'eligible', taxonomy-eligible activity for the relevant objective; 'n-el' = 'not eligible', taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the relevant environmental objective. 

⌐ Proportion of OpEx/total OpEx ¬ 

CCM 

CCA 

WTR 

CE 

PPC 

BIO 

310 

Taxonomy-
aligned per 
objective 

Taxonomy-
eligible per 
objective 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

 
 
    
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

⌐ Nuclear and fossil gas-related activities ¬ 

Nuclear energy-related activities 

The undertaking carries out, funds, or has exposures to research, development, demonstration, and 
deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear 
processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle. 

The undertaking carries out, funds, or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new 
nuclear installations to produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district 
heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using 
best available technologies. 

The undertaking carries out, funds, or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear 
installations that produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating 
or industrial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety 
upgrades. 

Fossil gas-related activities 

The undertaking carries out, funds, or has exposures to construction or operation of electricity 
generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels. 

The undertaking carries out, funds, or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation 
of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels. 

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation 
of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels. 

no 

no 

no 

no 

no 

no 

311 

 
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Glossary 

/ A 

Accessories and gear 
A product category that comprises equipment that is used rather than worn by the consumer, such as 
bags, balls, sunglasses, or fitness equipment. 

adiClub 
‘adiClub’ is a membership program that helps us deepen the relationship with our consumers. Linking all 
adidas apps, events, communities, and channels into one single profile, the program rewards members 
with points for interacting with the brand, e.g., when making a purchase or using the ‘adidas Running’ or 
‘adidas Training’ apps. Depending on the number of points, exclusive benefits are unlocked, including 
access to hype sneaker and apparel drops or invitations to special events. 

Athleisure 
The term is composed of the words athletic and leisure. It describes a fashion trend of sportswear no 
longer being just meant for training but increasingly shaping everyday clothing. 

/ C 

Cash pools/Cash pooling 
A cash management technique for physical concentration of cash. Cash pooling allows adidas to combine 
credit and debit positions from various accounts and several subsidiaries into one central account. This 
technique supports our in-house bank concept where advantage is taken of any surplus funds of 
subsidiaries to cover cash requirements of other subsidiaries, thus reducing external financing needs and 
optimizing our net interest expenses. 

Climate neutrality 
Our definition of climate neutrality is aligned with the requirements by the ‘Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change’ (‘IPCC’): Climate neutrality refers to a concept of a state in which human activities result 
in no net effect on the climate system. Achieving such a state requires balancing residual emissions with 
emission removals as well as accounting for regional or local bio-geophysical effects of human activities 
that, for example, affect surface albedo or local climate. 

Concession corners 
Concession corners are dedicated adidas brand spaces within our customers’ stores. They are managed 
by adidas’ own retail team. 

Controlled space 
Includes own retail business, mono-branded franchise stores, shop-in-shops, joint ventures with retail 
partners, and co-branded stores. Controlled space offers a high level of brand control and ensures 
optimal product offering and presentation according to brand requirements. 

312 

 
 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

/ H 

Halo stores 
‘Halo stores’ represent our most exclusive and high-end retail store concept. Under this name, we cluster 
our best stores, which form the pinnacle of our store fleet. 

/ I 

Independent manufacturing partners 
We outsource almost 100% of production to independent manufacturing partners. They are defined on a 
supplier group level, which means one independent manufacturing partner might produce in several 
manufacturing facilities. The majority of our independent manufacturing partners are located in Asia. 

/ L 

Leadership, betterment, and performance  
Leadership, Betterment, and Performance are the three pillars of our people strategy: 

─  Leadership: We will develop leaders to own the game and act as role models empowering all people to 

realize their possibilities. 

─  Betterment: We believe in a mindset of continuous learning and improvement and are committed to 

providing relevant learning opportunities to upskill and reskill for the future.  

─  Performance: We build the best teams that play to win, recognizing and rewarding both individual and 

team performances.  

Lifestyle category 
Under the ‘Lifestyle’ category, we subsume all footwear, apparel, and ‘accessories and gear’ products that 
are born from sport and worn for style. ‘adidas Originals,’ which is inspired by sport and worn on the 
street, is at the heart of the ‘Lifestyle’ category.  

/ M 

Marketing expenditure 
Expenditure that relates to point-of-sale and marketing investments. While point-of-sale investments 
include expenses for advertising and promotion initiatives at the point of sale as well as store fittings and 
furniture, marketing investments relate to sponsorship contracts with teams and individual athletes as 
well as to advertising, events, and other communication activities. Marketing overhead expenses are not 
included in marketing expenditure. 

More sustainable cotton 
For adidas, ‘more sustainable cotton’ means certified organic cotton or any other form of sustainably 
produced cotton that is currently available or may be available in the future, as well as ‘Better Cotton.’ 

313 

 
 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

/ O 

Operating overhead expenses 
Expenses that are not directly attributable to the products or services sold, such as distribution and selling 
as well as general and administration costs, but not including marketing and point-of-sale expenses. 

/ P 

Parley Ocean Plastic 
‘Parley Ocean Plastic’ is a material created from upcycled plastic waste that is intercepted from beaches 
and coastal communities before reaching the ocean. The organization ‘Parley for the Oceans’ works with 
its partners to collect, sort, and transport the recovered raw material (mainly PET bottles) to our supplier 
who produces the yarn, which is legally trademarked. It is used as a replacement for virgin plastic in the 
making of adidas x Parley products. 

Performance category 
Under the ‘Performance’ category, we subsume all footwear, apparel, and ‘accessories and gear’ products 
that are of a more technical nature, built for sport and worn for sport. These are, among others, products 
from our most important sport categories: Football, Training, Running, and Outdoor.  

Per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS)  
Meanwhile commonly understood as an established term, aligned with the OECD definition, for the multi-
thousand substance group formerly communicated as ‘PFCs.’ 

Polybags (LDPE) 
A type of product transport packaging made of recycled low-density polyethylene (‘LDPE’) that offers a 
more sustainable option to virgin plastic polybags, as they have a lower environmental footprint than 
conventional bags and most alternatives. Recycled LDPE polybags meet our quality and performance 
standards to effectively protect our products during shipping and handling, are available globally, and can 
be recycled via existing waste streams. 

Promotion partnerships 
Partnerships with events, associations, leagues, clubs, and individual athletes. In exchange for the 
services of promoting the company’s brands, the party is provided with products and/or cash and/or 
promotional materials. 

/ S 

Single-sourcing model 
Supply chain activities limited to one specific supplier. Due to the dependency on only one supplier, a 
company can face disadvantages during the sourcing process. 

/ T 

Terrace range 
Collection of shoes that were initially designed for indoor sports. With their rubber sole, the player had a 
better grip on smooth surfaces. Since many years, they have been classics of the ‚adidas Originals‘ shoe 
line, and include the Gazelle, Samba, and Spezial. 

314 

 
 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

/ W 

Wet processes 
Wet processes are defined as water-intense processes, such as dyeing and finishing of materials. 

315 

 
 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Declaration of Support 

adidas AG declares support, except in the case of political risk, that the companies listed below are able to 
meet their contractual liabilities. This declaration replaces the declaration dated February 24, 2023, which 
is no longer valid. The declaration of support automatically ceases from the time that a company is no 
longer a subsidiary of adidas AG. 

adidas (China) Ltd., Shanghai, China 

adidas (Cyprus) Limited, Limassol, Cyprus 

adidas (Ireland) Limited, Kildare, Ireland 

adidas (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd., Petaling Jaya, Malaysia 

adidas (Mauritius) Limited (formerly: Reebok (Mauritius) Company Limited), Port Louis, Mauritius 

adidas (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd., Cape Town, South Africa 

adidas (Suzhou) Co., Ltd., Suzhou, China 

adidas (Thailand) Co., Ltd., Bangkok, Thailand 

adidas (UK) Limited, Stockport, Great Britain 

adidas America, Inc., Portland, Oregon, USA 

adidas Arabia Trading, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia 

adidas Argentina S.A., Buenos Aires, Argentina 

adidas Australia Pty Limited, Mulgrave, Australia 

adidas Austria GmbH, Klagenfurt, Austria 

adidas Baltics SIA, Riga, Latvia 

adidas Benelux B.V., Amsterdam, Netherlands 

adidas Budapest Kft., Budapest, Hungary 

adidas Bulgaria EAD, Sofia, Bulgaria 

adidas Business Services (Dalian) Limited, Dalian, China 

adidas Business Services, Lda., Moreira da Maia, Portugal 

adidas Canada Limited, Woodbridge, Ontario, Canada 

adidas CDC Immobilieninvest GmbH, Herzogenaurach, Germany 

316 

 
 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas Chile Limitada, Santiago de Chile, Chile 

adidas Colombia Ltda., Bogotá, Colombia 

adidas CR s.r.o., Prague, Czech Republic 

adidas Croatia d.o.o., Zagreb, Croatia 

adidas Danmark A/S, Them, Denmark 

adidas de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Mexico City, Mexico 

adidas do Brasil Ltda., São Paulo, Brazil 

adidas Emerging Markets FZE, Dubai, United Arab Emirates 

adidas Emerging Markets L.L.C, Dubai, United Arab Emirates 

adidas España S.A.U., Zaragoza, Spain 

adidas France S.a.r.l., Strasbourg, France 

adidas Hellas Single Member S.A., Athens, Greece 

adidas Holdings LLC, Wilmington, Delaware, USA         

adidas Hong Kong Limited, Hong Kong, China 

adidas Imports & Exports Ltd., Cairo, Egypt 

adidas India Marketing Private Limited, New Delhi, India 

adidas Industrial, S.A. de C.V., Mexico City, Mexico 

adidas Indy, LLC, Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

adidas Insurance & Risk Consultants GmbH 2), Herzogenaurach, Germany 

adidas International B.V., Amsterdam, Netherlands 

adidas International Marketing B.V., Amsterdam, Netherlands 

adidas International Property Holding B.V., Amsterdam, Netherlands 

adidas International Re DAC, Dublin, Ireland 

adidas International Trading AG, Lucerne, Switzerland 

adidas International, Inc., Portland, Oregon, USA 

adidas Israel Ltd., Holon, Israel 

317 

 
 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas Italy S.p.A., Monza, Italy 

adidas Japan K.K., Tokyo, Japan 

adidas Korea LLC., Seoul, Korea 

adidas Latin America, S.A., Panama City, Panama 

adidas LLP, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan 

adidas Logistics (Tianjin) Co., Ltd., Tianjin, China 

adidas Morocco LLC, Casablanca, Morocco 

adidas New Zealand Limited, Auckland, New Zealand 

adidas Norge AS, Oslo, Norway 

adidas North America, Inc., Wilmington, Delaware, USA         

adidas Pensions Management Limited (formerly: Reebok Pensions Management Limited), Stockport, Great 
Britain 

adidas Perú S.A.C., Lima, Peru 

adidas Philippines, Inc., Taguig City, Philippines 

adidas Poland Sp. z o.o., Warsaw, Poland 

adidas Portugal - Artigos de Desporto, S.A., Lisbon, Portugal 

adidas Romania S.R.L., Bucharest, Romania 

adidas Serbia DOO Beograd, Belgrade, Serbia 

adidas Singapore Pte Ltd, Singapore, Singapore 

adidas Slovakia s.r.o., Bratislava, Slovak Republic 

adidas Sourcing El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., Antiguo Cuscatlán, El Salvador 

adidas Sourcing Limited, Hong Kong, China 

adidas Spor Malzemeleri Satis ve Pazarlama A.S., Istanbul, Turkey 

adidas sport gmbh, Lucerne, Switzerland 

adidas Sporting Goods Ltd., Cairo, Egypt 

adidas Sports (China) Co., Ltd., Shanghai, China 

adidas Sports Goods (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Shanghai, China 

318 

 
 
    
   
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

adidas Suomi Oy, Vantaa, Finland 

adidas Sverige Aktiebolag, Solna, Sweden 

adidas Taiwan Limited, Taipei, Taiwan 

adidas Trading (Far East) Limited (formerly: Reebok Trading (Far East) Limited), Hong Kong, China 

adidas Trgovina d.o.o., Ljubljana, Slovenia 

adidas Ventures B.V., Amsterdam, Netherlands 

adidas Vietnam Company Limited, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam 

adisport Corporation, San Juan, Puerto Rico 

Concept Sport, S.A., Panama City, Panama 

PT adidas Indonesia, Jakarta, Indonesia 

Runtastic GmbH, Pasching, Austria 

SC 'adidas-Ukraine', Kiev, Ukraine 

Spartanburg DC, Inc., North Charleston, South Carolina, USA 

Tafibal S.A., Montevideo, Uruguay 

Trafford Park DC Limited, Stockport, Great Britain 

319 

 
 
    
   
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3  

1 
TO  OUR  SHAREHOLDERS 

2 
GROUP MAN AGEMENT REP ORT  – 
OUR COMPANY 

3 
GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT  – 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

4 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

5 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Financial Calendar 2024 

April 30, 2024  

First quarter results 

May 16, 2024  

Annual General Meeting 

July 31, 2024  

First half results 

October 29, 2024  

Nine months results

320 

 
 
    
   
 
Contact 

Adi-Dassler-Str. 1 
91074 Herzogenaurach  
Germany 
Tel + 49 (0) 91 32 84 – 0 
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM 

adidas is a member of DIRK 
(German Investor Relations Association) 

Investor Relations 
investor.relations@adidas.com 
► ADIDAS-GROUP.COM/S/INVESTORS 

Concept 
nexxar, Vienna 

Design and Realization 
nexxar, Vienna 

© ADIDAS 2024